The Proven Leader in Bond Insurance
Building Trust
Empowering Growth
Securing Futures
2025 Annual Report
For over four decades, Assured Guaranty has helped to lower the
cost of building and maintaining essential public infrastructure. Bond
issuers use our credit enhancement to gain more efficient access
to capital markets. Bond investors rely on our unconditional and
irrevocable guaranty of timely debt service payments and enjoy the
added value of our credit selection, underwriting and surveillance.
We have assisted in expanding the buying power of consumers and
the financial resources of businesses by guaranteeing structured
financings and have provided tools and resources for institutions to
manage capital more efficiently.
Additionally, we participate in the asset management business through
our ownership interest in Sound Point Capital Management, LP and
certain of its investment management affiliates (Sound Point), and in
the annuity reinsurance business through Assured Life Reinsurance
Ltd. (Assured Life Re).
With Assured Guaranty’s value proposition; financial strength; risk
management discipline; business diversification; and strategic vision
and execution, we are well-positioned for future growth.
The Proven Leader
in Bond Insurance
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (together with its subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty) is a publicly traded (NYSE: AGO), Bermuda-based holding company. More information on Assured Guaranty
can be found at AssuredGuaranty.com.
Please see the inside back cover for the forward-looking statements disclaimer.
To Our Shareholders,
Policyholders and Clients
Dominic J. Frederico
President and
Chief Executive Officer
1
We significantly advanced Assured Guaranty’s key business strategies in
2025, positioning us for sustainable long-term growth. Among this year’s most
important accomplishments:
• We again brought our key shareholder value metrics at year-end 2025 to
new per-share highs of $186.43 for adjusted book value,* $126.78 for adjusted
operating shareholders’ equity* and $125.32 for shareholders’ equity.
• We earned adjusted operating income per share* of $9.08, up 28% from
$7.10 in 2024, and created significant future earnings from financial
guaranty originations.
• Our present value of new business production, or PVP,* totaled $286 million,
with contributions from each of our three financial guaranty underwriting
groups. The transactions that generated that PVP* were of higher credit
quality in aggregate than those of recent years.
• We continued to be the leader in the new issue market for U.S. municipal
bond insurance, and our strategic efforts to expand our U.S municipal
secondary market business saw great success, as we more than tripled
our secondary market par insured over last year’s performance.
• In our capital management program, we repurchased almost 12% of the
common shares that were outstanding on December 31, 2024, while
meeting our 2025 repurchase target of $500 million. We also distributed
$69 million to shareholders through dividends. On February 20, 2026, we
increased our quarterly dividend by 12% to $0.38 per common share. We
have increased the dividend every year beginning in 2012.
• Our alternative investments, which now exceed $1 billion, continued to perform
well, including funds managed by Sound Point and Assured Healthcare
Partners LLC. Alternative investments have provided an annualized
inception-to-date internal rate of return of 13% through year-end 2025.
$108,115,000
Alaska Railroad Corporation
Cruise Port Revenue Bonds
Series 2025 (Subject to AMT)
2025
Bond Buyer
Far West Region
Deal of the Year
$920,000,000
New York Transportation
Development Corporation
Insured Special Facilities Revenue Bonds
Series 2024A & 2024B (JFK International Airport
Terminal 6 Redevelopment Project) (Green Bonds)
2025
Bond Buyer
Green Financing
Deal of the Year
*On all pages, an asterisk denotes a non-GAAP financial measure. For definitions, please refer to the section entitled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” on pages 95-99 in the
Form 10-K at the back of this book. For five-year reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures, please refer to pages 2 and 15 of
this Annual Report.
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CORPORATE INFORMATION
FORM 10-K
CEO LETTER
Adjusted Operating Income* Reconciliation
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
Total
Per
Diluted
Share
Total
Per
Diluted
Share
Total
Per
Diluted
Share
Total
Per
Diluted
Share
Total
Per
Diluted
Share
Net income (loss) attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd. (AGL)
$503 $10.26
$376 $6.87
$739 $12.30
$124 $1.92
$389 $5.23
Less pre-tax adjustments:
Realized gains (losses) on investments
(40) (0.82)
9
0.16
(14)
(0.23)
(56)
(0.87)
15
0.20
Non-credit impairment-related unrealized fair value gains
(losses) on credit derivatives
6
0.12
14
0.27
106
1.75
(18)
(0.27)
(64)
(0.85)
Fair value gains (losses) on committed capital securities (CCS)
20
0.40
(10)
(0.19)
(35)
(0.57)
24
0.37
(28)
(0.38)
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement of premiums
receivable and loss and loss adjustment expense (LAE) reserves
85
1.74
(26)
(0.47)
51
0.84
(110)
(1.72)
(21)
(0.29)
Total pre-tax adjustments
71
1.44
(13) (0.23)
108
1.79
(160)
(2.49)
(98)
(1.32)
Less tax effect on pre-tax adjustments
(13) (0.26)
–
–
(17)
(0.27)
17
0.27
17
0.23
Adjusted Operating Income*
$445 $9.08
$389 $7.10
$648 $10.78
$267 $4.14
$470 $6.32
Adjusted Book Value* Reconciliation
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
Total
Per
Share
Total
Per
Share
Total
Per
Share
Total
Per
Share
Total
Per
Share
Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity to
adjusted book value*:
Shareholders’ equity attributable to AGL
$5,663 $125.32
$5,495 $108.80
$5,713 $101.63
$5,064
$85.80
$6,292
$93.19
Less pre-tax adjustments:
Non-credit impairment-related unrealized fair
value gains (losses) on credit derivatives
55
1.21
49
0.96
34
0.61
(71)
(1.21 )
(54)
(0.80)
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
22
0.48
2
0.05
13
0.22
47
0.80
23
0.34
Unrealized gain (loss) on investment portfolio
(149 )
(3.28 )
(397 )
(7.86 )
(361)
(6.40)
(523)
(8.86 )
404
5.99
Less tax effect on pre-tax adjustments
6
0.13
46
0.90
37
0.66
68
1.15
(72)
(1.07)
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity*
5,729
126.78
5,795
114.75
5,990
106.54
5,543
93.92
5,991
88.73
Pre-tax adjustments:
Less: Deferred acquisition costs
192
4.25
176
3.47
161
2.87
147
2.48
131
1.95
Plus: Net present value of estimated net
future revenue
194
4.30
202
3.99
199
3.54
157
2.66
160
2.37
Plus: Net deferred premium revenue on
financial guaranty contracts in excess of
expected loss to be expensed
3,367
74.51
3,473
68.75
3,436
61.12
3,428
58.10
3,402
50.40
Plus tax effect on pre-tax adjustments
(674 )
(14.91)
(702 )
(13.90)
(699)
(12.41)
(602)
(10.22)
(599)
(8.88)
Adjusted Book Value*
$8,424 $186.43
$8,592 $170.12
$8,765 $155.92
$8,379 $141.98
$8,823 $130.67
2
Assured Guaranty 2025 Annual Report
3
life insurance securitization and investment manage-
ment to enter the life and annuity reinsurance business.
In January of 2026, we acquired Warwick Re Limited,
which we have renamed Assured Life Re. This acqui-
sition further diversifies our revenue sources and has
the potential for significant synergies with our financial
guaranty and investment activities.
• We successfully defended our legal rights in litigation
with Lehman Brothers International (Europe), or LBIE,
resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately $103 million
in the first quarter of 2025. We also reached successful
resolutions of several other loss mitigation strategies
that were accretive to our financial results.
• Lastly, during 2025, we completed substantially all the
work required to leverage our decades of experience in
Net present value of estimated net future revenue, and
net deferred premium revenue on financial guaranty
contracts in excess of expected loss to be expensed less
deferred acquisition costs, after tax
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity per share*
Net present value of estimated net future revenue, and
net deferred premium revenue on financial guaranty
contracts in excess of expected loss to be expensed less
deferred acquisition costs, after tax
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity per share*
Adjusted Book Value Per Share*
’21
’22
’23
’24
’25
$186.43
$130.67
$141.98
$155.92
$170.12
$126.78
$88.73
$93.92
$106.54
$114.75
$59.65
$41.94
$48.06
$49.38
$55.37
Adjusted Operating Income Per Share*
$6.32
$4.14
$10.78
$7.10
’22
’21
’23
’24
’25
$9.08
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CORPORATE INFORMATION
FORM 10-K
CEO LETTER
4
High-Quality Originations
In U.S. public finance, municipal bond insurance remained in
strong demand during 2025, as the municipal bond market
experienced a second consecutive year of record issuance.
We originated $206 million of U.S. public finance PVP,* during
the year. The mix of business that came to market limited
PVP* because the market offered fewer large transactions to
insure in the triple-B rating category than in 2024. As a result,
the municipal par we insured was weighted more heavily
toward higher credit quality transactions. While higher rated
deals generally produce less premium, they also consume less
capital because of lower rating agency capital charges.
PVP* totaled $286 million, with meaningful contributions from
each of our three financial guaranty underwriting groups—U.S. public
finance, non-U.S. infrastructure finance and global structured finance.
Overall, we guaranteed over $27 billion of municipal
par, 16% more than in 2024, across more than 1,500
primary- and secondary-market policies.
For insured new issue municipal par sold in 2025,
Assured Guaranty achieved a 15-year high, wrapping
more than $25 billion, and led the bond insurance
industry with 58% of new issue insured par sold. Our
new issue transaction count grew 15% year-over-year
to more than 900 transactions.
U.S. Public Finance Gross Par Written
(dollars in millions)
$23,793
$19,801
$22,464
$23,758
’21
’22
’23
’24
’25
$27,448
Data is based on close date.
New Business Production (PVP*)
(dollars in millions)
Assumed PVP*
Direct PVP*
’21
’22
’23
’24
’25
$286
$350
$361
$375
$375
$343
$404
$401
$402
$277
Assured Guaranty 2025 Annual Report
5
Municipal Secondary Originations Take Off
Perhaps most notably, we increased our U.S. public
finance secondary insured par written more than
240% year over year to approximately $2 billion, which
generated $44 million of PVP.* With over $4 trillion of
municipal bonds outstanding, we are excited about the
opportunity available in the bonds we could insure in
the secondary market.
We have made several technological and operational process
improvements over a multi-year investment period to greatly
enhance the secondary market team’s ability to source,
evaluate, and execute transactions. The modernization of
our platforms, including deployment of new market analysis
tools and applications, and real-time data integration, as well
as improved workflows, drove a substantial increase in our
underwriting speed and capabilities, enabling faster credit
assessments, quote turnaround times, and policy executions.
Consolidated Net Par
Outstanding by Rating
(as of December 31, 2025)
1% AAA
9% AA
51% A
36% BBB
3% Below investment grade
$277.1
Billion
U.S. Public Finance Net Par
Outstanding by Sector
(as of December 31, 2025)
38% General obligation
17% Tax-backed
15% Municipal utilities
11% Transportation
8% Healthcare
7% Infrastructure finance
4% Other public finance
$215.0
Billion
Consolidated Net Par
Outstanding by Sector
(as of December 31, 2025)
78% U.S. public finance
18% Non-U.S. public finance
3% U.S. structured finance
1% Non-U.S. structured finance
$277.1
Billion
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CORPORATE INFORMATION
FORM 10-K
CEO LETTER
6
Other larger deals in 2025 included $1 billion for the
Dormitory Authority of the State of New York; $600
million for the New York Transportation Development
Corp.’s New Terminal One at JFK Airport; $261 million
for the Indiana Municipal Power Agency; and $268 million
for the El Paso County Hospital District in Texas.
During the year, we also saw an increase in the use of our
insurance among underlying double-A credits, which are
credits rated in the double-A category, before insurance, by
S&P Global Ratings or Moody’s Ratings. For double-A
credits in both the primary and secondary markets,
we issued over 160 insurance policies totaling approx-
imately $7 billion of insured par, which represented
year-over-year increases of approximately 60% for
both of those metrics. While such double-A transactions
produce less premium per dollar of insured par, they
Bigger, Better U.S. Public Finance Transactions
Strong demand in the new issue market for our larger
transactions showed continuing institutional appetite for our
guaranty on such transactions. In 2025, Assured Guaranty
wrapped 51 primary-market issues with approximately
$100 million or more in insured par for a total of approxi-
mately $12.6 billion of insured par sold. This is our highest
annual number of municipal transactions of this size in
over a decade.
Two of our transactions were honored at the 2025 Bond
Buyer’s Deal of the Year ceremony. JFK International
Airport’s Terminal Six Redevelopment Project, for which
we insured $920 million of par in November of 2024,
was recognized as the Green Financing Deal of the Year,
and Alaska Railroad Corporation’s Cruise Port Revenue
Bonds, where we insured $108 million in 2025, was
named the Far West Region Deal of the Year.
Assured Guaranty 2025 Annual Report
$269
$269
$365
$340
$359
’22
’21
’23
’24
’25
Net Investment Income
(dollars in millions)
$9,728
$8,472
$9,212
$8,784
Investment Portfolio and Cash
(dollars in millions at year-end)
’22
’21
’23
’24
’25
$8,875
In addition to the investment portfolio and cash assets in the graph, U.S.
subsidiaries have invested in certain funds that are consolidated in the
consolidated financial statements and reported in separate line items on
the consolidated balance sheets. The net asset value of our interest in
such consolidated funds as of December 31 of the following years were:
2021: $543 million
2022: $569 million
2023: $305 million
2024: $33 million
2025: $45 million
$844,355,000
Downtown Revitalization
Public Infrastructure District, UT
First and Second Lien Sales Tax Revenue Bonds
Series 2025A and 2025B
$649,930,000
Massachusetts Development Finance Agency
Beth Israel Lahey Health Issue
Revenue Bonds
Series N (2025)
7
require us to hold less capital from a rating agency point
of view, and they enhance overall insured portfolio credit
quality. We believe such transactions demonstrate market
confidence in the strength, reliability and durability of our
guaranty as a backstop against potential issuer downgrades,
headline risk and market value declines.
$11,219
$11,077
$11,357
$11,941
$12,135
$12,070
$10,818 $10,665
22
20
20
21
21
24
21
$10,211
26
Aggregate data for insurance companies within the Assured Guaranty Ltd. group.
Claims on each insurance subsidiary's guarantees are paid from that subsidiary's
separate claims-paying resources. Details can be found in the latest
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Financial Supplement at assuredguaranty.com/agldata.
Consolidated Claims-Paying Resources
and Insured Portfolio Leverage
’16
’17
’18
’19
’20
’21
’22
Consolidated claims-paying resources (statutory basis)
Ratio of statutory net exposure to total claims-paying resources
’23
’24
28
’25
(dollars in millions at year-end)
$10,094
19
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CORPORATE INFORMATION
FORM 10-K
CEO LETTER
8
Assured Guaranty 2025 Annual Report
We increased adjusted operating income per share by 28% to
$9.08 and brought adjusted book value per share to a record
high of $186.43.
rapidly and recycling the capital more quickly. For example,
the transactions we insured in 2025 typically had stated
maturities within one to two years, and we will earn all the
premiums during those periods. Premiums for fund finance
transactions earn two to three times faster than other
structured finance business we have insured.
Risk Mitigation and Resolution
2025 was a big year for resolving several previously
troubled exposures. Through our loss mitigation strategies
and activities, we demonstrated the strength of our
underwriting, our persistence in defending our legal rights,
and our multi-faceted approach to working with issuers
and developing innovative solutions.
In addition to the gain on the LBIE resolution, loss mit-
igation efforts resulted in the paydown of our largest
below-investment-grade (BIG) investment, reducing the
amount of loss mitigation securities in our investment
portfolio by over $400 million. In addition, a commercially
leased building that was part of a loss mitigation exposure
was sold, removing another troubled asset from our
balance sheet. Assured Guaranty was able to fully recover
its losses through the negotiated settlements that were
finalized in 2025.
Separately, in our insured portfolio, BIG par exposure fell to
3% of the $277 billion of net par outstanding at year-end.
Non-U.S. and Structured Finance Contributions
Non-U.S. public finance and global structured finance origi-
nations together contributed $80 million in PVP* for 2025.
We closed $37 million of non-U.S. public finance PVP* in
2025. The year’s production results were mainly driven
by several primary infrastructure finance transactions in
the U.K. and the European Union, as well as secondary
market transactions for U.K. sub-sovereign credits.
Among the insured credits were a portfolio of general
obligation loans to universities in the United Kingdom,
a project finance loan for a road construction project
in Spain and senior notes in the French fibre sector, our
first primary market execution in France since the global
financial crisis.
In global structured finance, we guaranteed over 40
transactions in 2025 with a total PVP* of $43 million, pri-
marily from fund finance transactions, insurance reserve
financings and securitizations, the upsize of a transaction
providing protection on a core lending portfolio for an
Australian bank, and a consumer receivable transaction.
Our growing fund finance business has introduced a flow
of shorter term, renewable transactions that complement
our other structured finance business, where transac-
tions tend to have longer maturities, larger size and less
frequency. Because fund finance transactions have shorter
maturities, we benefit by earning the premiums more
€175,000,000
XpFibre Groupe
Debt Service Reserve Guarantee
€75,000,000
XpFibre Groupe
Refinancing Notes
9
$5
’06
’07
’08
’09
’10
’11
’12
’13
’14
’15
’16
’17
’18
’19
’20
’22
$.18
$.18
$.18
$.36
$.18
$.40
$.44
$.48
$.52
$.57
$.64
$.72
$.80
$1.00
$9
$10
$11
$16
$22
$69
$75
$76
$72
$69
$70
$71
$74
Per share ($)
Total (dollars in millions)
Dividends
$33
$33
In February 2026, we increased our
quarterly dividend by 12% to $0.38 per
common share ($1.52 annualized).
’21
$.88
$64
’23
$1.12
$68
’24
$1.24
’05
$.12
Per
Share
’04
In 2004, dividends were paid following our April IPO. The amount shown is the quarterly dividend, annualized.
$.14
$.16
$.06
$69
$66
’25
$1.36
$69
$68
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CORPORATE INFORMATION
FORM 10-K
CEO LETTER
10
Assured Life Re
The Assured Life Re platform combines Assured Guaranty’s
core strengths in credit and structured finance, our
management of our own multibillion-dollar investment
portfolio, and our 20-year track record of providing
financial guaranty services to the life insurance sector,
with the operational infrastructure and experienced life
reinsurance professionals of Warwick Re.
Assured Life Re plans to focus on reinsuring fixed-term
annuities, specifically multi-year guaranteed annuities
known as MYGAs, and pension risk transfer annuities.
We are actively developing several promising opportunities
to assume new blocks of annuity business and expect to
make further investments in this business over the next
few years.
$496
$503
$199
$502
11
9
6
Share Repurchases
(dollars and share count in millions)
Total amount of shares repurchased
Total share count repurchased
’21
’22
’23
’24
$500
’25
6
3
$730,000,000
Alabama Highway Authority
Special Obligation Revenue Bonds
Series 2025
$2,631,000,000
23 Guaranteed Fund
Finance Transactions
Assured Guaranty 2025 Annual Report
11
In our capital management program, we
repurchased 12% of our outstanding
common shares, meeting our 2025
target of $500 million in repurchases.
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CORPORATE INFORMATION
FORM 10-K
CEO LETTER
Dominic J. Frederico
President and Chief Executive Officer
March 2026
Building Trust
Empowering Growth
Securing Futures
12
Assured Guaranty 2025 Annual Report
We have also seen expanding business opportunities in
Europe and Australia across both public and structured
finance, and we have entered the annuity reinsurance
business, where we are seeing promising opportunities.
We believe we are well positioned for growth in 2026 and
beyond. Since we commenced operations in 1985, the
value and reliability of our guaranty and the resilience of
our business model have been repeatedly demonstrated,
especially during financial crises, the global pandemic and
during other periods when it was difficult to foresee
the direction of economic conditions. We have the financial
strength, experienced staff, and proven business model to
continue growing and leading the financial guaranty industry.
Prepared to Grow
In looking toward par and PVP* production in 2026, we
have a robust transaction pipeline and are expecting
strong results from each of our three financial guaranty
product lines. We closed several large transactions early
in 2026. We believe we have significant short-term and
long-term opportunities for growth across our financial
guaranty markets.
In the U.S. public finance market, we continue to be the
premier insurer of new issue municipal bonds and have
developed more efficient and broader capabilities to
serve the enormous secondary municipal bond market.
In structured finance, we have built fund finance into
a high-performance flow business that includes repeat-
able transactions whose renewals generate future PVP.*
13
Community Engagement
Empowering Growth
As a financial guarantor, Assured Guaranty plays a
valuable role in building communities.
For over four decades, we have helped lower the financing
cost of essential public works, supporting local, state,
sub-sovereign and sovereign governments. We guarantee
financings that enable municipalities to provide essential
services that have direct and tangible benefits for their
communities: education, healthcare, housing, mass transit,
economic development, and investments in infrastructure
improvements. We are proud of the work we do and the
value we bring to our insured transactions through our
financial strength and proven reliability.
Building Trust
We are also proud of the work we do and the value we
bring through our corporate philanthropy program.
Giving is an integral part of our corporate culture. We
contribute to a broad range of causes through direct
donations, matching gifts, corporate sponsorships and
volunteering our time and abilities for the communities
where we work and live.
In 2025, Assured Guaranty contributed its financial and
non-financial support to more than 650 organizations,
including those that work to:
• Improve access to education for New York City’s
underserved populations
• Support at-risk populations as well as work to build a
future talent pipeline through education, leadership
training, and career support
• Help people with disabilities build the skills, connections,
and confidence to navigate the workplace
• Support veterans to translate military skills into the civil-
ian workplace and promote awareness among employers
of the transferable skills veterans possess
• Provide humanitarian aid in response to global conflicts
and natural disasters
Securing Futures
In addition to monetary donations, our employees
volunteered their time in 2025, including in several
Assured Guaranty-sponsored events. Throughout the
year, our team shared their skills and time by performing
a variety of services such as:
• Reviewing submissions for college scholarship opportu-
nities, and engaging in mock interviews with students
• Building oyster reefs to restore New York Harbor
• Cleaning and beautifying local parks
• Helping incarcerated individuals develop resumes to assist
with job-finding upon their release from incarceration
• Preparing backpacks with essential school supplies for
distribution to various community organizations
• Working in food pantries to prepare hot foods, and sort
and assemble bags of groceries for distribution
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CORPORATE INFORMATION
FORM 10-K
CEO LETTER
Robert A. Bailenson
Chief Operating Officer
Ling Chow
General Counsel
and Secretary
Holly L. Horn
Chief Surveillance Officer
Stephen Donnarumma
Chief Credit Officer
Jorge A. Gana
Chief Risk Officer
Benjamin G. Rosenblum
Chief Financial Officer
Executive Team
Senior Management and Business Leaders
Nicholas J. Proud
Senior Managing Director,
Global Head of Origination
Robert S. Tucker
Senior Managing Director,
Investor Relations and
Corporate Communications
Timothy E. Williams
Senior Managing Director, Tax
Alfonso J. Pisani
Senior Managing Director,
Treasurer
Laura A. Bieling
Chief Accounting Officer
Christopher M. Gibbons
Chief Technology Officer
Ashleigh L. Bischoff
Chief Investment Officer
Ivana M. Grillo
Senior Managing Director,
Human Resources
Teresa Muñoz
Chief Financial Officer,
Assured Life Re
Christopher P. Chafizadeh
Senior Managing Director,
Co-Head of Public Finance
Dawn L. Jasiak
Head of Human
Capital Management
Edward M. Newman
Deputy General Counsel,
Global Structured Finance
and Infrastructure
Gary F. Burnet
President,
Assured Guaranty Re Ltd.
William J. Hogan
Senior Managing Director,
Co-Head of Public Finance
Dominic J. B. Nathan
CEO, Assured Guaranty UK
Limited and Head of
International
Daniel S. Bevill
President,
Assured Life Re
Steven B. Kahn
Senior Managing Director,
Structured Finance
Dana L. Damiani
Chief Compliance Officer
14
Assured Guaranty 2025 Annual Report
Eric J. Torkelson
Deputy General Counsel,
Public Finance
(in millions, except financial guaranty exposure and per share amounts)
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
GAAP Results
Net income attributable to AGL
$
$503 $
376
$
739 $
124 $
389
Shareholders’ equity attributable to AGL
5,663
5,495
5,713
5,064
6,292
Net income attributable to AGL, per diluted share
10.26
6.87
12.30
1.92
5.23
Shareholders’ equity attributable to AGL, per share
125.32
108.80
101.63
85.80
93.19
Non-GAAP Results(1)
Adjusted operating income(2)
$
$445 $
389
$
648 $
267 $
470
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity(3)
5,729
5,795
5,990
5,543
5,991
Adjusted book value(3)
8,424
8,592
8,765
8,379
8,823
Adjusted operating income, per diluted share(2)
9.08
7.10
10.78
4.14
6.32
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity, per share(3)
126.78
114.75
106.54
93.92
88.73
Adjusted book value, per share(3)
186.43
170.12
155.92
141.98
130.67
Insurance Segment
Insurance segment adjusted operating income
$
508 $
525
$
621 $
413 $
722
Gross written premiums (GWP)
256
440
357
360
377
Less: Installment GWP and other GAAP adjustments(4)
105
300
247
145
158
Plus: Installment premiums and other(5) (6)
135
262
294
160
142
Present value of new business production (PVP)(1)
286
402
404
375
361
Gross par written
32,916
31,829
28,960
22,047
26,656
Statutory capital
5,544
5,721
6,103
6,357
6,797
Claims-paying resources (7)
10,094
10,211
10,665
10,818
11,219
Financial guaranty exposure, net (8) (in billions)
Debt service outstanding
$
440.8 $
416.0
$
397.6 $
370.0
$
367.4
Par outstanding
Public finance
265.6
250.4
239.3
224.1
227.2
Structured finance
11.5
11.2
9.9
9.2
9.2
Total
277.1
261.6
249.2
233.3
236.4
Asset Management Segment
Asset Management segment adjusted operating income (loss)
$
20
$
5
$
3
$
(6) $
(19)
Share Capital
Common shares outstanding
45.2
50.5
56.2
59.0
67.5
Number of common shares repurchased
5.8
6.2
3.2
8.8
10.5
Amount of common shares repurchased(9)
$
500 $
502
$
199 $
503 $
496
15
(1) Non-GAAP Results and PVP are financial measures that are not in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and we refer to them as non-GAAP financial measures. Please see
Assured Guaranty’s Form 10-K filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), which is bound into this Annual Report, for definitions of these non-GAAP financial measures.
(2) See page 2 for five-year reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP measure.
(3) See page 2 for five-year reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP measure.
(4) Includes the present value of new business on installment policies discounted at the prescribed GAAP discount rates, and GWP adjustments on existing installment policies due to changes in assumptions and other
GAAP adjustments.
(5) Primarily includes the present value of future premiums and fees on new business paid in installments discounted at the approximate average pre-tax book yield of fixed-maturity securities purchased during the prior
calendar year, other than certain fixed-maturity securities such as Loss Mitigation Securities. Includes the present value of future premiums and fees associated with other business written by Assured Guaranty that,
under GAAP, are accounted for under ASC 460, Guarantees.
(6) The timing and cumulative amount of actual collections and net earned premiums may differ from expected collections and expected net earned premiums due to factors such as foreign exchange rate
fluctuations, counterparty collectability issues, accelerations, commutations, restructurings, changes in the consumer price indices, changes in expected lives, new business and changes in ratings of the insured
obligations and/or the Company’s insurance subsidiaries.
(7) Based on accounting practices prescribed or permitted by U.S. insurance regulatory authorities, for all insurance subsidiaries. Claims-paying resources is calculated as the sum of statutory policyholders’
surplus; statutory contingency reserve; unearned premium reserves and net deferred ceding commission income; statutory loss and LAE reserves; present value of future installment premiums, discounted
at the approximate average pre-tax book yield of fixed-maturity securities purchased in the prior calendar year, excluding Loss Mitigation Securities; and committed capital securities. Total claims-paying
resources is used by Assured Guaranty to evaluate the adequacy of capital resources.
(8) Please see Assured Guaranty’s Form 10-K filing with the SEC, which is bound into this Annual Report, for a description of financial guaranty exposures.
(9) Excludes commissions.
.
Financial Highlights
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CORPORATE INFORMATION
FORM 10-K
CEO LETTER
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Board of Directors
Bonnie L. Howard
Chair of the Compensation
Committee; member of the Audit,
Nominating and Governance, and
Executive Committees
Francisco L. Borges
Chair of the Board and of the
Nominating and Governance,
and Executive Committees
Yukiko Omura
Chair of the Finance Committee;
member of the Compensation,
Environmental and Social Responsibility,
and Executive Committees
Alan J. Kreczko
Chair of the Environmental and Social
Responsibility Committee; and member
of the Risk Oversight, and Nominating
and Governance Committees
Mark C. Batten
Chair of the Audit Committee;
member of the Finance and Risk
Oversight Committees
Courtney C. Shea
Member of the Environmental
and Social Responsibility, Finance,
and Risk Oversight Committees
Dominic J. Frederico
President and Chief Executive
Officer; member of the
Executive Committee
Lorin P.T. Radtke
Chair of the Risk Oversight Committee;
member of the Environmental
and Social Responsibility, and
Finance Committees
Thomas W. Jones
Member of the Compensation,
Audit, and Nominating and
Governance Committees
Antonio Ursano Jr.
Member of the Environmental and
Social Responsibility, Finance,
and Risk Oversight Committees
16
Assured Guaranty 2025 Annual Report
2 0 2 5 F O R M 1 0 - K
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CORPORATE INFORMATION
FORM 10-K
CEO LETTER
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
☒ ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025
Or
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number 001-32141
ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Bermuda
98-0429991
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)
(I.R.S. employer identification no.)
30 Woodbourne Avenue Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda
(441) 279-5700
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive office)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class:
Trading
Symbol(s)
Name of exchange on
which registered
Common Shares
$0.01 par value per share
AGO
New York Stock Exchange
Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. 6.125% Senior Notes due 2028 (and the related guarantee of Registrant)
AGO/28
New York Stock Exchange
Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. 3.150% Senior Notes due 2031 (and the related guarantee of Registrant)
AGO/31
New York Stock Exchange
Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. 3.600% Senior Notes due 2051 (and the related guarantee of Registrant)
AGO/51
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an
emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and “emerging growth company” in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
☒ Accelerated filer
☐ Non-accelerated filer
☐ Smaller reporting company
☐ Emerging growth company
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control
over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its
audit report.
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the Registrant included in the filing
reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by
any of the Registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No
The aggregate market value of Common Shares held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of the close of business on June 30, 2025 was $3,975,235,987 (based
upon the closing price of the Registrant's shares on the New York Stock Exchange on that date, which was $87.10). For purposes of this information, the
outstanding Common Shares which were owned by all directors and executive officers of the Registrant were deemed to be the only shares of Common Shares
held by affiliates.
As of February 25, 2026, 44,948,769 Common Shares, par value $0.01 per share, were outstanding (including 22,002 unvested restricted shares).
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain portions of Registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2026 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 1, 2026, are
incorporated by reference to Part III of this report.
2
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Forward Looking Statements
This Form 10-K contains information that includes or is based upon forward looking statements within the meaning of
the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward looking statements give the expectations or forecasts of future
events of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (AGL) and its subsidiaries (collectively with AGL, Assured Guaranty or the Company). These
statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and relate to future operating
or financial performance.
Any or all of Assured Guaranty’s forward looking statements herein are based on current expectations and the current
economic environment and may turn out to be incorrect. Assured Guaranty’s actual results may vary materially from those
expressed in, or implied or projected by, the forward-looking information and statements. Among factors that could cause
actual results to differ materially are: (i) significant changes in inflation, interest rates, the world’s credit markets or segments
thereof, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, tariff regimes or general economic conditions, including the possibility of a
recession or stagflation; (ii) geopolitical risk, terrorism and political violence risk, including regional and global military
conflicts, and strategic competition and trade confrontation; (iii) cybersecurity risk and the impacts of artificial intelligence,
machine learning and other technological advances, including the possibility of malicious cyber attacks, dissemination of
misinformation, and disruption of markets in which Assured Guaranty participates; (iv) the impact of a United States (U.S.)
government shutdown and/or the possibility of payment defaults on the debt of the U.S. government or instruments issued,
insured or guaranteed by related institutions, agencies or instrumentalities, and downgrades to their credit ratings; (v)
developments in the world’s financial and capital markets, including stresses in banking institutions, and the possibility that
increasing participation of unregulated financial institutions in these markets results in losses or lower valuations of assets,
reduced liquidity and credit and/or contraction of these markets, that adversely affect repayment rates of insured obligors,
Assured Guaranty’s insurance loss or recovery experience, or investments of Assured Guaranty; (vi) reduction in the amount or
market rates of return of available insurance opportunities and/or the demand for Assured Guaranty’s insurance; (vii) the failure
or ineffectiveness of any of Assured Guaranty’s risk mitigation strategies or activities, including distressed credit workouts,
management of exposure limits, and hedging activities; (viii) the possibility that investments made by Assured Guaranty for its
investment portfolio do not result in the benefits anticipated or subject Assured Guaranty to negative consequences; (ix) the
possibility that Assured Guaranty’s strategies or strategic transactions do not result in the benefits anticipated and/or subject
Assured Guaranty to negative consequences; (x) the impact of the announcement of Assured Guaranty’s strategies on Assured
Guaranty and the perception of Assured Guaranty by its investors, regulators, rating agencies, and employees; (xi) risks related
to the expansion into life and annuity reinsurance and the launching of Assured Life Reinsurance Ltd. (Assured Life Re); (xii)
the failure of Assured Guaranty to successfully integrate acquired businesses, including Assured Guaranty’s acquisition of
Warwick Company (UK) Limited; (xiii) loss of key personnel; (xiv) the possibility that longevity, mortality, lapse, withdrawal
or surrender experience in Assured Guaranty’s life and annuity reinsurance business is less favorable than the rates Assured
Guaranty used in pricing its reinsurance agreements; (xv) the inability to control the business, management or policies of
entities in which Assured Guaranty holds a noncontrolling interest; (xvi) the impact of market volatility on the fair value of
Assured Guaranty’s assets and liabilities subject to mark-to-market, including certain of its investments, contracts accounted for
as derivatives, its committed capital securities (CCS), and its consolidated variable interest entities (VIEs); (xvii) the possibility
that budget or pension shortfalls, difficulties in obtaining additional financing, changes in applicable laws or regulations or
other factors will result in credit losses or liquidity claims on obligations that Assured Guaranty insures or reinsures; (xviii)
insured losses, including losses with respect to related legal proceedings, in excess of those expected by Assured Guaranty or
the failure of Assured Guaranty to realize loss recoveries that are assumed in its expected loss estimates for insurance
exposures; (xix) the possibility that underwriting insurance in new jurisdictions and/or covering new sectors, lines or classes of
business does not result in the benefits anticipated or subjects Assured Guaranty to negative consequences; (xx) increased
competition, including from new market entrants and alternative forms of credit protection; (xxi) any rating agency action in
relation to Assured Guaranty, and/or of any securities Assured Guaranty has issued, and/or of transactions that Assured
Guaranty has insured; (xxii) the inability of Assured Guaranty to access capital on acceptable terms or sufficient liquidity to
cover unexpected stress; (xxiii) noncompliance with, and/or changes in, applicable laws or regulations, including insurance,
bankruptcy and tax laws, tariffs, or other governmental actions; (xxiv) the possibility that legal or regulatory decisions or
determinations subject Assured Guaranty or obligations that it insures or reinsures to negative consequences; (xxv) difficulties
or delays with the execution of Assured Guaranty’s business strategy; (xxvi) changes in applicable accounting policies or
practices; (xxvii) public health crises, including pandemics and endemics, and the governmental and private actions taken in
response to such events; (xxviii) natural or man-made catastrophes; (xxix) the impact of climate change on Assured Guaranty’s
business and regulatory actions taken related to such risk; (xxx) other risk factors identified in AGL’s filings with the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC); (xxxi) other risks and uncertainties that have not been identified at this time; and
(xxxii) management’s response to these factors.
The foregoing important factors should not be construed as exhaustive, and should be read in conjunction with the
other cautionary statements that are included in this Form 10-K. Assured Guaranty undertakes no obligation to update or review
3
any forward looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by
law. Investors are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures Assured Guaranty makes on related subjects in Assured
Guaranty’s reports filed with the SEC.
If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if Assured Guaranty’s underlying assumptions
prove to be incorrect, actual results may vary materially from what Assured Guaranty projected. Any forward looking
statements in this Form 10-K reflect Assured Guaranty’s current views with respect to future events and are subject to these and
other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to its operations, results of operations, growth strategy and liquidity.
For these statements, Assured Guaranty claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward looking statements
contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act).
4
ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PART I
7
Item 1.
Business
7
Overview
7
Insurance
8
Insurance Business
8
Exposure Limits, Underwriting Process, and Credit Policy
10
Importance of Financial Strength Ratings
12
Market Demand and Competition
13
Financial Guaranty Insurance Acquisitions
15
Insurance Subsidiaries
15
Support of the European Insurance Subsidiaries
16
Asset Management
17
Asset Management Strategies
18
Market Demand and Competition
18
Investments
19
Risk Management
20
Regulation
24
Human Capital Management
34
Tax Matters
35
Available Information
43
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
44
Risks Related to Economic, Market and Political Conditions and Natural Phenomena
46
Risks Related to Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations
48
Strategic Risks
50
Operational Risks
54
Risks Related to Taxation
58
Risks Related to Applicable Law, Litigation and GAAP
62
Risks Related to AGL’s Common Shares
65
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
66
Item 1C.
Cybersecurity
66
Item 2.
Properties
67
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
68
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
68
Information About the Company's Executive Officers
68
PART II
70
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
70
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
72
Overview
72
Business
72
Financial Strength Ratings
72
Economic Environment
73
Key Business Strategies
74
Executive Summary
78
Financial Performance of Assured Guaranty
79
Page
Other Matters
81
Results of Operations
82
Critical Accounting Estimates
82
Results of Operations by Segment
83
Insurance Segment Results
83
Asset Management Segment Results
91
Corporate Division Results
91
Other
92
Reconciliation to GAAP
93
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
95
Insured Portfolio
99
Liquidity and Capital Resources
102
AGL and its U.S. Holding Companies
102
Insurance Subsidiaries
107
Investment Portfolio
110
Lease Obligations
114
Financial Guaranty Variable Interest Entities and Consolidated Investment Vehicles
114
Consolidated Cash Flow Summary
115
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
116
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
120
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
121
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024
123
Consolidated Statements of Operations for Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
124
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and
2023
125
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
126
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
127
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
130
Item 9.
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
217
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
217
Item 9B.
Other Information
218
Item 9C.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
218
PART III
219
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
219
Code of Ethics
219
Insider Trading Policy
219
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
219
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
219
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
219
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
219
PART IV
220
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
220
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
225
Signatures
226
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (AGL and, together with its subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty or the Company) is a Bermuda-
based holding company that provides, through its wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, credit protection products to the U.S.
and non-U.S. public finance (including infrastructure) and structured finance markets. Assured Guaranty also participates in the
asset management business.
Through its financial guaranty insurance subsidiaries, the Company applies its credit underwriting judgment, risk
management skills and capital markets experience primarily to offer financial guaranty insurance, including nonpayment
insurance, that protects holders of debt instruments and other monetary obligations from defaults in scheduled payments. If an
obligor defaults on a scheduled payment due on an obligation, such as scheduled principal or interest payment (collectively,
debt service), the Company is required under its unconditional and irrevocable financial guaranty to pay the shortfall of the
scheduled amount to the holder of the obligation, but generally cannot be required by the holder to pay on an accelerated basis.
The Company markets its financial guaranty insurance directly to issuers and underwriters of public finance and structured
finance securities as well as to investors in such obligations. The Company guarantees obligations issued principally in the U.S.
and the United Kingdom (U.K.), and also guarantees obligations issued in other countries and regions, including Western
Europe and Australia. The Company also provides specialty insurance and reinsurance on transactions with risk profiles similar
to those of its structured finance exposures written in financial guaranty form.
The Company participates in the asset management business through its ownership interest in Sound Point Capital
Management, LP (Sound Point, LP) and certain of its investment management affiliates (together with Sound Point, LP, Sound
Point), as described in greater detail under Item 1. Business — Asset Management.
On January 21, 2026, the Company purchased all of the outstanding share capital in Warwick Company (UK) Limited
(which is the 100% indirect owner of Assured Life Reinsurance Ltd. (Assured Life Re, f/k/a Warwick Re Limited), for a
purchase price of $158 million, subject to certain post-closing adjustments (Assured Life Re Acquisition). Assured Life Re is a
Class E long-term (life) reinsurance company incorporated and registered in Bermuda and is rated BBB (Outlook Positive)
(1/28/26) by Fitch Ratings, Inc. Assured Life Re focuses on annuity reinsurance including U.K. bulk purchase annuity (pension
risk transfers) and U.S. multi-year guaranteed annuity transactions. The Assured Life Re Acquisition represents the Company's
first platform dedicated solely to the life and annuity reinsurance business, further diversifying the risk profile and revenue
opportunities of the Company.
See Item 1A. Risk Factors — Strategic Risks, captioned “The Assured Life Re Acquisition may negatively impact the
Company, including how it is perceived by its investors, regulators, rating agencies or obligors it insures, as well as Assured
Life Re’s business relationships,” “Entering the life and annuity reinsurance business may present integration risks and other
risks specific to the life and annuity reinsurance business that could have a negative effect on the Company's business, results of
operations or financial condition,” “Strategic transactions may not result in the benefits anticipated” and “The Company makes
assumptions when pricing its life and annuity reinsurance products relating to longevity, mortality, policy lapses, withdrawals,
surrenders, investment returns and expenses, and significant deviations in experience could negatively affect the Company’s
financial condition and results of operations.”
The Company continually evaluates its key business strategies, which fall into four areas: (i) growth of its insurance
and asset management businesses; (ii) loss mitigation, (iii) enhancement of investment returns through alternative investments;
and (iv) capital management. The Company seeks to grow its core financial guaranty insurance business through new business
production in established sectors and jurisdictions and by entering into new markets, lines and classes of business, and also
through acquisitions of financial guarantors that are no longer actively writing new business (legacy financial guarantors) or
their insured portfolios through reinsurance or novations. In addition, the Company seeks to leverage its core credit
competencies by expanding its business into revenue streams independent of its financial guaranty insurance business, such as
annuity reinsurance through its life and annuity reinsurance platform and its asset management business, with the objective of
diversifying net income growth and generating high-return business opportunities. The Company also employs a number of
strategies in an effort to mitigate losses in its insured portfolio. The Company seeks to optimize its investment returns and
expects its relationship with Sound Point to enhance alternative investment opportunities for its insurance subsidiaries. Finally,
the Company pursues strategies to efficiently allocate and utilize capital within the Assured Guaranty group.
7
Insurance
Insurance Business
Financial Guaranty
Financial guaranty insurance generally provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a
debt instrument or other monetary obligation against non-payment of debt service when due. Upon an obligor’s default on
scheduled payments due on the debt obligation, whether due to its insolvency or otherwise, the Company is generally required
under the financial guaranty contract to pay the investor the principal and interest shortfalls when due.
Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to all of the investors of the guaranteed series or tranche of a municipal
bond or structured finance loan or other debt obligation at the time of issuance or it may be issued to specific individual holders
of such obligations who purchase the Company’s credit protection either in the secondary market or on a bilateral basis where
the borrower has purchased the financial guaranty to benefit its own obligations.
Both issuers of, and investors in, financial instruments may benefit from financial guaranty insurance. Issuers benefit
when they purchase financial guaranty insurance for their new issue debt transaction because the insurance may have the effect
of lowering an issuer’s interest cost over the life of the debt transaction to the extent that the insurance premium charged by the
Company is less than the net present value of the difference between the yield on the obligation insured by Assured Guaranty
(which carries the credit rating of the specific subsidiary that guarantees the debt obligation) and the yield on the debt obligation
if sold on the basis of its uninsured credit rating. The principal benefit to investors is that the Company's financial guaranty
provides increased certainty that scheduled payments will be received when due. The Company’s financial guaranty of bank
loans may also provide policyholders with reduced regulatory capital requirements or relief from internally managed credit
limits. Additionally, financial guaranty insurance may improve the marketability and liquidity of obligations, especially
obligations with complex structures or backed by asset classes new to the market. In general, and especially in such instances,
investors may be able to sell insured bonds more quickly and at a better price than the comparable uninsured debt.
As an alternative to traditional financial guaranty insurance, the Company also may provide credit protection relating
to a particular debt obligation or obligor through a credit derivative contract, such as a credit default swap (CDS). Under the
terms of a CDS, the provider of credit protection agrees to make a specified payment to the buyer of credit protection if one or
more specified credit events occurs with respect to a reference obligation or entity. In general, the Company’s CDS provide that
failure to pay debt service on the reference obligation is a credit event, but the Company’s rights and remedies under a CDS
may be different and more limited than under financial guaranty insurance.
The Company also offers credit protection through reinsurance, and in the past has provided reinsurance to other
financial guaranty insurers with respect to their financial guaranties of public finance, infrastructure and structured finance
obligations. The Company believes that the financial guaranty opportunities currently available to it in the reinsurance market
primarily consist of potentially assuming portfolios of transactions from legacy financial guarantors.
U.S. Public Finance Obligations The Company insures and reinsures a number of different types of U.S. public
finance obligations. The types of U.S. public finance obligations the Company insures include the following:
General Obligation Bonds are full faith and credit obligations that are issued by states, their political subdivisions
and other municipal issuers, and are supported by the general obligation of the issuer to pay from available funds and
by a pledge of the issuer to levy property taxes in an amount sufficient to provide for the full payment of the bonds.
Tax-Backed Bonds are obligations that are supported by the issuer from specific and discrete sources of taxation
and tax-backed revenue bonds. Tax-backed obligations may be secured by a lien on specific pledged tax revenues,
such as a gasoline or excise tax, or an income tax, or incrementally from growth in property tax revenue associated
with growth in property values. These obligations also include obligations secured by special assessments levied
against property owners and often benefit from issuer covenants to enforce collections of such assessments and to
foreclose on delinquent properties. Lease revenue bonds typically are general fund obligations of a municipality or
other governmental authority that are subject to annual appropriation or abatement; projects financed and subject to
such lease payments ordinarily include real estate or equipment serving an essential public purpose.
Municipal Utility Bonds are obligations of all forms of municipal utilities, including electric, water and sewer
utilities and resource recovery revenue bonds. These utilities may be organized in various forms, including municipal
enterprise systems, authorities or joint action agencies.
8
Transportation Bonds include a wide variety of revenue-supported obligations, such as bonds for airports, ports,
tunnels, municipal parking facilities, toll roads and toll bridges.
Healthcare Bonds are obligations of healthcare facilities, including community-based hospitals and systems, and
hospital districts.
Infrastructure Bonds include obligations issued by a variety of entities engaged in the financing of infrastructure
projects, such as roads, airports, ports, military housing, social infrastructure, student accommodation and other
physical assets delivering essential services supported by long-term concession arrangements with a public sector
entity.
Higher Education Bonds are obligations secured by revenue collected by either public or private secondary
schools, colleges and universities. Such revenue can encompass all of an institution’s revenue, including tuition and
fees, or in other cases, can be specifically restricted to certain auxiliary sources of revenue or revenue relating to
student accommodation.
Renewable Energy Bonds are obligations backed by revenue from renewable energy sources.
Other Public Finance Bonds include other debt issued, guaranteed or otherwise supported by U.S. national or
local governmental authorities, as well as student loans, revenue bonds, housing revenue bonds, and obligations of
some not-for-profit organizations.
A portion of the Company’s exposure to tax-backed bonds, municipal utility bonds and transportation bonds constitutes
“special revenue” bonds under the United States Bankruptcy Code (Bankruptcy Code). Special revenue bonds benefit from a
lien on the special revenues, after deducting necessary operating expenses, of the project or system from which the revenues are
derived.
Non-U.S. Public Finance Obligations The Company insures and reinsures a number of different types of non-U.S.
public finance obligations. The types of non-U.S. public finance securities the Company insures and reinsures include the
following:
Regulated Utility Obligations are obligations issued by government-regulated providers of essential services and
commodities, including electric, water and gas utilities, supported by the rates and charges paid by the utilities’
customers. The majority of the Company’s non-U.S. regulated utility business is conducted in the U.K.
Infrastructure Finance Obligations are obligations issued by a variety of entities engaged in the financing of non-
U.S. infrastructure projects, such as roads, airports, ports, social infrastructure, student accommodation, stadiums, and
other physical assets delivering essential services supported either by long-term concession arrangements or a
regulatory regime. The majority of the Company’s non-U.S. infrastructure business is conducted in the U.K.
Sovereign and Sub-Sovereign Obligations primarily includes obligations of local, municipal, regional or national
governmental authorities or agencies outside of the U.S.
Renewable Energy Bonds are obligations secured by revenues relating to renewable energy sources, typically solar
or wind farms. These transactions often benefit from regulatory support in the form of regulated minimum prices for
the electricity produced. The majority of the Company’s non-U.S. renewable energy business is conducted in Spain.
Pooled Infrastructure Obligations are synthetic asset-backed obligations that take the form of CDS obligations or
credit-linked notes that reference either infrastructure finance obligations or a pool of such obligations, with a defined
deductible to cover credit risks associated with the referenced obligations. The Company has not entered into a pooled
infrastructure transaction since 2006.
U.S. and Non-U.S. Structured Finance Obligations The Company insures and reinsures a number of different types
of U.S. and non-U.S. structured finance obligations. Structured finance counterparties and policy beneficiaries use the
Company’s financial guaranty for a variety of reasons, including credit enhancement, risk syndication and regulatory capital
optimization. Credit support for the exposures written by the Company may come from a variety of sources, including some
combination of subordinated tranches, excess spread, over-collateralization or cash reserves. Additional support also may be
9
provided by transaction provisions intended to benefit debt holders, investors and lenders. The types of U.S. and non-U.S.
structured finance obligations the Company insures and reinsures include the following:
Insurance Reserve Financings and Securitizations are transactions, including life insurance transactions, where
obligations are secured by the future earnings from pools of various types of insurance/reinsurance policies and
income produced by invested assets.
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS) are obligations backed by first and second lien mortgage loans
on residential properties. The credit quality of borrowers covers a broad range, including “prime,” “subprime” and
“Alt-A.” A prime borrower is generally defined as one with strong risk characteristics as measured by factors such as
payment history, credit score, and debt-to-income ratio. A subprime borrower is a borrower with higher risk
characteristics. An Alt-A borrower is generally defined as a prime quality borrower that lacks certain ancillary
characteristics, such as fully documented income. RMBS include home equity lines of credit (HELOCs), which refers
to a type of residential mortgage-backed transaction backed by second-lien loan collateral. The Company has not
provided insurance for RMBS in the primary market since 2008.
Fund Finance Facilities are primarily subscription finance which are credit facilities provided to closed-end
private market funds, most frequently private-equity funds. The facilities are secured by the uncalled capital
commitments of the limited partners (LPs) to the fund. The Company may guarantee new or existing facilities and on a
single facility or portfolio basis. Assured Guaranty’s exposures are generally to facilities with characteristics that
include a high-quality fund sponsor with strong historical performance, a diverse LP base composed primarily of
institutional LPs and experienced bank lenders.
Pooled Corporate Obligations are securities primarily backed by various types of corporate debt obligations, such
as secured or unsecured bonds, bank loans or loan participations and trust preferred securities. These securities are
often issued in “tranches,” with subordinated tranches providing credit support to the more senior tranches. The
Company’s financial guaranty exposures generally are to the more senior tranches of these issues.
Financial Products is the guarantee of certain business written by financial products companies owned by Dexia
SA, which comprised guaranteed investment contracts, medium term notes and equity payment undertaking
agreements associated with leveraged lease business. This business is being run off with the final maturity due in 2031.
Assured Guaranty is indemnified by Dexia SA and certain of its affiliates against loss from the financial products
business.
Other Structured Finance Obligations are obligations backed by assets not generally described in any of the other
U.S. and Non-U.S. Structured Finance Obligations categories above.
Specialty Business
The Company also guarantees specialty business with similar risk profiles to its structured finance exposures written in
financial guaranty form. Specialty business includes, for example, diversified real estate, insurance reserve financings and
securitizations, pooled corporate obligations and aircraft residual value insurance transactions.
Exposure Limits, Underwriting Process, and Credit Policy
Exposure Limits
The Company establishes exposure limits and underwriting criteria for obligors, sectors and countries, and for
individual insurance transactions. Risk exposure limits for single obligors are based on the Company’s capital resources and its
assessment of potential frequency and severity of loss as well as other factors, such as historical and stressed collateral
performance. Moreover, these limits may also be constrained by both regulatory limits or rating agency requirements. Sector
limits are based on the Company’s view of stress losses for the sector and on its assessment of correlation. Country limits are
based on the size and stability of the relevant economy, and the Company’s view of the political environment and legal system.
All of the foregoing limits are established in relation to the Company’s capital base. In certain cases, however, the Company’s
ultimate exposure may exceed its underwriting guidelines (caused by, for example, bond accretion exceeding the risk limitation,
acquisitions, reassumptions or other strategic exceptions). See Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Economic, Market
and Political Conditions and Natural Phenomena captioned “The Company may be subjected to significant risks from large
individual or correlated financial guaranty insurance exposures.”
10
Underwriting Process
The underwriting process for each insurance transaction involves underwriters, credit personnel and lawyers who
analyze the structure of a potential transaction and the credit and legal issues pertinent to the particular line of business or asset
class. Some transactions also involve accounting personnel who review the transactions to determine the appropriate accounting
treatment. Formal credit reports for each proposed insurance transaction are assessed and approved by a credit committee
composed of senior officers of the Company.
The Company maintains underwriting manuals that articulate the application of the principles in its risk appetite
statement to its insurance business. For new business, generally a risk must be viewed by the Company as investment grade at
the time of underwriting to be eligible for insurance. The underwriting manuals also articulate the Company’s exposure limits
and credit policies applicable to specific products.
U.S. Public Finance. For U.S. public finance transactions, the Company’s underwriters generally analyze the issuer’s
historical financial statements and, where warranted, develop stress case projections to test the issuer’s ability to make timely
debt service payments under stressful economic conditions.
The Company focuses principally on the credit quality of the obligor based on population size and trends, wealth
factors, and strength of the economy. The Company evaluates the obligor’s liquidity position; its fiscal management policies
and track record; its ability to raise revenues and control expenses; and its exposure to derivative contracts and to debt subject to
acceleration. The Company assesses the obligor’s pension and other post-employment benefits obligations, if applicable, and
funding policies and evaluates the obligor’s ability to adequately fund such obligations in the future. The Company analyzes
other critical risk factors including the type of issue; the repayment source; pledged security, if any; the presence of restrictive
covenants and the tenor of the risk. The Company also considers the ability of obligors to file for bankruptcy or receivership
under applicable statutes (and on related statutes that provide for state oversight or fiscal control over financially troubled
obligors). The Company evaluates the impact of environmental and climate change risks, including natural perils, on the ability
of the obligor to meet its financial obligations over the life of the insured transaction. Such risks may include rising sea levels,
hurricanes, wildfires and earthquakes. The Company also assesses resilience measures undertaken by the obligor and the
potential availability (or lack thereof) of state and/or federal aid in the event of a natural disaster.
In cases of not-for-profit institutions, such as healthcare issuers and private higher education issuers, the Company
focuses on the financial stability of the institution, its competitive position and its management experience, restrictive covenants
imposed on the obligor for the benefit of debt holders, and reliance on governmental aid or payments such as Medicaid,
Medicare and the Affordable Care Act by healthcare issuers and research grants by higher education issuers.
The Company’s credit policy for U.S. infrastructure transactions is substantially similar to that of non-U.S.
infrastructure transactions described below.
Non-U.S. Public Finance Transactions. For non-U.S. transactions, the Company undertakes an analysis of the
country or countries in which the risk resides, or in the case of a bilateral agreement, the country where the beneficiary resides,
which includes regulatory and political risk as well as economic and demographic characteristics. For each transaction, the
Company also performs an assessment of the legal framework governing the transaction and the laws affecting the underlying
assets supporting the obligations to be insured.
The underwriting of regulated utilities outside of the U.S. primarily focuses on financial strength of the utility,
financial covenants made by the utility, and regulations relevant to the specific jurisdiction. The Company also assesses each
transaction for material environmental and climate change risks, and incorporates its assessment into its underwriting decisions.
For non-U.S. infrastructure transactions, the Company reviews the type of project (e.g., utility, hospital, road, social
housing, transportation or student accommodation) and the source of repayment of the debt. For certain transactions, debt
service and operational expenses are covered by availability payments made by either a governmental or not-for-profit entity.
The availability payments are due if the project is available for use, regardless of whether the project actually is in use. The
principal risks for such transactions are construction risk and operational risk.
For other transactions, notably transactions secured by toll-roads, student accommodation and stadiums (i.e., assets
subject to demand risk), revenues derived from the project must be sufficient to make debt service payments, net of operating
expenses, as well as cover the upfront operating expenses it experiences during the build phase before revenues are generated.
11
For infrastructure transactions, underwriters generally use financial models to evaluate the ability of the transaction to
generate adequate cash flow to service the debt under a variety of scenarios. The models include economically stressed
scenarios that the underwriters use for their assessment of the potential credit risk inherent in a particular transaction. Stress
models developed internally by the Company’s underwriters reflect both empirical research and information gathered from third
parties, such as rating agencies, or investment banks or technical advisers. The Company may also engage advisers such as
consultants and external counsel to assist in analyzing a transaction’s financial or legal risks.
The Company’s due diligence for infrastructure projects also includes: a financial review of the entity seeking the
development of the project (usually a governmental entity or university); a financial and operational review of the developer,
the construction companies, and the project operator; and a financial review of the various providers of operational financial
protection for the bondholders (and therefore the insurer), including construction surety providers, letter-of-credit providers,
and banks. The Company uses outside consultants to review the construction program and to assess whether the project can be
completed on time and on budget. The Company projects the cost of replacing the construction company, including delays in
construction, in the event that a construction company is unable to complete the construction for any reason. Construction
security packages are sized appropriately to cover these risks and the Company requires such coverage from credit-worthy
institutions.
U.S. Structured Finance. Structured finance obligations generally present three distinct forms of risk: asset risk,
pertaining to the amount and quality of assets underlying an issue; structural risk, pertaining to the extent to which an issuer's
legal structure provides protection from loss; and execution risk, which is the risk that poor performance by a servicer or
collateral manager contributes to a decline in the cash flow available to the transaction. Each of these risks is addressed through
the Company’s underwriting process. The underwriter is also required to assess the presence of any environmental or climate
change risk and, to the extent there are notable environmental or climate change risks, analyze the potential impact, if any, of
these risks on the transaction over its expected life, and present this assessment to the credit committee.
For structured finance transactions, underwriters generally use financial models to evaluate the ability of the
transaction to generate adequate cash flow to service the debt under a variety of hypothetical scenarios. The models include
economically stressed scenarios that the underwriters use for their assessment of the potential credit risk inherent in a particular
transaction. Stress models developed internally by the Company’s underwriters reflect both empirical research and information
gathered from third parties, such as rating agencies or investment banks. Generally, the amount and quality of asset coverage
required with respect to a structured finance exposure is dependent upon both the historic performance of the asset class, as well
as the Company’s view of the future performance of the subject assets.
The Company may also engage advisers such as consultants and external counsel to assist in analyzing a transaction's
financial or legal risks. The Company may also conduct a due diligence review that includes, among other things, a site visit to
the project or facility, meetings with issuer management, review of underwriting and operational procedures, file reviews, and
review of financial procedures and computer systems.
In addition, structured securities usually are designed to protect investors (and therefore the insurer or reinsurer) from
the bankruptcy or insolvency of the entity that originated the underlying assets, as well as the bankruptcy or insolvency of the
servicer or manager of those assets.
The Company conducts due diligence on the collateral that supports its insured transactions. The principal focus of the
due diligence is to confirm the underlying collateral was originated in accordance with the stated underwriting criteria of the
asset originator. The Company also conducts audits of servicing or other management procedures, reviewing critical aspects of
these procedures such as cash management and collections. The Company may, for certain transactions, obtain background
checks on key managers of the originator, servicer or manager of the obligations underlying that transaction.
Non-U.S. Structured Finance. The underwriting process for Non-U.S. Structured Finance transactions is
substantially similar to the procedures described above for U.S. Structured Finance transactions, with additional consideration
for the risks relating to the relevant jurisdiction for each transaction.
Importance of Financial Strength Ratings
Financial strength ratings reflect a rating agency’s opinion of an insurer’s ability to pay under its insurance policies
and contracts in accordance with their terms. When an insurance subsidiary of the Company guarantees an obligation, the issuer
or another party may request that one or more rating agencies providing financial strength ratings on such insurer assign that
12
insurer’s financial strength rating to the specific obligation it guaranteed. The ability to uplift credit ratings of underlying
obligations is one attribute that makes the Company’s insurance products attractive in the market.
An insurer’s financial strength rating itself is not specific to any particular policy or contract; a rating agency instead
assigns such rating to the insured obligation. A financial strength rating does not refer to an insurer's ability to meet non-
insurance obligations and is not a recommendation to purchase any policy or contract issued by an insurer or to buy, hold, or
sell any security insured by an insurer. The insurance financial strength ratings assigned by the rating agencies are based upon
factors that the rating agencies believe are relevant to policyholders and are not directed toward the protection of investors in
AGL’s common shares. Ratings reflect only the views of the respective rating agencies assigning them and are subject to
continuous review and revision or withdrawal at any time.
Low financial strength ratings or uncertainty over the Company’s ability to maintain its financial strength ratings for
its insurance subsidiaries would have a negative impact on issuers’ and investors’ perceptions of the value of the Company’s
insurance product. Therefore, the Company manages its business with the goal of achieving high financial strength ratings.
A major component in arriving at a financial guaranty insurer’s rating has been the rating agency’s assessment of the
insurer’s capital adequacy, with each rating agency employing its own proprietary model. These capital adequacy approaches
include “stress case” loss assumptions for various risks or risk categories. The rating agencies have at various times materially
increased stress case loss assumptions for various risks or risk categories, in some cases later reducing such stress case losses.
This approach has made predicting the amount of capital required to maintain or attain a certain rating more difficult. In
addition, both S&P Global Ratings, a division of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (S&P), and Moody’s Investors
Service, Inc. (Moody’s) have applied other factors, some of which are subjective, such as the insurer's business strategy and
franchise value or the anticipated future demand for its product, to justify ratings for the Company’s insurance subsidiaries
below the ratings implied by their own capital adequacy models. Currently, for example, S&P has concluded that Assured
Guaranty’ insurance subsidiaries have “AAA” capital adequacy under the S&P model (but apply a downward adjustment due to
a “largest obligor test” and rate them “AA”) and Moody’s has concluded that AG has “Aa” capital adequacy under the Moody’s
model (but rates it A1 based on other factors including the rating agency’s assessment of competitive profile, future profitability
and market share). The application of these additional factors makes it uncertain whether a rating downgrade could generally be
avoided by raising additional capital or otherwise improving capital adequacy under the rating agency’s model.
Despite the unpredictable application of subjective factors that are in addition to a rating agency’s assessment of
insurers’ capital adequacy, the Company has been able to maintain strong financial strength ratings. The Company believes that
if the financial strength ratings of any of its insurance subsidiaries were downgraded from their current levels, such downgrade
could result in downward pressure on the premium that such insurance subsidiary would be able to charge for its insurance. The
Company believes that so long as its insurance subsidiaries continue to have financial strength ratings in the double-A category
from at least one of S&P or Moody’s, they are likely to be able to continue writing financial guaranty business with a credit
quality similar to that historically written. However, if neither S&P nor Moody’s were to maintain financial strength ratings of
an insurance subsidiary in the double-A category, or if either S&P or Moody’s were to downgrade an insurance subsidiary
below the single-A level, it could be extremely difficult or impossible for such insurance subsidiary to originate the current
volume of new financial guaranty business with comparable credit characteristics.
The Company periodically assesses the value of each rating assigned to each of its companies and may, as a result of
such assessment, request that a rating agency add or drop a rating from certain of its companies. For example, a Moody’s rating
was dropped from Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. (AG Re) and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (AGRO) in 2015.
See Item 1A. Risk Factors — Strategic Risks, captioned “A downgrade of the financial strength or financial
enhancement ratings of any of the Company’s insurance or reinsurance subsidiaries may adversely affect its business
prospects.”
Market Demand and Competition
Financial Guaranty Insurance
Assured Guaranty is the market leader in the financial guaranty industry. The Company’s position in the market
benefits from its ability to maintain strong financial strength ratings, its strong claims-paying resources, its proven willingness
and ability to make claim payments to policyholders after obligors have defaulted, and its ability to achieve recoveries in
respect of the claims that it has paid and to resolve its troubled public finance and structured finance exposures, including
RMBS.
13
Market demand for financial guaranty insurance in the public finance (including infrastructure) market is generally
driven by the difference in yield (or the credit spread) between an insured bond and an uninsured bond. When the difference in
yield (or the credit spread) between a bond insured by Assured Guaranty and an uninsured bond is narrow, as is often the case
in a low interest rate environment, investors may prefer greater yield over insurance protection, and issuers may find the cost
savings from insurance less compelling. In contrast, when credit spreads are wider, there is comparatively more room for issuer
savings and insurance premium. However, credit spreads may be narrower in a higher interest rate environment, as occurred in
late 2022, and credit spreads may widen in a low interest rate environment, as occurred after the onset of the COVID-19
pandemic as a result of market concerns about the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on some municipal credits. In the
secondary public finance (including infrastructure) market, demand for financial guaranty insurance may also be influenced by
capital requirements and counterparty credit exposures. For a discussion of the economic environment, see Part II, Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview — Economic
Environment.
In the U.S. public finance market, Assured Guaranty is the only financial guaranty company active before the 2008
financial crisis that has maintained sufficient financial strength to write new business continuously since the crisis began.
Assured Guaranty has only one direct competitor for public finance financial guaranty business, Build America Mutual
Assurance Company (BAM), a mutual insurance company that commenced business in 2012.
The Company estimates that, of the new U.S. public finance bonds sold with insurance in 2025, the Company insured
approximately 58% of the par, while BAM insured approximately 42%. The Company believes that BAM is effective in
competing with it for small to medium sized U.S. public finance transactions in certain sectors, and may in the future compete
for non-U.S. transactions. BAM sometimes prices its guaranties at levels that the Company does not believe produces an
adequate rate of return and, therefore, the Company will not match. In addition, the Company believes that these pricing
strategies may have a negative impact on the amount of premium it is able to charge for its insurance in other transactions.
However, the Company believes it has competitive advantages over BAM due to: AG’s larger capital base; AG’s ability to
insure larger transactions and issuances in more diverse bond sectors; BAM’s higher leverage ratios than those of AG; and
AG’s strong financial strength ratings from multiple rating agencies (in the case of AG, AA+ from Kroll Bond Rating Agency
(KBRA), AA from S&P and A1 from Moody’s, compared with BAM’s AA solely from S&P). Additionally, as a public
company with access to both the equity and debt capital markets, Assured Guaranty may have greater flexibility to raise capital,
if needed.
In the U.S. and non-U.S. structured finance markets, Assured Guaranty is the only financial guaranty insurance
company currently writing new guaranties. Management considers the Company’s greater diversification to be a competitive
advantage in the long run because it means the Company is not wholly dependent on conditions in any one market. The
majority of the Company’s new structured finance business is represented by bilateral transactions with counterparties
(typically insurance companies or banks) where the motivation to buy its product relates to capital savings, and/or single risk or
sectoral risk management. In the securitization markets, uninsured execution occurs in both public and private transactions
primarily where bonds are sold with sufficient credit or structural enhancement embedded in transactions, such as through
overcollateralization, first loss insurance, excess spread or other terms, to make the bonds attractive to investors without bond
insurance.
In the future, additional new entrants into the financial guaranty industry could reduce the Company’s new business
prospects, including by furthering price competition or offering financial guaranty insurance on transactions with structural and
security features that are more favorable to the issuers than those required by Assured Guaranty. However, the Company
believes that the presence of additional guarantors might also increase the overall visibility and acceptance of the product by a
broadening group of investors, and the fact that investors are willing to commit fresh capital to the industry may promote
market confidence in the product.
In addition to financial guaranty insurance companies, Assured Guaranty competes with other forms of credit
enhancement such as letters of credit or credit derivatives provided by banks and other financial institutions (some of which are
governmental enterprises), other forms of capital savings or risk syndication, including nonpayment insurance, and direct
guaranties of municipal, structured finance or other debt by federal or state governments or government sponsored or affiliated
agencies. Alternative credit enhancement structures, and in particular federal government credit enhancement or other
programs, can interfere with the Company’s new business prospects, particularly if they provide direct government-level
guaranties, restrict the use of third-party financial guaranties or reduce the amount of transactions that might qualify for
financial guaranties.
The Company believes that issuers and investors in securities will continue to purchase financial guaranty insurance,
especially if credit spreads widen. U.S. municipalities have budgetary requirements that are best met through financings in the
14
fixed income capital markets. Historically, smaller municipal issuers have frequently used financial guaranties in order to
access the capital markets with new debt offerings at a lower all-in interest rate than on an unguaranteed basis. In addition, the
Company expects long-term debt financings for infrastructure projects will grow throughout the world, as will the financing
needs associated with privatization initiatives or refinancing of infrastructure projects in developed countries.
The Company evaluates the amount of capital it requires based on an internal capital model as well as rating agency
models and insurance regulations. The Company believes it has excess capital based on its internal capital model and rating
agency models, and, to the extent permitted by insurance regulation or other regulatory authority, has been returning some of its
excess capital to shareholders by repurchasing its common shares and paying dividends, and has been deploying some of its
excess capital to acquire financial guaranty portfolios and diversify the Company’s sources of earnings.
Annuity Reinsurance
The life and annuity reinsurance market is highly competitive. The Company expects to face competition from
established life and annuity reinsurance companies that have significant operating histories, strong financial strength ratings and
long-standing client relationships. While the Company believes that its annuity reinsurance platform provides a compelling
market proposition, it may experience difficulties executing its business strategies, including market acceptance of the Assured
Life Re platform and obtaining acceptable market rates of return for business opportunities. See Item 1A. Risk Factors,
Strategic Risks, captioned “Competition in the Company’s industries may adversely affect its financial condition, results of
operations, capital, business prospects and share price.”
Financial Guaranty Insurance Acquisitions
Since 2009, the Company has acquired financial guaranty portfolios, including by acquiring legacy financial
guarantors or acquiring (through reinsurance) substantial portions of their insured portfolios, and by commuting business that
the Company had previously ceded prior to 2009 to various non-affiliated legacy financial guarantors and multiline reinsurers
that were active in the financial guaranty reinsurance market. The Company also has periodically assumed, on a quota share
basis, selected insured transactions from certain other legacy financial guarantors. The Company continues to investigate
additional opportunities related to remaining legacy financial guaranty portfolios, but the number and size of the opportunities
have decreased and there can be no assurance of whether or when the Company will find suitable opportunities on appropriate
terms.
Insurance Subsidiaries
The Company conducts financial guaranty business through its financial guaranty insurance subsidiaries:
•
Assured Guaranty Inc. (AG), domiciled in Maryland, and its insurance subsidiaries:
▪
Assured Guaranty UK Limited (AGUK), domiciled in the U.K.;
▪
Assured Guaranty (Europe) SA (AGE), domiciled in France;
•
AG Re, domiciled in Bermuda, and its insurance subsidiary:
▪
AGRO, domiciled in Bermuda.
The following is a description of the Company’s financial guaranty insurance subsidiaries:
•
Assured Guaranty Inc. AG is located in New York and domiciled in Maryland, was incorporated in 1985 and
commenced operations in 1988. It provides financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance in the U.S., U.K.,
European Economic Area (EEA) and certain other countries. Effective August 1, 2024, AG’s U.S. affiliate,
Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp. (AGM) merged with and into AG, with AG as the surviving company. Prior to
the merger, AGM was an insurance subsidiary of the Company.
•
Assured Guaranty UK Limited AGUK provides financial guaranties in the U.K. and certain other non-EEA
countries. AGUK is a U.K. incorporated private limited company licensed as a U.K. insurance company and
located in England. AGUK was organized in 1990 and issued its first financial guaranty in 1994.
•
Assured Guaranty (Europe) SA. AGE (together with AGUK, the European Insurance Subsidiaries) is a French
incorporated company located in France and established in 2019 that has been authorized by the French insurance
and banking supervisory authority, the Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution (ACPR), to conduct
financial guaranty business. AGE writes new business in the EEA.
15
•
Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. AG Re primarily underwrites financial guaranty reinsurance of certain affiliated
companies and third-party primary insurers. AG Re is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and is registered
and licensed as a Class 3B insurer under the Insurance Act 1978 and related regulations of Bermuda.
•
Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. AGRO underwrites direct and assumed financial guaranty insurance, and
also underwrites specialty business. AGRO is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and is registered and
licensed as a Bermuda Class 3A and Class C insurer.
The Company conducts its life and annuity reinsurance business through Assured Life Re, which was acquired by the
Company on January 21, 2026. Assured Life Re is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and is registered and licensed as a
Bermuda Class E insurer.
Support of the European Insurance Subsidiaries
AG Support of AGUK
AG and AGUK have in place a co-guarantee structure pursuant to which each of AG and AGUK directly guarantees a
share of certain issued obligations (Co-Guarantee Structure). Under the current Co-Guarantee Structure in effect since January
1, 2026: (i) AGUK directly guarantees 50% of the obligations issued in a particular transaction, subject to a guaranteed original
principal amount limit of £100 million per transaction; (ii) AG directly guarantees 50% of the issued obligations, plus any
principal amounts in excess of the foregoing AGUK limit; and (iii) AG also provides a second-to-pay guarantee for AGUK’s
guaranteed portion of the obligations. For the 12-month period ending December 31, 2025, the Co-Guarantee Structure split
was 15% AGUK and 85% AG. The Co-Guarantee Structure has been in place since 2011 for public finance business and since
2021 for non-public finance business.
Separate and apart from the Co-Guarantee Structure, AG provides support to AGUK through a quota share and
excess of loss reinsurance agreement (Reinsurance Agreement) and a net worth maintenance agreement (Net Worth
Agreement).
Under the quota share cover of the Reinsurance Agreement, AG reinsures varying proportional shares of most of the
outstanding financial guaranties that AGUK wrote prior to the initial implementation of the Co-Guarantee Structure in 2011.
The quota share cover of the Reinsurance Agreement also obligates AG to reinsure 85% of new business written by AGUK
where the Co-Guarantee Structure cannot be utilized; currently, there is no such outstanding business at AGUK. Under the
excess of loss cover of the Reinsurance Agreement, AG is obligated to pay AGUK quarterly the amount (if any) necessary to
ensure that AGUK’s incurred and paid losses and loss adjustment expenses (LAE) as of the quarter end do not cause AGUK’s
capital resources to fall below 110% of the greatest amount of capital that AGUK may be required to maintain as a condition to
carrying on a financial guarantee business in the U.K. AG secures its quota share reinsurance obligations to AGUK under the
Reinsurance Agreement by pledging collateral generally equal to 102% of the sum of AG’s assumed liabilities from AGUK.
Under the Net Worth Agreement, AG is obligated to make capital contributions to AGUK in amounts sufficient to
ensure that AGUK maintains capital resources equal to 110% of the greatest amount of capital that AGUK may be required to
maintain as a condition to carrying on a financial guarantee business in the U.K., subject to limitations on the amounts of
individual and aggregate contributions AG can make under the agreement without approval (or non-disapproval) of the
Maryland Insurance Administration (MIA). The Net Worth Agreement obligates AG to provide AGUK with support similar to
that which AG also provides AGUK under the excess of loss cover of the Reinsurance Agreement, except the latter is meant to
protect against erosion of AGUK’s capital resources due to insurance and/or reinsurance losses in AGUK’s insured portfolio,
while the former is meant to protect against an erosion of AGUK’s capital resources for other reasons (e.g., poor investment
performance or origination expenses exceeding premium). AG has never been required to make any contributions to AGUK’s
capital under the current Net Worth Agreement; however, AG may elect to make, from time to time and subject to MIA
approval or non-disapproval, capital contributions to AGUK not required by the Net Worth Agreement.
AG Support of AGE
AGE has in place similar reinsurance and capital support agreements as are in place with AGUK.
AG’s reinsurance agreements with AGE generally apply to all AGE policies that insure business in EEA
jurisdictions. These agreements consist of: (i) a quota share reinsurance agreement pursuant to which AG provides AGE with
90% proportional reinsurance for new business written by AGE since its authorization in January 2020; (ii) a second quota
share reinsurance agreement pursuant to which AG reinsures approximately 70-100% of certain pre-2020 business transferred
16
to AGE by AGUK; and (iii) an excess of loss reinsurance agreement, similar to the excess of loss cover of AG’s Reinsurance
Agreement with AGUK, pursuant to which AG is obligated to pay AGE quarterly the amount (if any) necessary to ensure that
AGE’s incurred and paid losses and LAE as of the quarter end do not cause AGE’s capital resources to fall below 110% of the
greatest amount of capital that AGE may be required to maintain as a condition to carrying on a financial guarantee business in
France. AG secures its quota share reinsurance obligations to AGE under the agreements described above by pledging collateral
generally equal to 102% of AG’s assumed liabilities from AGE.
AG also has in place with AGE a net worth maintenance agreement that is similar to AG’s Net Worth Agreement with
AGUK - i.e., the former obligates AG to ensure that AGE maintains capital resources at least equal to 110% of its greatest
capital requirement for carrying on a financial guarantee business in France, subject to limitations on the amount of individual
and aggregate contributions that AG can make under the agreement without MIA approval or non-disapproval. AG may elect to
make, from time to time and subject to MIA approval or non-disapproval, capital contributions to AGE not required by the net
worth maintenance agreement.
Other Group Support of the European Insurance Subsidiaries for Certain Legacy Business
AG Re also provides reinsurance support to the European Insurance Subsidiaries for certain legacy business that was
insured prior to 2009 by AGUK. Some of this business continues to reside at AGUK, while some was transferred to AGE by
AGUK. AG Re does not currently provide direct reinsurance support for new business being written by AGUK or AGE. AG Re
secures its reinsurance of the legacy business by pledging collateral generally equal to 102% of its assumed liabilities from each
of AGUK and AGE.
Asset Management
Until July 1, 2023, the Company served as an investment adviser to primarily collateralized loan obligations (CLOs)
and opportunity funds, through Assured Investment Management LLC (AssuredIM LLC) and its investment management
affiliates (together with AssuredIM LLC, AssuredIM). Beginning July 1, 2023, the Company participates in the asset
management business through its ownership interest in Sound Point, LP and certain of its investment management affiliates
(together with Sound Point, LP, Sound Point), as described below.
On July 1, 2023, Assured Guaranty contributed to Sound Point, LP most of its asset management business, other than
that conducted by Assured Healthcare Partners LLC (AHP) (AssuredIM Contributed Business), as contemplated by the
transaction agreement entered into with Sound Point on April 5, 2023 (Transaction Agreement). Assured Guaranty received,
subject to certain potential post-closing adjustments, approximately 30% of the common interests in Sound Point, LP, and
certain other interests in Sound Point. See Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 1. Business and
Basis of Presentation, for additional information.
In addition, in accordance with the terms of a letter agreement (Letter Agreement), effective July 1, 2023, AG (i)
engaged Sound Point as its sole alternative credit manager and (ii) transitioned to Sound Point the management of certain
existing alternative investments and related commitments. The Letter Agreement also provides that AG, including through its
investment subsidiary AG Asset Strategies LLC, would, subject to the terms and conditions of the Letter Agreement, make new
investments in funds, other vehicles and separately managed accounts managed by Sound Point which, when aggregated with
the alternative investments and commitments transitioned from the Company and any reinvestments (collectively, Sound Point
Investments), and investments made by other Assured Guaranty affiliates, will total $1 billion. AG has made substantial
investments with Sound Point across a variety of their strategies in order to seek to enhance its investment returns and
anticipates continuing to invest with Sound Point pursuant to the terms of the Letter Agreement. The Letter Agreement
contemplates a long-term investment partnership between Sound Point and Assured Guaranty, whereby AG has agreed to
reinvest all returns of capital from Sound Point Investments for a period of 15 years, until July 1, 2038. Similarly, the Letter
Agreement provides that AG reinvest all gains and dividends from Sound Point Investments for the first two years of Sound
Point’s engagement, and reinvest half of all such gains and dividends thereafter until July 1, 2033 (the transactions
contemplated under the Transaction Agreement and the Letter Agreement, the Sound Point Transaction). On July 1, 2028, AG
may choose to reduce the amounts invested or required to be reinvested in certain Sound Point Investments under the Letter
Agreement, subject to adjustment of Assured Guaranty’s portion of its ownership interest in Sound Point. To the extent not
required to be reinvested by the Letter Agreement, all proceeds from Sound Point Investments received in accordance with their
operative investment documents can be distributed to AG. See Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,
Note 7. Investments and Cash.
The Company’s ownership interest in Sound Point advances one of the Company’s key business strategies to diversify
its sources of earnings into fee-based industries that leverage its core competency in credit. In addition, the Company’s
17
alternative investments made under the Letter Agreement with Sound Point furthers the Company’s goal of diversifying and
expanding the categories and types of its investments.
In July 2023, Assured Guaranty sold all of its equity interests in AHP, which manages healthcare funds, to an entity
owned and controlled by the managing partner of AHP (AHP Transaction), thereby disposing of its remaining asset
management business. In connection with the AHP Transaction, the Company agreed to remain a strategic investor in certain
AHP managed funds, retained its portion of carried interest in certain AHP managed funds and received other consideration.
See Item 1A. Risk Factors, Strategic Risks, captioned “Competition in the Company’s industries may adversely affect
its financial condition, results of operations, capital, business prospects and share price,” “Strategic transactions may not result
in the benefits anticipated,” “The Company’s investments in Sound Point are subject to the risks of Sound Point’s business that
may adversely affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, capital, business prospects and share price,” and
“The Company’s interest in Sound Point is subject to the risks normally associated with a noncontrolling interest.”
Asset Management Strategies
The Company participates in the asset management business through its ownership interest in Sound Point. Sound
Point, LP was founded in 2008 and has five main credit strategies: (i) CLOs and performing credit, (ii) private credit, (iii)
structured credit, (iv) opportunistic credit, and (v) commercial real estate credit. Sound Point also makes co-investments across
the foregoing strategies. The Company invests in certain of Sound Point, LP’s credit strategies. These strategies are
implemented for clients, including the Company, through funds and customized separately managed accounts and co-
investment opportunities as further described below and in Sound Point, LP’s Firm Brochure on Form ADV Part 2A filed with
the SEC. Sound Point, LP’s Firm Brochure and other U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filings are maintained
by Sound Point, LP, which remains solely responsible for their content.
Sound Point, LP’s CLO Strategy focuses on launching and managing CLOs (SP CLOs) whose investment assets
primarily include corporate senior-secured bank loans and bonds. Sound Point, LP’s CLO Strategy also includes managing
funds and vehicles that invest in securities issued by SP CLOs and residual interests in warehouse facilities for such CLOs.
Sound Point, LP’s Performing Credit Floating Rate Strategy primarily focuses on performing non-investment grade corporate
senior-secured bank loans and bonds.
Sound Point, LP’s Private Credit Strategy is comprised of the following sub-strategies: Middle Market Direct Lending
Capital Solutions and Specialty Finance. Middle Market Direct Lending primarily focuses on privately negotiated, secured
loans to U.S. middle-market companies. Capital Solutions primarily focuses on investments in senior secured debt, junior
secured debt, accounts receivable financings, mezzanine debt and equity or equity linked securities and Specialty Finance
Strategy which invests in specialty finance assets, financial technology, marketplace lending, consumer finance, structured
finance and securitized products related to specialty finance lenders.
Sound Point, LP’s Structured Credit Strategy primarily invests in the equity and debt of Third Party CLOs as well as
the residual interests in warehouse facilities for such CLOs.
Sound Point, LP’s Opportunistic Credit Strategy is comprised of both a Credit Opportunity Strategy and a Loan
Opportunity Strategy. The Credit Opportunity Strategy primarily focuses on corporate bonds, senior-secured bank loans and
equities and the Loan Opportunity Strategy primarily focuses on distressed bonds, distressed bank loans, public and private
equity, and trade claims.
Sound Point, LP’s Commercial Real Estate Credit Strategy focuses on commercial mortgage loans and debt where
commercial real estate properties serve as the underlying collateral.
Market Demand and Competition
Asset Management
The Company’s Asset Management segment primarily consists of its ownership interest in Sound Point, a diversified
alternative asset manager with expertise in credit and more than $44 billion in assets under management (AUM) as of
September 30, 2025. Sound Point’s stated primary investment objectives across its products are (i) to preserve capital in all
market conditions and (ii) to generate attractive rates of return with low volatility. Sound Point manages assets on behalf of
institutions, pensions, foundations, insurance companies, wealth management firms, family offices and high net worth
individuals.
18
Sound Point operates in highly competitive markets with many other firms in every aspect of the asset management
industry, including raising funds, seeking investments, and hiring and retaining professionals. Sound Point’s ability to increase
and retain AUM is directly related to the performance of the assets it manages as measured against market averages and the
performance of its competitors. Some of Sound Point’s competitors may be much larger, enjoy a lower cost of funds and access
to funding and other resources that are not available to Sound Point. In addition, some of Sound Point’s competitors may have
higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments that depart from Sound Point’s stated investment objectives, which could
allow them to consider a wider variety of investments that Sound Point may not be willing to match.
Investments
The Company invests primarily in investment-grade fixed-maturity securities and short-term investments, as well as
various alternative investments. Income from the Company’s investments is one of the primary sources of cash flow supporting
its ability to make claim payments and bear other operational costs, as well as its capital management objectives. The
Company’s principal objectives in managing its investment portfolio are to maintain sufficient liquidity to cover unexpected
stress in the insurance portfolio; to maximize after tax book income; to manage investment risk within the context of the
underlying portfolio of insurance risk; and to preserve the highest possible ratings for each Assured Guaranty subsidiary.
If the Company’s calculations with respect to its insurance subsidiaries’ liabilities are incorrect or other unanticipated
payment obligations arise, or if the Company improperly structures its investments to meet these and other corporate liabilities,
it could have unexpected losses, including losses resulting from forced liquidation of investments. The investment policies of
the Company’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to insurance law requirements, and may change depending upon regulatory,
economic, rating agency and market conditions and the existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements,
including the tax position, of Assured Guaranty. The performance of invested assets is subject to the ability of the Company and
its investment managers to select and manage appropriate investments.
As of December 31, 2025, the investment portfolio had a carrying value of $8.5 billion and consisted primarily of the
following:
Fixed-maturity securities and short-term investments: As of December 31, 2025, $7.4 billion or 87% of the
investment portfolio consisted of fixed-maturity securities and short-term investments. As of December 31, 2025, the majority
(67%, or $5.7 billion) of the fixed-maturity securities and short-term investments was managed by Goldman Sachs Asset
Management, L.P., Wellington Management Company, LLP, and MacKay Shields LLC. Each of these investment managers
has discretionary authority over the portion of the investment portfolio it manages, within the limits of the investment
guidelines approved by the Company’s Board of Directors (the Board or AGL’s Board). Each manager is compensated based
upon a fixed percentage of the market value of the portion of the portfolio being managed by such manager. During 2025,
Wellington Management Company LLP owned or managed funds that own more than 5% of AGL’s common shares. The
available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities in the investment portfolio primarily consist of investment-grade obligations of state
and political subdivisions, U.S. government and agencies, corporate securities, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed
securities.
In addition, as of December 31, 2025, $228 million of the available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities were CLO equity
tranches, $168 million were bonds issued by a U.K. regulated utility to which the Company has insured exposure, and
$140 million (based on fair value) were securities insured by the Company with expected losses that it subsequently purchased
in order to mitigate the economic effect of such insured expected losses (Loss Mitigation Securities). The Company considers
CLO equity tranches to be a component of its alternative investment strategy.
The Company also had $114 million (based on fair value) of Contingent Value Instruments (CVIs), obtained as part of
the resolution of the Company’s exposure to insured Puerto Rico credits experiencing payment default other than the Puerto
Rico Electric Power Authority (PREPA), all of which were classified as trading securities. See Part II, Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7. Investments and Cash.
Other invested assets and consolidated investment vehicles (CIVs): As of December 31, 2025, the carrying value of the
Company’s ownership interest in Sound Point was $415 million and is reported in “other invested assets” on the consolidated
balance sheets.
The Company also has alternative investments in a variety of investment strategies and asset classes offered by Sound
Point as described above in “ — Asset Management Strategies,” as well as alternative investments managed by AHP and other
parties. As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s other invested assets primarily consisted of funds focused on private
healthcare investing, asset-based/specialty finance, CLOs and commercial real estate finance. As of December 31, 2025, one
19
Sound Point managed fund was consolidated and classified as a CIV. The Company’s interest in that CIV based on net-asset-
value was $57 million.
See Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 8. Variable Interest Entities, for information
on the CIVs.
Risk Management
Organizational Structure
The Board oversees the risk management process. The Board employs an enterprise-wide approach to risk
management that supports the Company’s business plans within an acceptable level of risk. Risk assessment and risk
management encompass not only understanding the risks the Company faces and what steps management is taking to manage
those risks, but also understanding what level of risk is appropriate for the Company. The Board annually approves the
Company’s business plan, taking risk management into account. It also approves the Company’s risk appetite statement, which
articulates the Company’s tolerance for risk and describes the general types of risk that the Company accepts or attempts to
avoid. The involvement of the Board in setting the Company’s business strategy is a key part of its assessment of
management’s risk tolerance and a determinant of what constitutes an appropriate level of risk for the Company.
While the Board has the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, various committees of the
Board also have responsibility for risk assessment and risk management. The Risk Oversight Committee of the Board oversees
the standards, controls, limits, underwriting guidelines and policies that the Company establishes and implements in respect of
credit underwriting and risk management. It focuses on management of credit risks as well as other risks, including, but not
limited to, market, financial, legal, operational risks (including information technology, cybersecurity and data privacy risks),
and risks relating to the Company's reputation and ethical standards. In addition, the Audit Committee of the Board is
responsible for, among other matters, reviewing policies and processes related to risk assessment and risk management,
including the Company’s major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such
exposures, in coordination with the Risk Oversight Committee. It also oversees information technology, cybersecurity and data
privacy as related to financial systems and controls, and reviews compliance with related legal and regulatory requirements. The
Compensation Committee of the Board reviews risks to the Company arising from its compensation program. The Finance
Committee of the Board oversees the Company’s investment portfolio (including alternative investments) and the Company’s
capital structure, liquidity, financing arrangements, rating agency matters, and any corporate development activities in support
of the Company’s financial plan. The Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board oversees risk at the Company by
developing appropriate corporate governance guidelines, identifying qualified individuals to become Board members and, in
coordination with the Compensation Committee, making plans for senior management succession. The Environmental and
Social Responsibility Committee oversees the Company’s risk and opportunities related to environmental issues, such as
climate-related financial risk, as well as aspects of human capital management, including its strategies, policies and initiatives.
The board of directors of each of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries has overall responsibility for the system of
governance, oversight of the business and affairs and establishment of the key strategic direction and key financial objectives,
including risk management, of its respective company.
The Company has established several management committees to develop enterprise level risk management
guidelines, and policies and procedures for the Company’s insurance subsidiaries that are tailored to their respective businesses,
providing multiple levels of review, analysis and control.
The Company’s management committees responsible for risk management include:
•
Portfolio Risk Management Committee—The portfolio risk management committee is responsible for enterprise
risk management for the Company’s insurance business and focuses on measuring and managing credit, market
and liquidity risk for the Company’s insurance business. This committee establishes company-wide credit policy
for the Company’s direct and assumed insured business. It implements specific underwriting procedures and limits
for the Company and allocates underwriting capacity among the Company’s subsidiaries. All transactions in new
asset classes or new jurisdictions, or otherwise outside the Company’s Board-approved risk appetite statement or
its risk limits, must be approved by this committee.
•
Risk Management—Each financial guaranty insurance subsidiary has a committee responsible for conducting an
in-depth review of the insured portfolios of the relevant subsidiary, focusing on varying portions of the portfolio at
each meeting. These committees review and may revise internal ratings assigned to the insured transactions and
20
review sector reports, monthly product line surveillance reports and compliance reports, and are responsible for
assisting in the management of risk and oversight of their respective company’s risk management framework and
processes. This includes monitoring their respective company’s compliance with risk strategy, risk appetite, risk
limits, as well as overseeing and challenging their respective company’s risk management and compliance
functions. In carrying out its responsibilities, each of the risk management committees considers numerous factors
that could impact their insured portfolios, including macroeconomic factors, long term trends and climate-related
financial risk.
•
Workout Committee—This committee receives reports from surveillance and workout personnel on transactions
insured by the Company that might benefit from active loss mitigation or risk reduction and approves loss
mitigation or risk reduction strategies for such transactions.
•
Reserve Committees—Each financial guaranty insurance subsidiary has a committee responsible for oversight of
reserves for insured obligations. The reserve committees review the reserve methodology and assumptions for
each major asset class or significant below-investment-grade (BIG) transaction, as well as the loss projection
scenarios used and the probability weights assigned to those scenarios. The reserve committees establish reserves
for their respective insurance subsidiaries, taking into consideration supporting information provided by
surveillance and portfolio analytics personnel, and are responsible for approving changes to assumptions that have
a significant impact on expected losses.
•
Assumptions Committees—The financial guaranty insurance subsidiaries have committees responsible for setting
the assumptions, other than assumptions related to BIG exposures that use transaction-specific models within the
scope of the reserve committees, used to calculate the Company’s probability of default and loss in various
portfolio loss scenario and economic capital models. When setting these assumptions, each committee considers
relevant historical internal and external experience and any potential changes to market conditions that could
affect these parameters going forward.
In addition, management and the boards of the Company’s subsidiaries evaluate alternative investments prior to
committing any funds to such investments. In the case of AG, the board has delegated the approval of alternative investments to
an investment committee consisting of directors who are the insurer’s Chief Investment Officer, Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer; the activities of the investment committee are further reviewed by the insurer’s
full board of directors. See “Asset Management and Alternative Investments” below.
Enterprise Risk Management
The business units and functional areas are responsible for identifying, assessing, monitoring, reporting and managing
their own risks. The Chief Risk Officer and other risk management personnel are separate from the business units and are
responsible for developing the risk management framework, ensuring applicable risk management policies and procedures are
followed consistently across business units, and for providing objective oversight and aggregated risk analysis.
The internal audit function (Internal Audit) provides independent assurance around effective risk management design
and control execution. On a quarterly basis, or more frequently when required, Internal Audit reports its findings directly to the
Audit Committee of the AGL Board and informs the Chief Executive Officer and other senior management of any material
issues identified during their audits.
The Company has established an enterprise level risk appetite statement, approved by the Board, and risk limits, that
govern the Company’s risk-taking activities, with similar documents governing the activities of each operating subsidiary. Risk
management personnel monitor a variety of key risk indicators on an ongoing basis and work with the business units to take the
appropriate steps to manage the Company’s established risk appetites and tolerances. Risk management also uses an internally
developed economic capital model to project potential ultimate losses in the insured portfolio as well as on alternative
investments, and analyze the related capital implications for the Company. Risk management also performs stress and scenario
testing to both validate model results and assess the potential financial impact of emerging risks and major strategic initiatives
such as acquisitions or releases of capital.
Quarterly risk reporting keeps the Board, its Risk Oversight Committee and senior management informed about
material risk-related developments. At least once each year, risk management personnel prepare an Own Risk and Solvency
Assessment for the Company as a whole and each of the operating companies (Commercial Insurer Solvency Self-Assessment
for AG Re and AGRO) which reports the results of capital modeling, the status of key risk indicators and any emerging risks to
the Risk Oversight Committee. In addition, the Company performs in-depth reviews annually of risk topics of interest to
21
management and the Board. To the extent potentially significant business activities or operational initiatives are considered, the
Chief Risk Officer analyzes the possible impact on the Company’s risk profile and capital adequacy.
Surveillance of Insured Transactions
The Company’s surveillance personnel are responsible for monitoring and reporting on the performance of each risk in
its insured portfolio and tracking aggregation of risk. The primary objective of the surveillance process is to monitor trends and
changes in transaction credit quality, detect any deterioration in credit quality, change or affirm ratings during reviews, and
recommend remedial actions to management. The Company assigns internal credit ratings at closing to all transactions in the
insured portfolio, and surveillance personnel recommend rating affirmations or adjustments to those ratings via the risk
management committees to reflect changes in transaction credit quality. The Company monitors its insured portfolio and
refreshes its internal credit ratings on individual exposures in quarterly, semi-annual or annual review cycles based on the
Company’s view of the exposure’s quality, loss potential, volatility and sector. Ratings on exposures in sectors identified as
under the most stress or with the most potential volatility are reviewed every quarter, although the Company may also review a
rating in response to developments impacting the credit when a ratings review is not scheduled.
The review cycle and scope vary based upon transaction type and credit quality. In general, the review process
includes the collection and analysis of information from various sources, including trustee and servicer reports, performance
reports from Intex (a commercially available structured finance reporting system), financial statements, general industry or
sector news and analyses, and rating agency reports. Additionally, the Company uses various quantitative tools, scorecards and
models to assess transaction performance and identify situations where there may have been a change in credit quality.
Surveillance activities may include discussions with or site visits to issuers, servicers, collateral managers or other parties to a
transaction. Surveillance may adopt augmented procedures in response to various events, as it has done in response to the
COVID-19 pandemic, major natural disasters, and the transition away from the London Interbank Offered Rate as a reference
rate.
For transactions that the Company has assumed, the ceding insurers are generally responsible for conducting ongoing
surveillance of the exposures that have been ceded to the Company. The Company’s surveillance personnel monitor the ceding
insurer’s surveillance activities on exposures ceded to the Company through a variety of means, including reviews of
surveillance reports provided by the ceding insurers, meetings and discussions with their analysts and, in certain cases,
independently review assumed transactions.
Workouts
The Company has personnel drawn from its surveillance, risk management, legal and other functions who are
responsible for managing workout, loss mitigation and risk reduction situations. They work to develop and implement strategies
on transactions that are experiencing loss or could possibly experience loss. They, along with the workout committee, develop
strategies designed to enhance the ability of the Company to enforce its contractual rights and remedies and mitigate potential
losses. They also engage in negotiation discussions with transaction participants and, when necessary, manage (along with legal
personnel) the Company’s litigation proceedings. They may also recommend and facilitate open market or negotiated purchases
of securities that the Company has insured, negotiate or otherwise implement consensual terminations of insurance coverage
prior to contractual maturity, or engage in other loss mitigation strategies. In addition, the Company’s surveillance personnel
work with servicers of RMBS transactions to enhance their performance.
Asset Management and Alternative Investments
The Company’s investment management personnel and other risk personnel (together, the Investment Team) monitor
the Company's ownership interest in Sound Point, and investments in Sound Point funds and other alternative investments.
Investment Team personnel are responsible for the evaluation and due diligence processes for proposed new investments, and
submit recommended investment actions to management, the boards of directors of the insurance subsidiaries, or AG’s
investment committee in accordance with the Company's investment guidelines and procedures. Investment team members
monitor existing investments and provide periodic reporting at least quarterly to senior management, AGL’s Board and the
Board's Risk Oversight and Finance Committees.
Data Protection
The Company is subject to local, state, and national laws and regulations in the U.S., U.K., the European Union (EU),
the other EEA countries that comply with data protection laws in the EU, and other non-U.S. jurisdictions that require financial
institutions and other businesses to protect personal and other sensitive information and provide notice of their privacy and
22
security practices relating to the collection, disclosure and other processing of personal information. The Company is also
subject to local, state, and national laws and regulations in various jurisdictions in which it does business that require
notification to affected individuals and regulators regarding data security breaches. To address these requirements, the
Company has established and implemented policies and procedures that are intended to protect the privacy and security of
personal information that comes into the Company’s possession or control, and to comply with applicable laws and regulations.
Company policies and procedures include, but are not limited to, specific technical, administrative, and physical safeguards for
personal information, periodic risk assessments on privacy and security measures, monitoring and testing, an incident response
plan that requires Company personnel to promptly report suspected and actual data breach incidents to designated management
representatives, an enterprise-wide data governance program, and regularly maintained records that demonstrate the Company’s
accountability for compliance with the core privacy principles relating to the processing of personal information and applicable
data protection laws. The Company has imposed similar requirements, as applicable, on third parties with whom it shares
personal information including through a rigorous vendor selection and management process. The Company engages its
personnel and strives to enhance data privacy and security awareness through Company training, which is mandatory for all
employees globally on an annual basis. See Item 1C. Cybersecurity.
Changing Climate Risks
The Company has long considered environmental impacts as part of its underwriting process, in particular with regard
to U.S. public finance transactions. Global awareness of changing climate conditions and weather patterns has drawn greater
attention to the financial implications and long-term consequences of frequent or severe natural disaster perils (e.g., storms and
wildfires). As a financial guarantor of municipal and structured finance transactions, the Company does not have direct
insurance exposure to natural perils but does face the risk that its obligors’ ability to pay debt service may be impacted as a
result of such perils and the exacerbating effect extreme weather or deteriorating climatic conditions may have on their
operations and/or financial condition.
The Company continues to enhance its approach to the consideration of climate risk in the origination, underwriting,
credit approval, and surveillance of its insured exposures and has integrated climate risk into its risk management and control
functions. Credit underwriting submissions are required to include an assessment of environmental and/or transitional risk
factors as part of the underwriting analysis. Specifically, the vulnerability of obligors is evaluated with respect to climatic
changes (e.g., sea level rise, droughts), extreme weather events (e.g., hurricanes, tornadoes, floods) or geological events (e.g.,
earthquakes, volcanic activity) as well as resilience factors (e.g., mitigation capabilities, adaptation capacity) to determine if
such environmental issues could materially impact an obligor’s expected performance.
The Company’s assessment of how climate risks may impact a prospective obligor’s ability to pay debt service is
informed by its extensive experience in municipal finance coupled with proprietary analytics and third-party data and insights.
To improve the Company’s understanding of changing climate conditions and to develop the analytical tools needed to measure
and manage the related financial risks, the Company has been investing in both talent and technology. The Company’s risk
management function, which includes climate science expertise, continues to develop and expand analytical capabilities to
evaluate climate risk and assess any potential negative impacts on the proposed obligor’s ability to pay debt service.
The Company is also exposed indirectly to climate trends and extreme weather events that might impair the
performance of securities in its investment portfolio, which consists predominantly of fixed-maturity securities. Nevertheless,
environmental issues, including regulatory changes, changes in supply or demand characteristics of fuels, and extreme weather
events, may impact the value of certain securities. The investment guidelines incorporate material environmental factors into
the investment analysis to enhance the quality of investment decisions. On an annual basis, the Company requests and reviews
reports from its primary investment managers on any material non-financial risks (including vulnerability to climate risks or
exposure to extreme weather events) that may adversely impact returns.
The Company believes that the physical effects of evolving climate risks on the Company’s business operations are not
likely to be material and the Company does not anticipate capital expenditures for climate related projects.
Regulatory Reporting. As the global community continues to address and mitigate the effects of changing climatic
conditions, regulators across jurisdictions have imposed requirements or issued guidance regarding climate risk management
and related reporting. Several of the Company’s subsidiaries are subject to regulatory reporting with respect to managing and
disclosing the impact of changing climate conditions and the related financial risks. The Company continues to monitor
regulatory developments and meet requirements applicable to its subsidiaries. To date, the costs associated with complying with
regulatory reporting obligations have not had a material impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of
operations.
23
Governance. The Environmental and Social Responsibility Committee and the Risk Oversight Committee of AGL’s
Board provide oversight of the Company's approach to addressing climate-related risk in accordance with their respective
charters. The Environmental and Social Responsibility Committee reviews updates on the consideration of environmental risks
in the Company’s insurance risk management and its investment portfolio, as well as legislative and regulatory developments of
significance to the Company’s environmental initiatives and related oversight. The Risk Oversight Committee reviews the
establishment and implementation of enterprise risk management policies and practices.
The Company also has an environmental risk working group composed of senior members of the Company’s credit,
underwriting, surveillance, and risk management departments to review the impact of environmental risk on the Company,
including the development of objective risk measures, metrics and methodologies needed to evaluate the financial impact of
evolving climate conditions and extreme weather events on obligors in its insured portfolio on both aggregate and individual
risk levels.
Regulation
Overview
The Company is a public company subject to SEC rules and regulations. It is also subject to insurance-related statutes,
regulations and supervision by the U.S. states and territories and the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which it does business; the degree
and type of regulation varies from one jurisdiction to another. In addition, from July 1, 2023, following the Sound Point
Transaction, the Company participates in the asset management business through its ownership interest in Sound Point, which
is an investment adviser registered with the SEC that is subject to asset management-related statutes and regulations. The
Company expects that the statutes and regulations applicable to the Company and to Sound Point will continue to evolve for the
foreseeable future.
United States Regulation
Insurance and Financial Services Regulation
AGL has one insurance subsidiary domiciled in the U.S.; AG is a Maryland domiciled insurance company licensed to
write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance in 50 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S.
Virgin Islands.
Insurance Holding Company Regulation
AG is subject to the insurance holding company laws of Maryland, its domiciliary jurisdiction, as well as other
jurisdictions where it is licensed to do insurance business. These laws generally require AG to register with the MIA and
annually to furnish financial and other information about the operations of companies within its holding company system.
Generally, all transactions between AG, on the one hand, and any companies in the holding company system, on the other,
including sales, loans, reinsurance and service agreements, must be fair, reasonable and equitable, and, if material or of a
specified category, such as reinsurance or service agreements, require prior notice to and approval or non-disapproval by the
MIA.
Change of Control
Before a person can acquire control of a U.S.-domiciled insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained
from the insurance commissioner of the state where the insurer is domiciled or deemed commercially domiciled. Generally,
state statutes provide that control over a domestic insurer is presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns,
controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, 10% or more of the voting securities of such insurer.
Because a person acquiring 10% or more of AGL’s common shares would indirectly control the same percentage of the stock of
AG, the insurance change of control laws of Maryland would likely apply to such acquisition. Accordingly, a person acquiring
10% or more of AGL’s common shares must either file a disclaimer of control of AG with the insurance commissioner of the
State of Maryland (the Maryland Commissioner) or apply to acquire control of AG with the Maryland Commissioner.
However, this presumption does not create a safe harbor for acquisitions below the 10% threshold, which may still result in a
control determination. Significantly, an acquirer of less than 10% of an insurer’s voting securities may still be deemed to
control the insurer based on all the facts and circumstances, including the terms and conditions of the proposed transaction.
Moreover, a control relationship can arise from a contract or other factors, in the absence of any ownership of voting securities
of an insurer.
24
Prior to approving an application to acquire control of a domestic insurer, the Maryland Commissioner will consider
factors such as the financial strength of the applicant, the integrity and management of the applicant’s board of directors and
executive officers, the applicant's plans for the management of the board of directors and executive officers of the insurer, the
applicant’s plans for the future operations of the insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation
of the acquisition of control. These review requirements may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or
prevent a change of control involving AGL that some or all of AGL’s shareholders might consider to be desirable, including, in
particular, unsolicited transactions.
Other State Insurance Regulations
State insurance authorities have broad regulatory powers with respect to various aspects of the business of U.S.
insurance companies, including licensing these companies to transact business, “accrediting” reinsurers, determining whether
assets are “admitted” and counted in statutory surplus, prohibiting unfair trade and claims practices, establishing reserve
requirements and solvency standards, regulating investments and dividends and, in certain instances, approving policy forms
and related materials and approving premium rates. State insurance laws and regulations require AG to file financial statements
with insurance departments in every U.S. state or jurisdiction where it is licensed, authorized or accredited to conduct insurance
business, and its operations are subject to examination by those departments at any time. AG prepares statutory financial
statements in accordance with Statutory Accounting Principles, or SAP, and procedures prescribed or permitted by these
departments. State insurance departments conduct periodic examinations of the books and records, financial reporting, policy
filings and market conduct of insurance companies domiciled in their states, generally once every three to five years.
The MIA, the regulatory authority of the domiciliary jurisdiction of AG, conducts a periodic financial examination of
insurance companies domiciled in Maryland, usually at five-year intervals. In 2023, the MIA last completed an examination of
AG. The examination was for the five-year period ending December 31, 2021 and was a joint examination of both AG and its
former affiliate, AGM, by the MIA and AGM’s domiciliary regulator, the New York State Department of Financial Services
(NYDFS). The examination reports from the MIA and the NYDFS did not note any significant regulatory issues.
State Dividend Limitations
Maryland. One of the primary sources of cash for the payment of debt service by Assured Guaranty Municipal
Holdings Inc. (AGMH) and Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. (AGUS) and for repurchases of shares and dividends by AGL
is the receipt of dividends from AG. Under Maryland’s insurance law, AG may pay any dividend or other distribution in an
amount that, together with any other dividends or distributions paid in the prior 12 months, does not exceed the lesser of (i)
10% of its policyholders’ surplus (as of the prior December 31); or (ii) 100% of its adjusted net investment income; provided,
that, AG notifies the Maryland Commissioner of the proposed payment within five business days following declaration and at
least ten days before payment. The Maryland Commissioner may declare that such dividend or distribution not be paid if it
finds that AG’s policyholders’ surplus would be inadequate after payment or if payment could lead AG to a hazardous financial
condition. “Adjusted net investment income” means the sum of (x) AG’s net investment income during the 12-month period
ending December 31 of the preceding year (excluding realized capital gains and pro rata distributions of its own securities), and
(y) AG’s net investment income (excluding realized capital gains) from the three calendar years prior to the preceding calendar
year that has not already been paid out as dividends. A dividend or distribution to a shareholder of AG in excess of the
foregoing limitation would constitute an “extraordinary dividend” or “extraordinary distribution,” which must be paid out of
AG’s “earned surplus” and reported to, and approved by, the MIA prior to payment. "Earned surplus" is that portion of AG’s
surplus that represents the net earnings, gains or profits (after deduction of all losses) that have not been distributed to its
shareholders as dividends or transferred to stated capital or capital surplus, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but
does not include unrealized capital gains and appreciation of assets. See Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Insurance Subsidiaries, for the
maximum amount of dividends or other distributions that can be paid without regulatory approval, recent dividend and
distribution history and other recent capital movements.
Contingency Reserves
AG is required by Maryland insurance law and regulations to establish a contingency reserve, as reported on its
statutory financial statements, to protect policyholders. Maryland insurance laws and regulations determine the calculation of
the contingency reserve and the period of time over which it must be established and, subsequently, can be released.
Releases from an insurer’s contingency reserve may be permitted under specified circumstances in the event that
actual loss experience exceeds certain thresholds or if the reserve accumulated is deemed excessive in relation to the insurer's
outstanding insured obligations.
25
From time to time, AG has obtained the approval of the Maryland Commissioner to release contingency reserves based
on losses or because the accumulated reserve is deemed excessive in relation to the insurer’s outstanding insured obligations.
Maryland insurance laws and regulations require regular, quarterly contributions to contingency reserves, but such
laws and regulations permit the discontinuation of such quarterly contributions to an insurer's contingency reserves when the
insurer’s aggregate contingency reserves for a particular line of business (i.e., municipal or non-municipal) exceed the sum of
the insurer’s outstanding principal for each specified category of obligations within the particular line of business multiplied by
the specified contingency reserve factor for each such category. In accordance with such laws and regulations, and with the
approval of the MIA, AG ceased making quarterly contributions to its contingency reserves for both municipal and non-
municipal business beginning in the fourth quarter of 2014, but resumed its quarterly contributions to its contingency reserves
for municipal business in the third quarter of 2024 due to the merger on August 1, 2024 of AGM with and into AG, with AG
surviving. The ongoing cessation of quarterly contributions to AG’s contingency reserves for non-municipal business is
expected to continue for as long as AG satisfies the foregoing condition for such line of business.
Single and Aggregate Risk Limits
The Code of Maryland Regulations establishes single risk limits for financial guaranty insurers applicable to all
obligations insured by a financial guaranty insurer that are issued by a single entity and backed by a single revenue source. For
example, under the limit applicable to municipal obligations, the insured average annual debt service for a single risk, net of
qualifying reinsurance and collateral, may not exceed 10% of the sum of the insurer's policyholders’ surplus and contingency
reserves. In addition, the insured unpaid principal of municipal obligations attributable to any single risk, net of qualifying
reinsurance and collateral, is limited to 75% of the insurer’s policyholders’ surplus and contingency reserves.
Under the limit applicable to qualifying asset-backed securities, the lesser of:
•
the insured average annual debt service for a single risk, net of qualifying reinsurance and collateral, or
•
the insured unpaid principal (reduced by the extent to which the unpaid principal of the supporting assets exceeds
the insured unpaid principal) divided by nine, net of qualifying reinsurance and collateral,
may not exceed 10% of the sum of the insurer’s policyholders’ surplus and contingency reserves, subject to certain conditions.
Single-risk limits are also specified for other categories of insured obligations, and generally are more restrictive than
those described above for municipal and asset-backed obligations. Obligations not qualifying for an enhanced single-risk limit
are generally subject to a catch-all or “other” limit under which the unpaid principal of the single risk, net of qualifying
reinsurance and collateral, may not exceed 10% of the sum of the insurer's policyholders’ surplus and contingency reserves. For
example, “triple-X” and “future flow” securitizations, as well as unsecured corporate obligations and unsecured investor-owned
utility obligations, are generally subject to this catch-all or “other” single-risk limit.
The Code of Maryland Regulations also establishes an aggregate risk limit on the basis of the aggregate net liability
insured by a financial guaranty insurer as compared with its statutory capital. “Aggregate net liability” is defined for this
purpose (and the additional limits discussed below) as the outstanding principal and interest of guaranteed obligations insured,
net of qualifying reinsurance and collateral. Under this limit, an insurer’s combined policyholders’ surplus and contingency
reserves must not be less than the sum of various percentages of aggregate net liability for various categories of specified
obligations. The percentage varies from 0.3333% for certain municipal obligations to 4.0% for certain non-investment-grade
obligations.
Other Limits Applicable to Financial Guaranty Insurers
The Code of Maryland Regulations, as well as the laws of other states where AG is licensed that specifically regulate
financial guaranty insurance, limits a financial guaranty insurer’s aggregate net liability to municipal (and related) obligations
that lack (i) an underlying investment grade rating or an investment grade designation from at least one NRSRO acceptable to
the state’s insurance commissioner or superintendent (Investment Grade) or (ii) an underlying investment grade determination
from the Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (BIG/Non-Rated Exposure).
Under the Code of Maryland Regulations, the BIG/Non-Rated Exposure limitation for an AA-rated insurer such as AG is 15%
of the insurer’s aggregate net liability to all municipal (and related) obligations. In other states the BIG/Non-Rated Exposure
limitation is 5% of the insurer’s aggregate net liability to all municipal (and related) obligations regardless of the insurer’s
rating.
26
The Code of Maryland Regulations and the laws of other states regulating financial guaranty insurance also generally
prohibit financial guaranty insurers from insuring obligations not denominated in U.S. dollars unless the insured currency is (a)
that of an Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development country or other country whose sovereign rating is
Investment Grade or (b) not disapproved by the state’s insurance commissioner or superintendent. In addition, the Code of
Maryland Regulations and other applicable laws limit the insurer’s aggregate net liability to such permitted non-U.S. dollar
obligations to 25% of the insurer’s aggregate net liability to all obligations (the FX Percentage).
The Maryland Commissioner and the state insurance commissioners or superintendents of the other states specifically
regulating financial guaranty insurance generally have broad discretion to order a financial guaranty insurer to cease new
business originations if the insurer fails to comply with single or aggregate risk limits or exceeds the BIG/Non-Rated Exposure
limitation or FX Percentage, but, based on the Company’s experience, are likely to show a willingness to work with AG for
isolated or temporary instances of non-compliance.
Investments
AG is subject to laws and regulations that require diversification of its investment portfolio and limit the amount of
investments in certain asset categories, such as BIG fixed-maturity securities, foreign investments, real estate, equity
investments, and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory
limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus, and, in some instances, would require
divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. In addition, any investment by AG must be authorized or approved by its board
of directors or a committee thereof that is responsible for supervising or making such investment.
Group Regulation
In connection with AGL’s establishment of tax residence in the U.K., as discussed in greater detail under “Tax
Matters” below, the MIA has been designated as group-wide supervisor for the Assured Guaranty group. Group-wide
supervision by the MIA results in additional regulatory oversight over Assured Guaranty, particularly with respect to group-
wide enterprise risk, and may subject Assured Guaranty to new regulatory requirements and constraints.
In January 2026, the Insurance Amendment (No. 2) Act 2025 became operative, which provided for certain
amendments to Bermuda’s Insurance Act 1978 impacting Bermuda’s insurance group supervision framework (Insurance Act
Amendment). The Insurance Act Amendment, among other things, imposes a mandatory requirement for the Bermuda
Monetary Authority (BMA) to assume the role of group supervisor for Bermuda insurance groups meeting certain criteria,
including groups with an ultimate parent entity incorporated or registered in Bermuda, such as Assured Guaranty. The
Insurance Act Amendment contemplates a transition period of one year. Accordingly, Assured Guaranty expects that, after
receipt of formal notice from the BMA confirming its role of group supervisor and completion of the transition period, the
BMA will assume the role of its group supervisor, at which time Assured Guaranty will become subject to applicable group
capital, reporting and governance requirements under Bermuda law.
U.S. Credit for Reinsurance Requirements for Non-U.S. Reinsurance Subsidiaries
The Company’s Bermuda reinsurance subsidiaries, AG Re and AGRO, may be affected by regulatory requirements in
the 50 U.S. states, District of Columbia, American Samoa, Guam, Northern Marianas, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands
(collectively, NAIC Jurisdictions) governing the ability of a ceding company to receive credit on its statutory financial
statements for reinsurance provided by a reinsurer. In general, under such requirements, a ceding company that obtains
reinsurance from a reinsurer that is licensed, accredited or approved by the ceding company’s state jurisdiction of domicile is
permitted to reflect in its statutory financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to the ceding company's liability
for unearned premiums (which are that portion of premiums written which applies to the unexpired portion of the policy
period), and loss and LAE reserves ceded to the reinsurer. NAIC Jurisdictions, however, generally also permit a credit on the
statutory financial statements of a ceding insurer for reinsurance obtained from a non-licensed or non-accredited reinsurer to the
extent that the reinsurer secures its reinsurance obligations to the ceding insurer by providing collateral in the form of a letter of
credit, trust fund or other acceptable security arrangement. Certain of those jurisdictions also permit such non-licensed/non-
accredited reinsurers that meet certain specified requirements to apply for “certified reinsurer” status. If granted, such status
allows the certified reinsurer to post less than 100% collateral (the exact percentage depends on the certifying jurisdiction’s
view of the reinsurer's financial strength) and the applicable ceding company will still qualify, on the basis of such reduced
collateral, for full credit for reinsurance on its statutory financial statements with respect to reinsurance contracts renewed or
entered into with the certified reinsurer on or after the date the reinsurer becomes certified. Each NAIC Jurisdiction has adopted
laws and regulations allowing for the elimination of reinsurance collateral requirements for unauthorized reinsurers in
qualifying non-U.S. jurisdictions that (i) meet specified requirements, such as minimum capital and surplus amounts and
27
minimum solvency or capital ratios, and (ii) provide certain commitments to the ceding insurer’s domiciliary regulator, such as
submission to jurisdiction and the filing of annual audited financial statements.
AG Re and AGRO are not licensed, accredited or approved in any state and have established trusts to secure their
reinsurance obligations. In 2017, AGRO obtained certified reinsurer status in Missouri, which allows AGRO to post 10%
collateral in respect of any reinsurance assumed from a Missouri-domiciled ceding company on or after the date of AGRO’s
certification (although, currently, AGRO does not assume any such reinsurance). See “Non-U.S. Regulation —Bermuda—
Bermuda Insurance Regulation” for Bermuda regulations applicable to AG Re and AGRO.
Regulation of Swap Transactions Under Dodd-Frank
AG is subject to direct and indirect regulation under U.S. federal law. In particular, its derivatives activities are directly
and indirectly subject to a variety of regulatory requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act). Based on the size of AG’s derivatives portfolios, AGL does not believe AG is required to
register with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a “major swap participant” or with the SEC as a “major
securities-based swap participant.” Certain of the Company's subsidiaries may be subject to Dodd-Frank Act requirements to
post margin for, or to clear on a regulated execution facility, future swap transactions or with respect to certain amendments to
legacy swap transactions, if they enter into such transactions.
Regulation of U.S. Asset Management Business
Since July 1, 2023, following the Sound Point Transaction, the Company participates in the asset management
business through its ownership interest in Sound Point. The Company is an approximately 30% owner of Sound Point, does not
control the business, management or policies of Sound Point and relies upon Sound Point to make appropriate decisions and
operate in a manner consistent with applicable rules and regulations. Sound Point is registered as an investment adviser with the
SEC and is subject to the requirements and regulations of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the Advisers
Act). As a registered investment adviser, Sound Point, LP and certain other Sound Point entities must submit periodic filings
with the SEC on Forms ADV, which are publicly available. The Advisers Act also imposes additional requirements on
registered advisers, including the maintenance of a Code of Ethics addressing potential conflicts of interest, an effective
compliance program, recordkeeping and reporting, disclosure, limitations on cross and principal transactions between an
adviser and its advisory clients and general anti-fraud prohibitions. Furthermore, private funds advised by Sound Point rely on
exemptions from various requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended (the Investment Company Act), the Commodity Exchange Act and the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA). In addition, registered investment companies advised by Sound Point are subject to the
requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the Investment Company Act and rely on exemptions from the
Commodity Exchange Act and ERISA.
Non-U.S. Regulation
General
A portion of the Company’s business is conducted in non-U.S. countries. Generally, the Company’s subsidiaries
operating in non-U.S. jurisdictions must satisfy local regulatory requirements. Certain of these jurisdictions require registration
and periodic reporting by insurance and reinsurance companies that are licensed or authorized in such jurisdictions and are
controlled by other entities. Applicable legislation also typically requires periodic disclosure concerning the entity that controls
the insurer and reinsurer and the other companies in the holding company system and prior approval of intercompany
transactions and transfers of assets, including, in some instances, payment of dividends by the insurance and reinsurance
subsidiary within the holding company system.
In addition to these licensing, disclosure and asset transfer requirements, the Company’s non-U.S. operations are also
regulated in various jurisdictions with respect to, among other matters, policy language and terms, amount and type of reserves,
amount and type of capital to be held, amount and type of local investment, local tax requirements, and restrictions on changes
in control. AGL, as a Bermuda-domiciled holding company, is also subject to shareholding restrictions. Such shareholding
restrictions of AGL and restrictions on changes in control of our non-U.S. operations may discourage potential acquisition
proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of AGL, including through transactions, and, in particular,
unsolicited transactions, that some or all of its shareholders might consider to be desirable. See Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks
Related to Applicable Law, Litigation and GAAP, captioned “Applicable insurance laws may make it difficult to effect a
change of control of AGL.”
28
Bermuda
The Bermuda Monetary Authority (the Authority) regulates the Company’s operating insurance and reinsurance
subsidiaries in Bermuda. AG Re, AGRO, and Assured Life Re are each an insurance company currently registered and licensed
under the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda, amendments thereto and related regulations (collectively, the Insurance Act). AG Re
is registered and licensed as a Class 3B insurer and is authorized to carry on general insurance business (as understood under
the Insurance Act), subject to any conditions attached to its license and to compliance with the requirements imposed by the
Insurance Act.
AGRO is registered and licensed as both a Class 3A insurer and a Class C long-term (life) insurer, and therefore
carries on both general and long-term (life) business (as understood under the Insurance Act), subject to any conditions attached
to its license. In particular, AGRO must keep its accounts in respect of its general business and its long-term (life) business
separate in respect of any other business. AGRO is required to maintain both a general business fund and a long-term (life)
business fund (as defined in the Insurance Act).
Assured Life Re is registered and licensed as a Bermuda Class E long-term (life) insurer, which is the license class for
long-term (life) insurers with total assets of more than $500 million.
Bermuda Insurance Regulation
The Insurance Act, as enforced by the Authority, imposes on AG Re, AGRO, and Assured Life Re a variety of
requirements and restrictions, including the filing of annual U.S. GAAP financial statements and audited statutory financial
statements; compliance with minimum enhanced capital requirements; compliance with the Authority’s Insurance Code of
Conduct; compliance with the Authority’s Insurance Sector Operational Cyber Risk Management Code of Conduct; compliance
with minimum solvency and liquidity standards; restrictions on the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions;
preparation and publication of an annual Financial Condition Report providing details on measures governing the business
operations, corporate governance framework, solvency and financial performance of the insurer and reinsurer; restrictions on
changes in control of regulated insurers and reinsurers; restrictions on the reduction of statutory capital; and the need to have a
principal representative and a principal office (as understood under the Insurance Act) in Bermuda. The Insurance Act grants to
the Authority the power to cancel insurance licenses, supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance and
reinsurance companies and in certain circumstances share information with foreign regulators.
Shareholder Controllers
Pursuant to provisions in the Insurance Act, any person who becomes a holder of 10% or more, 20% or more, 33% or
more or 50% or more of the Company’s common shares must notify the Authority in writing within 45 days of becoming such a
holder. The Authority has the power to object to such a person if it appears to the Authority that the person is not fit and proper
to be such a holder. In such a case, the Authority may require the holder to reduce their shareholding in the Company and may
direct, among other things, that the voting rights attached to their common shares are not exercisable.
Minimum Solvency Margin and Enhanced Capital Requirements
Under the Insurance Act, AG Re, AGRO, and Assured Life Re must each ensure that the value of its general business
statutory assets exceeds the amount of its general business statutory liabilities by an amount greater than a prescribed minimum
solvency margin and each company’s applicable enhanced capital requirement, which is established by reference to either its
Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement (BSCR) model or an approved internal capital model. The BSCR model is a risk-based
capital model which provides a method for determining an insurer’s capital requirements (statutory economic capital and
surplus) by establishing capital requirements for ten categories of risk in the insurer’s business: fixed income investment risk,
equity investment risk, interest rate/liquidity risk, currency risk, concentration risk, premium risk, reserve risk, credit risk,
catastrophe risk and operational risk.
Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions
The Insurance Act limits the declaration and payment of dividends by AG Re, AGRO, and Assured Life Re, including
by prohibiting each company from declaring or paying any dividends during any financial year if it is in breach of its prescribed
minimum solvency margin, minimum liquidity ratio or enhanced capital requirement, or if the declaration or payment of such
dividends would cause such a breach. Dividends cannot exceed an insurer’s current outstanding statutory surplus. In accordance
with the Insurance Act, AG Re, AGRO, and Assured Life Re may declare or pay in any financial year dividends of up to 25%
of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year’s statutory balance sheet) without seeking prior
29
approval from the Authority. AG Re, AGRO, and Assured Life Re are prohibited from making dividend declarations or
payments in excess of this 25% threshold in any financial year without certification to the Authority that the company will
continue to meet its relevant margins. The Insurance Act also prohibits AGRO and Assured Life Re, as Class C and Class E
licensed long-term (life) insurers, respectively, from declaring or paying any dividends to any person other than a policyholder
unless its approved actuary certifies that the proposed amount of the dividend would not exceed the excess of funds available to
satisfy its long-term (life) business obligations. Further, AG Re, AGRO, and Assured Life Re are permitted to make capital
distributions of up to 15% of its prior year statutory capital (as shown in its previous financial year statutory balance sheet). AG
Re, AGRO, and Assured Life Re must obtain the Authority’s prior approval before making capital distributions in excess of the
15% threshold. See “Minimum Solvency Margin and Enhanced Capital Requirements” above and “Minimum Liquidity Ratio”
below.
The Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (Companies Act) also limits the declaration and payment of dividends and other
distributions by Bermuda companies such as AGL and its Bermuda subsidiaries, which, in addition to AG Re, AGRO, and
Assured Life Re, also include Cedar Personnel Ltd. (collectively, the Bermuda Subsidiaries). Such companies may only declare
and pay a dividend or make a distribution out of contributed surplus (as understood under the Companies Act) if there are
reasonable grounds for believing that the company is, and after the payment will be, able to meet and pay its liabilities as they
become due and the realizable value of the company’s assets will not be less than its liabilities.
Minimum Liquidity Ratio
The Insurance Act provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business. An insurer engaged in general business is
required to maintain the value of its relevant assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities. Relevant assets
include cash and time deposits, quoted investments, unquoted bonds and debentures, first liens on real estate, investment
income due and accrued, accounts and premiums receivable, reinsurance balances receivable, funds held by ceding insurers and
any other assets which the Authority accepts on application. The relevant liabilities are total general business insurance reserves
and total other liabilities less deferred income tax and sundry liabilities (by interpretation, those not specifically defined) and
letters of credit, corporate guaranties and other instruments.
Personal Information Protection Act 2016
The Personal Information Protection Act 2016 (PIPA) is the principal Bermuda legislation regulating the right to
personal informational privacy. In December 2016, PIPA sections relating generally to the establishment, staffing, funding, and
general powers of the Privacy Commissioner came into force and in January 2020 a Privacy Commissioner was appointed. On
January 1, 2025, PIPA was fully implemented. PIPA applies to every organization (which includes any individual, entity or
public authority) that uses personal information in Bermuda where that personal information is used by automated or other
means which form, or are intended to form, part of a structured filing system. For the purposes of PIPA, “personal information”
means any information about an identified or identifiable individual (meaning a natural person), and “use” or “using” are very
broadly defined and effectively include possessing or carrying out any operation on personal information. AGL and its
Bermuda subsidiaries are subject to PIPA requirements. As such, to the extent that AGL or the Bermuda Subsidiaries use
individuals’ personal information in Bermuda, such entity will need to comply with the applicable sections of PIPA.
Beneficial Ownership
The Beneficial Ownership Act 2025 (BO Act) came into force on November 3, 2025 requiring certain legal persons in
Bermuda to identify beneficial owners and maintain a beneficial ownership register. For so long as AGL’s shares are listed on
an “appointed stock exchange” (which includes the New York Stock Exchange), AGL and its Bermuda Subsidiaries are
exempted from the requirements of the BO Act, save for the requirement to confirm such exempted status with the Registrar of
Companies in Bermuda and file with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda proof of that exemption including the name and
jurisdiction of the relevant stock exchange.
Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations
Although AGL is incorporated in Bermuda, it is classified as a non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes
by the Authority. Pursuant to its non-resident status, AGL may engage in transactions in currencies other than Bermuda dollars
and there are no restrictions on its ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of
Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of its common shares.
30
AGL is not currently subject to taxes computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or
appreciation. Bermuda companies pay, as applicable, annual government fees, business fees, payroll tax and other taxes and
duties. See “— Tax Matters—Taxation of AGL and Subsidiaries—Bermuda.”
United Kingdom Insurance and Financial Services Regulation
Each of AGUK and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. (AGFOL) are subject to the FSMA, which covers
financial services relating to deposits, insurance, investments and certain other financial products. Under FSMA, effecting or
carrying out contracts of insurance by way of business in the U.K. each constitutes a “regulated activity” requiring authorization
by the appropriate regulator.
The PRA and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) are the main regulatory authorities responsible for insurance
regulation in the U.K. These two regulatory bodies cover the following areas:
•
the PRA, a part of the Bank of England, is responsible for prudential regulation of certain classes of financial
services firms, including insurance companies, and
•
the FCA is responsible for the prudential regulation of all non-PRA firms and the regulation of market
conduct by all firms.
AGUK, as an insurance company, is regulated by both the PRA and the FCA. They impose on AGUK a variety of
requirements and restrictions, including minimum solvency capital requirements; change of control; reporting requirements;
supervision of management; intervention and enforcement; and fees and levies. AGFOL, as an insurance intermediary, is
regulated by the FCA. AGFOL’s permissions from the FCA allow it to introduce business to AG, so that AGFOL can arrange
financial guaranties underwritten by AG. AGFOL is not authorized as an insurer and does not itself take risk in the transactions
it arranges or places.
PRA Supervision and Enforcement
The PRA has extensive powers to intervene in the affairs of an authorized firm, including the power in certain
circumstances to withdraw the firm’s authorization to carry on a regulated activity. The PRA carries out the prudential
supervision of insurance companies like AGUK through a variety of methods, including the collection of information from
statistical returns, the review of accountants’ reports and insurers’ annual reports and disclosures, visits to insurance companies
and regular formal interviews. The PRA takes a risk-based approach to the supervision of insurance companies.
The PRA assesses, on an ongoing basis, whether insurers are acting in a manner consistent with safety and soundness
and appropriate policyholder protection, and whether they meet, and are likely to continue to meet, threshold conditions. The
PRA weights its supervision towards those issues and those insurers that, in its judgment, pose the greatest risk to its regulatory
objectives. It is forward-looking, assessing its objectives not just against current risks, but also against those that could
plausibly arise in the future. Its risk assessment framework looks at the insurer’s risk context, the potential impact of failure of
the insurer and mitigating factors.
Other U.K. Regulatory Requirements
In 2010, it was agreed between AGUK’s management and its then regulator, the Financial Services Authority (now the
PRA), that new business written by AGUK would be guaranteed using a co-guarantee structure pursuant to which AGUK
would co-guarantee municipal and infrastructure transactions with AGM and structured finance transactions with AG. As a
result of the merger on August 1, 2024 of AGM with and into AG, with AG surviving, the co-guarantor for both types of
transactions is now AG. AGUK’s financial guaranty for each transaction covers a proportionate share of the total exposure, and
AG guarantees the remaining exposure under the transaction. Under the current co-guarantee structure effective January 1, 2026
(i) AGUK directly guarantees 50% of the obligations issued in a particular transaction, subject to a guaranteed original principal
amount limit of £100 million per transaction; (ii) AG directly guarantees 50% of the issued obligations, plus any principal
amounts in excess of the foregoing AGUK limit; and (iii) AG also provides a second-to-pay guarantee for AGUK’s guaranteed
portion of the obligations. For the 12-month period ending December 31, 2025, the co-guarantee structure split was 15%
AGUK and 85% AG. See “—Insurance—Support of the European Insurance Subsidiaries.”
31
Solvency UK and Solvency Requirements
Solvency II took effect from January 1, 2016 in the U.K. and remained in effect as part of the U.K.’s retained EU law
after the withdrawal of the U.K. from the EU. See “Solvency II and Solvency Requirements,” below. On December 31, 2024,
as part of Brexit reform, the U.K. government revoked Solvency II in the U.K. and the prudential regime provisions for insurers
were moved and assimilated into the PRA’s Rulebook and policy material (Solvency UK). Solvency UK provides rules on
capital adequacy, governance and risk management and regulatory reporting and public disclosure. Under Solvency UK,
AGUK is subject to certain limits and requirements, including the maintenance of a minimum solvency capital requirement
(which depends on the type and amount of insurance business a company writes and the other risks to which it is exposed) and
the establishment of technical provisions, which include projected losses and premium earnings. Failure to maintain capital at
least equal to the capital requirements under Solvency UK is one of the grounds on which the wide powers of intervention
conferred upon the PRA may be exercised. AGUK calculates its solvency capital requirements using the Standard Formula
under Solvency UK which establishes capital requirements for underwriting risk, market risk, counterparty default risk and
operational risk.
AGUK calculates its minimum required capital according to the solvency criteria applicable in the UK and is in
compliance.
Restrictions on Dividend Payments
U.K. company law prohibits each of AGUK and AGFOL from declaring a dividend to its shareholders unless it has
“profits available for distribution.” The determination of whether a company has profits available for distribution is based on its
accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. While the U.K. insurance regulatory laws impose no statutory
restrictions on a general insurer’s ability to declare a dividend, the PRA’s capital requirements may in practice act as a
restriction on dividends for AGUK.
Change of Control
Under FSMA, when a person decides to acquire or increase “control” of a U.K. authorized firm (including an
insurance company) they must give the PRA (if regulated by the PRA and FCA) or the FCA (if regulated solely by the FCA)
notice in writing before making the acquisition. The PRA and the FCA have up to 60 working days (without including any
period of interruption) in which to assess a change of control case. Any person (a company or individual) that directly or
indirectly acquires 10% or 20% (depending on the type of firm, the “Control Percentage Threshold”) or more of the shares, or is
entitled to exercise or control the exercise of the Control Percentage Threshold or more of the voting power, of a U.K.
authorized firm or its parent undertaking is considered to “acquire control” of the authorized firm. Broadly speaking, the 10%
threshold applies to banks, insurers and reinsurers (but not brokers) and Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID)
investment firms, and the 20% threshold to insurance brokers and certain other firms that are Non-Directive firms for the
purposes of Solvency UK.
U.K. Withdrawal from the European Union
Through 2019, AGUK wrote business in the U.K. and various countries throughout the EU as well as certain other
non-EU countries. In mid-2019, to address the impact of the withdrawal of the U.K. from the EU, AGL established AGE as a
French incorporated company. AGE was authorized by the French insurance and banking supervisory authority, the ACPR, to
conduct financial guarantee business from January 2, 2020, and from that date AGUK ceased the underwriting of new business
within the EEA. In October 2020, in preparation for Brexit, AGUK transferred to AGE certain existing AGUK policies relating
to risks in the EEA under the Part VII Transfer.
AGUK will continue to write new business in the U.K. and certain other non-EEA countries.
France
As an insurance company licensed in France, AGE is regulated by the ACPR and is subject to the provisions of
Solvency II as well as related EU delegated regulations as implemented in France, and by the French Insurance Code and the
Monetary and Financial Code, both of which set out the primary rules governing the insurance industry in France. In
accordance with French insurance regulation and Solvency II, AGE is permitted to carry on its activities in the countries of the
EEA where it is authorized to operate under the freedom to provide services regime.
32
French regulation of insurance companies imposes on AGE a variety of requirements and restrictions, including
minimum solvency capital requirements; change of control; reporting requirements; supervision of management; and
intervention and enforcement.
ACPR Supervision and Enforcement
The ACPR has extensive powers to intervene in the affairs of an insurance company, including the power in certain
circumstances to withdraw the company’s authorization to carry on a regulated activity. The ACPR carries out the prudential
supervision of insurance companies like AGE through a variety of methods, including the collection of information from
statistical returns, the review of accountants' reports and insurers’ annual reports and disclosures, visits to insurance companies
and regular formal interviews.
The ACPR assesses, on an ongoing basis, whether insurers are acting in a manner consistent with safety and soundness
and appropriate policyholder protection, and whether they meet, and are likely to continue to meet, threshold conditions. The
ACPR is forward-looking, assessing its objectives not just against current risks, but also against those that could plausibly arise
in the future. Its risk assessment framework looks at the insurer’s risk context, the potential impact of failure of the insurer and
mitigating factors.
Solvency II and Solvency Requirements
Solvency II is the legal and regulatory basis for the supervision of insurance firms in France. It provides rules on
capital adequacy, governance, risk management, and regulatory reporting and public disclosure. Under Solvency II, AGE is
subject to certain limits and requirements, including the maintenance of a minimum solvency capital requirement (which
depends on the type and amount of insurance business a company writes and the other risks to which it is exposed) and the
establishment of technical provisions, which include projected losses and premium earnings. Failure to maintain capital at least
equal to the capital requirements under Solvency II is one of the grounds on which the wide powers of intervention conferred
upon the ACPR may be exercised.
Among other things, Solvency II introduced a revised risk-based prudential regime which includes the following
features: (1) assets and liabilities are generally to be valued at their market value; (2) the amount of required economic capital is
intended to ensure, with a probability of 99.5%, that regulated insurance firms are able to meet their obligations to
policyholders and beneficiaries over the following 12 months; and (3) reinsurance recoveries are treated as a separate asset
(rather than being netted off the underlying insurance liabilities). AGE calculates its solvency capital requirements using the
Standard Formula under Solvency II and is in compliance.
Restrictions on Dividend Payments
French company law prohibits AGE from declaring a dividend to its shareholders unless it has “profits and/or reserves
available for distribution.” The determination of whether a company has profits available for distribution is based on its
accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. While French law imposes no statutory restrictions on an
insurer's ability to declare a dividend, the ACPR’s capital requirements may, in practice, act as a restriction on dividends for
AGE.
Change of Control
The French insurance code has requirements regarding acquisitions, disposals, and increases or decreases in ownership
of a French-licensed insurance company.
Any transaction enabling a person (a company or individual), acting alone or in concert with other persons, to acquire,
increase, dispose of or reduce its ownership in an insurance company licensed in France requires express or implied approval
from the ACPR: (i) where such transaction results directly or indirectly in the proportion of shares or voting rights held by that
person or those persons rising above 10%, 20%, one-third or 50% of all shares or voting rights; (ii) where the insurance or
reinsurance company becomes a subsidiary of that person or those persons; and (iii) where the transaction allows this person or
persons to exercise a significant influence over the management of this company.
As a matter of principle, the ACPR has 60 business days from the date on which it acknowledges receipt of the
notification of the transaction to notify the reporting entity and the insurance company whose ownership change is
contemplated of its refusal or approval of the transaction. In approving or refusing the transaction, the ACPR takes into account
various factors, including the reputation of the acquirer, the effect of the transaction on the business and the management of the
33
company, the impact of the transaction on the financial strength of the company, or the ability of the company to continue to
comply with applicable regulation.
Human Capital Management
The Company recognizes that its workforce, as a key driver of long-term performance, is among its most valued assets.
Accordingly, the Company’s principal human capital management objectives are to attract, hire, retain, develop, and support the
highest quality employees, including talented and experienced business leaders who drive its corporate strategies and build
long-term shareholder value. To promote these objectives, the Company’s human capital management programs are designed to
reward and support employees with competitive compensation and benefit packages in each of its locations around the globe,
and with professional development opportunities to cultivate talented employees and prepare them for critical roles and future
leadership positions.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company employed 367 people worldwide. Other than in the EEA, none of the
Company’s employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements. The Company believes its employee relations are
satisfactory.
Talent Development and Retention
Learning and Development. The Company invests in the professional development of its workforce because it
believes that encouraging employees to realize their full capabilities enhances job satisfaction, leads to increased performance,
and enables the Company to cultivate a pipeline of internal talent for succession planning. To support the advancement of its
employees, the Company endeavors to strengthen their knowledge and skills by providing access to training, including in
leadership, management and effective communication skills, mentoring opportunities, as well as tuition reimbursement
assistance.
Mentoring. The Company believes its culture is collegial, collaborative and conducive to informal mentorship,
knowledge sharing, and the development of role-related skills. In addition, all employees have access to a formal one-on-one
mentoring program as well as mentoring circles which provide additional learning resources, facilitate the onboarding of new
recruits and reinforce connectedness.
Compensation and Benefits. The Company designed its compensation program to attract, retain, and motivate talented
individuals and to recognize and reward outstanding achievement. The components of the program consist of base salary and
may include performance-based incentive compensation in the form of an annual cash incentive and deferred compensation in
the form of cash and/or equity. The Company believes that a compensation program with both short-term and long-term awards
provides fair and competitive compensation and aligns the interests of employees and investors. The Company offers a benefits
package designed to promote and support the physical and mental health of its employees as well as financial security. Benefits
include life and health (medical, dental and vision) insurance, retirement savings plans (including Company matches of
employee contributions), an employee stock purchase plan, hybrid work schedules, paid time off, paid family leave, an
employee assistance program, commuter benefits, tuition reimbursement, and child, elder and pet care assistance.
Assured Guaranty employs a number of practices to help ensure that its compensation program is competitive, and
aligns with the Company's goals. To promote consistency and fairness, the Company's compensation function is centralized. In
addition, the Company conducts periodic reviews of its compensation program and works with independent compensation and
benefits consultants to help ensure that its compensation program reflects best practices and current market standards.
Culture
Ethical and Respectful Conduct. The Company seeks to foster and maintain strong ethical standards and a reputation
as a business that conducts itself professionally and with a high degree of integrity. In addition, the Company works to provide
and support a respectful and inclusive environment that values the abilities of each employee, which the Company believes
leads to enhanced engagement, maximizing individual performance, and improving retention. Education and awareness are
critical components in promoting the Company's cultural values across the organization. Upon onboarding and annually, the
Company requires all employees to complete training in the Company's Global Code of Ethics as well as its policies on the
prevention of sexual harassment and discrimination. The Company also provides additional targeted training and guidance to
specific personnel regarding anti-fraud, anti-bribery and anti-corruption related matters.
Employee-led Initiatives. The Company supports several employee-led initiatives that enable employees to influence
and enhance the employee experience. Employee-led initiatives also provide additional opportunities for employees to develop
34
and demonstrate their leadership and organizational skills, engage with colleagues across departments and offices, and
champion programs and causes they value. Assured Guaranty has five employee resource groups (ERGs), selected based on
employee feedback. Membership in the ERGs is voluntary and open to all employees, regardless of whether they identify with
the group’s focus, and all of our ERGs include members who do not share those characteristics. The ERGs prepare strategic
plans that incorporate the Company’s business objectives into their programming. The Company also has two employee-led
committees: one committee that directs its philanthropic efforts by selecting charitable organizations with which to partner and
by sourcing community volunteer activities, and a second committee that works to promote an inclusive culture in support of
the Company’s commitment to anti-discrimination and equal opportunity in the workplace.
Employee Engagement; Feedback. The Company utilizes employee engagement surveys, conducted by a third-party
provider to foster confidentiality, to gauge the effectiveness of its efforts to enhance the employee experience and to gain
insight into employee perceptions about various aspects of the work environment.
Governance. The Board’s Environmental and Social Responsibility Committee and Compensation Committee,
pursuant to their respective charters, provide oversight of the Company’s human capital management strategies, policies, and
initiatives. The Environmental and Social Responsibility Committee is periodically updated on employee engagement, learning
and development programs, culture and workplace safety. The Compensation Committee, which is advised by an independent
compensation consultant, is responsible for the oversight of management development and evaluation of succession planning
for senior management, and a review of the Company’s compensation programs and practices, including senior management
compensation benchmarked against a comparison group.
Tax Matters
United States Tax Reform
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the TCJA) lowered the corporate U.S. tax rate to 21%, eliminated the alternative
minimum tax, limited the deductibility of interest expense and required a one-time tax on a deemed repatriation of untaxed
earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries. In the context of the taxation of U.S. property/casualty insurance companies such as the
Company, the TCJA also modifies the loss reserve discounting rules and the proration rules that apply to reduce reserve
deductions to reflect the lower corporate income tax rate. In addition, the TCJA included certain provisions intended to
eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of companies (including insurance companies) that have legal domiciles outside the
U.S. but have certain U.S. connections and U.S. persons investing in such companies. For example, the TCJA includes a base
erosion and anti-abuse tax that could make affiliate reinsurance between U.S. and non-U.S. members of the Company’s group
economically unfeasible. In addition, the TCJA introduced a current tax on global intangible low-taxed income that may result
in an increase in U.S. corporate income tax imposed on the Company’s U.S. group members with respect to earnings of their
non-U.S. subsidiaries. As discussed in more detail below, the TCJA also revised the rules applicable to passive foreign
investment companies (PFICs) and controlled foreign corporations (CFCs). On July 4, 2025, the U.S. Congress passed budget
reconciliation bill H.R. 1 referred to as the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA). The OBBBA includes significant provisions,
such as the permanent extension of certain expiring provisions of the TCJA, modifications to the international tax framework
and the restoration of favorable tax treatment for certain business provisions. The legislation has multiple effective dates, with
certain provisions effective in 2025 and others implemented through 2027. The Company is currently assessing the impact on
its consolidated financial statements, but does not expect it to have a material impact. Further, it is possible that other legislation
could be introduced and enacted by the current Congress or future Congresses that could have an adverse impact on the
Company. Additionally, tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a U.S. trade or business or
whether a company is a CFC or a PFIC or has related person insurance income (RPII) are subject to change, possibly on a
retroactive basis. The U.S. Department of the Treasury issued final and proposed regulations intended to clarify the application
of the insurance income exception to the classification of a non-U.S. insurer as a PFIC and provide guidance on a range of
issues relating to PFICs, and issued proposed regulations that would expand the scope of the RPII rules. New regulations or
pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. The Company cannot be certain if, when or in what
form such regulations or pronouncements may be provided and whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect. See Part
II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 13. Income Taxes.
Taxation of AGL and Subsidiaries
Bermuda
On December 27, 2023, the Government of Bermuda enacted the Corporate Income Tax Act 2023 (the CIT Act),
which imposes a corporate income tax at the rate of 15% to in-scope entities for accounting periods starting on or after January
35
1, 2025. Entities subject to tax under the CIT Act are the Bermuda tax resident entities of multinational groups that have annual
revenues of €750 million or greater for at least two of the last four fiscal years.
However, a Bermuda tax resident’s entity’s liability under the CIT Act is subject to the application of any foreign tax
credits (FTC) that may arise if the entity’s income is taxed in a jurisdiction outside Bermuda. The CIT Act also contains a
number of adjustments to an entity’s net income for tax purposes, including transitional adjustments such as the economic
transition adjustment (ETA) which, broadly, permits certain deferred tax assets to be utilized against future liabilities as a result
of a step-up in the tax basis of certain assets and liabilities as of September 30, 2023 for those entities that are (or will be)
subject to the CIT Act but were Bermuda tax resident as of the step-up date. Under the CIT Act of Bermuda, any liability for
the tax will apply regardless of any assurances previously provided under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966
of Bermuda.
United States
AGL has conducted and intends to continue to conduct substantially all of its operations outside the U.S. and to limit
the U.S. contacts of AGL and its non-U.S. subsidiaries (except for its non-U.S. subsidiaries that elect to be taxed as a U.S.
corporation) so that they should not be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. A non-U.S. corporation, such as AG Re, that is
deemed to be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. would be subject to U.S. income tax at regular corporate rates, as well
as the branch profits tax, on its income which is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business,
unless the corporation is entitled to relief under the permanent establishment provision of an applicable tax treaty, as discussed
below. Such income tax, if imposed, would be based on effectively connected income computed in a manner generally
analogous to that applied to the income of a U.S. corporation, except that a non-U.S. corporation would generally be entitled to
deductions and credits only if it timely files a U.S. federal income tax return. AGL, AG Re and certain of the other non-U.S.
subsidiaries have filed and will continue to file protective U.S. federal income tax returns on a timely basis in order to preserve
the right to claim income tax deductions and credits if it is ever determined that they are subject to U.S. federal income tax. The
highest marginal federal income tax rates currently are 21% for a corporation’s effectively connected income and 30% for the
“branch profits” tax.
Under the income tax treaty between Bermuda and the U.S. (the Bermuda Treaty), a Bermuda insurance company
would not be subject to U.S. income tax on income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business unless that
trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the U.S. AG Re currently intends to conduct its activities
so that it does not have a permanent establishment in the U.S.
An insurance enterprise resident in Bermuda generally will be entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty if:
(i) more than 50% of its shares are owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by individual residents of the U.S. or Bermuda or
U.S. citizens; and (ii) its income is not used in substantial part, directly or indirectly, to make disproportionate distributions to,
or to meet certain liabilities of, persons who are neither residents of either the U.S. or Bermuda nor U.S. citizens.
Non-U.S. insurance companies carrying on an insurance business within the U.S. have a certain minimum amount of
effectively connected net investment income determined in accordance with a formula that depends, in part, on the amount of
U.S. risk insured or reinsured by such companies. If AG Re or another of the Company’s Bermuda subsidiaries is considered to
be engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the U.S. and is not entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty in
general (because it fails to satisfy one of the limitations on treaty benefits discussed above), the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the Code), could subject a significant portion of AG Re’s or another of the Company’s Bermuda subsidiary’s
investment income to U.S. income tax.
AGL, as a U.K. tax resident, would not be subject to U.S. income tax on any income found to be effectively connected
with a U.S. trade or business under the income tax treaty between the U.S. and the U.K. (the U.K. Treaty), unless that trade or
business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the U.S. AGL intends to conduct its activities so that it does not
have a permanent establishment in the U.S.
Non-U.S. corporations not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S., and those that are engaged in a U.S. trade or
business with respect to their non-effectively connected income are nonetheless subject to U.S. withholding tax on certain
“fixed or determinable annual or periodic gains, profits and income” derived from sources within the U.S. (such as dividends
and certain interest on investments), subject to exemption under the Code or reduction by applicable treaties. The standard non-
treaty rate of U.S. withholding tax is currently 30%. The Bermuda Treaty does not reduce the U.S. withholding rate on U.S.-
sourced investment income. The U.K. Treaty reduces or eliminates U.S. withholding tax on certain U.S.-sourced investment
income, including dividends from U.S. companies to U.K. resident persons entitled to the benefit of the U.K. Treaty.
36
The U.S. also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to non-U.S. insurers with respect to
risks of a U.S. person located wholly or partly within the U.S. or risks of a foreign person engaged in a trade or business in the
U.S. which are located within the U.S. The rates of tax applicable to premiums paid are 4% for direct casualty insurance
premiums and 1% for reinsurance premiums.
AGRO has elected to be treated as a U.S. corporation for all U.S. federal tax purposes and, as such, AGRO, together
with AGL’s U.S. subsidiaries, is subject to taxation in the U.S. at regular corporate rates.
The Company is currently evaluating the U.S. federal tax purpose of Assured Life Re.
If AGRO were to pay dividends to its U.S. holding company parent and that U.S. holding company were to pay
dividends to its Bermudian parent AG Re, such dividends would be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%.
United Kingdom
In November 2013, AGL became tax resident in the U.K. AGL remains a Bermuda-based company and its
administrative and head office functions continue to be carried on in Bermuda. The AGL common shares have not changed and
continue to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).
As a company that is not incorporated in the U.K., AGL will be considered tax resident in the U.K. only if it is
“centrally managed and controlled” in the U.K. Central management and control constitutes the highest level of control of a
company’s affairs. From November 6, 2013, AGL’s Board began to manage the affairs of AGL in such a way as to maintain its
status as a company that is tax resident in the U.K.
As a U.K. tax resident company, AGL is subject to the tax rules applicable to companies resident in the U.K.,
including the benefits afforded by the U.K.’s tax treaties.
As a U.K. tax resident, AGL is required to file a corporation tax return with His Majesty’s Revenue & Customs
(HMRC). AGL is subject to U.K. corporation tax in respect of its worldwide profits (both income and capital gains), subject to
any applicable exemptions. The main rate of corporation tax is currently 25%. AGL has also registered in the U.K. to report its
value-added tax (VAT) liability. The current standard rate of VAT is 20%. Further, with effect for accounting periods starting
on or after December 31, 2023, AGL may be liable to charges under the U.K.’s multinational top-up tax to the extent that any
member (or members) of the group is resident in a territory other than the U.K. and that member (or those members,
collectively) has an effective tax rate of less than 15% in that territory. Alternatively, AGL may be liable to charges under the
U.K.’s domestic top-up tax if profits arising in the U.K. are taxed at a rate of less than 15%.
The dividends AGL receives from its direct subsidiaries should be exempt from U.K. corporation tax due to the
exemption in section 931D of the U.K. Corporation Tax Act 2009. In addition, any dividends paid by AGL to its shareholders
should not be subject to any withholding tax in the U.K. The non-U.K. resident subsidiaries intend to operate in such a manner
that their profits are outside the scope of the charge under the “controlled foreign companies” regime. Accordingly, Assured
Guaranty does not expect any profits of non-U.K. resident members of the group to be attributed to AGL and taxed in the U.K.
under the CFC regime. In 2013, Assured Guaranty obtained clearance from HMRC confirming this on the basis of the facts and
intentions as they were at the time.
The U.K. enacted legislation in July 2023 and February 2024, and HMRC published guidance in respect of such
legislation, which, broadly, implements the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Model Rules
for Pillar Two into U.K. domestic legislation for accounting periods starting on or after December 31, 2023. Pillar Two
comprises rules granting jurisdictions additional taxing rights where other relevant jurisdictions have either not taxed relevant
profits or those profits have been subject to a rate of tax below 15%. The rules apply to multinational groups with consolidated
group revenue of €750 million or more in at least two out of the preceding four fiscal years. Through a series of complex
interlocking rules, the intended effect is that low or no taxed profits would be subject to tax at an overall rate of at least 15%.
See Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Taxation captioned “AGL may become, and AG Re and AGRO are, subject to
taxes in Bermuda, which may adversely affect the Company’s future results of operations and an investment in the Company”
and “Assured Guaranty’s financial results may be affected by measures taken in response to the OECD BEPS project.”
37
Taxation of Shareholders
Bermuda Taxation
Currently, there is no Bermuda capital gains tax, or withholding or other tax payable on principal, interest or dividends
paid to the holders of the AGL common shares.
United States Taxation
This discussion is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any relevant administrative
rulings or pronouncements or judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of filing and as currently interpreted, and does not
take into account possible changes in such tax laws or interpretations thereof, which may apply retroactively. This discussion
does not include any description of the tax laws of any state or local governments within the U.S. or any foreign government.
The following summary sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the purchase,
ownership and disposition of AGL’s shares. Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with holders that are U.S.
Persons (as defined below) who purchase and hold their shares and who hold their shares as capital assets within the meaning of
section 1221 of the Code. The following discussion is only a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax matters as
described herein and does not purport to address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a
particular shareholder in light of such shareholder’s specific circumstances. For example, special rules apply to certain
shareholders, such as partnerships, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers
or traders in securities, tax exempt organizations, expatriates, persons liable for alternative minimum tax, U.S. accrual method
taxpayers subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to AGL’s shares being
taken into account in an applicable financial statement as described in section 451(b) of the Code, persons that do not hold their
securities in the U.S. dollar, persons who are considered with respect to AGL or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries as “United
States shareholders” for purposes of the CFC rules of the Code (generally, a U.S. Person, as defined below, who owns or is
deemed to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of AGL shares or the shares of any of
AGL’s non-U.S. subsidiaries (i.e., 10% U.S. Shareholders)), or persons who hold the common shares as part of a hedging or
conversion transaction or as part of a short-sale or straddle or other integrated transaction. Any such shareholder should consult
their tax adviser.
If a partnership holds AGL’s shares, the tax treatment of the partners will generally depend on the status of the partner
and the activities of the partnership. Partners of a partnership owning AGL’s shares should consult their tax advisers.
For purposes of this discussion, the term “U.S. Person” means: (i) a citizen or resident of the U.S.; (ii) a partnership or
corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., or organized under any political subdivision thereof; (iii) an
estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; (iv) a trust if either (x) a court
within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. Persons have
the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (y) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S.
Person for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or (v) any other person or entity that is treated for U.S. federal income tax
purposes as if it were one of the foregoing.
Taxation of Distributions. Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the CFC, RPII and
PFIC rules, cash distributions, if any, made with respect to AGL’s shares will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax
purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits of AGL (as computed using U.S. tax principles).
Dividends paid by AGL to corporate shareholders will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction. To the extent such
distributions exceed AGL's earnings and profits, they will be treated first as a return of the shareholder’s basis in the common
shares to the extent thereof, and then as gain from the sale of a capital asset.
AGL believes dividends paid by AGL on its common shares to non-corporate holders will be eligible for reduced rates
of tax at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains as “qualified dividend income,” provided that AGL is not a PFIC and
certain other requirements, including stock holding period requirements, are satisfied.
Classification of AGL or its Non-U.S. Subsidiaries as a CFC. Each 10% U.S. Shareholder (as defined below) of a
non-U.S. corporation that is a CFC at any time during a taxable year that owns, directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities,
shares in the non-U.S. corporation on the last day of the non-U.S. corporation’s taxable year on which it is a CFC, must include
in its gross income, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, its pro rata share of the CFC’s “subpart F income,” even if the subpart
F income is not distributed. “Subpart F income” of a non-U.S. insurance corporation typically includes foreign personal holding
company income (such as interest, dividends and other types of passive income), as well as insurance and reinsurance income
38
(including underwriting and investment income). A non-U.S. corporation is considered a CFC if 10% U.S. Shareholders own
(directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules of
section 958(b) of the Code (i.e., constructively)) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting
stock of such non-U.S. corporation, or more than 50% of the total value of all stock of such corporation on any day during the
taxable year of such corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC also includes a non-U.S.
corporation in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or more than 25% of the total
value of the stock is owned by 10% U.S. Shareholders, on any day during the taxable year of such corporation. A “10% U.S.
Shareholder” is a U.S. Person who owns (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) at least 10% of the
total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the non-U.S. corporation. The TCJA expanded the definition of
10% U.S. Shareholder to include ownership by value (rather than just vote), so provisions in the Company’s organizational
documents that cut back voting power to potentially avoid 10% U.S. Shareholder status will no longer mitigate the risk of 10%
U.S. Shareholder status. AGL believes that because of the dispersion of AGL’s share ownership, no U.S. Person who owns
shares of AGL directly or indirectly through one or more non-U.S. entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly
through non-U.S. entities, or constructively), 10% or more of the total voting power or value of all classes of shares of AGL or
any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries. However, AGL’s shares may not be as widely dispersed as the Company believes due to, for
example, the application of certain ownership attribution rules, and no assurance may be given that a U.S. Person who owns the
Company's shares will not be characterized as a 10% U.S. Shareholder. In addition, the direct and indirect subsidiaries of
AGUS are characterized as CFCs and any subpart F income generated will be included in the gross income of the applicable
domestic subsidiaries in the AGL group.
The RPII CFC Provisions. The following discussion generally is applicable only if the gross RPII of AG Re or any
other non-U.S. insurance subsidiary that either: (i) has not made an election under section 953(d) of the Code to be treated as a
U.S. corporation for all U.S. federal tax purposes or (ii) is not a CFC owned directly or indirectly by AGUS (each, a Foreign
Insurance Subsidiary, or collectively, with AG Re, the Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries) is 20% or more of the Foreign Insurance
Subsidiary’s gross insurance income for the taxable year and the 20% Ownership Exception (as defined below) is not met. The
following discussion generally would not apply for any taxable year in which the Foreign Insurance Subsidiary’s gross RPII
falls below the 20% threshold or the 20% Ownership Exception is met. Although the Company cannot be certain, it believes
that each Foreign Insurance Subsidiary has been, in prior years of operations, and will be, for the foreseeable future, either
below the 20% threshold or in compliance with the requirements of 20% Ownership Exception for each tax year.
RPII is any “insurance income” (as defined below) attributable to policies of insurance or reinsurance with respect to
which the person (directly or indirectly) insured is a “RPII shareholder” (as defined below) or a “related person” (as defined
below) to such RPII shareholder. In general, and subject to certain limitations, "insurance income" is income (including
premium and investment income) attributable to the issuing of any insurance or reinsurance contract which would be taxed
under the portions of the Code relating to insurance companies if the income were the income of a domestic insurance
company. For purposes of inclusion of the RPII of a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary in the income of RPII shareholders, unless an
exception applies, the term "RPII shareholder" means any U.S. Person who owns (directly or indirectly through non-U.S.
entities) any amount of AGL’s common shares. Generally, the term “related person” for this purpose means someone who
controls or is controlled by the RPII shareholder or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons which control the
RPII shareholder. Control is measured by either more than 50% in value or more than 50% in voting power of stock applying
certain constructive ownership principles. A Foreign Insurance Subsidiary will be treated as a CFC under the RPII provisions if
RPII shareholders are treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) 25% or more of the
shares of AGL by vote or value.
RPII Exceptions. The special RPII rules do not apply if: (i) at all times during the taxable year less than 20% of the
voting power and less than 20% of the value of the stock of AGL (the 20% Ownership Exception) is owned (directly or
indirectly through entities) by persons who are (directly or indirectly) insured under any policy of insurance or reinsurance
issued by a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary or related persons to any such person; (ii) RPII, determined on a gross basis, is less
than 20% of a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary’s gross insurance income for the taxable year (the 20% Gross Income Exception);
(iii) a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary elects to be taxed on its RPII as if the RPII were effectively connected with the conduct of a
U.S. trade or business, and to waive all treaty benefits with respect to RPII and meet certain other requirements; or (iv) a
Foreign Insurance Subsidiary elects to be treated as a U.S. corporation and waive all treaty benefits and meet certain other
requirements. The Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries do not intend to make either of these elections. Where none of these
exceptions applies, each U.S. Person owning or treated as owning any shares in AGL (and therefore, indirectly, in a Foreign
Insurance Subsidiary) on the last day of AGL’s taxable year will be required to include in its gross income for U.S. federal
income tax purposes its share of the RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary was a
CFC under the RPII provisions, determined as if all such RPII were distributed proportionately only to such U.S. Persons at that
date, but limited by each such U.S. Person’s share of a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary’s current-year earnings and profits as
reduced by the U.S. Person’s share, if any, of certain prior-year deficits in earnings and profits. The Foreign Insurance
39
Subsidiaries intend to operate in a manner that is intended to ensure that each qualifies for either the 20% Gross Income
Exception or 20% Ownership Exception.
Computation of RPII. For any year in which a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary does not meet the 20% Ownership
Exception or the 20% Gross Income Exception, AGL may also seek information from its shareholders as to whether beneficial
owners of shares at the end of the year are U.S. Persons so that the RPII may be determined and apportioned among such
persons; to the extent AGL is unable to determine whether a beneficial owner of shares is a U.S. Person, AGL may assume that
such owner is not a U.S. Person, thereby increasing the per share RPII amount for all known RPII shareholders. The amount of
RPII includable in the income of a RPII shareholder is based upon the net RPII income for the year after deducting related
expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses. If a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary meets the 20% Ownership
Exception or the 20% Gross Income Exception, RPII shareholders will not be required to include RPII in their taxable income.
Apportionment of RPII to U.S. Holders. Every RPII shareholder who owns shares on the last day of any taxable year
of AGL in which a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary does not meet the 20% Ownership Exception or the 20% Gross Income
Exception should expect that for such year it will be required to include in gross income its share of a Foreign Insurance
Subsidiary's RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which the Foreign Insurance Subsidiary was a CFC under the RPII
provisions, whether or not distributed, even though it may not have owned the shares throughout such period. A RPII
shareholder who owns shares during such taxable year but not on the last day of the taxable year is not required to include in
gross income any part of the Foreign Insurance Subsidiary’s RPII.
Basis Adjustments. A RPII shareholder’s tax basis in its common shares will be increased by the amount of any RPII
the shareholder includes in income. The RPII shareholder may exclude from income the amount of any distributions by AGL
out of previously taxed RPII income. The RPII shareholder’s tax basis in its common shares will be reduced by the amount of
such distributions that are excluded from income.
Uncertainty as to Application of RPII. The RPII provisions are complex and have never been interpreted by the courts
or the Treasury Department in final regulations; regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed
form. Further, proposed regulations could, if finalized in their current form, substantially expand the definition of RPII to
include insurance income of our Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries related to affiliate reinsurance transactions. These regulations
would apply to taxable years beginning after the date the regulations are finalized. Although we cannot predict whether, when
or in what form the proposed regulations might be finalized, the proposed regulations, if finalized in their current form, could
limit our ability to execute affiliate reinsurance transactions that would otherwise be undertaken for non-tax business reasons in
the future and could increase the risk that gross RPII could constitute 20% or more of the gross insurance income of one or
more of our Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries in a particular taxable year, which could result in such RPII being taxable to U.S.
Persons that own or are treated as owning shares of AGL. Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application
thereof to the Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries is uncertain. In addition, the Company cannot be certain that the amount of RPII
or the amounts of the RPII inclusions for any particular RPII shareholder, if any, will not be subject to adjustment based upon
subsequent Internal Revenue Service (IRS) examination. U.S. Persons owning or treated as owning shares of AGL should
consult their tax advisors as to the effect of these uncertainties.
Information Reporting. Under certain circumstances, U.S. Persons owning shares (directly, indirectly or
constructively) in a non-U.S. corporation are required to file IRS Form 5471, Information Return of U.S. Persons With Respect
To Certain Foreign Corporations, with their U.S. federal income tax returns. Generally, information reporting on IRS
Form 5471 is required by: (i) a person who is treated as a RPII shareholder; (ii) a 10% U.S. Shareholder of a non-U.S.
corporation that is a CFC at any time during any tax year of the non-U.S. corporation and who owned the stock on the last day
of that year; and (iii) under certain circumstances, a U.S. Person who acquires stock in a non-U.S. corporation and as a result
thereof owns 10% or more of the voting power or value of such non-U.S. corporation, whether or not such non-U.S. corporation
is a CFC. For any taxable year in which AGL determines that neither the 20% Gross Income Exception nor the 20% Ownership
Exception applies, AGL will provide to all U.S. Persons registered as shareholders of its shares a completed IRS Form 5471 or
the relevant information necessary to complete the form. Failure to file IRS Form 5471 may result in penalties. In addition, U.S.
shareholders should consult their tax advisers with respect to other information reporting requirements that may be applicable to
them.
U.S. Persons holding the Company’s shares should consider their possible obligation to file FinCEN Form 114,
Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts Report, with respect to their shares. Additionally, such U.S. and non-U.S. persons should
consider their possible obligations to annually report certain information with respect to the non-U.S. accounts with their
U.S. federal income tax returns. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers with respect to these or any other reporting
requirement which may apply with respect to their ownership of the Company’s shares.
40
Tax-Exempt Shareholders. Tax-exempt entities will be required to treat certain subpart F insurance income, including
RPII, that is includable in income by the tax-exempt entity as unrelated business taxable income. Prospective investors that are
tax exempt entities are urged to consult their tax advisers as to the potential impact of the unrelated business taxable income
provisions of the Code. A tax-exempt organization that is treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder or a RPII Shareholder also must
file IRS Form 5471 in certain circumstances.
Dispositions of AGL’s Shares. Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the Code
section 1248 and PFIC rules, holders of shares generally should recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax
purposes on the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares in the same manner as on the sale, exchange or other disposition of
any other shares held as capital assets. If the holding period for these shares exceeds one year, any gain will be subject to tax at
the marginal tax rate applicable to long term capital gains.
Code section 1248 provides that if a U.S. Person sells or exchanges stock in a non-U.S. corporation and such person
owned, directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation at
any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition when the corporation was a CFC, any gain from the sale
or exchange of the shares will be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFC’s earnings and profits (determined under U.S.
federal income tax principles) during the period that the shareholder held the shares and while the corporation was a CFC (with
certain adjustments). The Company believes that because of the dispersion of AGL’s share ownership, no U.S. shareholder of
AGL should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) 10% or more of the total
voting power of AGL; to the extent this is the case this application of Code Section 1248 under the regular CFC rules should
not apply to dispositions of AGL’s shares. A 10% U.S. Shareholder may in certain circumstances be required to report a
disposition of shares of a CFC by attaching IRS Form 5471 to the U.S. federal income tax or information return that it would
normally file for the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. In the event this is determined necessary, AGL will provide a
completed IRS Form 5471 or the relevant information necessary to complete the Form. Code section 1248 in conjunction with
the RPII rules also applies to the sale or exchange of shares in a non-U.S. corporation if the non-U.S. corporation would be
treated as a CFC for RPII purposes regardless of whether the shareholder is a 10% U.S. Shareholder or whether the 20%
Ownership Exception or 20% Gross Income Exception applies. Existing proposed regulations do not address whether Code
section 1248 would apply if a non-U.S. corporation is not a CFC but the non-U.S. corporation has a subsidiary that is a CFC
and that would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a U.S. domestic corporation. The Company believes, however, that
this application of Code section 1248 under the RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of AGL’s shares because AGL will
not be directly engaged in the insurance business. The Company cannot be certain, however, that the IRS will not interpret the
proposed regulations in a contrary manner or that the Treasury Department will not amend the proposed regulations to provide
that these rules will apply to dispositions of common shares. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding
the effects of these rules on a disposition of common shares.
Passive Foreign Investment Companies. In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC during a given year if:
(i) 75% or more of its gross income constitutes “passive income” (the 75% test); or (ii) 50% or more of its assets produce
passive income (the 50% test) and once characterized as a PFIC will generally retain PFIC status for future taxable years with
respect to its U.S. shareholders in the taxable year of the initial PFIC characterization.
If AGL were characterized as a PFIC during a given year, each U.S. Person holding AGL’s shares would be subject to
a penalty tax at the time of the sale at a gain of, or receipt of an "excess distribution" with respect to, their shares, unless such
person: (i) is a 10% U.S. Shareholder and AGL is a CFC; or (ii) made a “qualified electing fund election” or “mark-to-market”
election. It is uncertain that AGL would be able to provide its shareholders with the information necessary for a U.S. Person to
make a qualified electing fund election. In addition, if AGL were considered a PFIC, upon the death of any U.S. individual
owning common shares, such individual’s heirs or estate would not be entitled to a “step-up” in the basis of the common shares
that might otherwise be available under U.S. federal income tax laws. In general, a shareholder receives an "excess distribution"
if the amount of the distribution is more than 125% of the average distribution with respect to the common shares during the
three preceding taxable years (or shorter period during which the taxpayer held common shares). In general, the penalty tax is
equivalent to an interest charge on taxes that are deemed due during the period the shareholder owned the common shares,
computed by assuming that the excess distribution or gain (in the case of a sale) with respect to the common shares was taken in
equal portion at the highest applicable tax rate on ordinary income throughout the shareholder's period of ownership. The
interest charge is equal to the applicable rate imposed on underpayments of U.S. federal income tax for such period. In addition,
a distribution paid by AGL to U.S. shareholders that is characterized as a dividend and is not characterized as an excess
distribution would not be eligible for reduced rates of tax as qualified dividend income. A U.S. Person that is a shareholder in a
PFIC may also be subject to additional information reporting requirements, including the annual filing of IRS Form 8621,
Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund.
41
For the above purposes, passive income generally includes interest, dividends, annuities and other investment income.
The PFIC rules, as amended by the TCJA, provide that income derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a
qualifying insurance corporation is not treated as passive income. The PFIC provisions also contain a look-through rule under
which a non-U.S. corporation shall be treated as if it “received directly its proportionate share of the income...” and as if it “held
its proportionate share of the assets...” of any other corporation in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the stock. A
second PFIC look-through rule would treat stock of a U.S. corporation owned by another U.S. corporation which is at least 25%
owned (by value) by a non-U.S. corporation as a non-passive asset that generates non-passive income for purposes of
determining whether the non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC.
The insurance income exception originally was intended to ensure that income derived by a bona fide insurance
company is not treated as passive income, except to the extent such income is attributable to financial reserves in excess of the
reasonable needs of the insurance business. The Company expects, for purposes of the PFIC rules, that each of AGL’s
insurance subsidiaries is unlikely to have financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of its insurance business in each
year of operations. However, the TCJA limits the insurance income exception to a non-U.S. insurance company that is a
qualifying insurance corporation that would be taxable as an insurance company if it were a U.S. corporation and maintains
insurance liabilities of more than 25% of such company’s assets for a taxable year (or maintains insurance liabilities that at least
equal or exceed 10% of its assets, is predominantly engaged in an insurance business and satisfies a facts and circumstances test
that requires a showing that the failure to exceed the 25% threshold is due to runoff-related or rating-related circumstances) (the
Reserve Test). Further, the U.S. Treasury Department and the IRS issued final and proposed regulations (the 2020 Regulations)
intended to clarify the application of the PFIC provisions to a non-U.S. insurance company and provide guidance on a range of
issues relating to PFICs, including the application of the look-through rule, the treatment of income and assets of certain U.S.
insurance subsidiaries for purposes of the look-through rule and the extension of the look-through rule to 25% or more owned
partnerships. The 2020 Regulations define insurance liabilities for purposes of the Reserve Test, tighten the Reserve Test and
the statutory cap on insurance liabilities, and provide guidance on the runoff-related and rating-related circumstances for
purposes of the 10% test (including a provision that deems certain financial guaranty insurers that fail the 25% test to meet the
rating-related circumstances test). The 2020 Regulations also propose that a non-U.S. insurance company will qualify for the
insurance company exception only if a factual requirements test or an active conduct percentage test is satisfied. The factual
requirements test will be met if the non-U.S. insurance company’s officers and employees perform its substantial managerial
and operational activities on a regular and continuous basis with respect to its core functions and virtually all of the active
decision-making functions relevant to underwriting on a contract-by-contract basis (taking into account activities of officers and
employees of certain related entities in certain cases). The active conduct percentage test will be satisfied if: (1) the total costs
incurred by the non-U.S. insurance company with respect to its officers and employees (including officers and employees of
certain related entities) for services related to core functions (other than investment activities) equal at least 50% of the total
costs incurred for all such services; and (2) the non-U.S. insurer’s officers and employees oversee any part of the non-U.S.
insurance company’s core functions, including investment management, that are outsourced to an unrelated party. Services
provided by officers and employees of certain related entities are only taken into account in the numerator of the active conduct
percentage if the non-U.S. insurance company exercises regular oversight and supervision over such services and compensation
arrangements meet certain requirements. The 2020 Regulations also propose that a non-U.S. insurance company with no or a
nominal number of employees that relies exclusively or almost exclusively upon independent contractors (other than certain
related entities) to perform its core functions will not be treated as engaged in the active conduct of an insurance business. The
Company believes that, based on the application of the PFIC look-through rules described above and the Company's plan of
operations for the current and future years, AGL should not be characterized as a PFIC. However, as the Company cannot
predict the likelihood of finalization of the proposed 2020 Regulations or the scope, nature or impact of the 2020 Regulations
on us, or whether the Company’s non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries will be able to satisfy the Reserve Test in future years and the
interaction of the PFIC look-through rules is not clear, no assurance may be given that the Company will not be characterized as
a PFIC. Prospective investors should consult their tax adviser as to the effects of the PFIC rules.
Foreign tax credit. If U.S. Persons own a majority of AGL’s common shares, only a portion of the current income
inclusions, if any, under the CFC, RPII and PFIC rules and of dividends paid by AGL (including any gain from the sale of
common shares that is treated as a dividend under section 1248 of the Code) will be treated as foreign source income for
purposes of computing a shareholder’s U.S. foreign tax credit limitations. The Company will consider providing shareholders
with information regarding the portion of such amounts constituting foreign source income to the extent such information is
reasonably available. It is also likely that substantially all of the “subpart F income,” RPII and dividends that are foreign source
income will constitute either “passive” or “general” income. Thus, it may not be possible for most shareholders to utilize excess
FTC to reduce U.S. tax on such income.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding on Distributions and Disposition Proceeds. Information returns may
be filed with the IRS in connection with distributions on AGL’s common shares and the proceeds from a sale or other
disposition of AGL’s common shares unless the holder of AGL’s common shares establishes an exemption from the
42
information reporting rules. A holder of common shares that does not establish such an exemption may be subject to U.S.
backup withholding tax on these payments if the holder is not a corporation or non-U.S. Person or fails to provide its taxpayer
identification number or otherwise comply with the backup withholding rules. The amount of any backup withholding from a
payment to a U.S. Person will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Person’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle
the U.S. Person to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
United Kingdom
The following discussion is intended to be only a general guide to certain U.K. tax consequences of holding AGL
common shares, under current law and the current practice of HMRC, either of which is subject to change at any time, possibly
with retrospective effect. Except where otherwise stated, this discussion applies only to shareholders who are not (and have not
recently been) resident or (in the case of individuals) domiciled for tax purposes in the U.K. who hold their AGL common
shares as an investment and who are the absolute beneficial owners of their common shares. This discussion may not apply to
certain shareholders, such as dealers in securities, life insurance companies, collective investment schemes, shareholders who
are exempt from tax and shareholders who have (or are deemed to have) acquired their shares by virtue of an office or
employment. Such shareholders may be subject to special rules.
The following statements do not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the U.K. considerations that may be
relevant to any particular shareholder. Any person who is in any doubt as to their tax position should consult an appropriate
professional tax adviser.
AGL’s Tax Residency. AGL is not incorporated in the U.K., but from November 6, 2013, AGL’s Board has managed
its affairs with the intent to maintain its status as a company that is tax resident in the U.K.
Dividends. Under current U.K. tax law, AGL is not required to withhold tax at source from dividends paid to the
holders of the AGL common shares.
Capital gains. U.K. tax is not normally charged on any capital gains realized by non-U.K. shareholders in AGL
unless, in the case of a corporate shareholder, at or before the time the gain accrues, the shareholding is used in or for the
purposes of a trade carried on by the non-resident shareholder through a permanent establishment in the U.K. or for the
purposes of that permanent establishment. Similarly, an individual shareholder who carries on a trade, profession or vocation in
the U.K. through a branch or agency may be liable for U.K. tax on the gain if such shareholder disposes of shares that are, or
have been, used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade, profession or vocation or for the purposes of such branch or
agency. This treatment applies regardless of the U.K. tax residence status of AGL.
Stamp Taxes. On the basis that AGL does not currently intend to maintain a share register in the U.K., there should be
no U.K. stamp duty reserve tax on a purchase of common shares in AGL. A conveyance or transfer on sale of common shares
in AGL will not be subject to U.K. stamp duty, provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the U.K. and does not
relate to any property situated, or any matter or thing done, or to be done, in the U.K.
Available Information
The Company maintains a website at assuredguaranty.com. The Company makes available, free of charge, on its
website (under assuredguaranty.com/sec-filings) the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q,
current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 (a) or 15 (d) of the
Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. The
Company also makes available, free of charge, through its website (under assuredguaranty.com/governance) links to the
Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, its Global Code of Ethics, AGL's Bye-Laws and the charters for its Board
committees, as well as certain of the Company's environmental and social policies and statements. In addition, the SEC
maintains an Internet site (at sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding
issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
The Company routinely posts important information for investors on its website (under assuredguaranty.com/
company-statements and, more generally, under the Investor Information tab at assuredguaranty.com/investor-information and
Businesses tab at assuredguaranty.com/businesses). The Company also maintains a social media account on LinkedIn
(linkedin.com/company/assured-guaranty/). The Company uses its website and may use its social media account as a means of
disclosing material information and for complying with its disclosure obligations under SEC Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure).
Accordingly, investors should monitor the Company Statements, Investor Information and Businesses portions of the
43
Company’s website as well as the Company’s social media account on LinkedIn, in addition to following the Company’s press
releases, SEC filings, public conference calls, presentations and webcasts.
The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, the Company’s website is not incorporated by
reference into, and is not a part of, this report.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the following information, together with the information contained in AGL’s other
filings with the SEC. The risks and uncertainties discussed below are not the only ones the Company faces. However, these are
the risks that the Company’s management believes are material. The Company may face additional risks or uncertainties that
are not presently known to the Company or that management currently deems immaterial, and such risks or uncertainties also
may impair its business or results of operations. The risks discussed below could result in a significant or material adverse
effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, capital, liquidity, business prospects and/or share price.
Summary of Risk Factors
The following summarizes some of the risks and uncertainties that may adversely affect the Company’s financial
condition, results of operations, capital, liquidity, business prospects and/or share price. It is provided for convenience and
should be read together with the more expansive explanations below this summary.
Risks Related to Economic, Market and Political Conditions and Natural Phenomena
•
Developments in the global financial markets, political systems and economy generally.
•
Significant budget deficits and pension funding and revenue shortfalls of certain public finance obligors that issue
obligations the Company insures.
•
Significant risks from large individual or correlated exposures.
•
Losses on obligations insured by the Company significantly in excess of those expected by the Company or recoveries
significantly below those expected by the Company.
•
Higher U.S. debt-to-GDP ratio and/or downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit ratings, or to the credit
ratings of instruments issued, insured or guaranteed by related institutions, agencies or instrumentalities.
•
Changes in attitudes toward debt repayment negatively impacting the Company’s insurance portfolio.
•
The impact of narrow credit spreads on the demand for financial guaranty insurance and annuity reinsurance.
•
The effect of credit losses and interest rate changes on the Company’s investments.
•
Effects of global climate change on the Company’s insurance portfolio and investments.
Risks Related to Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations
•
The impact on reserves from uncertainties of estimates of expected insurance losses to be paid (recovered).
•
The subjectivity of the valuation of many of the Company’s assets and liabilities.
•
Experience making pricing assumptions for life and annuity reinsurance products relating to longevity, mortality,
policy lapses, withdrawals, surrenders, investment returns and expenses.
Strategic Risks
•
Competition in the Company’s industries.
•
Strategic transactions not resulting in the benefits anticipated or subjecting the Company to negative consequences.
•
The Company’s investments in Sound Point.
•
Minority ownership interests and the inability to control the business, management or policies of such interests.
•
Alternative investments, including investments managed by Sound Point and exclusivity with Sound Point, may not
result in the benefits anticipated, and may increase credit, interest rate, liquidity, reputational, and other risks.
•
A downgrade of the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of any of the Company’s insurance or
reinsurance subsidiaries.
•
The Assured Life Re Acquisition may negatively impact the Company, including how it is perceived by its investors,
regulators, rating agencies or obligors, as well as Assured Life Re’s business relationships.
•
Risks related to entering the life and annuity reinsurance business, including integration with the Company’s core
competencies.
Operational Risks
•
Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.
•
Exposure to less predictable political, credit and legal risks by underwriting insurance in non-U.S. markets and/or
covering new sectors or classes of business.
44
•
Loss of senior management and other key employees and delay or inability to develop or recruit suitable replacements.
•
A cyberattack, security breach or failure in the Company’s or a vendor's information technology system, or a data
privacy breach of the Company’s or a vendor’s information technology system.
•
Evolving cybersecurity, privacy and data security regulations.
•
The exploration of artificial intelligence used in some of the Company’s business operations.
•
Errors in, overreliance on, or misuse of, models.
•
Reduction in the Company’s liquidity from significant claim payments.
•
A sudden need to raise additional capital as a result of insurance losses or as a result of changes in regulatory or rating
agency capital requirements applicable to its insurance subsidiaries at a time when additional capital may not be
available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.
•
Large insurance losses substantially increasing the Company’s insurance subsidiaries’ leverage ratios, and preventing
them from writing new insurance.
•
Constraints on the Company’s holding companies' ability to meet their obligations.
•
Limitations on the ability of AGL and its subsidiaries to meet their liquidity needs.
•
Losses arising from asset/liability mismatch in the Company’s annuity reinsurance business.
Risks Related to Taxation
•
The impacts of changes in U.S. tax laws on the demand or profitability of financial guaranty insurance and the
Company’s investments.
•
Certain of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries may be subject to U.S. tax.
•
AGL may become, and AG Re and AGRO are, subject to taxes in Bermuda.
•
U.S. Persons holding AGL’s shares may be subject to taxation under the U.S. CFC rules.
•
U.S. Persons holding AGL’s shares may be subject to additional U.S. income taxation on their proportionate share of
the Company's RPII.
•
U.S. tax-exempt shareholders may be subject to unrelated business taxable income rules.
•
Adverse tax consequences to U.S. Persons holding AGL’s shares if AGL is considered to be a PFIC for U.S. federal
income tax purposes.
•
Changes in U.S. federal income tax law adversely affecting the Company and an investment in AGL’s common shares.
•
U.S. federal tax consequences of an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code.
•
A change in AGL’s U.K. tax residence or its ability to otherwise qualify for the benefits of income tax treaties to
which the U.K. is a party.
•
Changes in U.K. tax law or in AGL’s ability to satisfy all the conditions for exemption from U.K. taxation on dividend
income or capital gains in respect of its direct subsidiaries.
•
An adverse adjustment under U.K. legislation governing the taxation of U.K. tax resident holding companies on the
profits of their non-U.K. subsidiaries.
•
An adverse adjustment under U.K. transfer pricing legislation.
•
Measures taken in response to the OECD Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) project.
Risks Related to Applicable Law, Litigation and GAAP
•
The impact of changes in or inability to comply with applicable law and regulations.
•
The impact of changes in applicable laws or regulations on the ability of issuers to satisfy their obligations.
•
Legislation, regulation, legal or regulatory determinations, or litigation arising out of struggles of distressed obligors.
•
Certain insurance regulatory requirements and restrictions constraining AGL’s ability to pay dividends and fund share
repurchases and other activities.
•
Difficulties in effecting a change of control of AGL under applicable insurance laws.
•
The inability to obtain accurate and timely financial information from Sound Point or other alternative investment
managers.
•
Changes in the fair value of the Company’s insured credit derivatives portfolio, certain of its investments, its
committed capital securities (CCS), its FG VIEs, and/or the consolidation or deconsolidation of one or more FG VIEs
during a financial reporting period.
•
Changes in industry and other accounting practices.
Risks Related to AGL’s Common Shares
•
Volatility in the market price of AGL’s common shares.
•
Provisions in the Code and AGL’s Bye-Laws reducing the voting rights of its common shares.
•
Provisions in AGL’s Bye-Laws potentially restricting the ability to transfer common share or requiring shareholders to
sell their common shares.
45
Risks Related to Economic, Market and Political Conditions and Natural Phenomena
Developments in the global financial markets, political systems and the economy generally may adversely affect the
Company’s financial condition, results of operations, capital, liquidity, business prospects and share price.
In recent years, global financial markets, political systems and the economy generally have been impacted by changes
in inflation and interest rates, governmental policies such as tariffs, and geopolitical events, including regional and global
military conflicts and strategic competition and trade confrontations, and could be impacted by other natural and man-made
events in the future.
These and other risks could materially and negatively affect the Company’s ability to access the capital markets, the
cost of the Company’s debt, the demand for its credit enhancement products, the amount of losses incurred on transactions it
guarantees, the value and performance of its investments, the Company’s earnings from its ownership interest in Sound Point,
the capital and liquidity position and financial strength and enhancement ratings of its insurance subsidiaries, and the price of its
common shares.
Public finance obligors that have issued obligations insured or reinsured by the Company are experiencing, or may in the
future experience, significant budget deficits, and pension and revenue shortfalls, and difficulties in obtaining additional
financing, that could result in increased credit losses or liquidity claims and increased rating agency capital charges on
those insured obligations.
Certain territorial or local governments, including ones that have issued obligations insured or reinsured by the
Company, have sought protection from creditors under Chapter 9 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or, in the case of Puerto Rico,
the similar provisions of the Puerto Rico Oversight, Management, and Economic Stability Act (PROMESA), as a means of
restructuring their outstanding debt. In some instances where local governments were are seeking to restructure their
outstanding debt, pension and other obligations owed to workers were treated more favorably than senior bond debt owed to the
capital markets. If the issuers of the obligations in the Company’s public finance portfolio do not have sufficient funds to cover
their expenses and are unable or unwilling to raise taxes, decrease spending, or receive federal assistance, the Company may
experience increased levels of losses or liquidity claims on its insured public finance obligations.
Obligations supported by revenue streams, which may include both revenue and non-revenue bonds, such as those
issued by healthcare facilities, toll road authorities, municipal utilities, airport authorities or mass transit, may be adversely
affected by revenue declines resulting from reduced demand, changing demographics, evolving business practices including
hybrid work models, telecommuting and other alternative work arrangements, reduced governmental aid, or other causes. These
obligations may also be adversely affected by increased costs resulting from operational strain, high financing costs and other
capital constraints. These obligations, which may not necessarily benefit from financial support from other tax revenues or
governmental authorities, may experience increased losses if the revenue streams are insufficient to pay scheduled debt service
and the obligors are unable or unwilling to increase utility rates or revenues, decrease costs, or obtain other additional financing.
The Company may be subjected to significant risks from large individual or correlated financial guaranty insurance
exposures.
The Company is exposed to the risk that issuers of obligations that it insures or other counterparties may default on
their financial obligations, whether as a result of insolvency, lack of liquidity, operational failure (whether related to
cybersecurity incidents, mismanagement, fraud or otherwise) or other reasons, and the amount of financial guaranty insurance
exposure the Company has to some risks is quite large. The Company seeks to reduce this risk by managing exposure to large
single risks, as well as concentrations of correlated risks, through tracking its aggregate exposure to single risks in its various
lines of financial guaranty insurance business and establishing underwriting criteria to manage risk aggregations. However, in
certain cases, the Company’s ultimate exposure to a single risk may exceed its underwriting guidelines (caused by, for example,
bond accretion exceeding the risk limitation, acquisitions, reassumptions or other strategic exceptions). Additionally, certain
lines of business written by the Company have short durations of less than one year and a systemic event could cause the
Company to have losses in excess of available liquidity. Should the Company's risk assessments prove inaccurate and/or should
the applicable limits prove inadequate, the Company could be exposed to larger than anticipated losses, could be required by the
rating agencies to hold additional capital against insured exposures whether or not the insured obligations are downgraded by
the rating agencies, and external financing may or may not be available to the Company in the future on satisfactory terms.
The Company is exposed to correlation risk across its insured exposures and in its investment portfolio. During periods
of strong macroeconomic performance, stress in an individual transaction generally occurs for idiosyncratic reasons or as a
result of issues in a single sector. During a broad economic downturn or in the face of a significant natural or man-made event
46
or disaster, a wider range of the Company’s insurance and investments could be exposed to stress at the same time. This stress
may manifest itself in any or all of the following: ratings downgrades of insured risks, which may require more capital in the
Company’s insurance subsidiaries; ratings downgrades of the Company’s insurance or reinsurance subsidiaries; a reduction in
the value of the Company’s investments; and actual defaults and losses in its insurance portfolio and/or investments.
Losses on obligations insured by the Company significantly in excess of those expected by the Company or recoveries
significantly below those expected by the Company could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial condition,
results of operations, capital, business prospects and share price.
Losses on insured exposures significantly in excess of those expected by the Company could have a negative effect on
the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, capital, business prospects and share price. Certain issuers have
defaulted on their debt service payments, and the Company has paid claims on them. The total net expected loss the Company
calculates related to such exposures is net of credit for estimated recoveries on claims already paid, and recoveries significantly
below those expected by the Company could also have a negative effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of
operations, capital, liquidity, business prospects and share prices. Additional information about the Company’s exposure and
legal actions related to that exposure may be found in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 4.
Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered).
A higher U.S. debt-to-GDP ratio and/or downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit ratings, or to the credit
ratings of instruments issued, insured or guaranteed by related institutions, agencies or instrumentalities, could result in a
deterioration in general economic conditions, increased credit losses in the Company’s insured portfolio, impairments or
losses in its investment portfolio, and other risks to the Company and its credit ratings that the Company is not able to
predict.
In the U.S., debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns, which have increased the possibility of a U.S. government
shutdown, payment defaults on the debt of the U.S. government or instruments issued, insured or guaranteed by related
institutions, agencies or instrumentalities, and downgrades to their credit ratings, could weaken the global economy and
banking system, cause market volatility, raise the cost of credit, reduce public investment, increase interest rates and inflation,
negatively impact the Company’s insured and investment portfolios, and disrupt general economic conditions in ways that the
Company is not able to predict, which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and
results of operations. While rating agencies currently permit sub-sovereign and corporate credits in the U.S. to be rated higher
than sovereign credits, in the event that the U.S. government is downgraded and if the rating agencies no longer permit sub-
sovereign and/or corporate credit ratings to be higher than the U.S. government, the resulting downgrades could result in a
material adverse impact to the Company’s credit ratings and its insurance and investment portfolios.
The Company may be exposed to a higher risk of default of U.S. public finance obligations in connection with a U.S.
government default. While the Company historically has experienced low levels of defaults in its U.S. public finance insured
portfolio, from time-to-time state and local governments that issue some of the obligations the Company insures have reported
budget shortfalls that have required them to raise taxes and/or cut spending in order to satisfy their obligations. Historically the
U.S. federal government has provided aid to state and local governments; however, certain state and local governments remain
under financial stress. If the issuers of the obligations in the Company’s U.S. public finance financial guaranty insurance
portfolio are reliant on financial assistance from the U.S. government in order to meet their obligations, and the U.S.
government does not provide such assistance, the Company may experience credit losses or impairments on those obligations.
A higher U.S. debt-to-GDP ratio and/or downgrade of the U.S. government may also result in higher interest rates,
which could adversely affect the distressed RMBS that are in the Company’s insured portfolio, reduce the market value of the
fixed-maturity securities held in the Company’s investment portfolio and dampen municipal bond issuance.
Changes in attitudes toward debt repayment could negatively impact the Company’s insurance portfolio.
The likelihood of debt repayment is impacted by both the ability and the willingness of the obligor to repay its debt.
Debtors generally understand that debt repayment is not only a legal obligation but is also appropriate, and that a failure to
repay their debt will impede their access to debt in the future. To the extent societal attitudes toward the repayment of debt by
struggling obligors softens and such obligors believe there to be less of a penalty for nonpayment due to legal rulings or debt
relief programs that may absolve them of the repayment obligation or otherwise, some struggling debtors may be more likely to
default and, if they default, less likely to agree to repayment plans they view as burdensome. If the issuers of the obligations in
the Company’s public finance insurance portfolio become unwilling to raise taxes, decrease spending or receive federal
assistance in order to repay their debt, the Company may experience increased levels of losses on its public finance obligations,
which could adversely affect its financial condition, results of operations, capital, liquidity, business prospects and share price.
47
Narrow credit spreads could adversely affect demand for financial guaranty insurance and annuity reinsurance.
Demand for financial guaranty insurance generally fluctuates with changes in market credit spreads. Credit spreads,
which are based on the difference between interest rates on high-quality or “risk free” securities versus those on lower-rated
securities, fluctuate due to a number of factors, and are sensitive to the absolute level of interest rates, current credit experience
and investors’ risk appetite. When the bond market is less volatile or is relatively less risk averse, the credit spread between
high-quality or insured obligations versus lower-rated obligations typically narrows. As a result, financial guaranty insurance
typically provides lower interest cost savings to issuers than it would during periods of relatively wider credit spreads. Issuers
are less likely to use financial guaranties on their new issues when credit spreads are narrow, so (absent other factors) this
results in decreased demand or premiums obtainable for financial guaranty insurance. Similarly, demand for annuity insurance
and reinsurance products can be a function of the size of credit spreads, with wider credit spreads generally providing
purchasers of annuity financial products more opportunities for higher returns.
Credit losses and changes in interest rates could adversely affect the Company’s investments.
The Company’s results of operations are affected by the performance of its investments, which primarily consist of
fixed-maturity securities and short-term investments. Credit losses on the Company’s investments adversely affect the
Company’s financial condition and results of operations by reducing net income and shareholders’ equity. Alternative
investments, including the Company’s equity method investment in Sound Point funds and its ownership interest in Sound
Point, Loss Mitigation Securities and CVIs may be more susceptible to credit losses than most of the rest of the Company’s
fixed-maturity portfolio.
The impact of changes in interest rates may also adversely affect both the Company’s financial condition and results of
operations. For example, if interest rates decline, the value of the Company’s existing fixed-rate investments would generally be
expected to increase, resulting in an unrealized gain on investments and improving the Company’s financial condition. At the
same time, funds reinvested in new fixed rate investments will have a lower expected yield, reducing the Company’s future
investment income compared to the amount it would have earned if interest rates had not declined. Conversely, if interest rates
increase, the Company’s future results of operations could improve because of higher future reinvestment income from its new
fixed rate investments, but its financial condition could be adversely affected because the value of the fixed-rate investments
generally would be reduced. Regarding the Company’s existing floating rate investments, as interest rates decline or increase,
income from such investments will generally decrease or increase, respectively, while the value of such investments may or
may not experience a material gain or loss commensurate with changes in prevailing interest rates.
Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including monetary policies, U.S. and non-U.S. economic and
political conditions and other factors beyond the Company’s control. The Company does not engage in active management, or
hedging, of interest rate risk in its investment portfolio, and may not be able to mitigate interest rate sensitivity effectively.
Global climate change may adversely impact the Company’s insurance portfolio and investments.
Global climate change and climate change regulations may impact asset prices and general economic conditions and
may disproportionately impact particular sectors, industries or locations. Due to the significant uncertainty of forecasted data
related to the impact of climate change, the Company cannot predict the long-term consequences to the Company resulting from
the physical, transition, legal, regulatory and reputational risks associated with climate change. The Company considers
environmental risk in its insurance underwriting and surveillance process and its investment process and manages its insurance
and investment risks by maintaining a well-diversified portfolio of insurance and investments both geographically and by sector
and monitors these measures continuously. While the Company can adjust its investment exposure to sectors and/or
geographical areas that face severe risks due to climate change or climate change regulation, the Company has less flexibility in
adjusting the existing exposure in its insurance portfolio because the majority of the financial guaranties issued by the
Company’s insurance subsidiaries insure the credit performance of the guaranteed obligations over an extended period of time,
in some cases over 30 years, and, in most circumstances, the Company has no right to cancel such insurance.
Risks Related to Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations
Estimates of expected financial guaranty insurance losses to be paid (recovered), including losses with respect to related
legal proceedings, are subject to uncertainties and actual amounts may be different, causing the Company to reserve either
too little or too much for future losses.
The financial guaranties issued by the Company’s insurance subsidiaries insure the credit performance of the
guaranteed obligations over an extended period of time, in some cases over 30 years, and, in most circumstances, the Company
48
has no right to cancel such financial guaranties. As a result, the Company’s estimate of ultimate losses to be paid (recovered) on
a policy is subject to significant uncertainty over the life of the insured transaction. Additionally, even after the Company pays a
claim on its financial guaranties (or determines no claim is owing), subsequent related litigation may result in additional losses.
If the Company’s actual losses exceed its current estimate, the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, capital,
liquidity, business prospects, financial strength ratings, ability to raise additional capital and share price may all be adversely
affected.
The Company does not use traditional actuarial approaches for its financial guaranties to determine its estimates of
expected losses to be paid (recovered). The determination of financial guaranty expected loss to be paid (recovered) is an
inherently subjective process involving numerous estimates, probability weightings, assumptions and judgments by
management, using both internal and external data sources with regard to frequency, severity of loss, economic projections,
future interest rates, the perceived strength of legal protections, the perceived strength of the Company’s position in any
ongoing legal proceedings, governmental actions, negotiations, delinquency and prepayment rates (with respect to RMBS),
timing of cash flows and other factors that affect credit performance. Actual losses will ultimately depend on future events,
legal rulings, and/or transaction performance and may be influenced by many interrelated factors that are difficult to predict. As
a result, the Company’s current estimates of financial guaranty losses to be paid (recovered), including losses with respect to
related legal proceedings, may be subject to considerable volatility and may not reflect the Company’s future ultimate losses
paid (recovered).
The Company’s financial guaranty expected loss models and reserve assumptions take into account current and
expected future trends, which contemplate the impact of current and possible developments in the performance of the exposure
and any related legal proceedings. These factors, which are integral elements of the Company's reserve estimation
methodology, are updated on a quarterly basis based on current information. Also, in some instances, the Company may not be
able to reasonably estimate the amount or range of loss that could result from an unfavorable outcome of a legal proceeding
based on the information available at the stage of the legal proceeding or its estimate may prove to be materially different than
the actual results. Financial guaranty loss models and reserve assumptions may be impacted by changes to interest rates due
both to discounting and transaction structures that include floating rates, which could impact the calculation of expected losses.
Because such information changes over time, sometimes materially, the Company’s projection of financial guaranty losses and
its related reserves may also change materially.
See Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 4. Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered), and
Note 17. Contingencies, for additional information.
The valuation of many of the Company’s assets and liabilities includes methodologies, estimates and assumptions that are
subjective and could result in changes to valuations of the Company’s assets and liabilities that may materially adversely
affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, capital, business prospects and share price.
The Company carries a significant portion of its assets and certain of its liabilities at fair value. The approaches used
by the Company to calculate the fair value of those assets and liabilities it carries at fair value are described under Part II, Item
8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 9. Fair Value Measurement. The determination of fair values is made at
a specific point in time, based on available market information and judgments about the assets and liabilities being valued,
including estimates of timing and amounts of cash flows and the creditworthiness of the issuer or counterparty. The use of
different methodologies and assumptions may have a material effect on estimated fair value amounts.
During periods of market disruption, including periods of rapidly changing credit spreads or illiquidity, it may be
difficult to value certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities, particularly if trading becomes less frequent or market data
becomes less observable. An increase in the amount of the Company’s alternative investments in its investment portfolio may
increase the amount of the Company’s assets subject to this risk. During such periods, more assets and liabilities may fall to the
Level 3 valuation level, which describes model derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value
drivers are unobservable, thereby resulting in values that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair
values. Rapidly changing credit and equity market conditions could materially impact the valuation of assets and liabilities
reported within the financial statements, and period-to-period changes in value could vary significantly.
The Company makes assumptions when pricing its life and annuity reinsurance products relating to longevity,
mortality, policy lapses, withdrawals, surrenders, investment returns and expenses, and significant deviations in experience
could negatively affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
The Company’s life and annuity reinsurance contracts expose it to longevity risk, which is the risk that the period the
Company pays annuity or pension benefits exceeds that which it assumed in pricing its reinsurance contracts. Some of the
49
Company’s life and annuity reinsurance contracts are exposed to mortality risk, which is the risk that the level of death claims
may differ from that which was assumed in pricing the reinsurance contracts. In addition, the Company’s reinsurance contracts
are exposed to lapse risk (i.e., risk that a policyholder stops paying premium and allows a policy to terminate before maturity)
and withdrawal and/or surrender risk (i.e., where a policyholder withdraws part or all of the cash value of a life insurance
policy). An adverse deviation of longevity, mortality, lapse and/or surrender rates from the Company’s expectations could have
a negative impact on its financial performance.
The Company’s life and annuity reinsurance risk analysis and underwriting processes are designed with the objective
of controlling the quality of this business and establishing appropriate pricing for the risks it assumes. Among other things,
these processes rely heavily on the Company’s underwriting, its analysis of longevity and mortality trends, lapse rates,
withdrawal and surrender rates, expenses and the Company’s understanding of medical advances or impairments and their
effect on longevity or mortality.
The Company expects longevity, mortality, lapse, withdrawal and surrender experience to fluctuate somewhat from
period to period, but believes they should remain reasonably predictable over a period of many years. Longevity, mortality,
lapse, withdrawal or surrender experience that is less favorable than the rates that the Company used in pricing a reinsurance
agreement may cause its net income to be less than otherwise expected because the premiums it receives for the risks it assumes
may not be sufficient to cover the claims and profit margin.
The Company regularly reviews its reserves and associated assumptions as part of its ongoing assessment of its
business performance. If the Company concludes that its reserves are insufficient to cover actual or expected reinsurance
contract liabilities as a result of changes in experience, assumptions or otherwise, the Company would be required to increase
its reserves and incur charges in the period in which it makes the determination. The amounts of such increases may be
significant, and this could materially adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and may
require it to fund additional capital in its life and annuity reinsurance business.
The Company’s financial condition and results of operations may also be adversely affected if its actual investment
returns and expenses differ from its pricing and reserve assumptions. Changes in economic conditions may lead to changes in
market interest rates, credit spreads, availability of liquidity, foreign exchange rates, or changes in the Company’s investment
strategies, any of which could cause the Company’s actual investment returns and expenses to differ from its pricing and
reserve assumptions.
Strategic Risks
Competition in the Company’s industries may adversely affect its financial condition, results of operations, capital, business
prospects and share price.
As described in greater detail under Item 1. Business — Insurance — Market Demand and Competition and Item 1.
Business — Asset Management — Market Demand and Competition, the Company can face competition in its financial
guaranty insurance, life and annuity reinsurance and asset management businesses from other insurance companies, providers
of other credit enhancement, or other asset managers which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition,
results of operations, capital, business prospects and share price.
The life and annuity reinsurance market is extremely competitive and expansion of the Company’s life and annuity
reinsurance business may be slower than anticipated. While the Company believes that its annuity reinsurance platform
provides a compelling market proposition, it may experience difficulties executing its business strategies, including market
acceptance of the Assured Life Re platform and obtaining acceptable market rates of return for business opportunities.
The Company’s Asset Management segment primarily consists of its ownership interest in Sound Point, which
operates in highly competitive markets. Sound Point competes with many other firms in every aspect of the asset management
industry, including raising funds, seeking investments, and hiring and retaining professionals. Sound Point’s ability to increase
and retain AUM is directly related to the performance of the assets it manages as measured against market averages and the
performance of its competitors. Some of Sound Point’s competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding and
other resources that are not available to Sound Point. In addition, some of Sound Point’s competitors may have higher risk
tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more
relationships than Sound Point does. Furthermore, Sound Point may lose investment opportunities if it does not match its
competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. The loss of such investment opportunities may limit Sound Point’s ability to grow or
cause it to have to shrink the size of its AUM, which could decrease its earnings. If Sound Point matches its competitors’
pricing, terms and structure, it may experience decreased earnings and increased risk of investment losses. If Sound Point is
50
unable to successfully compete, it may result in decreased earnings for Sound Point and increased risk of investment losses in
Sound Point funds, which could materially adversely impact the Company’s ownership interest in Sound Point and/or its
investment in Sound Point funds and, ultimately, the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, capital, business
prospects and share price.
Strategic transactions may not result in the benefits anticipated.
From time to time the Company evaluates potential mergers, acquisitions, divestitures and other strategic
opportunities, including transactions involving legacy financial guaranty companies and financial guaranty portfolios, asset
managers, life and annuity reinsurers, and other companies, and has executed a number of such transactions in the past. Such
transactions may involve some or all of the various risks commonly associated with such strategic transactions, including,
among other things: (a) failure to adequately identify and value potential exposures and liabilities associated with a new entity
or portfolio; (b) difficulty in estimating the value of a new entity or portfolio; (c) potential diversion of management’s time and
attention; (d) exposure to asset quality issues of a new entity or portfolio; (e) difficulty and expense of integrating the
operations, systems and personnel of a new entity; (f) difficulty integrating the culture of a new entity; (g) failure to identify
legal risks associated with the strategic transaction with an entity or portfolio, (h) failure of a strategic transaction to perform as
expected, (i) deployment of financial resources towards certain strategic initiatives may limit the Company’s ability to deploy
capital for other strategic initiatives or other purposes, and (j) in the case of acquisitions of a financial guaranty company or
portfolio, concentration of insurance exposures, including insurance exposures which may exceed single risk limits, aggregate
risk limits, BIG limits and/or non-U.S. dollar exposure limits, due to the addition of the target insurance portfolio. Such
strategic transactions related to entities or portfolios may also have unintended consequences on ratings assigned by the rating
agencies to the Company or its insurance subsidiaries or on the applicability of laws and regulations to the Company’s existing
businesses. These or other factors may cause any past or future strategic transactions relating to financial services entities or
portfolios not to result in the benefits to the Company that the Company anticipated when the transaction was agreed. Past or
future transactions may also subject the Company to non-monetary consequences that may or may not have been anticipated or
fully mitigated at the time of the transaction.
Additionally, if the Company enters into discussions regarding a strategic transaction and a transaction is not
consummated, especially if such discussions become known, related portions of the Company’s business may be negatively
impacted.
The Company’s investments in Sound Point are subject to the risks of Sound Point’s business that may adversely affect the
Company’s financial condition, results of operations, capital, business prospects and share price.
Since July 1, 2023, the Company participates in the asset management business through its ownership interest in
Sound Point, which is subject to the risks of Sound Point’s business. See Item 1. Business — Asset Management. External
factors, such as changes in inflation, interest rates, credit markets or segments thereof, geopolitical risk, developments in the
global financial markets, general macroeconomic factors, and industry conditions, as well as the financial performance of
Sound Point relative to the Company’s expectations at the time of the Sound Point Transaction, could result in an impairment,
which could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and share price.
Asset management services are primarily a fee-based business, and Sound Point’s asset management and performance
fees are based on the amount of its AUM as well as the performance of those assets. Sound Point’s business operates in highly
competitive markets with many other firms in every aspect of the asset management industry. See “– Competition in the
Company’s industries may adversely affect its financial condition, results of operations, capital, business prospects and share
price.” Industry competition, volatility or declines in the markets in which Sound Point invests as an asset manager, or poor
performance of its investments, may negatively affect its AUM and its asset management and performance fees, may deter
future investment by third parties in Sound Point’s asset management products, and may result in an impairment to the
Company’s ownership interest in Sound Point.
Sound Point is dependent on certain key personnel, including Sound Point’s Managing Partner and Chief Investment
Officer, and its future success depends on their continued service. The departure of any of Sound Point’s key personnel for any
reason could have a material adverse effect on Sound Point’s business, financial condition or results of operations and,
consequently, the Company’s ownership interest in Sound Point and/or its investments in Sound Point funds, other vehicles and
separately managed accounts.
The asset management business is also subject to legal, regulatory, compliance, accounting, valuation and political
risks that differ from those that may affect the Company’s insurance business. Sound Point operates in a highly regulated
industry and, as a registered investment adviser, is subject to the provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as
51
amended. Sound Point is, from time to time, subject to formal and informal examinations, investigations, inquiries, audits and
reviews from numerous regulatory authorities both in response to issues and questions raised in such examinations or
investigations and in connection with the changing priorities of the applicable regulatory authorities across the market in
general.
Because the Company does not control the business, management or policies of Sound Point, it relies upon Sound
Point to make appropriate decisions and operate in a manner consistent with applicable rules and regulations. In turn, Sound
Point may rely on third party service providers such as custodians and fund administrators whom they do not control to comply
with applicable rules and regulations. Failure of Sound Point or its service providers to comply with applicable rules and
regulations could have a material adverse effect on the value of the Company’s ownership interest in Sound Point and/or its
investments in Sound Point funds, other vehicles and separately managed accounts.
The Company’s interest in Sound Point is subject to the risks normally associated with a noncontrolling interest.
Since the Company holds a noncontrolling interest in Sound Point, it is unable to control the business, management or
policies of Sound Point. For example, the Company is not be able to control the timing or amount of distributions from Sound
Point and is not involved on a day-to-day basis with Sound Point’s operations or its decision-making or its adoption and
implementation of policies and procedures with respect to its investment, reporting, internal control, legal, compliance or risk
functions. In most cases, the Company will be bound by the decisions made by the Managing Partner and Chief Investment
Officer, other members of management and the Board of Managers of Sound Point. In the event that the Managing Partner and
Chief Investment Officer, other members of management and the Board of Managers of Sound Point have interests, objectives
and incentives that differ from those of the Company, there can be no assurance that the decisions they make will be aligned
with the interests of the Company. Decisions made by the Managing Partner and Chief Investment Officer, other members of
management and the Board of Managers of Sound Point not in the Company’s interest could have a material adverse effect on
the Company’s interest in Sound Point and/or its investments in Sound Point funds, other vehicles and separately managed
accounts.
Alternative investments, including allocations of investments to Sound Point and the exclusivity arrangement with Sound
Point, may not result in the benefits anticipated, and may expose it to increased credit, interest rate, liquidity, reputational
and other risks.
The Company has invested in alternative investments, and may over time increase the proportion of the Company’s
assets invested in alternative investments. Alternative investments may be riskier than other investments the Company makes,
and may not result in the benefits anticipated at the time of the investment. Alternative investments are generally less liquid
than most of the Company’s other investments and so may be difficult to convert to cash or investments that receive more
favorable treatment under the capital models to which the Company is subject, and so may increase the risks described under
“— Operational Risks — The ability of AGL and its subsidiaries to meet their liquidity needs may be limited.” Although the
Company uses what it believes to be excess capital to make alternative investments, measures of required capital can fluctuate
and such assets may not be given much, or any, value under the various rating agency, regulatory and internal capital models to
which the Company is or may be subject. In addition, the changes in fair value of certain of these assets are reported in results
of operations may be more volatile than net investment income earned from fixed maturity securities.
The Company is using Sound Point’s investment knowledge and experience to expand the categories and types of its
alternative investments by: (a) allocating capital in Sound Point managed funds, other vehicles and separately managed
accounts; (b) redeploying return of capital, gains and dividends from Sound Point managed funds, other vehicles and separately
managed accounts in future Sound Point managed funds, other vehicles and separately managed accounts; and (c) having Sound
Point serve as AG’s sole alternative credit manager. This expansion of categories and types of investments, allocations to Sound
Point and exclusivity arrangement with Sound Point may increase the credit, interest rate and liquidity risk in the Company’s
investments and expose the Company to reputational or other risks.
A downgrade of the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of any of the Company’s insurance or reinsurance
subsidiaries may adversely affect its business prospects.
The financial strength and financial enhancement ratings assigned by S&P, Moody’s, KBRA, A.M. Best Company,
Inc. and Fitch Ratings, Inc. to the Company’s insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries represent such rating agencies’ opinions of
the insurer’s financial strength and ability to meet ongoing obligations to policyholders and cedants in accordance with the
terms of the financial guaranties it has issued or the reinsurance agreements it has executed. Issuers, investors, underwriters,
ceding companies and others consider the Company’s financial strength or financial enhancement ratings an important factor
when deciding whether or not to utilize a financial guaranty or purchase reinsurance from one of the Company’s insurance or
52
reinsurance subsidiaries. The ratings assigned by the rating agencies to the Company’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to
review and may be lowered by a rating agency at any time and without notice to the Company. In the event of a downgrade by a
rating agency of the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries, certain
beneficiaries may have the right to cancel their credit protection and certain ceding companies may have a right to cancel
policies ceded to the Company’s insurance subsidiaries and recapture premium, in each case resulting in the loss of future
premium earnings and the reversal of any fair value gains recorded by the Company. See Part II, Item 7. Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity — Insurance Subsidiaries —Assumed
Reinsurance. In addition, any such downgrade may result in the loss of future premium if potential policyholders would receive
less benefit from a financial guaranty issued by a lower rated insurance company. Any such downgrade, resulting loss of
premium earnings and reversal of fair value gains may impair the Company’s financial condition, results of operation, capital,
liquidity, business prospects and/or share price.
The rating agencies have changed their methodologies and criteria from time to time. Factors influencing the rating
agencies are beyond management's control and not always known to the Company. In the event of an actual or perceived
deterioration in creditworthiness of large risks in the Company’s insurance portfolio, or other large increases in liabilities
(including those related to legal proceedings), or a change in a rating agency’s capital model or rating methodology, a rating
agency may require the Company to increase the amount of capital it holds to maintain its financial strength and financial
enhancement ratings under the rating agencies’ capital adequacy models, or a rating agency may identify an issue that
additional capital would not address. The amount of any capital required may be substantial, and may not be available to the
Company on favorable terms and conditions or at all, especially if it were known that additional capital was necessary to
preserve the Company’s financial strength or financial enhancement ratings. The failure to raise any additional required capital,
or successfully address another issue or issues raised by a rating agency, could result in a downgrade of the ratings of the
Company’s insurance subsidiaries and thus have an adverse impact on its business, results of operations, financial condition and
share price.
The Company periodically assesses the value of each rating assigned to each of its companies and may, as a result of
such assessment, request that a rating agency add or drop a rating from certain of its subsidiaries. For example, a Moody’s
rating was dropped from AG Re and AGRO in 2015.
The insurance subsidiaries’ financial strength and financial enhancement ratings are an important competitive factor in
the financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance markets. If the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of one or
more of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries were reduced below current levels, the Company expects that the number of
transactions that would benefit from the Company’s insurance would be reduced and that its premium rates on new business
would decrease; consequently, a downgrade by rating agencies could harm the Company’s new insurance business production.
The Assured Life Re Acquisition may negatively impact the Company, including how it is perceived by its investors,
regulators, rating agencies or obligors it insures, as well as Assured Life Re’s business relationships.
The Assured Life Re Acquisition represents the Company’s platform dedicated solely to the life and annuity
reinsurance business and may involve significant investments by the Company. The Company has engaged in preliminary
discussions regarding the Assured Life Re Acquisition with its relevant regulators and with the rating agencies, and, on that
basis, does not believe that the Assured Life Re Acquisition will have a negative impact on its regulators’ or rating agencies’
views of Assured Guaranty or cause those regulators or rating agencies to take any actions that would impede the Company's
continued pursuit of its current businesses. There can be no assurance, however, that the Assured Life Re Acquisition will not
negatively impact the Company or the perception of the Company by its investors, regulators, rating agencies or obligors it
insures and/or its business or results of operations.
The Company and Assured Life Re are dependent on the experience and industry knowledge of their respective
management personnel and other key employees, including, in the case of Assured Life Re, key life and annuity reinsurance
professionals, to execute their business plans. The Company’s success in the life and annuity reinsurance business will depend
in part upon the ability of the Company and Assured Life Re to attract, motivate and retain key management personnel and
other key employees, including asset-liability management financial professionals and other key life and annuity reinsurance
professionals. Uncertainties associated with the Assured Life Re Acquisition may result in the departure of management
personnel and other key employees at Assured Life Re or the Company, and Assured Life Re and the Company may have
difficulty attracting and motivating management personnel and other key employees
Entering the life and annuity reinsurance business may present integration risks and other risks specific to the life and
annuity reinsurance business that could have a negative effect on the Company’s business, results of operations or financial
condition.
53
While the Assured Life Re Acquisition is intended to diversify Assured Guaranty’s earnings, entering this business
line, which the Company believes is in line with its risk profile and benefits from its core competencies, may present integration
risks as well as new risks that could have a negative effect on the Company's business, results of operations or financial
condition.
The Company’s focus on the growth of the life and annuity reinsurance business may divert management’s attention
from the Company’s core operations and other priorities resulting in strategic misalignment. Moreover, the use of the
Company’s financial resources for the Assured Life Re Acquisition and growth of the life and annuity reinsurance business may
limit the Company’s ability to invest in other strategic initiatives or deploy capital for other purposes.
Successfully integrating Assured Life Re into the Company’s existing operations involves challenges such as
integrating or implementing new complex systems, preparing Assured Life Re’s financial statements in accordance with GAAP
and in compliance with the SEC’s accounting regulations, consolidating financial statements, aligning organizational cultures,
and retaining key personnel. Failure to effectively manage any of the integration processes could disrupt the Company’s
operations and negatively impact its financial performance.
The Company’s due diligence process may not have identified all potential liabilities and risks associated with the
Assured Life Re Acquisition. This could result in unexpected financial and operational challenges post-acquisition, including
regulatory non-compliance, undisclosed liabilities, or operational inefficiencies.
Assured Life Re’s life and annuity reinsurance business is also subject to legal, regulatory and compliance risks that
differ from those involved in the Company’s current business of providing credit protection products. Failure to comply with
applicable laws or regulations can result in legal penalties, regulatory actions, or reputational damage, which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company’s business. In addition, in recent years, annuity and reinsurance products have come
under increased regulatory scrutiny reflecting concerns over financial stability, consumer protection, and the evolving
complexity of insurance-linked financial products, potentially leading to increased compliance costs, limitations on forms of
product offerings, and higher capital and solvency requirements, which could negatively impact the business and financial
performance of Assured Life Re.
Operational Risks
Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates may adversely affect the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the Company’s insurance and
reinsurance subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. The Company’s subsidiaries maintain both assets and liabilities in currencies
different from their functional currencies, which exposes the Company to changes in currency exchange rates. The investment
portfolios of non-U.S. subsidiaries are primarily invested in local currencies in order to satisfy regulatory requirements and to
support local insurance operations regardless of currency fluctuations.
The principal currencies creating foreign exchange risk to the Company are the pound sterling and the euro. The
Company cannot accurately predict the nature or extent of future exchange rate variability between these currencies or relative
to the U.S. dollar. Foreign exchange rates are sensitive to factors beyond the Company’s control.
The Company does not engage in active management, or hedging, of foreign exchange rate risk in its financial
guaranty business. Therefore, fluctuation in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the pound sterling or the euro could
adversely impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. See Part II, Item 7A. Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Sensitivity to Foreign Exchange Rate Risk.
The Company’s underwriting of insurance in non-U.S. markets and/or covering new sectors or classes of business may
expose it to less predictable political, credit and legal risks.
The Company pursues new business opportunities in non-U.S. markets and/or covering new sectors or classes of
business. The underwriting of obligations of an issuer in a country other than the U.S. involves the same process as that for a
U.S. issuer, but additional risks must be addressed, such as the evaluation of currency exchange rates, non-U.S. business and
legal issues, and the economic and political environment of the country or countries in which an issuer does business. Changes
in such factors could impede the Company’s ability to insure, or increase the risk of loss from insuring, obligations in the non-
U.S. countries in which it currently does business and limit its ability to pursue business opportunities in other non-U.S.
countries.
54
The underwriting of insurance in new sectors or classes of business may subject the Company to additional credit risk
because its underwriting history and loss experience for such exposures is minimal or nonexistent which could adversely affect
the Company’s results of operations. In addition, the underwriting of insurance in new sectors or classes of business may
present novel legal issues or political challenges beyond the Company’s control.
The Company is dependent on members of senior management and other key employees and the loss of any of these
individuals, or the delay or inability to develop or recruit suitable replacements, could adversely affect its business.
The Company’s success substantially depends upon its ability to attract, motivate and retain qualified employees and
upon the ability of its senior management and other key employees to implement its business strategy. The Company believes
there are only a limited number of available qualified executives in the insurance business lines in which the Company
competes.
The Company relies substantially upon the services of its Chief Executive Officer, other members of senior
management and other key employees. The market to build, retain and replace talent is highly competitive. Although the
Company has succession plans and has designed its compensation plans with the goal of retaining and creating incentives for its
senior management and other key employees, the Company’s succession plans may not operate effectively and the Company
may not be successful in retaining the services of senior management and other key employees. The loss of the services of any
of these individuals, or the delay or inability to develop or recruit suitable replacements, could adversely affect the
implementation of its business strategy.
The Company is dependent on its information technology and that of certain third parties, and a cyberattack, security
breach or failure in the Company’s or a third party provider’s information technology system, or a data privacy breach of
the Company’s or a vendor’s information technology system, could adversely affect the Company’s business.
The Company relies upon information technology and systems, including technology and systems provided by or
interfacing with those of third parties, to conduct its businesses and interact with market participants and vendors. The
Company’s ability to adequately price products and services, to establish reserves, to provide effective, efficient and secure
service to its customers, to value its investments and to timely and accurately report its financial results also depends
significantly on the integrity and availability of the data it maintains, including that within its information systems, as well as
data in, and assets held through, third party service providers and systems. A cybersecurity threat or breach of the Company’s
systems or the systems of its third party providers in the future could have a material adverse effect on the Company, including
its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. The Company receives and stores confidential information,
including personally identifiable information, in connection with certain loss mitigation and due diligence activities related to
its businesses, along with information regarding employees and directors and counterparties, among others. A breach of these
systems could jeopardize the personal information of the Company’s employees, consultants and vendors, or sensitive and
confidential information regarding the Company’s business and other information processed and stored within these systems,
which could result in operational impairments, business interruptions, lost business, reputational harm, the disclosure or misuse
of confidential, proprietary or personal information, incorrect reporting, legal costs, regulatory penalties (including under
applicable data protection laws and regulations) and financial losses that may not be insured against or not fully covered by
insurance, all of which would have an adverse effect on the Company’s business.
Information technology security threats and events are increasing in frequency and sophistication. The rapid evolution
and increased adoption of computer systems that are able to learn and adapt without following explicit instructions or perform
tasks that simulate human intelligence (Artificial Intelligence) technologies may intensify the Company’s cybersecurity risks.
As Artificial Intelligence capabilities improve and are increasingly adopted, they may be used by bad actors to identify
vulnerabilities and craft increasingly sophisticated cybersecurity attacks. In addition, vulnerabilities may be introduced from the
use of Artificial Intelligence by the Company, its counterparties, vendors and other business partners and third party providers.
Although the Company has implemented administrative and technical controls and has taken protective actions designed to
reduce the risk of cyber incidents and to protect its information technology and assets, the Company’s data systems and those of
third parties on which it relies have been, and the Company expects will continue to be, vulnerable to and the target of, security
and data privacy breaches due to cyberattacks, viruses, malware, ransomware, other malicious codes, hackers, unauthorized
access, or other computer-related penetrations, and other external hazards, as well as inadvertent errors, equipment and system
failures, and employee misconduct. Over time, the frequency and sophistication of such threats continue to increase and often
become further heightened in connection with geopolitical tensions, including hostile actions taken by nation-states or terrorist
organizations. As a result, the Company may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify its protective
measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures and to pursue recovery of lost data or assets. In
addition, like other global companies, the Company has an increasing challenge of attracting and retaining highly qualified
personnel to assist in combating these security threats.
55
The Company’s business operations rely on the continuous availability of its computer systems as well as those of
certain third parties. In addition to disruptions caused by cyberattacks or data privacy breaches, such systems may be adversely
affected by natural and man-made catastrophes. The Company’s failure to maintain business continuity in the wake of such
events, particularly if there were an interruption for an extended period, could prevent the timely completion of critical
processes across its operations, including, for example, financial reporting, claims processing, regulatory filings, treasury and
investment operations and payroll. These failures could result in additional costs, loss of business, fines and litigation.
Evolving cybersecurity, privacy and data security regulations could adversely affect the Company’s business.
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to numerous cybersecurity, data privacy and protection laws and
regulations in a number of jurisdictions, particularly with regard to personally identifiable information, including the EU
General Data Protection Regulation, the UK Data Protection Act 2018, and the Bermuda Personal Information Protection Act
2016. In the U.S., there are numerous federal, state and local cybersecurity, privacy and data security laws and regulations
governing the collection, sharing, use, retention, disclosure, security, transfer, storage and other processing of personal
information. These laws and regulations are increasing in complexity and number, change frequently, and sometimes conflict.
The Company’s compliance efforts are further complicated by the fact that these cybersecurity, privacy and data security laws
and regulations around the world may be subject to uncertain or inconsistent interpretations and enforcement. The Company’s
failure to comply with these requirements could result in penalties and fines, regulatory enforcement actions, reputational harm
and/or criminal prosecution in one or more jurisdictions, which could require significant effort from its management and
technical personnel to remedy, increase the Company’s costs of doing business, and ultimately have a material adverse effect on
the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company continues to explore the use of Artificial Intelligence in some of its business operations, and challenges with
properly managing the use of Artificial Intelligence, compliance with new laws and regulations applicable to Artificial
Intelligence, difficulties implementing Artificial Intelligence technologies efficiently and effectively, and challenges to the
Company’s competitive position from faster or more effective use of Artificial Intelligence by competitors or other third-
parties, could adversely affect the Company’s business.
The Company continues to explore the use of Artificial Intelligence technologies in its business, and its research into
and continued deployment of such capabilities remain ongoing. The introduction and use of Artificial Intelligence technologies
may result in unintended consequences or other new or expanded risks and liabilities. If the content, analyses or
recommendations that Artificial Intelligence applications assist in producing are, or are alleged to be, deficient, inaccurate or
biased, such as due to limitations in Artificial Intelligence algorithms, insufficient or biased base data or flawed training
methodologies, the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation may be adversely affected. In
addition, the use of Artificial Intelligence carries inherent risks related to data privacy and security, such as unintended or
inadvertent transmission of proprietary or sensitive information, including personal data. There is uncertainty in the legal and
regulatory landscape for Artificial Intelligence, which is not fully developed and rapidly evolving, and any laws, regulations or
industry standards adopted in response to the emergence of Artificial Intelligence may be burdensome, could entail significant
costs, and may restrict or impede the Company’s ability to successfully develop, adopt and deploy Artificial Intelligence
technologies efficiently and effectively. Additionally, the Company’s competitors or other third parties may incorporate
Artificial Intelligence into their products and services more quickly or more successfully, which could cause the Company to
experience competitive disadvantages that adversely affect its results of operations.
Errors in, overreliance on or misuse of models may result in financial loss, reputational harm or adverse regulatory action.
The Company uses models for numerous purposes in its business. For example, it uses models to project future cash
flows associated with pricing models, calculating insurance expected losses to be paid (recovered), evaluating risks in its
insurance portfolio and investments, valuing assets and liabilities and projecting liquidity needs. It also uses models to
determine and project capital requirements under its own risk model as well as under regulatory and rating agency
requirements. While the Company has a model governance and validation function and has adopted procedures to protect its
models, the models may not operate properly (including as a result of errors or damage) and may rely on assumptions that are
inherently uncertain and may prove to have been incorrect.
Significant claim payments may reduce the Company’s liquidity.
Claim payments and payments made in connection with related legal proceedings reduce the Company’s invested
assets and result in reduced liquidity and net investment income, even if the Company is reimbursed in full over time and does
not experience ultimate loss on the claim. In the years after the global financial crisis that began in 2008, many of the larger
claims paid by the Company were with respect to insured U.S. RMBS securities and, beginning in 2016, certain insured Puerto
56
Rico exposures. If the amount of future claim payments is significantly more than that projected by the Company, the
Company’s ability to make other claim payments and its financial condition, financial strength ratings and business prospects
and share price could be adversely affected.
The Company may face a sudden need to raise additional capital as a result of insurance losses substantially in excess of the
stress scenarios for which it plans, or as a result of changes in regulatory or rating agency capital requirements applicable
to its insurance subsidiaries, which additional capital may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.
The Company’s capital requirements depend on many factors, primarily related to its in-force book of insurance
business and rating agency capital requirements for its insurance subsidiaries. Failure to raise additional capital if and as needed
may result in the Company being unable to write new insurance business and may result in the ratings of the Company and its
insurance subsidiaries being downgraded by one or more rating agencies. The Company’s access to external sources of
financing, as well as the cost of such financing, is dependent on various factors, including the market supply of such financing,
the Company’s long-term debt ratings and insurance financial strength and enhancement ratings and the perceptions of its
financial strength and the financial strength of its insurance subsidiaries. The Company’s debt ratings are in turn influenced by
numerous factors, such as financial leverage, balance sheet strength, capital structure and earnings trends. If the Company’s
need for capital arises because of significant insurance losses substantially in excess of the stress scenarios for which it plans,
the occurrence of such losses may make it more difficult for the Company to raise the necessary capital.
Future capital raises from the issuance of equity or equity-linked securities could also result in dilution to the
Company’s shareholders. In addition, some securities that the Company could issue, such as preferred stock or securities issued
by the Company's operating subsidiaries, may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of its common
shares.
Large insurance losses could increase substantially the Company’s insurance subsidiaries’ leverage ratios, which may
prevent them from writing new insurance.
Insurance regulatory authorities impose capital requirements on the Company’s insurance subsidiaries. These capital
requirements, which include leverage ratios and surplus requirements, may limit the amount of insurance that the subsidiaries
may write. A material reduction in the statutory capital and surplus of an insurance subsidiary, whether resulting from
underwriting or investment losses, a change in regulatory capital requirements or another event, or a disproportionate increase
in the amount of risk in force, could increase a subsidiary’s leverage ratio. This in turn could require that subsidiary to obtain
reinsurance for existing business or add to its capital base (neither of which may be available, or may be available only on terms
that the Company considers unfavorable). Failure to maintain regulatory capital levels could limit that insurance subsidiary’s
ability to write new business.
The Company’s holding companies’ ability to meet their obligations may be constrained.
Each of AGL, AGUS and AGMH is a holding company and, as such, has no direct operations of its own. None of the
holding companies expect to have any significant operations or assets other than its ownership of the stock of its subsidiaries
and its equity method ownership interest in Sound Point and certain alternative investments. The Company expects that
dividends and other payments from the insurance companies will be the primary source of funds for AGL, AGUS and AGMH
to meet ongoing cash requirements, including operating expenses, intercompany loan payments, any future debt service
payments and other expenses, to pay dividends to their respective shareholders, to fund any acquisitions, to fund investments
and commitments to alternative investments, and, in the case of AGL, to repurchase its common shares. The insurance
subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends and make other payments depends, among other things, upon their financial condition,
results of operations, cash requirements and compliance with rating agency requirements, and is also subject to restrictions
contained in the insurance laws and related regulations of their respective state/country of domicile. Additionally, in recent
years AG and AGUK have sought and been granted permission from their insurance regulators to make discretionary payments
to their corporate parents in excess of the amounts permitted by right under the insurance laws and related regulations. There
can be no assurance that such regulators will permit discretionary payments in the future. Accordingly, if the insurance
subsidiaries are unable to pay sufficient dividends and other permitted payments at the times or in the amounts that are required,
that would have an adverse effect on the ability of AGL, AGUS and AGMH to satisfy their ongoing cash requirements and on
their ability to pay dividends to shareholders or repurchase common shares or fund other activities, including acquisitions.
The ability of AGL and its subsidiaries to meet their liquidity needs may be limited.
Each of AGL, AGUS and AGMH requires liquidity, either in the form of cash or in the ability to easily sell
investments for cash, in order to meet its payment obligations, including, without limitation, its operating expenses, interest and
57
principal payments on debt and dividends on common shares, to fund investments and commitments to alternative investments,
and to make capital investments in operating subsidiaries. Such cash is also used by AGL to repurchase its common shares. The
Company’s operating subsidiaries require substantial liquidity to meet their respective payment and/or collateral posting
obligations, including under financial guaranty insurance policies or reinsurance agreements. They also require liquidity to pay
operating expenses, reinsurance premiums, dividends to AGUS or AGMH for debt service and dividends to AGL, fund
investments and commitments to alternative investments, as well as, where appropriate, to make capital investments in their
own subsidiaries. In addition, the Company may require substantial liquidity to fund any future strategic initiatives. The
Company cannot give any assurance that the liquidity of AGL and its subsidiaries will not be adversely affected by adverse
market conditions, changes in insurance regulatory law, insurance claim payments and related litigation substantially in excess
of those projected by the Company in its stress scenarios, or changes in general economic conditions.
AGL anticipates that its liquidity needs will be met by the ability of its operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or to
make other payments; from earnings from its ownership interest in Sound Point; external financings; investment income from
its invested assets; and current cash and short-term investments. The Company expects that its subsidiaries’ need for liquidity
will be met by the operating cash flows of such subsidiaries; external financings; investment income from their invested assets;
and proceeds derived from the sale of their investments, portions of which are in the form of cash or short-term investments.
The value of the Company’s investments may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates, credit risk and capital market
conditions that therefore may adversely affect the Company’s potential ability to sell investments quickly and the price which
the Company might receive for those investments. Part of the Company’s investment strategy is to invest more of its excess
capital in alternative investments, which may be particularly difficult to sell at adequate prices, or at all.
The Company’s sources of liquidity are subject to market, regulatory or other factors that may impact the Company’s
liquidity position at any time. As discussed above, AGL’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory and rating agency
restrictions limiting their ability to declare and to pay dividends and make other payments to AGL. As further noted above,
external financing may or may not be available to AGL or its subsidiaries in the future on satisfactory terms.
Losses arising from asset/liability mismatch in the Company’s annuity reinsurance business could have an adverse effect on
its financial condition, results of operations, and ability to meets its obligations under annuity reinsurance contracts.
The Company’s annuity reinsurance business is subject to the risk of asset/liability mismatch, which arises when the
characteristics of the assets held do not align with the expected timing, amount, or nature of the liabilities assumed under
reinsurance contracts. This mismatch may occur for several reasons, including due to differences in interest rate sensitivity,
liquidity profiles, credit quality, or duration between assets and liabilities. In particular, the liabilities associated with annuity
reinsurance contracts often involve complex cash flow patterns, and changes in market conditions can influence policyholder
behavior, including in respect of surrenders, transfers, benefit elections, and retirement timing, while the underlying investment
portfolio may be subject to market volatility, changing interest rates, and evolving credit conditions.
If the Company’s investment strategy fails to adequately match the cash flows, durations, or risk profiles of its assets
and liabilities, it could be exposed to increased volatility in earnings, difficulties in meeting contractual obligations, or the need
to liquidate assets under unfavorable market conditions. Additionally, sudden shifts in interest rates or adverse market
movements may exacerbate mismatches, potentially requiring the Company to raise additional capital, adjust its investment
portfolio and realize losses, or experience reduced profitability. Asset and liability mismatches may also affect collateral
arrangements, obliging the Company to fund any shortfalls that arise under such agreements. If the Company is unable to post
collateral due to liquidity constraints or other reasons, its annuity reinsurance business may be subject to termination and
recapture.
The Company actively manages this risk through prudent asset/liability management practices, including by
maintaining a well-diversified investment portfolio with a duration closely aligned to that of its liabilities, holding prudent
short-term liquidity buffers, and hedging interest rate, inflation, and currency risks; however, there can be no assurance that
such efforts will be successful in all market environments. Failure to effectively manage asset/liability mismatch risk could
have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and ability to meet its obligations under
annuity reinsurance contracts.
Risks Related to Taxation
Changes in U.S. tax laws could reduce the demand or profitability of financial guaranty insurance, or negatively impact the
Company’s investments.
58
Changes in U.S. federal, state or local laws that materially adversely affect the tax treatment of municipal securities,
including potential loss of tax-exemption, may impact the market for those securities and result in lower volume and demand
for municipal obligations and also may adversely impact the value and liquidity of the Company’s investments, a significant
portion of which is invested in tax-exempt instruments.
Certain of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries may be subject to U.S. tax.
The Company manages its business so that AGL and its non-U.S. subsidiaries (except for its non-U.S. subsidiaries that
elect to be taxed as a U.S. corporation) operate in such a manner that none of them should be subject to U.S. federal tax (other
than U.S. excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premium income attributable to insuring or reinsuring U.S. risks, and U.S.
withholding tax on certain U.S. source investment income). However the Company cannot be certain that the IRS will not
contend successfully that AGL or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries (except for its non-U.S. subsidiaries that elect to be taxed as a
U.S. corporation) is/are engaged in a trade or business in the U.S., in which case each such company could be subject to U.S.
corporate income and branch profits taxes on the portion of its earnings effectively connected to such U.S. business. See Item 1.
Business — Tax Matters — Taxation of AGL and Subsidiaries— United States.
AGL may become, and AG Re and AGRO are, subject to taxes in Bermuda, which may adversely affect the Company’s
future results of operations and an investment in the Company.
The Bermuda Minister of Finance, under Bermuda’s Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended,
has given AGL, AG Re and AGRO an assurance that if any legislation is enacted in Bermuda that would impose tax computed
on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or
inheritance tax, then subject to certain limitations the imposition of any such tax will not be applicable to AGL, AG Re or
AGRO, or any of AGL’s or its subsidiaries’ operations, stocks, debentures or other obligations until March 31, 2035.
Notwithstanding the above, on December 27, 2023 the Government of Bermuda enacted a corporate income tax which
applies to accounting periods starting on or after January 1, 2025. Importantly, under the Corporate Income Tax Act 2023 of
Bermuda, any liability to the tax will apply regardless of any assurances previously provided under the Exempted Undertakings
Tax Protection Act 1966 of Bermuda. Broadly, the Bermuda corporate income tax is intended to be treated as a covered tax for
the purposes of Pillar Two (see below) and therefore no double taxation is expected to arise from these rules and the top-up
taxes under Pillar Two in other jurisdictions. AG Re and AGRO are subject to this tax beginning in 2025.
Further, the Corporate Income Tax Act 2023 of Bermuda incorporates a number of measures which allow Bermuda
resident companies to recognize deferred tax assets in respect of certain ETAs which may be utilized in the calculation of the
Company’s effective tax rate for the purposes of top-up taxes in other jurisdictions. The Company believes that the corporate
income tax imposed by the Corporate Income Tax Act 2023 of Bermuda would not be applicable to AGL because AGL is a UK
tax resident but is applicable to its Bermuda subsidiaries.
However, the treatment of the Bermuda corporate income tax as a covered tax is subject to interpretation in other
jurisdictions and therefore remains uncertain at this time. If the Bermuda corporate income tax is not regarded as a covered tax
for the purposes of Pillar Two in other jurisdictions, this may have a material impact on the Company’s future income tax
expense. In addition, a change in the Corporate Income Tax Act 2023 or its interpretation, or any change in the regulatory
treatment of the corporate income tax or matters related thereto, by Bermuda could adversely affect Assured Guaranty’s
financial results. See “– Assured Guaranty’s financial results may be affected by measures taken in response to the OECD
BEPS project”.
U.S. Persons who hold 10% or more of AGL’s shares directly or through non-U.S. entities may be subject to taxation under
the U.S. CFC rules.
If AGL and/or a non-U.S. subsidiary is considered a CFC, a U.S. Person that is treated as owning 10% or more of
AGL’s shares may be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of certain income of
AGL and its non-U.S. subsidiaries for a taxable year, even if such income is not distributed and may be subject to U.S. federal
income tax on a portion of any gain upon a sale or other disposition of its shares at ordinary income tax rates.
No assurance may be given that a U.S. Person who owns the Company’s shares will not be characterized as owning
10% or more of AGL and/or its non-U.S. subsidiaries under the CFC rules, in which case such U.S. Person may be subject to
taxation under such rules. See Item 1. Business — Tax Matters, — Taxation of Shareholders ─ United States Taxation ─
Classification of AGL or its Non-U.S. Subsidiaries as a CFC.
59
U.S. Persons who hold shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income rates on their proportionate share
of the Company’s RPII.
If any Foreign Insurance Subsidiary generates RPII (broadly defined as insurance and related investment income
attributable to the insurance of a U.S. shareholder and certain related persons to such shareholder) and certain exceptions are not
met, each U.S. Person owning AGL shares (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) may be required to include in income
for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the Foreign Insurance Subsidiary’s RPII, regardless of whether such
income is distributed and may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any gain upon a sale or other disposition of
its shares at ordinary tax rates (even if an exception to the RPII rules applies).
The Company believes that each of its Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries should qualify for an exception to the RPII rules
and the rules that subject gain on sale or disposition of shares to ordinary tax rates would not apply to the disposition of AGL
shares. However, the Company cannot be certain that this will be the case because some of the factors which determine the
extent of RPII may be beyond its control and rules regarding the treatment of gain on disposition of shares have not been
interpreted or finalized. Proposed regulations could, if finalized in their current form, substantially expand the definition of RPII
to include insurance income of the Company’s Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries related to affiliate reinsurance transactions. If
these proposed regulations are finalized in their current form, it could limit the Company’s ability to execute affiliate
reinsurance transactions that would otherwise be undertaken for non-tax business reasons in the future and could increase the
risk that gross RPII could constitute 20% or more of the gross insurance income of one or more of the Company’s Foreign
Insurance Subsidiaries in a particular taxable year, which could result in such RPII being taxable to U.S. Persons that own or
are treated as owning shares of AGL. U.S. Persons owning or treated as owning shares of AGL should consult their tax advisors
as to the effect of these uncertainties. See Item 1. Business — Tax Matters — Taxation of Shareholders — United States
Taxation — The RPII CFC Provisions; Disposition of AGL Shares.
U.S. tax-exempt shareholders may be subject to the unrelated business taxable income rules with respect to certain
insurance income of the Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries.
U.S. tax-exempt shareholders may be required to treat insurance income includable under the CFC or RPII rules as
unrelated business taxable income. See Item 1. Business — Tax Matters — Taxation of Shareholders — United States Taxation
— Tax-Exempt Shareholders.
U.S. Persons who hold AGL’s shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences if AGL is considered to be PFIC for U.S.
federal income tax purposes.
If AGL is considered a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Person who owns any shares of AGL will be
subject to adverse tax consequences that could materially adversely affect its investment, including subjecting the investor to
both a greater tax liability than might otherwise apply and an interest charge or other unfavorable rules (either a mark-to-market
or current inclusion regime). The Company believes that AGL was not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for taxable
years through 2025 and, based on the application of certain PFIC look-through rules and the Company’s plan of operations for
the current and future years, should not be a PFIC in the future. See Item 1. Business — Tax Matters — Taxation of
Shareholders — United States Taxation — Passive Foreign Investment Companies.
Changes in U.S. federal income tax law may adversely affect the Company and an investment in AGL’s common shares.
The tax treatment of non-U.S. companies and their U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries may be the subject of future
legislation that could have an adverse impact on the Company and/or its shareholders. For example, U.S. federal income tax
laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a trade or business within the U.S. or is a PFIC, or whether
U.S. Persons would be required to include in their gross income the “subpart F income” of a CFC or RPII CFC are subject to
change, possibly on a retroactive basis. The Company cannot be certain if, when, or in what form any future regulations or
pronouncements may be implemented or made, or whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect. See Item 1. Business —
Tax Matters — United States Tax Reform.
An ownership change under Section 382 of the Code could have adverse U.S. federal tax consequences.
If AGL were to issue equity securities in the future, including in connection with any strategic transaction, or if
previously issued securities of AGL were to be sold by the current holders, AGL may experience an “ownership change” within
the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. In general terms, an ownership change would result from transactions increasing the
aggregate ownership of certain holders in AGL’s shares by more than 50 percentage points over a testing period (generally
three years). If an ownership change occurred, the Company’s ability to use certain tax attributes, including certain built-in
60
losses, credits, deductions or tax basis and/or the Company’s ability to continue to reflect the associated tax benefits as assets on
AGL’s balance sheet, may be limited. The Company cannot give any assurance that AGL will not undergo an ownership
change at a time when these limitations could materially adversely affect the Company’s financial condition.
A change in AGL’s U.K. tax residence or its ability to otherwise qualify for the benefits of income tax treaties to which the
U.K. is a party could adversely affect an investment in AGL’s common shares.
AGL is not incorporated in the U.K. and, accordingly, is only resident in the U.K. for U.K. tax purposes if it is
“centrally managed and controlled” in the U.K. Central management and control constitutes the highest level of control of a
company’s affairs. AGL believes it is entitled to take advantage of the benefits of income tax treaties to which the U.K. is a
party on the basis that it is has established central management and control in the U.K. In 2013, AGL obtained confirmation that
there was a low risk of challenge to its residency status from HMRC on the facts as they were at that time. The Board intends to
manage the affairs of AGL in such a way as to maintain its status as a company that is tax resident in the U.K. for U.K. tax
purposes and to qualify for the benefits of income tax treaties to which the U.K. is a party. However, the concept of central
management and control is a case-law concept that is not comprehensively defined in U.K. statute. In addition, it is a question
of fact. Moreover, tax treaties may be revised in a way that causes AGL to fail to qualify for benefits thereunder. Accordingly, a
change in relevant U.K. tax law or in tax treaties to which the U.K. is a party, or in AGL’s central management and control as a
factual matter, or other events, could adversely affect the ability of Assured Guaranty to manage its capital in the efficient
manner that it contemplated in establishing U.K. tax residence.
Changes in U.K. tax law or in AGL’s ability to satisfy all the conditions for exemption from U.K. taxation on dividend
income or capital gains in respect of its direct subsidiaries could affect an investment in AGL’s common shares.
As a U.K. tax resident, AGL is subject to U.K. corporation tax in respect of its worldwide profits (both income and
capital gains), subject to applicable exemptions.
•
With respect to income, the dividends that AGL receives from its subsidiaries should be exempt from U.K.
corporation tax under the exemption contained in section 931D of the Corporation Tax Act 2009.
•
With respect to capital gains, if AGL were to dispose of shares in its direct subsidiaries or if it were deemed to
have done so, it may realize a chargeable gain for U.K. tax purposes. Any tax charge would be based on AGL’s
original acquisition cost. It is anticipated that any such future gain should qualify for exemption under the
substantial shareholding exemption in Schedule 7AC to the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992. However, the
availability of such exemption would depend on facts at the time of disposal, in particular the “trading” nature of
the relevant subsidiary. There is no statutory definition of what constitutes “trading” activities for this purpose and
in practice reliance is placed on the published guidance of HMRC.
A change in U.K. tax law or its interpretation by HMRC, or any failure to meet all the qualifying conditions for
relevant exemptions from U.K. corporation tax, could affect Assured Guaranty’s financial results of operations or its ability to
provide returns to shareholders.
An adverse adjustment under U.K. legislation governing the taxation of U.K. tax resident holding companies on the profits
of their non-U.K. subsidiaries could adversely impact Assured Guaranty’s tax liability.
Under the U.K. “controlled foreign company” regime, the income profits of non-U.K. resident companies may, in
certain circumstances, be attributed to controlling U.K. resident shareholders for U.K. corporation tax purposes. The non-U.K.
resident members of the Assured Guaranty group intend to operate and manage their levels of capital in such a manner that their
profits would not be taxed on AGL under the U.K. CFC regime. In 2013, Assured Guaranty obtained clearance from HMRC
that none of the profits of the non-U.K. resident members of the Assured Guaranty group should be subject to U.K. tax as a
result of attribution under the CFC regime on the facts as they were at the time. However, a change in the way in which Assured
Guaranty operates or any further change in the CFC regime, resulting in an attribution to AGL of any of the income profits of
AGL’s non-U.K. resident subsidiaries for U.K. corporation tax purposes, could adversely affect Assured Guaranty’s financial
results of operations.
An adverse adjustment under U.K. transfer pricing legislation or the imposition of diverted profits tax could adversely
impact Assured Guaranty’s tax liability.
If any arrangements between U.K. resident companies in the Assured Guaranty group and other members of the
Assured Guaranty group (whether resident in or outside the U.K.) are found not to be on arm's length terms and as a result a
U.K. tax advantage is being obtained, an adjustment will be required to compute U.K. taxable profits as if such arrangement
61
were on arm's length terms. Any transfer pricing adjustment could adversely affect Assured Guaranty’s results of operations.
Further, following consultation in Spring 2025, on December 4, 2025, the U.K. government published the draft Finance Bill
which repeals the law relating to diverted profits tax and incorporates analogous anti-avoidance measures within the U.K.'s
transfer pricing regime. Pursuant to the new charging provisions, if a company within the charge to U.K. corporation tax has
"unassessed transfer pricing profits" (UTPP) such profits may be subject to corporation tax at the higher “UTPP rate” (currently
31%). If any U.K. resident company in the Assured Guaranty group is liable to corporation tax at the UTPP rate, this could
adversely affect the Company's results of operations.
Since January 1, 2016, the U.K. has implemented a country-by-country reporting (CBCR) regime whereby large multi-
national enterprises are required to report details of their operations and intra-group transactions in each jurisdiction. The U.K.
CBCR legislation includes power to introduce regulations requiring public disclosure of U.K. CBCR reports, although this
power has not yet been exercised. It is possible that Assured Guaranty’s approach to transfer pricing may become subject to
greater scrutiny from the tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which the group operates in consequence of the implementation
of a CBCR regime in the U.K. (or other jurisdictions).
Assured Guaranty’s financial results may be affected by measures taken in response to the OECD BEPS project.
The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) has developed guidance known as base
erosion and profit shifting as part of its initiative to address corporate tax planning strategies used by some multinationals to
shift profits from higher-tax jurisdictions to lower-tax jurisdictions or no-tax jurisdictions. This guidance generally imposes
rules with a global minimum tax of 15%, and many jurisdictions have enacted implementing legislation or are in the course of
doing so. In particular, the U.K. enacted legislation in July 2023 and February 2024, and HMRC published guidance in respect
of such legislation which broadly implement the OECD’s guidance into U.K. domestic legislation of accounting periods starting
on or after December 31 2023. In addition, in December 2023 the Government of Bermuda adopted legislation for a corporate
income tax which would share many key concepts with the Model Rules and is intended to constitute a “covered tax” for the
purposes of the Model Rules. See “– AGL may become, and AG Re and AGRO are, subject to taxes in Bermuda, which may
adversely affect the Company’s future results of operations and an investment in the Company” above. In many countries, the
rules will apply from January 1, 2024, although some jurisdictions have elected to postpone for one year or more.
In January 2025, the OECD issued Administrative Guidance on Article 9.1 of the Global Anti-Base Erosion Model
Rules, which excludes certain deferred tax assets for purposes of computing a multinational enterprise group’s effective tax rate
when they arose prior to the application of the global minimum tax as a result of certain governmental arrangements or
following the introduction of a new corporate income tax. If this guidance were adopted in countries in which the Company
operates it could adversely affect tax expense.
The Company’s analysis is ongoing as the OECD continues to release additional guidance, countries enact legislation,
and the U.S. formulates its potential response. To the extent additional legislative changes take place in the countries in which
the Company operates, it is possible that they will alter long-standing tax principles, be highly complex and be subject to
differing applications and interpretations across jurisdictions. Although the Company cannot predict the approach of each
relevant jurisdiction to the OECD’s framework, their implementation could adversely affect Assured Guaranty’s tax liability.
Risks Related to Applicable Law, Litigation and GAAP
Changes in, or inability to comply with, applicable laws and regulations could adversely affect the Company’s financial
condition, results of operations, capital, liquidity, business prospects and share price.
The Company’s businesses are subject to detailed insurance, asset management and other financial services laws and
government regulations in the jurisdictions in which they operate. In the U.S., financial guaranty insurers are subject to specific
regulatory requirements and limitations applicable to their portfolios of outstanding insured obligations, consisting of single risk
limits, aggregate risk limits, exposure limits to municipal (and related) obligations that lack an underlying investment grade
NRSRO or SVO designation, and exposure limits to non-U.S. dollar insured obligations. Such insurers also must comply with
specific regulatory requirements and limitations applicable to their investment portfolios, including limits on the portion of such
portfolio rated BIG or non-rated. While the Company’s U.S. financial guaranty insurer, AG, manages these requirements, it is
possible for the limitations to be exceeded for several reasons, including a strategic acquisition of a financial guaranty insurance
company (or reinsurance of a company’s insured portfolio) by AG increasing concentrations of AG’s insurance exposures,
decline of AG’s statutory capital (against which single risk and aggregate risk limits are measured), deterioration of AG’s
insurance portfolio, foreign exchange fluctuations, downgrades of AG’s investment grade investments or positive returns in
AG’s non-rated alternative investments (thereby increasing the valuation of such investments on its balance sheet). In addition
to the insurance, asset management and other regulations and laws specific to the industries in which the Company operates or
62
invests, regulatory agencies in jurisdictions in which the Company’s businesses operate have broad administrative power over
many aspects of the Company’s business, which may include ethical issues, money laundering, cybersecurity, privacy,
recordkeeping and marketing and sales practices.
Noncompliance with applicable laws or regulations, or future changes to laws or regulations in the jurisdictions in
which the Company does business, may adversely affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, capital,
liquidity, business prospects and share price. If the Company fails to comply with applicable laws or regulations it could be
exposed to fines, the loss of licenses, including insurance licenses, limitations on the right to originate new business and
restrictions on its ability to pay dividends. If an insurance subsidiary’s surplus declines below minimum required levels, the
insurance regulator could impose additional restrictions on the insurance subsidiary or initiate insolvency proceedings. Future
changes to laws and regulations may, among other things, limit the types of risks the Company may insure, lower applicable
single or aggregate risk limits related to its insurance business, increase required reserves or capital for its insurance
subsidiaries, provide insured obligors with additional avenues for avoiding or restructuring the repayment of their insured
liabilities, increase the level of supervision or regulation to which the Company’s operations may be subject, impose restrictions
that make the Company’s products less attractive to potential buyers and investors, and require the Company to change certain
of its business practices exposing it to additional costs (including increased compliance costs).
Changes in applicable laws or regulations or governmental policies may adversely impact the ability of issuers to satisfy
obligations insured or reinsured by the Company.
Certain issuers of obligations insured or reinsured by the Company are reliant on governmental subsidies, funding,
grants, loans and other forms of financial assistance, including, for example, emergency funding for disasters and catastrophes,
regulated subsidies paid to utilities, housing subsidies and federal aid for schools. In addition, certain issuers of obligations
insured or reinsured by the Company may rely on current federal, state and local tax laws (such as tariff regimes impacting
imports and the transportation sector) and/or on legal and regulatory frameworks impacting their businesses (for example, the
healthcare industry’s development around, and reliance on, Medicaid, Medicare and the Affordable Care Act). If current laws or
regulations or governmental policies impacting issuers of obligations in the Company’s insurance portfolio are changed in a
manner adversely impacting such issuers (for example, nationalization of assets) and/or governmental financial assistance
supporting such issuers is reduced or eliminated, the Company may experience increased levels of losses or claims on its
insured obligations.
Legislation, regulation, determinations made by legal or regulatory authorities, or litigation arising out of the struggles of
distressed obligors may adversely impact obligations insured or reinsured by the Company, the Company’s legal rights as
creditor and its investments.
Borrower distress or default, whether or not the relevant obligation is insured by one of the Company’s insurance
subsidiaries, may result in legislation, regulation, legal or regulatory determinations, or litigation that may adversely impact
obligations insured or reinsured by the Company, the Company’s legal rights as creditor and its investments. For example, the
default by the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico on much of its debt has resulted in both legislation (including the enactment of
PROMESA) and litigation that is continuing to impact the Company’s rights as creditor.
The Company is, and may be in the future, involved in litigation, both as a defendant and as a plaintiff, in the ordinary
course of its insurance and asset management business and other business operations. The outcome of such litigation could
materially impact the Company’s expected losses and results of operations and cash flows. For a discussion of material
litigation, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 4. Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered), and
Note 17. Contingencies.
AGL’s ability to pay dividends and fund share repurchases and other activities may be constrained by certain insurance
regulatory requirements and restrictions.
AGL is subject to Bermuda regulatory requirements that affect its ability to pay dividends on common shares and to
make other payments. Under the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended, AGL may declare or pay a dividend only if it has
reasonable grounds for believing that it is, and after the payment would be, able to pay its liabilities as they become due, and if
the realizable value of its assets would not be less than its liabilities. While AGL currently intends to pay dividends on its
common shares, investors who require dividend income should carefully consider these risks before investing in AGL.
AGL is dependent on dividends from its subsidiaries, including dividends from its insurance subsidiaries, for resources
to pay holders of its common shares, fund share repurchases and pursue other activities. The ordinary dividends that AGL’s
insurance subsidiaries may pay without regulatory approval are subject to legal and regulatory limitations. See Item 1. Business
63
– Regulation – State Dividend Limitations, Item 1. Business – Regulation – Non-U.S. Regulation – Bermuda – Restrictions on
Dividends and Distributions, Item 1. Business – Regulation – Non-U.S. Regulation – United Kingdom Insurance and Financial
Services Regulation – Restrictions on Dividend Payments and Item 1. Business – Regulation – Non-U.S. Regulation – France –
Restrictions on Dividend Payments. As a result, absent relief from the relevant regulator(s), the Company’s insurance
subsidiaries may be required to retain capital that is substantially in excess of what the Company believes is necessary to
support its insurance businesses, reducing the Company’s ability to productively use or return to shareholders such excess
capital. In addition, if, pursuant to insurance laws and regulations, AGL’s insurance subsidiaries are not permitted to pay
ordinary dividends or make other permitted payments to their holding companies at the times or in sufficient amounts AGL
requires to fund its activities, and if AGL’s other operating subsidiaries were unable to provide such funds, AGL’s ability to pay
dividends to shareholders or fund share repurchases or pursue other activities could be adversely affected. See “— Operational
Risks — The ability of AGL and its subsidiaries to meet their liquidity needs may be limited.”
Applicable insurance laws may make it difficult to effect a change of control of AGL.
Before a person can acquire control of a U.S., U.K. or French insurance company, prior written approval must be
obtained from the relevant regulatory commissioner or superintendent of the state or country where the insurer is domiciled. In
addition, once a person controls a Bermuda insurance company, the Authority may object to such a person who is not, or is no
longer, a fit and proper person to exercise such control. Because a person acquiring 10% or more of AGL’s common shares
would indirectly control the same percentage of the stock of its insurance subsidiaries, the insurance change of control laws of
Maryland, the U.K., France and Bermuda would likely apply to such a transaction. These laws may discourage potential
acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of AGL, including through transactions, and in
particular unsolicited transactions, that some or all of its shareholders might consider to be desirable. While AGL’s Bye-Laws
limit the voting power of any shareholder to less than 10%, the Company cannot provide assurances that the applicable
regulatory bodies would agree that a shareholder who owned 10% or more of its common shares did not control the applicable
insurance subsidiaries, notwithstanding the limitation on the voting power of such shares.
An inability to obtain accurate and timely financial information from Sound Point or other alternative investment managers
may impair the Company’s ability to comply with reporting obligations under federal securities law.
The Company will be reliant on Sound Point and other alternative investment managers to provide accurate and timely
financial reporting that will allow the Company to timely prepare and file its own financial statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP) and in compliance with SEC regulations and NYSE
listing rules.
As private companies, Sound Point and other alternative investment managers are generally not required to prepare
their financial statements in compliance with the SEC’s accounting regulations and timelines. The Company expects to report
certain of its investments in Sound Point, the Sound Point funds, other vehicles and separately managed accounts and other
alternative investment funds on a one-quarter lag. While each of Sound Point, other alternative investment managers and their
respective related parties have agreed to provide to the Company financial information necessary to complete and file its
periodic SEC reports on a timely basis, any failure by Sound Point, other alternative investment managers or their respective
related parties to provide the Company with accurate and timely financial information could result in a delay in the Company’s
timely reporting of its results of operations or it not filing one or more periodic reports with the SEC on time or inaccuracies in
its financial statements.
Changes in the fair value of the Company’s insured credit derivatives portfolio, CCS, FG VIEs, alternative investments,
including those accounted for as CIVs, and/or the consolidation or deconsolidation of one or more FG VIEs and/or CIVs
during a financial reporting period, may subject its results of operations to volatility.
The Company is required to mark-to-market certain derivatives that it insures, including CDS that are considered
derivatives under GAAP, as well as its CCS. Although there is no cash flow effect from this “marking-to-market,” net changes
in the fair value of these derivatives are reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and therefore affect its
results of operations. If a credit derivative is held to maturity and no credit loss is incurred, any unrealized gains or losses
previously reported would be reversed as the transaction reaches maturity. The Company also expects fluctuations in the fair
value of its put option under its CCS to reverse over time. For discussion of the Company’s fair value methodology for credit
derivatives, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 9. Fair Value Measurement.
The Company is required to consolidate certain VIEs, which generally consist of (1) entities to which it has provided
financial guaranties and (2) funds and vehicles in which it invests, such as those managed by Sound Point (and, prior to July 1,
2023, AssuredIM), if it concludes that it is the primary beneficiary of such VIE. Substantially all of the assets and liabilities of
64
the consolidated FG VIEs and CIVs are reported at fair value. The Company continuously evaluates its power to direct the
activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of VIEs and, if circumstances change, may consolidate a
VIE that was not previously consolidated or deconsolidate a VIE that had previously been consolidated, and such consolidation
or deconsolidation would impact its financial condition and results of operations in the period in which such action is taken. See
Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 8. Variable Interest Entities.
The required treatment under GAAP of the Company’s insured credit derivatives portfolio, its CCS and its VIEs
causes its financial condition and results of operations as reported under GAAP to be more volatile than would be suggested by
the actual performance of its business operations. Due to the complexity of fair value methodologies and the application of
GAAP requirements, future amendments or interpretations of relevant accounting standards may cause the Company to modify
its accounting methodology in a manner which may have an adverse impact on its financial results.
Change in industry and other accounting practices could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition, results of
operations, business prospects and share price.
Changes in or the issuance of new U.S. GAAP accounting standards or statutory accounting standards in the
jurisdictions in which the Company is domiciled, such as those that affect the measurement, amount and/or timing of revenue or
loss recognition, or those that limit the admissibility of certain assets, among others, could adversely affect the Company’s
financial condition, results of operations, business prospects and share price and or the insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay
dividends to AGMH, and ultimately, to AGL. See, Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 1.
Business and Basis of Presentation, for a discussion of the future application of accounting standards.
Risks Related to AGL’s Common Shares
The market price of AGL’s common shares may be volatile, and the value of an investment in the Company may decline.
The market price of AGL’s common shares has experienced, and may continue to experience, significant volatility.
Numerous factors, including many over which the Company has no control, may have a significant impact on the market price
of its common shares. These risks include those described or referred to in this “Risk Factors” section as well as, among other
things: (a) investor perceptions of the Company, its prospects and that of the financial guaranty, life and annuity reinsurance
and asset management industries and the markets in which the Company operates; (b) the Company’s operating and financial
performance; (c) the Company’s access to financial and capital markets to raise additional capital, refinance its debt or obtain
other financing; (d) Company’s ability to repay debt; (e) the Company’s dividend policy; (f) the amount of share repurchases
authorized by the AGL’s Board; (g) future sales of equity or equity-related securities; (h) changes in earnings estimates or buy/
sell recommendations by analysts; and (i) general financial, economic and other market conditions.
In addition, the stock market in recent years has experienced extreme price and trading volume fluctuations that often
have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of individual companies. These broad market fluctuations
may adversely affect the price of AGL’s common shares, regardless of AGL-specific factors.
Furthermore, future sales or other issuances of AGL equity may adversely affect the market price of its common
shares.
Provisions in the Code and AGL’s Bye-Laws may reduce the voting rights of its common shares.
Under the Code, AGL’s Bye-Laws and contractual arrangements, certain shareholders have their voting rights limited
to less than one vote per share. Moreover, the relevant provisions of the Code and AGL’s Bye-Laws may have the effect of
reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the limitation by virtue of their direct share
ownership.
More specifically, pursuant to the relevant provisions of the Code, if, and so long as, the common shares of a
shareholder are treated as “controlled shares” (as determined under section 958 of the Code) of any U.S. Person and such
controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by AGL’s issued shares, the voting rights with respect to the
controlled shares of such U.S. Person (a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder) are limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than
9.5%, under a formula specified in AGL’s Bye-Laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5% U.S.
Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. For these purposes, “controlled shares” include, among other things, all shares
of AGL that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the
Code).
65
In addition, the Board may limit a shareholder’s voting rights where it deems appropriate to do so to: (1) avoid the
existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholders; and (2) avoid certain material adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the
Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates. AGL’s Bye-Laws provide that shareholders
will be notified of their voting interests prior to any vote taken by them.
AGL also has the authority under its Bye-Laws to request information from any shareholder for the purpose of
determining whether a shareholder’s voting rights are to be reduced under the Bye-Laws. If a shareholder fails to respond to a
request for information or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to a request, the Company may, in its sole
discretion, eliminate such shareholder’s voting rights.
Provisions in AGL’s Bye-Laws may restrict the ability to transfer common shares, and may require shareholders to sell their
common shares.
AGL’s Board may decline to approve or register a transfer of any common shares: (1) if it appears to the Board, after
taking into account the limitations on voting rights contained in AGL’s Bye-Laws, that any adverse tax, regulatory or legal
consequences to AGL, any of its subsidiaries or any of its shareholders may occur as a result of such transfer (other than such as
the Board considers to be de minimis); or (2) subject to any applicable requirements of or commitments to the NYSE, if a
written opinion from counsel supporting the legality of the transaction under U.S. securities laws has not been provided or if
any required governmental approvals have not been obtained.
AGL’s Bye-Laws also provide that if the Board determines that share ownership by a person may result in adverse tax,
legal or regulatory consequences to the Company, any of the subsidiaries or any of the shareholders (other than such as the
Board considers to be de minimis), then AGL has the option, but not the obligation, to require that shareholder to sell to AGL or
to third parties to whom AGL assigns the repurchase right for fair market value the minimum number of common shares held
by such person which is necessary to eliminate such adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences.
ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
Risk Management and Strategy
The Company has strategically integrated cybersecurity risk management into its broader risk management framework
to promote a company-wide culture of cybersecurity risk management. This integration ensures that cybersecurity
considerations are an integral part of the Company’s decision-making processes. The Company regularly assesses risks from
cybersecurity threats and monitors its computer networks for vulnerabilities. To defend the Company’s computer systems from
cyberattacks, the Company uses various security tools that are designed to help the Company protect against, identify, monitor,
escalate, investigate, resolve, and recover from security incidents in a timely manner.
The Company maintains an Information Security Policy and Standards that details how material risks from
cybersecurity threats are assessed, identified, and managed:
•
Risk assessment – a periodic risk assessment is performed by the Chief Information Security Officer using the
National Institute of Standards and Technology cybersecurity framework and rates risks by criticality.
•
Risk identification – vulnerabilities and risks are identified through functions performed by the Chief Information
Security Officer which includes assessments using automated tools, monitoring activities, reviewing threat
intelligence, and responding to incidents. Risks are also identified through independent assessments performed by
third-party consultants and the internal audit function.
•
Risk management – the Chief Technology Officer oversees a process designed to protect against and remediate risks
according to their criticality and presents to the Risk Oversight and Audit Committees of the Board and management at
least semi-annually. The Chief Information Security Officer also presents to the Board and Risk Oversight Committee
on information technology, cybersecurity and data privacy matters at least annually.
The Company’s Information Security Policy and Standards details a process for responding to cybersecurity events.
Awareness and alertness are important components of the Company’s cybersecurity program; each year employees are required
to take the cybersecurity training and the Company conducts regular exercises to educate employees about best practices and
help them identify and avoid potential threats.
66
The Company engages third-party consultants to conduct periodic penetration testing designed to identify potential
security vulnerabilities. The Company’s internal audit function, which has been outsourced to an international accounting firm,
conducts periodic audits of cybersecurity and reports on such matters to the Audit Committee of the Board.
The Company takes measures designed to mitigate risks associated with third-party vendors that have access to
confidential information or provide business critical functions. Through its vendor management program, the Company screens
these third-party vendors to assess their data security protocols both prior to initial engagement and periodically thereafter for
compliance with the program standards. The Company seeks contractual obligations from third-party vendors to notify it in the
event of a cybersecurity incident, and monitors threat intelligence reports as well as current reports of SEC-registered vendors
and their sub-service providers that have access to confidential information or provide business critical functions for
cybersecurity incidents.
The Company has not experienced any cybersecurity incidents that have materially affected, or that it believes are
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company, including its business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition.
Governance
Under the Company’s cybersecurity governance framework, the Board has overall responsibility for overseeing
management’s establishment and operation of a cybersecurity program. Members of the Board have broad-based skills in risk
management oversight and/or cybersecurity oversight certifications. The Board delegates certain cybersecurity oversight
responsibilities to the Risk Oversight Committee, which oversees enterprise risk, vendor management, and information
technology risks, including assessing and managing cybersecurity and data privacy risks, and to the Audit Committee, whose
oversight responsibility includes, as part of its oversight of the Company’s system of internal controls over financial reporting,
assessing and managing financial risk exposures, including information technology, cybersecurity and data privacy risk related
to the Company’s financial systems. The Risk Oversight Committee has specific responsibility for overseeing information
technology processes and controls, including for cybersecurity, data privacy, compliance with related policies, and the process
to monitor risks to the Company arising from changing technology trends, and coordinates with the Audit Committee, as
needed.
The security of the Company’s products, services and corporate network is a key priority both for the growth of the
Company’s business and its responsibilities as the leading financial guaranty insurance company. The Company takes a risk-
based approach to cybersecurity and has implemented cybersecurity policies throughout its operations.
As described above in Cybersecurity – Risk Management and Strategy, the Company’s Chief Technology Officer has
management responsibility for overseeing a process designed to remediate cybersecurity risks, and reports to the Board, Risk
Oversight Committee, Audit Committee and management at least semi-annually. The Chief Technology Officer reported to the
Board, Risk Oversight Committee and Audit Committee four times in 2025. The Chief Technology Officer has over 25 years of
experience in information technology, technology research and security and operations management, with over 15 of those
years focused in financial services and insurance. The Chief Technology Officer holds a Master of Science in Information
Systems and a Master of Business Administration with a focus in Management and Operations. The Company has appointed a
Chief Information Security Officer, who is responsible for leading the assessment and management of cybersecurity risk. In
2025, the Chief Information Security Officer made an annual report on information technology and cybersecurity risks to the
Board and made four quarterly reports to the Risk Oversight Committee and the Audit Committee. The Chief Information
Security Officer has over 25 years of experience in information security and is a Certified Information Systems Security
Professional (CISSP), Certified Information Security Manager (CISM), and Certified Information Systems Auditor (CISA). The
Chief Information Security Officer reports to the Board, its committees, and management on cybersecurity threats on a regular
basis.
The Company uses various tools to prevent, detect, and mitigate cybersecurity incidents. The Company has procedures
in place to respond to cybersecurity incidents, which include prompt meeting of the Cybersecurity Incident Disclosure
Committee, a Company management committee, to assess cybersecurity incidents and determine materiality requiring
disclosure on Form 8-K, notification to the Board of any material cybersecurity incidents, quarterly reporting by the Chief
Information Security Officer of material and non-material incidents to the Risk Oversight Committee and management, and to
the Audit Committee of such incidents related to the Company’s financial systems.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Management believes its office space is adequate for its current and anticipated needs. The Company’s office
properties are used by its Insurance segment and its Corporate division and include the following:
67
•
Hamilton, Bermuda:
◦
approximately 8,700 square feet of office space that serves as the principal executive office of AGL, and as
the principal offices of AG Re and AGRO. The lease expires in April 2026 and is renewable at the option of
the Company.
•
New York, U.S.:
◦
155,500 square feet of office space that serves as the principal office of AG. Part of the lease expires in
February 2032, with an option, subject to certain conditions, to renew for five years at a fair market rent, and
part of the lease expires in December 2032. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 24,000 square feet of
this office space was subleased to another tenant.
•
London, U.K.:
◦
approximately 7,000 square feet of office space that serves as the principal office of AGUK. The lease expires
in September 2029, with an option, subject to certain conditions, to renew for five years at a fair market rent.
•
Paris, France:
◦
approximately 2,800 square feet of office space that serves as the principal office of AGE. The lease expires
in March 2029.
•
Other: The Company leases other space in San Francisco, California; Asheville, North Carolina; Sydney, Australia;
and Singapore.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Information pertaining to legal proceedings is provided in the “Legal Proceedings” and “Litigation” sections of Part II,
Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 17, Contingencies, the “Puerto Rico Litigation” and “Recovery
Litigation” sections of Note 4, Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered), and is incorporated by reference herein.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
Information About The Company’s Executive Officers
The table below sets forth the names, ages, positions and business experience of the executive officers of AGL as of
February 26, 2026.
Name
Age
Position(s)
Dominic J. Frederico
73
President and Chief Executive Officer; Deputy Chairman
Robert A. Bailenson
59
Chief Operating Officer
Benjamin G. Rosenblum
52
Chief Financial Officer
Ling Chow
55
General Counsel and Secretary
Stephen Donnarumma
63
Chief Credit Officer
Jorge A. Gana
55
Chief Risk Officer
Holly Horn
65
Chief Surveillance Officer
Dominic J. Frederico has been a director of AGL since the Company’s 2004 initial public offering and the President
and Chief Executive Officer of AGL since December 2003. Mr. Frederico served as Vice Chairman of ACE Limited from 2003
until 2004 and served as President and Chief Operating Officer of ACE Limited and Chairman of ACE INA Holdings, Inc.
from 1999 to 2003. Mr. Frederico was a director of ACE Limited from 2001 through May 2005. From 1995 to 1999
Mr. Frederico served in a number of executive positions with ACE Limited. Prior to joining ACE Limited, Mr. Frederico spent
13 years working for various subsidiaries of American International Group, Inc.
68
Robert A. Bailenson has been Chief Operating Officer of AGL since January 1, 2024. Mr. Bailenson has been with
Assured Guaranty and its predecessor companies since 1990. Prior to that, Mr. Bailenson was Chief Financial Officer of AGL
from June 2011 through December 2023. Prior to that, Mr. Bailenson became Chief Accounting Officer of AG in 2003, of AGL
in May 2005, and of AGM in July 2009, and served in such capacities until 2019. He was Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
of AG Re from 1999 until 2003 and was previously the Assistant Controller of Capital Re Corp., the Company’s predecessor.
Benjamin G. Rosenblum has been Chief Financial Officer of AGL since January 1, 2024. Prior to that, Mr.
Rosenblum was Chief Actuary of AGL from 2021 through December 2023, and also Chief Actuary of AGM (until its merger
with and into AG) and AG from December 2010 to October 2024. He joined Assured Guaranty in 2004, responsible for the loss
reserve function at AGRE and AGRO, later assuming the same responsibilities at AGUK and AGE. He became a Senior
Managing Director in 2015, and has been in charge of accounting and financial reporting since 2019.
Ling Chow has been General Counsel and Secretary of AGL since January 1, 2018. She is responsible for legal affairs
and corporate governance at the Company, including its litigation and other legal strategies relating to distressed credits, and its
corporate, compliance, regulatory and disclosure efforts. She is also responsible for the Company’s human capital management
function. Ms. Chow began her tenure at the Company in 2002 as a transactional attorney, working on the insurance of
structured finance and derivative transactions. She previously served as Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of
AGL from May 2015 and as Assured Guaranty’s U.S. General Counsel from June 2016. Prior to that, Ms. Chow served as
Deputy General Counsel of Assured Guaranty’s U.S. subsidiaries in several capacities from 2004. Before joining Assured
Guaranty, Ms. Chow was an associate at law firms in New York City, where she was responsible for transactional work
associated with public and private mergers and acquisitions, venture capital investments, and private and public securities
offerings.
Stephen Donnarumma has been the Chief Credit Officer of AG since 2007, and of AGM from 2009 until its merger
with and into AG. Mr. Donnarumma joined Assured Guaranty in 1993 and has held a number of positions over the years,
including Deputy Chief Credit Officer of AGL, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Underwriting Officer of AG Re, Chief Risk
Officer of AG, and Senior Managing Director, Head of Mortgage and Asset-backed Securities of AG. Prior to joining Assured
Guaranty, Mr. Donnarumma was with Financial Guaranty Insurance Company from 1989 until 1993, where his responsibilities
included underwriting domestic and international financial guaranty transactions. Prior to that, he served as a Director of Credit
Risk Analysis at Fannie Mae from 1987 until 1989. Mr. Donnarumma was also an analyst with Moody’s from 1985 until 1987.
Jorge A. Gana has been Chief Risk Officer of AGL and Chair of the U.S. Risk Management and Portfolio Risk
Management Committees since January 1, 2023. Prior to that, Mr. Gana served as Deputy Chief Risk Officer of AGM and AG.
Mr. Gana joined Assured Guaranty in 2005 as a Director in structured finance. Over the years, Mr. Gana has held a number of
positions at Assured Guaranty, including Managing Director, Structured Finance at AG, Senior Managing Director of Workouts
and Government & Corporate Affairs at AGM and AG, and chair of AGM's and AG’s Workout Committees. Prior to joining
Assured Guaranty, Mr. Gana served as a Director of Global Commercial Asset Securitization for XLCA (now Syncora). Prior
to XLCA, Mr. Gana worked at Natexis Banques Populaires (now Natixis) and at Banco Santander in global capacities dealing
with credit and risk, managing investment portfolios, originating complex transactions, and issuing repackaged debt.
Holly L. Horn has been Chief Surveillance Officer of AGL and AG since January 2022. Prior to that, Ms. Horn served
as AGM’s and AG’s Chief Surveillance Officer, Public Finance where she was responsible for ongoing surveillance,
monitoring and loss mitigation of municipal risks insured by the Company across all sectors of the municipal market. She
joined AGM in 2003 as a director in the health care underwriting group, where she was responsible for analyzing and
recommending the insurability of health care credits. She also served as a director in AGM’s health care surveillance group.
Ms. Horn began her public finance career at Inova Health System, a nationally ranked integrated health care delivery system,
and subsequently served as a senior manager for the national health care strategy practice at Ernst & Young.
69
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
AGL’s common shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “AGO.” On February 25, 2026, the approximate
number of shareholders of record at the close of business on that date was 79.
AGL is a holding company whose principal source of liquidity is dividends from its operating subsidiaries. The ability
of the operating subsidiaries to pay dividends to AGL and AGL’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders are each subject to
legal and regulatory restrictions. The declaration and payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of AGL’s Board and
will be dependent upon the Company’s profits and financial requirements and other factors, including legal restrictions on the
payment of dividends and such other factors as the Board deems relevant. AGL paid quarterly cash dividends in the amount of
$0.34 and $0.31 per common share in 2025 and 2024, respectively. For more information concerning AGL’s dividends, see
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital
Resources and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 18. Shareholders’ Equity.
Issuer’s Purchases of Equity Securities
In 2025, the Company repurchased a total of 5,819,627 common shares for $500 million at an average price of $85.92
per share.
From time to time, the Board authorizes the repurchase of additional common shares under a program without an
expiration date that it initiated on January 18, 2013. Most recently, on November 5, 2025, the Board authorized the repurchase
of an additional $100 million of its common shares. As of February 25, 2026, the remaining amount the Company was
authorized to purchase was $204 million of its common shares. The Company expects future common share repurchases under
the current authorization to be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing,
form and amount of the share repurchases are at the discretion of management and will depend on a variety of factors, including
availability of funds at the holding companies, other potential uses for such funds, market conditions, the Company’s capital
position, legal requirements and other factors. The repurchase authorization may be modified, extended or terminated by the
Board at any time. It does not have an expiration date. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 18.
Shareholders’ Equity, for additional information about share repurchases and authorizations.
The following table reflects purchases of AGL common shares made by the Company during the fourth quarter of
2025.
Period
Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased (1)
Average
Price Paid
Per Share
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Program (2)
Maximum Number (or
Approximate Dollar
Value)
of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the Program (3)
October 1 - October 31
558,800 $
82.25
558,800 $
236,989,639
November 1 - November 30
502,229 $
86.78
502,229 $
293,408,392
December 1 - December 31
462,744 $
90.22
462,744 $
251,658,618
Total
1,523,773 $
86.16
1,523,773
____________________
(1)
The total number of shares purchased also includes shares purchased as a result of employees surrendering shares as
payment for withholding taxes upon vesting of share awards.
(2)
After giving effect to repurchases since the Board first authorized the repurchase program on January 18, 2013,
through February 25, 2026, the Company has repurchased a total of 157 million common shares for $5.9 billion,
excluding commissions, at an average price of $37.73 per share. The repurchase program has no expiration date and
the Board has periodically increased the authorization since 2013.
(3)
Excludes commissions.
70
Performance Graph
Set forth below are a line graph and a table comparing the dollar change in the cumulative total shareholder return on
AGL’s common shares from December 31, 2020 through December 31, 2025 as compared to the cumulative total return of the
S&P’s 500 Stock Index, the cumulative total return of the S&P’s 500 Financials Stock Index and the cumulative total return of
the Russell Midcap Index - Financials. The Company added the Russell Midcap Index - Financials in 2018 because it believes
that this index, which includes the Company, provides a useful comparison to other companies in the financial services sector,
and excludes companies that are included in the S&P’s 500 Financials Stock Index but are many times larger than the
Company. The chart and table depict the value on December 31 of each year from 2020 through 2025 of a $100 investment
made on December 31, 2020, with all dividends reinvested:
Comparison of Cumulative Total Return
Assured Guaranty
S&P 500 Stock Index
S&P 500 Financials Stock Index
Russell Midcap Index - Financials
12/31/20
12/31/21
12/31/22
12/31/23
12/31/24
12/31/25
$100
$125
$150
$175
$200
$225
$250
$275
$300
$325
$350
Assured Guaranty
S&P 500 Stock Index
S&P 500
Financials Stock Index
Russell Midcap
Index - Financials
12/31/2020
$
100.00 $
100.00 $
100.00 $
100.00
12/31/2021
162.35
128.68
134.87
135.85
12/31/2022
204.89
105.36
120.61
118.86
12/31/2023
251.02
133.03
135.21
134.43
12/31/2024
306.43
166.28
176.45
175.86
12/31/2025
310.85
195.98
202.86
201.41
___________________
Source: Calculated from total returns published by Bloomberg.
71
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
For a more detailed description of events, trends and uncertainties, as well as the capital, liquidity, credit, operational
and market risks and the critical accounting policies and estimates affecting the Company, the following discussion and analysis
of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in its entirety with the Company’s consolidated
financial statements and accompanying notes which appear elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The following discussion and analysis
of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations contains forward looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. See “Forward Looking Statements” for more information. The Company’s actual results could differ materially
from those anticipated in these forward looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and
elsewhere in this Form 10-K, particularly under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Forward Looking Statements.”
Discussion related to the results of operations for the Company’s comparison of 2024 results to 2023 results have been
omitted in this Form 10-K. The Company’s comparison of 2024 results to 2023 results is included in the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, under Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Overview
Business
The Company reports its results of operations in two distinct segments, Insurance and Asset Management, consistent
with the manner in which the Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews the business to assess performance and
allocate resources. The Company’s Corporate division and other activities (including financial guaranty VIEs (FG VIEs) and
CIVs) are presented separately.
In the Insurance segment, the Company provides credit protection products to the U.S. and non-U.S. public finance
(including infrastructure) and structured finance markets. The Company participates in the asset management business through
its ownership interest in Sound Point. See Part I, Item 1. Business – Asset Management, and Item 8. Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data, Note 1. Business and Basis of Presentation.
The Corporate division primarily consists of the results of holding companies that have issued public equity or debt.
The Other category primarily includes the effect of consolidating FG VIEs and CIVs (FG VIE and CIV consolidation). See
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 2. Segment Information.
Financial Strength Ratings
Demand for the financial guaranties issued by the Company’s financial guaranty insurance subsidiaries may be
impacted by changes in the credit ratings assigned to them by the rating agencies. The financial strength ratings (or similar
ratings) assigned to AGL’s financial guaranty insurance subsidiaries, along with the date of the most recent rating action (or
confirmation) by the rating agency assigning the rating, are shown in the table below.
S&P
KBRA
Moody’s
A.M. Best Company,
Inc.
AG
AA (stable) (6/30/25)
AA+ (stable) (8/4/25)
A1 (stable) (7/10/24)
—
AG Re
AA (stable) (6/30/25)
—
—
—
AGRO
AA (stable) (6/30/25)
—
—
A+ (stable) (7/19/25)
AGUK
AA (stable) (6/30/25)
AA+ (stable) (8/4/25)
A1 (stable) (7/10/24)
—
AGE
AA (stable) (6/30/25)
AA+ (stable) (8/4/25)
—
—
In addition, the Company’s life and annuity reinsurance subsidiary, Assured Life Re, is rated BBB (Outlook Positive)
(1/28/26) by Fitch Ratings, Inc.
Ratings are subject to continuous rating agency review and revision or withdrawal at any time. In addition, the
Company periodically assesses the value of each rating assigned to each of its companies, and as a result of such assessment
may request that a rating agency add or drop a rating from certain of its companies. There can be no assurance that any of the
rating agencies will not take negative action on the financial strength ratings (or similar ratings) of AGL’s insurance
72
subsidiaries in the future or cease to rate one or more of AGL’s insurance subsidiaries, either voluntarily or at the request of that
subsidiary.
For a discussion of the effects of rating actions on the Company beyond potential effects on the demand for its
insurance products, see Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors – Strategic Risks captioned “A downgrade of the financial strength or
financial enhancement ratings of any of the Company’s insurance or reinsurance subsidiaries may adversely affect its business
prospects.”
Economic Environment
On April 2, 2025, the U.S. administration announced a “reciprocal tariff” strategy under the authority of the
International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA) entailing extensive global tariff increases, with the objective of
rectifying trade practices that contribute to large and persistent annual U.S. goods trade deficits. The announcement of global
tariffs disrupted international trade, sent shocks through the global economy, and heightened volatility in the financial markets.
The U.S. subsequently postponed newly announced reciprocal tariffs, which took effect on August 7, 2025. On August 29,
2025, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit ruled that the U.S. administration had exceeded its authority under the
IEEPA but permitted the tariffs to remain in effect to provide time for the government to appeal. The U.S. Supreme Court
granted certiorari on September 9, 2025, and heard oral arguments on the case on November 5, 2025; on February 20, 2026 the
U.S. Supreme Court held that the IEEPA does not authorize the President of the United States to impose tariffs. The U.S.
administration has indicated that tariffs found to be illegal by the U.S. Supreme Court will be replaced with alternative import
taxes as uncertainty remains. U.S. tariffs can add to inflation, and the Company believes that ongoing uncertainty may increase
volatility in U.S. equities and other risk assets, curb corporate capital and consumer spending and raise the risk of recession.
Market volatility and the risk of recession may impact the Company in different ways. The Company believes that a recession
may make it more likely that obligors whose obligations it guarantees will default. However, market volatility may also cause
credit spreads to widen as investors seek security, which tends to create new business opportunities for the Company.
Real gross domestic product (GDP) increased 2.2% in 2025, compared to an increase of 2.8% in 2024, according to
the advance estimate released by the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA). Additionally, the BEA reported real GDP
increased at an annual rate of 1.4% in the fourth quarter of 2025. At the end of December 2025, the U.S. unemployment rate,
seasonally adjusted, stood at 4.4%, higher than where it started the year at 4.1%. The Company believes a more robust economy
makes it less likely that obligors whose obligations it guarantees will default.
According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the inflation rate in the U.S. before seasonal adjustment for the 12-
month period ending December 2025, as measured by the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, was 2.7%, as
compared to 2.9% for the 12-month period ending December 2024. According to the U.K. Office for National Statistics, the
Consumer Prices Index including owner occupiers’ housing costs rose 3.6% for the 12 months through December 2025, as
compared to 3.5% for the 12 months through December 2024. Generally, inflation reduces the real value of money over time.
For obligors whose payments the Company insures, inflation can mean that the real value of their fixed debt payments
decreases, potentially making it relatively easier for obligors to service these fixed-rate debts and less likely for them to default.
However, if inflation increases operating expenses and revenues or incomes do not keep pace, obligors may find it more
difficult to make their payment obligations, even if nominal debt payments remain unchanged. Higher inflation can also lead to
tighter monetary policies, which are actions taken by sovereign central banks to reduce the amount of money circulating in the
economy, including raising interest rates, which can make refinancing or servicing debt more difficult. In addition, consumer
price inflation in the U.K. affects reported net par outstanding for certain U.K. exposures with $24.5 billion of net par
outstanding as of December 31, 2025, and also affects projected future installment premiums on the portion of such exposure
that pays at least a portion of the premium on an installment basis over the term of the exposure.
At its September 2024 meeting, the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) decided to lower the federal funds rate,
which was a reversal of the rate increases it had initiated in March 2022 to combat inflation. The federal funds rate is the rate at
which banks lend to and borrow from each other, is the benchmark for most interest rates, and tends to influence mortgage
rates. As the federal funds rate decreases, interest rates, including mortgage rates, tend to decrease. From September 2024
through December 2025, the FOMC lowered the federal funds rate from a target range of 5.25% to 5.50% to a range of 3.50%
to 3.75%. Most recently, at its January 2026 meeting, the FOMC held the federal funds rate at a target range of 3.50% to 3.75%,
stating that it is strongly committed to supporting maximum employment and returning inflation to its 2% objective. In
considering the extent and timing of additional adjustments to the target range for the federal funds rate, the FOMC has
indicated it will carefully assess incoming data, the evolving outlook, and the balance of risks. These assessments will take into
account a wide range of information, including readings on labor market conditions, inflation pressures and inflation
expectations, and financial and international developments.
73
From 2022 through February 2026, the Bank of England’s Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) took actions similar to
those of the FOMC to combat inflation and spur economic growth. In 2022, the MPC raised the Bank of England base rate
(Bank Rate) from historic lows in response to surging inflation, increasing the rate multiple times into 2023 as inflation
remained high above MPC’s 2% target. By the end of 2023, the MPC signaled a pause in further increases as inflation began to
decline and economic growth slowed. During 2024, as inflationary pressures eased further and the U.K. economy showed signs
of stagnation or mild recession, the MPC kept the rate unchanged for most of the year, before beginning to decrease the Bank
Rate in August 2024. In 2025 and early 2026, with inflation being closer to the MPC’s target level and economic growth
slowed, the MPC further lowered the Bank Rate several times, standing at 3.75% as of February 5, 2026, aiming to support
economic growth while maintaining price stability.
The level and direction of change of interest rates and credit spreads impact the Company in numerous ways. On the
one hand, lower interest rates may increase the fair value of fixed-maturity securities currently held in the Company’s
investment portfolio, encourage municipal and infrastructure bond issuance and positively impact the finances of some of the
obligors whose payments the Company insures. On the other hand, lower interest rates may decrease the base on which the
Company charges up-front premium on most new municipal and infrastructure bond transactions and may also decrease
amounts the Company can earn on securities newly acquired for its investment portfolio. Lower interest rates also are often
accompanied by narrower credit spreads, which may also decrease the level of premiums the Company can charge for
transactions.
The 30-year AAA Municipal Market Data (MMD) rate is a measure of interest rates in the Company’s largest financial
guaranty insurance market, U.S. public finance. The MMD rate averaged 4.30% for 2025, higher than the 3.68% average rate in
2024 and higher than the 3.65% average rate for 2023. Meanwhile, the difference, or credit spread, between the 30-year BBB
rated general obligation relative to the 30-year AAA MMD averaged 89 basis points (bps) in 2025, which is narrower compared
to the 90 bps average for 2024 and compared to the 101 bps average for 2023. The Company believes that wider spreads could
permit it to increase its premium rates on new business.
According to Freddie Mac, the 30-year fixed-rate mortgage rate averaged 6.15% for the week ending December 31,
2025, lower than the 30-year mortgage rate average of 6.85% from one year ago. The National Association of Realtors reported
that there was a 1.4% increase in year-over-year existing-home sales from December 2024 to December 2025, and that the
median existing-home sales price increased 0.4% from December 2024 ($403,700) to December 2025 ($405,400). Higher
housing prices may benefit distressed RMBS the Company insures.
Key Business Strategies
The Company continually evaluates its business strategies and is currently pursuing key business strategies in four
areas: (i) growth of its insurance and asset management businesses; (ii) loss mitigation; (iii) enhancement of investment returns
through alternative investments; and (iv) capital management.
Insurance and Asset Management Growth
The Company seeks to grow its core financial guaranty insurance business through new business production in
established sectors and jurisdictions and by entering into new markets, lines and classes of business. In addition, the Company
seeks to leverage its core credit competencies by expanding its business into revenue streams independent of its financial
guaranty insurance business, such as annuity reinsurance through its life and annuity reinsurance platform and its asset
management business, with the objective of bolstering net income growth and predictability and generating high-return business
opportunities.
Financial Guaranty Insurance Portfolio
The Company seeks to grow its financial guaranty insurance portfolio through new business production in each of its
markets: public finance (including infrastructure) and structured finance. The Company believes high-profile defaults by
municipal obligors, such as Puerto Rico, Detroit, Michigan and Stockton, California as well as events such as the COVID-19
pandemic have led to increased awareness of the value of bond insurance and stimulated demand for the product. The Company
believes there will be continued demand for its insurance in this market because, for those exposures that the Company
guarantees, it undertakes the tasks of credit selection, analysis, negotiation of terms, surveillance and, if necessary, loss
mitigation. The Company believes that its insurance: (i) encourages retail investors, who typically have fewer resources than the
Company for analyzing municipal bonds, to purchase such bonds; (ii) enables institutional investors to operate more efficiently;
and (iii) allows smaller, less well-known issuers to gain market access on a more cost-effective basis.
74
The low interest rate environment and tight U.S. municipal credit spreads from when the financial crisis began in 2008
through early 2020 dampened demand for bond insurance compared with the levels before the financial crisis. After the onset of
the COVID-19 pandemic in early 2020, credit spreads initially widened as a result of market concerns about the impact of the
COVID-19 pandemic on some municipal credits, thereby improving demand for financial guaranty insurance even in a low
interest rate environment, before narrowing again in 2022. The Company believes that, over time, wider credit spreads may
improve demand for bond insurance.
In certain segments of the non-U.S. infrastructure and global structured finance markets, the Company believes its
financial guaranty product is competitive with other financing options. In the infrastructure market, the Company’s financial
guaranty can enhance the insured obligation’s rating, lower the cost of long-term funding and enhance the liquidity and
transferability of debt obligations. Certain investors may receive advantageous capital requirement treatment with the addition
of the Company’s financial guaranty. The Company considers its involvement in both infrastructure and structured finance
transactions to be beneficial because such transactions diversify both the Company’s business opportunities and its risk profile
beyond U.S. public finance. The timing of new business production in the infrastructure and structured finance sectors is
influenced by typically long lead times and therefore production may vary from period to period.
U.S. Municipal Market Data and Bond Insurance Penetration Rates (1)
Based on Sale Date
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(dollars in billions)
Par:
New municipal bonds issued
$
570.3
$
495.9
$
362.8
Total insured
$
42.9
$
41.1
$
31.8
Insured by Assured Guaranty
$
25.1
$
24.0
$
19.5
Number of issues:
New municipal bonds issued
9,372
8,640
7,268
Total insured
1,809
1,680
1,397
Insured by Assured Guaranty
908
791
645
Bond insurance market penetration based on:
Par
7.5 %
8.3 %
8.8 %
Number of issues
19.3 %
19.4 %
19.2 %
Single A par sold
25.2 %
24.0 %
31.1 %
Single A transactions sold
64.7 %
64.1 %
61.6 %
$25 million and under par sold
24.2 %
23.8 %
24.6 %
$25 million and under transactions sold
24.9 %
24.6 %
23.6 %
____________________
(1)
Source: The amounts in the table are those reported by London Stock Exchange Group. The table excludes private
placements and Corporate-CUSIP transactions insured by Assured Guaranty, certain of which the Company also
considers to be public finance business.
In addition, the Company considers opportunities to acquire financial guaranty portfolios, whether by acquiring
financial guarantors that are no longer actively writing new business or their insured portfolios, generally through reinsurance
or novations. These transactions enable the Company to improve its future earnings and deploy excess capital.
The Company seeks to expand its financial guaranty business geographically by entering new markets; in 2024, the
Company opened new offices in Australia and Singapore. The Company has recently undertaken, and continues to undertake,
several initiatives to broaden its insurance lines and classes of business, and improve the efficiency of its secondary market
execution. For example, the Company has enhanced its structured finance new business production by developing fund finance
into a flow business line. In addition, the Company is pursuing nonpayment insurance business strategies through internal and/
or external growth opportunities.
75
Life and Annuity Reinsurance
On January 21, 2026, the Company purchased all of the outstanding share capital in Warwick Company (UK) Limited
(which is the 100% indirect owner of Assured Life Reinsurance Ltd. (Assured Life Re, f/k/a Warwick Re Limited), for a
purchase price of $158 million, subject to certain post-closing adjustments (Assured Life Re Acquisition). Assured Life Re is a
Class E long-term (life) reinsurance company incorporated and registered in Bermuda and is rated BBB (Outlook Positive)
(1/28/26) by Fitch Ratings, Inc. Assured Life Re focuses on annuity reinsurance including U.K. bulk purchase annuity (pension
risk transfers) and U.S. multi-year guaranteed annuity transactions. The Company believes that the acquisition of the Assured
Life Re platform will provide it with life and annuity business opportunities that complement its financial guaranty and asset
management businesses, are consistent with its risk profile and benefit from its core competencies, including credit
enhancement. The Assured Life Re Acquisition represents the Company’s first platform dedicated solely to the life and annuity
reinsurance business.
See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors – Strategic Risks, captioned “The Assured Life Re Acquisition may negatively
impact the Company, including how it is perceived by its investors, regulators, rating agencies or obligors it insures, as well as
Assured Life Re’s business relationships,” “Entering the life and annuity reinsurance business may present integration risks and
other risks specific to the life and annuity reinsurance business that could have a negative effect on the Company’s business,
results of operations or financial condition,” “Strategic transactions may not result in the benefits anticipated” and “The
Company makes assumptions when pricing its life and annuity reinsurance products relating to longevity, mortality, policy
lapses, withdrawals, surrenders, investment returns and expenses, and significant deviations in experience could negatively
affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.”
The Company continues to investigate additional opportunities in the life and annuity reinsurance business and in other
businesses in line with its risk profile and that would benefit from its core competencies.
Asset Management
The Company participates in the asset management business through its ownership interest in Sound Point, and does
not directly manage investments for third parties. The Company’s ownership interest in Sound Point furthers its growth strategy
of participating in a diversifying fee-based earnings stream independent of the risk-based premiums generated by its financial
guaranty business. In addition to its ownership interest in Sound Point, the Company also has in place a letter agreement (Letter
Agreement) with Sound Point relating to the Company’s alternative investments portfolio which supports other key strategic
initiatives. See “Enhancement of Investment Returns Through Alternative Investments” below. See Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 1. Business and Basis of Presentation and Note 7. Investments and Cash, for a
description of the Company’s participation in the asset management business through its ownership interest in Sound Point.
Loss Mitigation
In an effort to avoid, reduce or recover losses and potential losses in its insurance portfolio, the Company employs a
number of strategies.
In the public finance area, the Company believes its experience and the resources it is prepared to deploy, as well as its
ability to provide bond insurance or other solutions, result in more favorable outcomes in distressed public finance situations
than would be the case without its participation. This has been illustrated by the Company’s role in negotiating various
agreements in connection with the restructuring of obligations of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and various obligations of
its related authorities and public corporations, as well as Detroit, Michigan and Stockton, California. For public finance credits,
the Company’s surveillance function monitors and proactively engages with the distressed credits to offer assistance aimed to
improve operations and financial performance, including access to external consultants and other industry experts.
The Company also, from time to time and where appropriate, participates in litigation to enforce or defend its rights.
For example, the Company initiated a number of legal actions to enforce its rights with respect to obligations of the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and various obligations of its related authorities and public corporations. In addition, the
Company successfully defended claims brought by Lehman Brothers International (Europe) (in administration) (LBIE) and
prevailed in its counterclaim against LBIE; following the exhaustion of LBIE’s appeals, the Company recognized a realized
gain on credit derivatives in the first quarter of 2025 of $103 million, which represents the full satisfaction of the judgment it
was awarded and its claims for attorneys’ fees, expenses and interest in connection with this litigation. See, Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 17. Contingencies, Litigation, for additional information.
76
The Company may also purchase Loss Mitigation Securities in order to mitigate the economic effect of insured losses.
The fair value of Loss Mitigation Securities as of December 31, 2025 (excluding the value of the Company’s insurance) was
$140 million.
In July 2025, the Company’s largest BIG exposure in the investment portfolio, which was obtained as part of a loss
mitigation strategy, with an aggregate carrying value of $408 million as of June 30, 2025, reached its final resolution after many
years of negotiation and was paid down after liquidation of the trust assets. The Company received $459 million in connection
with this resolution, including principal, accrued interest and other expected recoveries. This resolution did not have a
significant effect on the consolidated statements of operations. Also, in connection with the sale in October 2025 of a
commercially leased building that was part of a loss mitigation strategy for a troubled insured exposure, the Company
recognized a pre-tax gain of $23 million in the fourth quarter of 2025, and realized a positive inception-to-date internal rate of
return on the insured exposure.
The Company is, and for several years has been, working with the servicers of some of the U.S. RMBS transactions it
insures to encourage the servicers to provide alternatives to distressed borrowers that will encourage them to continue making
payments on their loans to help improve the performance of the related RMBS.
In some instances, the terms of the Company’s financial guaranty policies or the terms of certain workout orders and
resolutions give it the option to pay principal on an accelerated basis on an obligation on which it has paid a claim, thereby
reducing the amount of guaranteed interest due in the future. The Company has at times exercised this option, which uses cash
but reduces projected future losses. The Company may also facilitate the issuance of refunding bonds, by either providing
insurance on the refunding bonds or purchasing refunding bonds, or both. Refunding bonds may provide the issuer with
payment relief.
Enhancement of Investment Returns Through Alternative Investments
The Company seeks to maintain an investment portfolio that supports the requirements of its insurance subsidiaries,
strategic initiatives and liquidity needs, while maximizing the income it earns from such investments. In support of that goal,
the Company aims to diversify the types of investments in its portfolio. The Company expects its relationship with Sound Point
to enhance its alternative investment opportunities and the return on its investments. The Company has agreed to invest an
aggregate amount of $1.5 billion in alternative investments, which includes $1 billion in Sound Point managed investments,
subject to certain conditions precedent. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7. Investments and
Cash, for a description of the alternative investments agreement with Sound Point.
Capital Management
The Company’s capital management strategy is designed to efficiently allocate and utilize capital across the Assured
Guaranty group in order to optimize outcomes for rating agency assessments, regulatory compliance and the Company’s own
strategic initiatives and risk management requirements. The Company believes this disciplined approach to capital management
supports the long-term stability and strength of Assured Guaranty, enabling it to advance its financial guaranty, asset
management and annuity reinsurance businesses, and other corporate strategies. Assured Guaranty seeks to enhance financial
flexibility and resiliency by proactively managing its capital and aligning resources with its business objectives and stakeholder
interests.
From 2013 through February 25, 2026, the Company has repurchased 157 million common shares for $5.9 billion,
representing 81% of the total shares outstanding at the beginning of the repurchase program in 2013. On August 6, 2025 and
November 5, 2025, the Board authorized the repurchase of an additional $300 million and $100 million, respectively, of the
Company’s common shares. As of February 25, 2026, the remaining amount the Company was authorized to purchase was
$204 million of its common shares. Shares may be repurchased from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated
transactions. The timing, form and amount of the share repurchases under the program are at the discretion of management and
will depend on a variety of factors, including funds available at the parent company, other potential uses for such funds, market
conditions, the Company’s capital position, legal requirements and other factors. The repurchase program may be modified,
extended or terminated by the Board at any time and it does not have an expiration date. See Item 8. Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data, Note 18. Shareholders’ Equity, for additional information about the Company’s repurchases of its
common shares.
77
Summary of Share Repurchases
Amount (1)
Number of
Shares
Average price
per share (1)
(in millions, except per share data)
2013-2024
$
5,362
150.27
$
35.69
2025
500
5.82
85.92
2026 (through February 25, 2026)
47
0.55
86.66
Cumulative repurchases since the beginning of 2013
$
5,909
156.64
37.73
____________________
(1)
Excludes commissions.
As of December 31, 2025, the estimated accretive effect of the cumulative repurchases of common shares since the
beginning of 2013 was approximately: $68.77 per share in shareholders’ equity attributable to AGL, $69.94 per share in
adjusted operating shareholders’ equity and $116.18 per share in adjusted book value (ABV).
Over the last several years, the Company has received approval from its insurance regulators to redeem a portion of its
insurance subsidiaries’ stock and pay extraordinary dividends from its insurance subsidiaries. Most recently, in the third quarter
of 2025, after receiving approval from the MIA, AG redeemed $250 million of its common stock from AGMH in exchange for
$213 million in cash and $37 million in alternative investments.
The Company considers the appropriate mix of debt and equity in its capital structure. The Company may in the future
choose to issue new debt or redeem or purchase its existing debt. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — AGL and its U.S.
Holding Companies.”
Executive Summary
The primary drivers of volatility in the Company’s net income include: loss and LAE, changes in fair value of certain
alternative investments, credit derivatives, FG VIEs, CIVs, trading securities and CCS, as well as foreign exchange gains
(losses), the level of refundings of insured obligations, the effects of any large transactions, settlements, commutations and loss
mitigation strategies, among other factors. Changes in laws and regulations, among other factors, may also have a significant
effect on reported net income or loss in a given reporting period.
78
Financial Performance of Assured Guaranty
Financial Results
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions, except per share amounts)
GAAP
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL
$
503
$
376
$
739
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL per diluted share
$
10.26
$
6.87
$
12.30
Weighted average diluted shares
48.7
54.3
59.6
Non-GAAP (1)
Adjusted operating income (loss)
$
445
$
389
$
648
Adjusted operating income per diluted share
$
9.08
$
7.10
$
10.78
Weighted average diluted shares
48.7
54.3
59.6
Components of total adjusted operating income (loss)
Insurance segment
$
508
$
525
$
621
Asset Management segment
20
5
3
Corporate division (2)
(89)
(135)
45
Other (3)
6
(6)
(21)
Adjusted operating income (loss)
$
445
$
389
$
648
Insurance Segment
Gross written premiums (GWP)
$
256
$
440
$
357
Present value of new business production (PVP) (1)
286
402
404
Gross par written
32,916
31,829
28,960
As of December 31, 2025
As of December 31, 2024
Amount
Per Share
Amount
Per Share
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Shareholders’ equity attributable to AGL
$
5,663
$
125.32
$
5,495
$
108.80
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity (1)
5,729
126.78
5,795
114.75
ABV (1)
8,424
186.43
8,592
170.12
Common shares outstanding (4)
45.2
50.5
____________________
(1)
See “— Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a definition of the financial measures that were not determined in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP), a reconciliation of
the non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, if available, and for additional
details.
(2)
In 2023, the Corporate division results include the gain on the Sound Point Transaction and AHP Transaction.
(3)
Relates to the effect of consolidating FG VIEs and CIVs.
(4)
See “— Overview— Key Business Strategies — Capital Management” above for information on common share
repurchases.
79
Consolidated Results of Operations
Consolidated Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Revenues:
Net earned premiums
$
380
$
403
$
344
Net investment income
359
340
365
Asset management fees
—
—
53
Net realized investment gains (losses)
(40)
9
(14)
Fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives
121
24
114
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
20
(10)
(35)
Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs
6
(11)
8
Fair value gains (losses) on CIVs
79
69
88
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement
96
(27)
53
Fair value gains (losses) on trading securities
13
52
74
Gain on sale of asset management subsidiaries
—
—
262
Other income (loss)
76
23
61
Total revenues
1,110
872
1,373
Expenses:
Loss and LAE (benefit)
56
(26)
162
Interest expense
89
91
90
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs (DAC)
22
20
13
Employee compensation and benefit expenses
209
202
251
Other operating expenses
174
159
217
Total expenses
550
446
733
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of
investees
560
426
640
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees
102
62
28
Income (loss) before income taxes
662
488
668
Less: Provision (benefit) for income taxes
119
96
(93)
Net income (loss)
543
392
761
Less: Noncontrolling interest (NCI)
40
16
22
Net income (loss) attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd.
$
503
$
376
$
739
Effective tax rate
17.9 %
19.7 %
(13.9) %
Net income attributable to AGL in 2025 was higher compared with 2024 primarily due to the following:
•
foreign exchange remeasurement gains of $96 million in 2025, compared with losses of $27 million in 2024,
•
a gain on credit derivatives related to the resolution of the LBIE litigation of $103 million in 2025,
•
higher other income due to a gain of $23 million recognized in connection with the sale in 2025 of a commercially
leased building that was part of a loss mitigation strategy for a troubled insured exposure and $15 million
associated with the workout and purchase of bonds issued by a U.K. regulated utility to which the Company has
insured exposure and interest on late financial guaranty premiums,
•
higher equity in earnings of investees in 2025, primarily generated by the Company’s investments in Sound Point,
healthcare funds and legacy alternative investments, and
•
fair value gains on committed capital securities in 2025, compared with losses in 2024.
80
These increases were partially offset by:
•
loss and LAE in 2025 of $56 million, compared with a benefit of $26 million in 2024,
•
net realized investment losses in 2025 primarily due to changes in the allowance for credit losses for alternative
investments and Loss Mitigation Securities,
•
lower fair value gains on trading securities in 2025, and
•
lower net earned premiums in 2025, compared with 2024 due to lower refundings of financial guaranty insurance
exposures.
The Company’s effective tax rate reflects the proportion of income recognized by each of the Company’s operating
subsidiaries in the jurisdiction in which they are taxed, with U.S. subsidiaries and foreign subsidiaries that have made an
election to be a U.S. taxpayer taxed at the U.S. marginal corporate income tax rate of 21%, U.K. subsidiaries taxed at the U.K.
marginal corporate tax rate of 25% for periods starting April 1, 2023, and 19% for periods ending on or before March 31, 2023,
and the French subsidiary taxed at the French marginal corporate tax rate of 25%, and AG Re and Cedar Personnel Ltd. taxed at
the Bermuda marginal corporate tax rate of 15% starting January 1, 2025 and 0% for 2024 and 2023. See Part I, Item 1.
Business – Regulation, and Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 13. Income Taxes.
Adjusted Operating Income
Adjusted operating income in 2025 was $445 million, compared with $389 million in 2024. The increase was
primarily due to the gain related to the resolution of the LBIE litigation in 2025, higher equity in earnings of investees and the
gain recognized in connection with the sale of a commercially leased building that was part of a loss mitigation strategy for a
troubled insured exposure, offset in part by a higher loss expense in public finance sectors, lower fair value gains on the trading
portfolio and lower earned premiums on refundings of financial guaranty insurance contracts in 2025. See “— Results of
Operations — Reconciliation to GAAP” for the reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to AGL to adjusted operating
income (loss).
Book Value and ABV
Shareholders’ equity attributable to AGL as of December 31, 2025 increased compared with December 31, 2024,
primarily due to net income and unrealized gains on the investment portfolio, partially offset by share repurchases and
dividends. Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity and ABV decreased primarily due to share repurchases and dividends,
partially offset by adjusted operating income and GWP. See “— Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for the reconciliation
of shareholders’ equity attributable to AGL to adjusted operating shareholders' equity and ABV.
On a per share basis, shareholders’ equity attributable to AGL, adjusted operating shareholders’ equity and ABV
increased as of December 31, 2025 compared with December 31, 2024, due, in part, to the accretive effect of the share
repurchase program. See “— Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for the reconciliation of shareholders’ equity attributable to
AGL to adjusted operating shareholders' equity and ABV.
Other Matters
Inflation
By some key measures, consumer price inflation in the U.S. and the U.K. was higher in recent years than it has been in
decades. In addition, government policies such as increased deficit spending or the imposition of tariffs on imported goods
could increase inflationary pressures in the future. Consumer price inflation in the U.K. can impact the Company directly by
increasing exposure for certain index-linked U.K. debt with par that accretes based on inflation, and also by increasing
projected future installment premiums on the portion of such exposure that pays at least some of the premium on an installment
basis over the term of the exposure. Consumer price inflation may also impact the Company indirectly to the extent it makes it
more difficult for obligors to make their debt payments. See “— Overview — Economic Environment.”
Russia’s Invasion of Ukraine
Russia’s invasion of Ukraine has led to the imposition of economic sanctions by many western countries against
Russia and certain Russian individuals, dislocation in global energy markets, massive refugee movements and payment default
by certain Russian credits. The economic sanctions imposed by western governments, along with decisions by private
companies regarding their presence in Russia, continue to reduce western economic ties to Russia and to reshape global
81
economic and political ties more generally, and the Company cannot predict all of the potential effects of the conflict on the
world or the Company.
The Company’s surveillance and treasury functions have reviewed the Company’s insurance and investment
portfolios, respectively, and have identified no material direct exposure to Ukraine or Russia. In fact, the Company’s direct
insurance exposure to Eastern Europe generally is limited to $198 million in net par outstanding as of December 31, 2025,
comprising of the sovereign debt of Poland. The Company rates this exposure investment grade.
Middle East Conflict
In light of events in the Middle East that began on October 7, 2023, the Company’s surveillance and treasury functions
have reviewed the Company’s insurance and investment portfolios, respectively, for exposures to the Middle East. After
review, the Company’s surveillance and treasury functions have identified no material direct exposure to such area. The
Company’s direct insurance exposure to the Middle East is generally limited to funded and unfunded commitments to fund
finance facilities. When fund finance facilities are launched, they obtain aggregate commitments across numerous investors in
the fund. For certain facilities guaranteed by the Company, a small minority of investors are domiciled in the Middle East,
which are generally sovereign wealth funds and pensions. Fund finance facilities guaranteed by the Company are always
overcollateralized with uncalled capital commitments exceeding borrowings, and defaults of Middle East investors alone cannot
cause a loss. Such facilities have additional mitigants, including the ability to call on performing investors to cover the
obligations of defaulting investors and rights to sell defaulting positions to other investors at a discount. The Company rates all
such insurance exposure investment grade.
January 2025 Los Angeles Wildfires
In January 2025, a series of destructive wildfires affected Los Angeles, California. The Company’s surveillance
function has reviewed the Company’s insurance portfolio for exposures located within Los Angeles County and currently has
not identified any material impact on the ability of such exposures to pay their obligations.
2026 U.S. Operation in Venezuela
On January 3, 2026, the U.S. executed an operation within Venezuela apprehending President Nicholas Maduro and
his wife Cilia Flores who were taken to New York City and indicted in the U.S. Southern District Court of New York on
several charges related to narcoterrorism. In light of this development, the Company’s surveillance and treasury functions have
reviewed the Company’s insurance and investment portfolios, respectively, and have identified no direct exposure to
Venezuela. The Company’s direct insurance exposure to South America is generally limited to $128 million in net par
outstanding as of December 31, 2025, comprising of infrastructure finance in Colombia and Chile. The Company rates these
exposures investment grade.
Results of Operations
Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires the application of accounting policies that
often involve a significant degree of judgment and require the Company to make estimates and assumptions, based on available
information, that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses reported in the consolidated financial
statements. Estimates are inherently subject to change and actual results could differ from those estimates, and the differences
may be material to the consolidated financial statements.
Critical estimates and assumptions are periodically evaluated based on historical developments, market conditions,
industry trends and other information that is reasonable under the circumstances. There can be no assurance that actual results
will conform to estimates and assumptions and that reported results of operations will not be materially different in the future
due to changes in these estimates and assumptions.
Listed below are the accounting estimates that the Company believes are most dependent on the application of
judgment and assumptions. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 1. Business and Basis of
Presentation, for the Company’s list of significant accounting policies which includes a reference to the applicable note where
further details regarding the significant estimates and assumptions are provided. In addition, see Item 7A. Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk, for further details regarding sensitivity analyses.
82
•
Expected loss to be paid (recovered);
•
Fair value of certain assets and liabilities, primarily:
•
Investments (primarily alternative investments)
•
Assets and liabilities of FG VIEs;
•
Impairments of equity method investments and credit allowances for financial instruments; and
•
Income tax assets and liabilities, including the recoverability of all deferred tax assets (liabilities) and in particular
the Bermuda deferred tax asset recorded in 2023.
Results of Operations by Segment
The Company analyzes the operating performance of each segment using each segment’s adjusted operating income as
described in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 2. Segment Information.
Insurance Segment Results
Insurance Segment Results
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Segment revenues
Net earned premiums and credit derivative revenues
$
435
$
417
$
357
Net investment income
358
339
370
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement
11
(1)
3
Fair value gains (losses) on trading securities
13
52
74
Other income (loss)
53
14
51
Total segment revenues
870
821
855
Segment expenses
Loss expense (benefit)
(8)
(18)
161
Amortization of DAC
22
20
13
Employee compensation and benefit expenses
182
170
154
Other operating expenses
125
117
107
Total segment expenses
321
289
435
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees
63
102
82
Segment adjusted operating income (loss) before income taxes
612
634
502
Less: Provision (benefit) for income taxes
104
109
(119)
Segment adjusted operating income (loss)
$
508
$
525
$
621
Net Earned Premiums and Credit Derivative Revenues
Premiums are earned over the contractual lives, or in the case of insured obligations backed by homogeneous pools of
assets, the remaining expected lives, of financial guaranty insurance contracts. The Company periodically estimates remaining
expected lives of its insured obligations backed by homogeneous pools of assets and makes prospective adjustments for such
changes in expected lives. Scheduled net earned premiums decrease each year unless replaced by a higher amount of new
business, or books of business acquired in business combinations. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,
Note 5. Contracts Accounted for as Insurance, Premiums, for additional information.
Net earned premiums due to accelerations are attributable to changes in the expected lives of insured obligations
driven by: (i) refundings of insured obligations; or (ii) terminations of insured obligations either through negotiated agreements
or the exercise of the Company’s contractual rights to make claim payments on an accelerated basis.
Refundings occur in the public finance market when municipalities and other public finance issuers pay down insured
obligations prior to their originally scheduled maturities. Refundings tend to increase when issuers can refinance their debt
obligations at lower rates than they are currently paying. The premiums associated with the insured obligations of
municipalities and other public finance issuers are generally received upfront when the obligations are issued and insured.
When issuers pay down insured obligations, the Company is no longer on risk for payment defaults, and therefore accelerates
83
the recognition of any remaining nonrefundable deferred premium revenue. The amortization of the Company’s outstanding
book of business along with the previously high levels of refunding activity and the higher interest rate environment has led to a
lower volume of refunding opportunities over the last several years.
Terminations are generally negotiated agreements with beneficiaries resulting in the extinguishment of the Company’s
insurance obligation. Terminations have historically been more common in the structured finance sector, but may also occur in
the public finance sector. While each termination may have different terms, they all result in the expiration of the Company’s
insurance risk, the acceleration of the recognition of the associated deferred premium revenue and the reduction of any
remaining premiums receivable.
Insurance Segment
Net Earned Premiums and Credit Derivative Revenues
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Net earned premiums:
Financial guaranty insurance:
Public finance
Scheduled net earned premiums (1)
$
279
$
264
$
252
Refundings and terminations
30
69
29
Total public finance
309
333
281
Structured finance
Scheduled net earned premiums (1)
69
63
62
Accelerations
—
2
—
Total structured finance
69
65
62
Specialty insurance and reinsurance
5
8
4
Total net earned premiums
383
406
347
Credit derivative revenues
52
11
10
Total net earned premiums and credit derivative revenues
$
435
$
417
$
357
____________________
(1)
Includes accretion of discount.
Net earned premiums and credit derivative revenues increased in 2025 compared with 2024 primarily due to credit
derivative revenues related to the resolution of the LBIE litigation (see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,
Note 6. Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives) and earnings on large transactions and supplemental premiums written
in 2024, partially offset by lower financial guaranty insurance refundings and terminations. As of December 31, 2025, $3.6
billion of net deferred premium revenue remained to be earned over the life of the financial guaranty insurance contracts.
84
New Business Production
Gross Written Premiums and New Business Production
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
GWP
Public finance—U.S.
$
230
$
259
$
211
Public finance—non-U.S.
(9)
136
82
Structured finance—U.S.
7
20
59
Structured finance—non-U.S.
28
25
5
Total GWP
$
256
$
440
$
357
PVP (1):
Public finance—U.S.
$
206
$
270
$
212
Public finance—non-U.S.
37
67
83
Structured finance—U.S.
13
25
68
Structured finance—non-U.S.
30
40
41
Total PVP
$
286
$
402
$
404
Gross Par Written (1):
Public finance—U.S.
$
27,448
$
23,758
$
22,464
Public finance—non-U.S.
1,385
2,673
1,544
Structured finance—U.S.
503
1,476
1,886
Structured finance—non-U.S.
3,580
3,922
3,066
Total gross par written
$
32,916
$
31,829
$
28,960
____________________
(1)
PVP and Gross Par Written in the table above are based on “close date,” when the transaction settles. See “— Non-
GAAP Financial Measures — PVP or Present Value of New Business Production.” PVP was discounted at 5.0% in
both 2025 and 2024 and 4.0% in 2023.
GWP relates to insurance and reinsurance contracts for both financial guaranty and specialty business. Financial
guaranty insurance and reinsurance GWP includes: (i) amounts collected upfront on new business written; (ii) the present value
of future contractual or expected premiums on new financial guaranty business written (discounted at risk-free rates); and (iii)
the effects of changes in the estimated premium or lives of certain transactions in the in-force book of business. Specialty
business GWP is recorded as premiums are due. Credit derivatives are accounted for at fair value and therefore not included in
GWP. PVP and gross par written include the present value of future gross revenues and exposure, respectively, associated with
a financial guaranty written by the Company that, under GAAP, is accounted for under Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC) 460, Guarantees.
The non-GAAP financial measure, PVP, includes upfront premiums and the present value of expected future
installments on new business at the time of issuance, discounted at the approximate average pre-tax book yield of fixed-
maturity securities purchased during the prior calendar year, for all contracts regardless of form or accounting model. See “—
Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
U.S. public finance GWP and PVP include transactions closed in both the primary and secondary markets. Secondary
market GWP and PVP each increased to $44 million in 2025 from $8 million in 2024. The Company’s par written in the
secondary market represented 7.3% of U.S. public finance par written in 2025, compared with 2.5% in 2024.
U.S. public finance GWP and PVP in the primary market were higher in 2024 primarily due to a large transportation
revenue transaction that was written in 2024. U.S. public finance GWP and PVP in 2025 included transportation revenue and
infrastructure transactions. The Company’s primary par written represented 58% of the total U.S. primary municipal market
insured par sold in both 2025 and in 2024, and the Company’s penetration of all municipal issuance was 4.4% in 2025
compared with 4.8% in 2024.
85
GWP for non-U.S. public finance in 2025 were negative primarily due to the early repayment of several U.K. sub-
sovereign credits. GWP for non-U.S. public finance in 2024 included a change in the present value of future premiums on a
large existing transaction, which was not a result of new business production and therefore excluded from PVP. Non-U.S.
public finance PVP in 2025 was lower than PVP in 2024, primarily due to a lower volume of large transactions in 2025. Non-
U.S. public finance PVP in 2025 included several primary infrastructure finance transactions in the European Union and
secondary transactions in the U.K.
U.S. and non U.S. structured finance GWP and PVP in 2025 were primarily attributable to fund finance facilities,
insurance securitizations, the upsize of a transaction providing protection on a core lending portfolio for an Australian bank, and
consumer receivable transactions.
Business activity in the non-U.S. public finance and structured finance markets often has long lead times and therefore
may vary from period to period.
Income from Investments
Net investment income is a function of the yield that the Company earns on available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities
and short-term investments and the size of such portfolio. The investment yield on fixed-maturity securities is a function of
market interest rates at the time of investment as well as the type, credit quality and maturity of the securities in this portfolio.
CVIs issued by Puerto Rico and received as part of the resolution of defaulting Puerto Rico exposures in 2022 are
classified as trading with changes in fair value reported in “fair value gains (losses) on trading securities” in the consolidated
statements of operations. The fair value of remaining CVIs as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 was $114 million
and $123 million, respectively.
Equity method investments in the Insurance segment include certain alternative investments. The income (loss) on
such investments is reported in “equity in earnings (losses) of investees” and typically represents the Company’s share of
earnings of its investees. As part of stock redemptions that occurred in 2025 and 2024, certain alternative investments were
distributed to AGMH, whose results are reported in the Corporate division.
86
Insurance Segment
Income from Investments (1)
Net investment income
Fixed-maturity securities, available-for-sale
$
312
$
263
$
297
Short-term investments
39
70
65
Intercompany loans
9
10
10
Other invested assets
3
1
3
Investment income
363
344
375
Investment expenses
(5)
(5)
(5)
Net investment income
$
358
$
339
$
370
Fair value gains (losses) on trading securities
$
13
$
52
$
74
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees
CLOs
$
1
$
47
$
50
Private healthcare investing
21
11
19
Asset-based/specialty finance
35
24
5
Private minority stakes in alternative asset manager
—
17
2
Commercial real estate finance
1
—
—
Other
5
3
6
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees
$
63
$
102
$
82
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
____________________
(1)
Foreign exchange gains on remeasurement of certain investments were $5 million for 2025 and $1 million for 2023.
Net investment income for 2025 increased compared to 2024, primarily due to investment income on CLO equity
tranches in the available-for-sale portfolio. Certain CLO equity tranche investments were reclassified to the available-for-sale
fixed-maturity portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2024, with interest income now reported in “net investment income,” and
changes in fair value reported in “other comprehensive income.” The Company had previously held the CLO equity tranches in
a Sound Point managed fund with changes in net asset value (NAV) reported in “equity in earnings (losses) of investees.”
Short-term investment income declined as a result of lower short-term interest rates and lower short-term average investment
balances. The overall pre-tax book yield of available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities and short-term investments was 4.76% as
of December 31, 2025 and 4.57% as of December 31, 2024.
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees for 2025 decreased compared to 2024, primarily due to the reclassification of
certain CLO equity tranches to the available-for-sale portfolio, as described above. In addition, equity in earnings (losses) of
investees in 2024 included $18 million related to certain alternative investments reported in “private minority stakes in
alternative asset manager” and “other” in the table above that AG transferred to AGMH as part of a stock redemption in 2024.
These decreases were partially offset by an increase in the NAV of a asset based/specialty finance and private healthcare funds
in 2025.
Other Income (Loss)
The increase in “other income (loss)” in 2025 compared with 2024 was primarily attributable to a gain of $23 million
recognized in connection with the sale in 2025 of a commercially leased building that was part of a loss mitigation strategy for a
troubled insured exposure and $15 million associated with the workout and purchase of bonds issued by a U.K. regulated utility
to which the Company has insured exposure and interest on late financial guaranty premiums.
Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
The insured portfolio includes policies accounted for under several different accounting models depending on the
characteristics of the contract and the Company’s control rights. For a discussion of methodologies and significant estimates for
expected loss to be paid (recovered), see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 4. Expected Loss to be
87
Paid (Recovered). For the GAAP accounting policies for measurement and recognition for each type of contract, see the notes
listed below in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
•
Note 5 for contracts accounted for as insurance;
•
Note 6 for contracts accounted for as credit derivatives;
•
Note 8 for FG VIEs; and
•
Note 9 for fair value methodologies for credit derivatives and FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities.
In order to efficiently evaluate and manage the economics of the entire insured portfolio, management compiles and
analyzes expected loss information for all policies on a consistent basis. The discussion of losses that follows encompasses
expected losses on all contracts in the insured portfolio regardless of accounting model, unless otherwise specified. Net
expected loss to be paid (recovered) is equal to the present value of expected future cash outflows for loss and LAE payments,
net of: (i) inflows for expected salvage, subrogation and other recoveries; (ii) excess spread on underlying collateral, as
applicable; and (iii) amounts ceded to reinsurers. Assumptions used in the determination of the net expected loss to be paid
(recovered) such as delinquency, severity, discount rates and expected time frames to recovery are consistent for each sector
regardless of the accounting model used.
Current risk-free rates are used to discount expected losses at the end of each reporting period. Therefore, changes in
such rates from period to period affect economic loss development and loss and LAE. However, the effect of changes in
discount rates is not indicative of actual credit impairment or improvement. The weighted average discount rates used to
discount expected losses (recoveries) were 3.92%, 4.38% and 4.09% as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
The composition of economic loss development (benefit) by accounting model and by sector is presented in the tables
that follow, and the drivers of economic loss development (benefit) are discussed below.
Net Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered) and Net Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
by Accounting Model
Net Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered)
Net Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
As of December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Accounting Model
2025
2024
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Insurance
$
88 $
90 $
59
$
(1) $
174
FG VIEs
13
16
(5)
(1)
(11)
Credit derivatives
—
—
(63) (1)
(1)
1
Total
$
101 $
106 $
(9)
$
(3) $
164
(in billions)
Net exposure rated BIG
$
8.77 $
10.19
____________________
(1)
Includes $63 million of recoveries related to the resolution of the LBIE litigation.
88
Net Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered)
Roll Forward by Sector
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Sector
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2024
Net
Economic Loss
Development
(Benefit)
Net
(Paid)
Recovered
Losses (1)
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2025
(in millions)
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
$
18 $
64 $
(113) $
(31)
Non-U.S. public finance
98
33
(5)
126
Public finance
116
97
(118)
95
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
(43)
(43)
32
(54)
Other structured finance
33
(63)
90
60
Structured finance
(10)
(106)
122
6
Total
$
106 $
(9) $
4 $
101
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Sector
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2023
Net
Economic Loss
Development
(Benefit)
Net
(Paid)
Recovered
Losses (1)
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2024
(in millions)
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
$
398 $
(9) $
(371) $
18
Non-U.S. public finance
20
81
(3)
98
Public finance
418
72
(374)
116
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
43
(75)
(11)
(43)
Other structured finance
44
—
(11)
33
Structured finance
87
(75)
(22)
(10)
Total
$
505 $
(3) $
(396) $
106
____________________
(1)
Net of ceded paid losses, whether or not such amounts have been settled with reinsurers. Ceded paid losses are
typically settled 45 days after the end of the reporting period. Such amounts are recorded as reinsurance recoverable on
paid losses in “other assets.”
The effects of changes in the risk-free rates included in economic loss development (benefit) were losses of $7 million
and $4 million in 2025 and 2024, respectively.
2025 Net Economic Loss Development
Public Finance: The economic loss development of $64 million for U.S. public finance exposures was primarily
attributable to PREPA and certain healthcare exposures. The economic loss development of $33 million for non-U.S. public
finance exposures was primarily attributable to certain U.K. student accommodation and U.K. regulated utility exposures.
U.S. RMBS: The economic benefit attributable to U.S. RMBS of $43 million was mainly attributable to a $33 million
benefit from higher assumed and realized recoveries for secured second lien charged-off loans.
Other Structured Finance: The benefit attributable to other structured finance of $63 million was primarily attributable
to recoveries related to the resolution of the LBIE litigation (see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 6.
Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives).
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 4. Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered), for
additional information.
89
2024 Net Economic Loss Development
Public Finance: The economic benefit of $9 million for U.S. public finance exposures was primarily attributable to
certain healthcare exposures, partially offset by higher expected loss adjustment expenses related to certain Puerto Rico
exposures. The economic loss development of $81 million for non-U.S. public finance exposures was primarily attributable to
certain U.K. regulated utilities and healthcare exposures.
U.S. RMBS: The net benefit attributable to U.S. RMBS of $75 million was mainly attributable to a $43 million
benefit from higher assumed and realized recoveries for secured second lien charged-off loans and a $15 million benefit from
higher assumed recoveries for first lien deferred principal balances.
Insurance Segment Loss Expense
The primary differences between net economic loss development and the amount reported as “loss and LAE (benefit)”
in the consolidated statements of operations are that loss and LAE (benefit): (i) considers deferred premium revenue in the
calculation of loss reserves for financial guaranty insurance contracts; (ii) eliminates loss and LAE related to FG VIEs; and (iii)
does not include estimated losses or benefits on credit derivatives.
For financial guaranty insurance contracts, each transaction’s expected loss to be expensed is compared with the
deferred premium revenue of that transaction. Expected loss to be expensed represents past or expected future net claim
payments that have not yet been expensed. Such amounts will be expensed in future periods as deferred premium revenue
amortizes into income on financial guaranty insurance policies. Expected loss to be expensed is the Company’s projection of
incurred losses that will be recognized in future periods, excluding accretion of discount. When the expected loss to be
expensed exceeds the deferred premium revenue, a loss is recognized in income for the amount of such excess. Therefore, the
timing of loss recognition in income does not necessarily coincide with the timing of the actual credit impairment or
improvement reported in net economic loss development. Transactions acquired in business combinations or seasoned
portfolios assumed from legacy financial guaranty insurers (particularly BIG transactions) generally have large deferred
premium revenue balances. To the extent that a BIG transaction has a large deferred premium revenue, the difference between
economic development and loss and LAE may be significant.
While expected loss to be paid (recovered) is an important measure that provides the present value of amounts that the
Company expects to pay or recover in future periods regardless of accounting model, expected loss to be expensed is important
because it presents the Company’s projection of net expected losses that will be recognized in the consolidated statements of
operations in future periods as deferred premium revenue amortizes into income for financial guaranty insurance policies. For
additional information on the expected timing of net expected losses to be expensed, see Item 8. Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data, Note 5. Contracts Accounted for as Insurance.
The amount of Insurance segment loss expense, which includes losses on policies regardless of form, is a function of
the amount of economic loss development discussed above and the deferred premium revenue amortization in a given period,
on a contract-by-contract basis. The following table presents the Insurance segment loss expense (benefit).
Insurance Segment
Loss Expense (Benefit)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
U.S. public finance
$
62
$
24
$
191
Non-U.S. public finance
20
4
—
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
(27)
(50)
(36)
Other structured finance (1)
(63)
4
6
Structured finance
(90)
(46)
(30)
Total Insurance segment loss expense (benefit)
$
(8) $
(18) $
161
____________________
(1)
2025 includes $63 million of recoveries in connection with the resolution of the LBIE litigation. See Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 6. Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives.
90
Employee Compensation and Benefit Expenses
The increase in employee compensation and benefit expenses to $182 million 2025 from $170 million in 2024 was
primarily attributable to higher long-term compensation expenses, increase in headcount and other employee benefit costs.
Asset Management Segment Results
Asset Management Segment Results
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Segment revenues
$
29 $
10 $
76
Less: Segment expenses
17
6
78
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees
14
2
5
Segment adjusted operating income (loss) before income taxes
26
6
3
Less: Provision (benefit) for income taxes
6
1
—
Segment adjusted operating income (loss)
$
20 $
5 $
3
Results in the table above primarily represent (i) equity in earnings (losses) of Sound Point since the third quarter of
2023 (Sound Point results are reported on a one-quarter lag), net of the amortization of finite-lived intangible assets associated
with the basis difference in Sound Point, (ii) an impairment loss of $3 million in 2024 for a small financial services advisory
firm, and (iii) other asset management related income.
Corporate Division Results
Corporate Division Results
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Revenues
Gain on sale of asset management subsidiaries
$
—
$
—
$
262
Other
14
17
13
Total revenues
14
17
275
Expenses
Interest expense
98
101
99
Employee compensation and benefit expenses
27
32
38
Other operating expenses
32
36
79
Total expenses
157
169
216
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees
48
5
—
Adjusted operating income (loss) before income taxes
(95)
(147)
59
Less: Provision (benefit) for income taxes
(6)
(12)
14
Adjusted operating income (loss)
$
(89) $
(135) $
45
Corporate division interest expense primarily relates to debt issued by the AGUS and AGMH (U.S. Holding
Companies), and also includes intersegment interest expense. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — AGL and its U.S.
Holding Companies, Intercompany Loans Payable” for additional information.
Equity in earnings of investees in 2025 and 2024 relates to certain alternative investments, that AG transferred to
AGMH as part of stock redemptions in 2024 and 2025. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources—Insurance Subsidiaries—
Stock Redemptions by Insurance Subsidiaries” below. The carrying value of these transferred investments as of December 31,
2025 was $184 million.
Corporate division employee compensation and benefits expenses and other operating expenses are an allocation of
expenses based on time studies and represent the costs incurred and time spent on holding company activities, capital
91
management, corporate oversight and governance including the Board’s expenses, legal fees and other direct or allocated
expense.
Other (Effect of Consolidating FG VIEs and CIVs)
The effect of consolidating FG VIEs and CIVs, intersegment eliminations and, prior to July 1, 2023, reclassifications
of reimbursable fund expenses to revenue are presented in “other.” See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,
Note 2. Segment Information.
As described in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 8. Variable Interest Entities, the types of
entities the Company consolidates when it is deemed to be the primary beneficiary primarily include: (i) FG VIEs; and (ii)
CIVs. The Company eliminates the effects of intercompany transactions between its FG VIEs and CIVs and its insurance and
asset management subsidiaries, as well as intercompany transactions between CIVs.
Consolidating FG VIEs (as opposed to accounting for the related insurance contracts in the Insurance segment), has a
gross-up effect on the consolidated financial statements, and includes: (i) the establishment of the FG VIEs’ assets and
liabilities and related changes in fair value on the consolidated financial statements; (ii) eliminating the premiums and losses/
recoveries associated with the financial guaranty insurance contracts between the insurance subsidiaries and the FG VIEs; and
(iii) eliminating the investment balances associated with the insurance subsidiaries’ purchases of the debt obligations of the FG
VIEs.
Consolidating investment vehicles in which the Company invests (as opposed to accounting for them as equity method
investments) has a significant effect on assets, liabilities and cash flows, and includes: (i) the establishment of the assets and
liabilities of the CIVs, and related changes in fair value; (ii) eliminating the asset management fees earned by AssuredIM from
the CIVs (prior to July 1, 2023); (iii) eliminating the equity method investments of the insurance subsidiaries, and related equity
in earnings (losses) of investees; and (iv) establishing NCI for amounts not owned by the Company. The economic effect of
AG’s ownership interests in CIVs is presented in the Insurance segment as “equity in earnings (losses) of investees,” while the
effect of CIVs is presented as separate line items (“fair value gains (losses) on consolidated investment vehicles” and
“noncontrolling interest”) on a consolidated basis.
The table below reflects the effect of consolidating FG VIEs and CIVs on the consolidated statements of operations.
The amounts represent: (i) the revenues and expenses of the FG VIEs and the CIVs; and (ii) the consolidation adjustments and
eliminations between consolidated FG VIEs or CIVs and the operating and investment subsidiaries.
92
Effect of Consolidating FG VIEs and CIVs on the Consolidated Statements of Operations
Increase (Decrease)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Effect on Financial Statement Line Item
(in millions)
Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs (1)
$
6
$
(11) $
8
Fair value gains (losses) on CIVs
79
69
88
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees (2)
(23)
(47)
(59)
Other (3)
(14)
(3)
(41)
Effect on income before tax
48
8
(4)
Less: Tax provision (benefit)
2
(2)
(5)
Effect on net income (loss)
46
10
1
Less: Effect on NCI (4)
40
16
22
Effect on net income (loss) attributable to AGL
$
6
$
(6) $
(21)
By Type of VIE
FG VIEs
$
(2) $
(10) $
(4)
CIVs
8
4
(17)
Effect on net income (loss) attributable to AGL
$
6
$
(6) $
(21)
____________________
(1)
Changes in fair value of the FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities reported in the statements of operations are attributable to
factors other than (i) changes in the Company’s own credit risk on the FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse and (ii)
unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale fixed maturity securities.
(2)
Represents the elimination of the equity in earnings (losses) of investees of the Company’s investments in certain
alternative investments, primarily Sound Point funds (and prior to July 1, 2023, AssuredIM managed funds).
(3)
Includes net earned premiums, net investment income, foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement, other
income (loss), loss and LAE (benefit) and, for 2023, other operating expenses and asset management fees.
(4)
Represents the proportion of consolidated funds managed by Sound Point and, prior to July 1, 2023, AssuredIM funds’
income that is not attributable to the Company’s ownership interest.
Reconciliation to GAAP
Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) Attributable to AGL
to Adjusted Operating Income (Loss)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL
$
503
$
376
$
739
Less pre-tax adjustments:
Realized gains (losses) on investments
(40)
9
(14)
Non-credit impairment-related unrealized fair value gains (losses) on
credit derivatives
6
14
106
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
20
(10)
(35)
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement of premiums
receivable and loss and LAE reserves
85
(26)
51
Total pre-tax adjustments
71
(13)
108
Less tax effect on pre-tax adjustments
(13)
—
(17)
Adjusted operating income (loss)
$
445
$
389
$
648
Gain (loss) related to FG VIE and CIV consolidation (net of tax provision
(benefit) of $2, $(2) and $(5)) included in adjusted operating income
$
6
$
(6) $
(21)
93
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(per diluted share amounts)
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL
$
10.26
$
6.87
$
12.30
Less pre-tax adjustments:
Realized gains (losses) on investments
(0.82)
0.16
(0.23)
Non-credit impairment-related unrealized fair value gains (losses) on
credit derivatives
0.12
0.27
1.75
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
0.40
(0.19)
(0.57)
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement of premiums
receivable and loss and LAE reserves
1.74
(0.47)
0.84
Total pre-tax adjustments
1.44
(0.23)
1.79
Less tax effect on pre-tax adjustments
(0.26)
—
(0.27)
Adjusted operating income (loss)
$
9.08
$
7.10
$
10.78
Gain (loss) related to FG VIE and CIV consolidation included in adjusted
operating income
$
0.13
$
(0.12) $
(0.35)
Net Realized Investment Gains (Losses)
The table below presents the components of net realized investment gains (losses).
Net Realized Investment Gains (Losses)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Gross realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities
$
5
$
3
$
21
Gross realized losses on sales of available-for-sale securities
(14)
(12)
(19)
Net foreign currency gains (losses)
—
(2)
(1)
Change in the allowance for credit losses and intent to sell
(29)
18
(14)
Other net realized gains (losses)
(2)
2
(1)
Net realized investment gains (losses)
$
(40) $
9
$
(14)
The change in the allowance for credit losses for 2025 was primarily associated with CLO equity tranches and Loss
Mitigation Securities. The change in the allowance for credit losses for 2024 was primarily related to Loss Mitigation
Securities.
Non-Credit Impairment-Related Unrealized Fair Value Gains (Losses) on Credit Derivatives
Changes in the fair value of credit derivatives occur because of changes in the Company’s own credit rating and credit
spreads, collateral credit spreads, notional amounts, credit ratings of the referenced entities, expected terms, realized gains
(losses) and other settlements, interest rates and other market factors. The components of changes in fair value of credit
derivatives related to credit derivative revenues and changes in expected losses are included in Insurance segment results. Non-
credit impairment-related changes in unrealized fair value gains and losses on credit derivatives are not included in the
Insurance segment measure of adjusted operating income because they do not represent actual claims or losses and are expected
to reverse to zero as the exposure approaches its maturity date. Changes in the fair value of the Company’s credit derivatives
that do not reflect actual or expected claims or credit losses have no impact on the Company’s statutory claims-paying
resources, rating agency capital or regulatory capital positions. Unrealized gains (losses) on credit derivatives may fluctuate
significantly in future periods. Except for underlying credit impairment, which is recognized as loss expense in the Insurance
segment, the fair value adjustments on credit derivatives in the insured portfolio are non-economic adjustments that reverse to
zero over the remaining term of that portfolio. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 9. Fair Value
Measurement, for additional information.
94
During 2025, non-credit impairment-related unrealized fair value gains of $6 million were primarily due to generally
lower collateral asset spreads. During 2024, non-credit impairment-related unrealized fair value gains of $14 million were
generated primarily due to the termination of certain structured finance policies and generally lower collateral asset spreads.
Fair Value Gains (Losses) on CCS
Fair value gains on CCS of $20 million in 2025 were primarily due to changes in the rate environment and market
view on liquidity of floating rate instruments. Fair value losses on CCS of $10 million in 2024 were primarily due to a
tightening in market spreads. Fair value gains (losses) on CCS are heavily affected by, and in part fluctuate with, changes in
market credit spreads and interest rates, and other market factors and are not expected to result in an economic gain or loss. See
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 9. Fair Value Measurement.
Foreign Exchange Gains (Losses) on Remeasurement
Foreign exchange gains of premiums receivable and loss and LAE reserves of $85 million, losses of $26 million and
gains of $51 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, primarily relate to remeasurement of long-dated premiums
receivable, for which the Company records the present value of future installment premiums. Foreign exchange gains and losses
are mainly due to changes in the exchange rate of the pound sterling and, to a lesser extent, the euro relative to the U.S. dollar.
Approximately 68% and 69% of gross premiums receivable, net of commissions payable as of December 31, 2025 and
December 31, 2024, respectively, are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Premiums on European
infrastructure and structured finance transactions typically are paid, in whole or in part, on an installment basis, whereas
premiums on U.S. public finance transactions are often paid upfront.
The following table presents the foreign exchange rates as of the balance sheet dates.
Foreign Exchange Rates
U.S. Dollar Per Foreign Currency
2025
2024
2023
Pound sterling
$1.348
$1.252
$1.273
Euro
$1.175
$1.035
$1.104
As of December 31,
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The Company discloses both: (i) financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP; and (ii) financial measures
not determined in accordance with GAAP (non-GAAP financial measures). Financial measures identified as non-GAAP should
not be considered substitutes for GAAP financial measures. The primary limitation of non-GAAP financial measures is the
potential lack of comparability to financial measures of other companies, whose definitions of non-GAAP financial measures
may differ from those of the Company.
The Company believes its presentation of non-GAAP financial measures provides information that is necessary for
analysts to calculate their estimates of Assured Guaranty’s financial results in their research reports on Assured Guaranty and
for investors, analysts and the financial news media to evaluate Assured Guaranty’s financial results.
GAAP requires the Company to consolidate entities where it is deemed to be the primary beneficiary which include
FG VIEs, which the Company does not own and where its exposure is limited to its obligation under the financial guaranty
insurance contract, and CIVs in which certain subsidiaries invest.
The Company discloses the effect of FG VIE and CIV consolidation that is embedded in each non-GAAP financial
measure, as applicable. The Company believes this information may also be useful to analysts and investors evaluating Assured
Guaranty’s financial results. In the case of both the consolidated FG VIEs and the CIVs, the economic effect on the Company
of each of the consolidated FG VIEs and CIVs is reflected primarily in the results of the Insurance segment.
The Company’s management and AGL’s Board of Directors use non-GAAP financial measures further adjusted to
remove the effect of FG VIE and CIV consolidation (which the Company refers to as its core financial measures), as well as
GAAP financial measures and other factors, to evaluate the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and progress
towards long-term goals. The Company uses core financial measures in its decision-making process for and in its calculation of
certain components of management compensation. The financial measures that the Company uses to help determine
95
compensation are: (i) adjusted operating income per share, further adjusted to remove the effect of FG VIE and CIV
consolidation (core operating income per share); (ii) adjusted operating shareholders’ equity per share, further adjusted to
remove the effect of FG VIE and CIV consolidation (core operating shareholders’ equity per share); (iii) ABV per share, further
adjusted to remove the effect of FG VIE and CIV consolidation (core ABV per share); (iv) core operating return on equity,
which is calculated as core operating income divided by the average of core operating shareholders’ equity at the beginning and
end of the period; and (v) PVP.
The Company’s management believes that many investors, analysts and financial news reporters use adjusted
operating shareholders’ equity and/or ABV, each further adjusted to remove the effect of FG VIE and CIV consolidation, as the
principal financial measures for valuing AGL’s current share price or projected share price and also as the basis of their
decision to recommend, buy or sell AGL’s common shares.
Adjusted operating income, further adjusted for the effect of FG VIE and CIV consolidation, enables investors and
analysts to evaluate the Company’s financial results in comparison with the consensus analyst estimates distributed publicly by
financial databases.
The following paragraphs define each non-GAAP financial measure disclosed by the Company and describe why it is
useful. To the extent there is a directly comparable GAAP financial measure, a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial
measure and the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is presented below.
Adjusted Operating Income
The Company’s management believes that adjusted operating income is a useful measure because it clarifies the
understanding of the operating results of the Company. Adjusted operating income is defined as net income (loss) attributable
to AGL, as reported under GAAP, adjusted for the following:
1)
Elimination of realized gains (losses) on the Company’s investments that are recognized in net income (loss)
attributable to AGL, except for gains and losses on securities classified as trading. The timing of realized
gains and losses, which depends largely on market credit cycles, can vary considerably across periods. The
timing of sales is largely subject to the Company’s discretion and influenced by market opportunities, as well
as the Company’s tax and capital profile.
2)
Elimination of non-credit impairment-related unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives that are
recognized in net income (loss) attributable to AGL, which is the amount of fair value gains (losses) in excess
of the present value of the expected estimated economic credit losses. Such fair value adjustments are heavily
affected by, and in part fluctuate with, changes in market interest rates, the Company’s credit spreads, and
other market factors and are not expected to result in an economic gain or loss.
3)
Elimination of fair value gains (losses) on the Company’s CCS that are recognized in net income (loss)
attributable to AGL. Such amounts are affected by changes in market interest rates, the Company’s credit
spreads, price indications on the Company’s publicly traded debt and other market factors and are not
expected to result in an economic gain or loss.
4)
Elimination of foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement of net premium receivables and loss and
LAE reserves that are recognized in net income (loss) attributable to AGL. Long-dated receivables and loss
and LAE reserves represent the present value of future contractual or expected cash flows. Therefore, the
current period’s foreign exchange remeasurement gains (losses) are not necessarily indicative of the total
foreign exchange gains (losses) that the Company will ultimately recognize.
5)
The tax effects related to the above adjustments, which are determined by applying the statutory tax rate in
each of the jurisdictions that generate these adjustments.
Adjusted operating income per share is calculated by dividing adjusted operating income by the weighted average
diluted shares. The method for calculating weighted average diluted shares is in accordance with GAAP. See “— Results of
Operations — Reconciliation to GAAP” for a reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to AGL to adjusted operating
income (loss).
96
Adjusted Operating Shareholders’ Equity and ABV
The Company’s management believes that adjusted operating shareholders’ equity is a useful measure because it
excludes the fair value adjustments on investments, credit derivatives and CCS that are not expected to result in economic gain
or loss. The Company’s management uses ABV, further adjusted to remove the effect of FG VIE and CIV consolidation, to
measure the intrinsic value of the Company, excluding franchise value. The Company’s management believes that ABV is a
useful measure because it enables an evaluation of the Company’s in-force premiums and revenues net of expected losses.
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity per share and ABV per share, each further adjusted for FG VIE and CIV
consolidation (core operating shareholders’ equity per share and core ABV per share, respectively), are two of the key financial
measures used in determining the amount of certain long-term compensation elements to management and employees and used
by rating agencies and investors.
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity is defined as shareholders’ equity attributable to AGL, as reported under
GAAP, adjusted for the following:
1)
Elimination of non-credit impairment-related unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives that are
reported on the consolidated balance sheet, which is the amount of unrealized fair value gains (losses) in
excess of the present value of the expected estimated economic credit losses. Such fair value adjustments are
heavily affected by, and in part fluctuate with, changes in market interest rates, credit spreads and other
market factors and are not expected to result in an economic gain or loss.
2)
Elimination of fair value gains (losses) on the Company’s CCS that are reported on the consolidated balance
sheet. Such amounts are affected by changes in market interest rates, the Company’s credit spreads, price
indications on the Company’s publicly traded debt and other market factors and are not expected to result in
an economic gain or loss.
3)
Elimination of unrealized gains (losses) on the Company’s investments that are recorded as a component of
accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). The AOCI component of the fair value adjustment on the
investment portfolio is not deemed economic because the Company generally holds these investments to
maturity and therefore would not result in an economic gain or loss.
4)
The tax effects related to the above adjustments, which are determined by applying the statutory tax rate in
each of the jurisdictions that generate these adjustments.
ABV is adjusted operating shareholders’ equity, as defined above, further adjusted for the following:
1)
Elimination of deferred acquisition costs, net. These amounts represent net deferred expenses that have
already been paid or accrued and will be expensed in future accounting periods.
2)
Addition of the net present value of estimated net future revenue. See below.
3)
Addition of the deferred premium revenue on financial guaranty contracts in excess of expected loss to be
expensed, net of reinsurance. This amount represents the present value of the expected future net earned
premiums, net of the present value of expected losses to be expensed.
4)
The tax effects related to the above adjustments, which are determined by applying the statutory tax rate in
each of the jurisdictions that generate these adjustments.
Shares outstanding as of the end of the reporting period are used to calculate adjusted operating shareholders’ equity
per share and ABV per share.
The unearned premiums and revenues included in ABV will be earned in future periods, but actual earnings may differ
materially from the estimated amounts used in determining current ABV due to changes in foreign exchange rates, prepayment
speeds, terminations, credit defaults and other factors.
97
Reconciliation of Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to AGL
to Adjusted Operating Shareholders’ Equity and ABV
As of December 31, 2025
As of December 31, 2024
Total
Per Share
Total
Per Share
(dollars in millions, except share amounts)
Shareholders’ equity attributable to AGL
$
5,663
$
125.32
$
5,495
$
108.80
Less pre-tax adjustments:
Non-credit impairment-related unrealized fair value
gains (losses) on credit derivatives
55
1.21
49
0.96
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
22
0.48
2
0.05
Unrealized gain (loss) on investment portfolio
(149)
(3.28)
(397)
(7.86)
Less taxes
6
0.13
46
0.90
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity
5,729
126.78
5,795
114.75
Pre-tax adjustments:
Less: Deferred acquisition costs
192
4.25
176
3.47
Plus: Net present value of estimated net future
revenue
194
4.30
202
3.99
Plus: Net deferred premium revenue on financial
guaranty contracts in excess of expected loss to be
expensed
3,367
74.51
3,473
68.75
Plus taxes
(674)
(14.91)
(702)
(13.90)
ABV
$
8,424
$
186.43
$
8,592
$
170.12
Gain (loss) related to FG VIE and CIV consolidation
included in:
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity (net of tax
provision (benefit) of $2 and $0)
$
8
$
0.18
$
—
$
0.01
ABV (net of tax provision (benefit) of $1 and $(2))
3
0.07
(6)
(0.13)
Net Present Value of Estimated Net Future Revenue
The Company’s management believes that this amount is a useful measure because it enables an evaluation of the
present value of estimated net future revenue for non-financial guaranty insurance contracts. This amount represents the net
present value of estimated future revenue from these contracts (other than credit derivatives with net expected losses), net of
reinsurance, ceding commissions and premium taxes.
Future installment premiums are discounted at the approximate average pre-tax book yield of fixed-maturity securities
purchased during the prior calendar year, other than Loss Mitigation Securities. The discount rate is recalculated annually and
updated as necessary. Net present value of estimated future revenue for an obligation may change from period to period due to a
change in the discount rate or due to a change in estimated net future revenue for the obligation, which may change due to
changes in foreign exchange rates, prepayment speeds, terminations, credit defaults or other factors that affect par outstanding
or the ultimate maturity of an obligation. There is no corresponding GAAP financial measure.
PVP or Present Value of New Business Production
The Company’s management believes that PVP is a useful measure because it enables the evaluation of the value of
new business production in the Insurance segment by taking into account the value of estimated future installment premiums on
all new contracts underwritten in a reporting period as well as additional installment premiums and fees on existing contracts
(which may result from supplements or fees or from the issuer not calling an insured obligation the Company projected would
be called), regardless of form, which management believes GAAP gross written premiums and changes in fair value of credit
derivatives do not adequately measure. PVP in respect of contracts written in a specified period is defined as gross upfront and
installment premiums received and the present value of gross estimated future installment premiums.
Future installment premiums are discounted at the approximate average pre-tax book yield of fixed-maturity securities
purchased during the prior calendar year, other than certain fixed-maturity securities such as Loss Mitigation Securities. The
discount rate is recalculated annually and updated as necessary. Under GAAP, financial guaranty installment premiums are
98
discounted at a risk-free rate. Additionally, under GAAP, management records future installment premiums on financial
guaranty insurance contracts covering non-homogeneous pools of assets based on the contractual term of the transaction,
whereas for PVP purposes, management records an estimate of the future installment premiums the Company expects to
receive, which may be based upon a shorter period of time than the contractual term of the transaction.
Actual installment premiums may differ from those estimated in the Company’s PVP calculation due to factors
including, but not limited to, changes in foreign exchange rates, prepayment speeds, terminations, credit defaults or other
factors that affect par outstanding or the ultimate maturity of an obligation.
Reconciliation of GWP to PVP
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Public Finance
Structured Finance
U.S.
Non - U.S.
U.S.
Non - U.S.
Total
(in millions)
GWP
$
230 $
(9) $
7 $
28 $
256
Less: Installment GWP and other GAAP adjustments (1)
80
(9)
6
28
105
Upfront GWP
150
—
1
—
151
Plus: Installment premiums and other (2)
56
37
12
30
135
PVP
$
206 $
37 $
13 $
30 $
286
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Public Finance
Structured Finance
U.S.
Non - U.S.
U.S.
Non - U.S.
Total
(in millions)
GWP
$
259 $
136 $
20 $
25 $
440
Less: Installment GWP and other GAAP adjustments (1)
143
115
17
25
300
Upfront GWP
116
21
3
—
140
Plus: Installment premiums and other (2)
154
46
22
40
262
PVP
$
270 $
67 $
25 $
40 $
402
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Public Finance
Structured Finance
U.S.
Non - U.S.
U.S.
Non - U.S.
Total
(in millions)
GWP
$
211 $
82 $
59 $
5 $
357
Less: Installment GWP and other GAAP adjustments (1)
109
74
59
5
247
Upfront GWP
102
8
—
—
110
Plus: Installment premiums and other (2)
110
75
68
41
294
PVP
$
212 $
83 $
68 $
41 $
404
_____________
(1)
Includes the present value of new business on installment policies discounted at the prescribed GAAP discount rates,
and GWP adjustments on existing installment policies due to changes in assumptions and other GAAP adjustments.
(2)
Includes the present value of future premiums and fees on new business paid in installments discounted at the
approximate average pre-tax book yield of fixed-maturity securities purchased during the prior calendar year, other
than certain fixed-maturity securities such as Loss Mitigation Securities. Includes the present value of future premiums
and fees associated with other business written by the Company that, under GAAP, are accounted for under ASC 460,
Guarantees.
Insured Portfolio
Financial Guaranty Exposure
The following tables present information in respect of the financial guaranty insured portfolio to supplement the
disclosures and discussion provided in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3. Outstanding Exposure.
Unless otherwise noted, ratings on Assured Guaranty’s insured portfolio are Assured Guaranty’s internal ratings. Internal credit
99
ratings are expressed on a rating scale similar to that used by the rating agencies and generally reflect an approach similar to
that employed by the rating agencies, except that Assured Guaranty’s internal credit ratings focus on future performance, rather
than lifetime performance.
The tables below show the Company’s ten largest U.S. public finance, U.S. structured finance and non-U.S. exposures
by revenue source, excluding related authorities and public corporations, as of December 31, 2025.
Ten Largest U.S. Public Finance Exposures by Revenue Source
As of December 31, 2025
Net Par
Outstanding
Percent of Total
U.S. Public
Finance Net Par
Outstanding
Rating
(dollars in millions)
JFK New Terminal One, New York
$
2,209
1.0 %
BBB-
Pennsylvania (Commonwealth of)
1,852
0.9
BBB
Metro Washington Airports Authority (Dulles Toll Road)
1,629
0.7
BBB+
New Jersey (State of)
1,570
0.7
BBB
Alameda Corridor Transportation Authority, California
1,427
0.7
BBB
Lower Colorado River Authority
1,333
0.6
A
New York Power Authority
1,306
0.6
AA-
New York Metropolitan Transportation Authority
1,303
0.6
A-
Foothill/Eastern Transportation Corridor Agency, California
1,284
0.6
BBB+
CommonSpirit Health, Illinois
1,231
0.6
A-
Total of top ten U.S. public finance exposures
$
15,144
7.0 %
Ten Largest U.S. Structured Finance Exposures
As of December 31, 2025
Net Par
Outstanding
Percent of Total
U.S. Structured
Finance Net Par
Outstanding
Rating
(dollars in millions)
Private US Insurance Reserve Financing
$
1,102
14.0 %
AA-
Private US Insurance Reserve Financing
1,100
14.0
AA
Private US Insurance Reserve Financing
1,000
12.7
AA-
Private US Insurance Reserve Financing
425
5.4
AA-
Private US Insurance Reserve Financing
398
5.1
AA-
Private Middle Market CLO
200
2.5
AA
Private US Insurance Securitization
177
2.2
A
Private Middle Market CLO
125
1.6
BBB+
Private US Insurance Securitization
114
1.6
AA
Private Fund Finance Transaction
105
1.3
A-
Total of top ten U.S. structured finance exposures
$
4,746
60.4 %
100
Ten Largest Non-U.S. Exposures
As of December 31, 2025
Country
Net Par
Outstanding
Percent of Total
Non-U.S. Net Par
Outstanding
Rating
(dollars in millions)
Southern Water Services Limited
United Kingdom
$
2,866
5.3 %
BBB-
Thames Water Utilities Finance PLC
United Kingdom
2,400
4.4
B
Dwr Cymru Financing Limited
United Kingdom
2,060
3.8
A-
Anglian Water Services Financing PLC
United Kingdom
1,923
3.5
A-
National Grid Gas PLC
United Kingdom
1,864
3.5
A-
Yorkshire Water Services Finance Plc
United Kingdom
1,384
2.6
BBB
Channel Link Enterprises Finance PLC
France, United Kingdom
1,315
2.4
BBB
Severn Trent Water Utilities Finance Plc
United Kingdom
1,087
2.0
BBB+
Capital Hospitals (Issuer) PLC
United Kingdom
1,060
2.0
BBB-
United Utilities Water PLC
United Kingdom
984
1.8
BBB+
Total of top ten non-U.S. exposures
$
16,943
31.3 %
Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Issue Size
The Company seeks broad coverage of the market by insuring and reinsuring small and large issues alike. The
following tables set forth the distribution of the Company’s portfolio by original size of the Company’s exposure.
Public Finance Portfolio by Issue Size
As of December 31, 2025
Original Par Amount Per Issue
Number of
Issues
Net Par
Outstanding
% of Public
Finance
Net Par
Outstanding
(dollars in billions)
Less than $10 million
10,180
$
31.7
11.9 %
$10 million through $50 million
3,826
66.4
25.0
$50 million through $100 million
694
41.1
15.5
$100 million through $200 million
378
44.8
16.9
$200 million or greater
264
81.6
30.7
Total
15,342
$
265.6
100.0 %
Structured Finance Portfolio by Issue Size
As of December 31, 2025
Original Par Amount Per Issue
Number of
Issues
Net Par
Outstanding
% of Structured
Finance
Net Par
Outstanding
(dollars in billions)
Less than $10 million
85
$
0.1
0.8 %
$10 million through $50 million
118
0.9
7.5
$50 million through $100 million
46
1.0
9.1
$100 million through $200 million
50
2.2
19.3
$200 million or greater
87
7.3
63.3
Total
386
$
11.5
100.0 %
101
Exposure to Puerto Rico
All of the Company’s insured exposure to various authorities and public corporations of the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico (Puerto Rico or the Commonwealth) is rated BIG. The Company’s Puerto Rico net par and net debt service outstanding as
of December 31, 2025 were $553 million and $643 million, respectively, compared with net par and net debt service
outstanding as of December 31, 2024 of $637 million and $756 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s only remaining outstanding unresolved insured Puerto Rico exposure
subject to a payment default was PREPA, to which the Company had net par and debt service outstanding of $464 million and
$537 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, PREPA net par and debt service outstanding were $532 million and $629
million, respectively. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Insurance Subsidiaries, Financial Guaranty Policies” below and
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 4. Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered), for more information.
The following table shows the scheduled amortization for PREPA. The Company guarantees payment of interest and
principal when those amounts are scheduled to be paid and cannot be required to pay on an accelerated basis, although in
certain circumstances it may elect to do so. When obligors default on their obligations, the Company is only required to pay the
shortfall between the debt service due in any given period and the amount paid by the obligors.
Amortization Schedule of PREPA
Net Par Outstanding and Net Debt Service Outstanding
As of December 31, 2025
Scheduled Net Par
Amortization
Scheduled Net Debt
Service Amortization
(in millions)
2026 (January 1 - March 31)
$
—
$
9
2026 (April 1 - June 30)
—
2
2026 (July 1 - September 30)
106
114
2026 (October 1 - December 31)
—
1
Subtotal 2026
106
126
2027
106
122
2028
68
80
2029
39
47
2030
44
52
2031-2037
101
110
Total
$
464
$
537
Liquidity and Capital Resources
AGL and its U.S. Holding Companies
AGL directly owns (i) AG Re, an insurance company domiciled in Bermuda; and (ii) AGUS, a U.S. holding company
with public debt outstanding. AGUS directly owns AGMH, a U.S. holding company with public debt outstanding. AGMH
directly owns AG, an insurance company domiciled in Maryland. AGUS and AGMH are collectively referred to as the U.S.
Holding Companies.
Sources and Uses of Funds
The liquidity of AGL and its U.S. Holding Companies is largely dependent on dividends, stock redemptions and other
distributions from their operating subsidiaries (see “— Insurance Subsidiaries — Ordinary Dividends From Insurance
Subsidiaries to Holding Companies” below) and access to external financing. The operating liquidity requirements of AGL and
the U.S. Holding Companies include:
•
principal and interest on debt issued by AGUS and AGMH;
•
dividends on AGL’s common shares; and
•
the payment of operating expenses.
102
AGL and its U.S. Holding Companies may also require liquidity to:
•
make capital investments in their operating subsidiaries and in alternative investments;
•
fund acquisitions of new businesses or expand insurance business;
•
purchase or redeem the Company’s outstanding debt; or
•
repurchase AGL’s common shares pursuant to AGL’s share repurchase authorization.
In the ordinary course of business, the Company evaluates its liquidity needs and capital resources in light of holding
company expenses and dividend policy, as well as rating agency considerations. The Company also subjects its cash flow
projections and its assets to a stress test, maintaining a liquid asset balance of one and a half times its stressed operating
company net cash flows over the next four quarters. Management believes that AGL will have sufficient liquidity to satisfy its
needs over the next twelve months. See “— Overview— Key Business Strategies, Capital Management” above for information
on common share repurchases.
External Financing
From time to time, AGL and its subsidiaries have sought external debt or equity financing in order to meet their
obligations. External sources of financing may or may not be available to the Company and, if available, the cost of such
financing may not be acceptable to the Company.
Long-Term Debt Obligations
The Company has outstanding long-term debt issued by the U.S. Holding Companies. See Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 11. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities, and Guarantor and U.S. Holding
Companies’ Summarized Financial Information below.
103
U.S. Holding Companies
Long-Term Debt and Intercompany Loans
As of December 31,
2025
2024
(in millions)
Effective Interest Rate
Final
Maturity
Principal Amount
AGUS - long-term debt
6.125% Senior Notes
6.125%
2028
$
350 $
350
3.15% Senior Notes
3.15%
2031
500
500
7% Senior Notes
6.40%
2034
200
200
3.6% Senior Notes
3.60%
2051
400
400
Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated
Debentures
3 month CME Term
SOFR +2.64%
2066
150
150
AGUS long-term debt
1,600
1,600
AGUS - intercompany loans from:
AG
3.50%
2029
200
250
AGRO
5.00%
2028
20
20
AGUS intercompany loans
220
270
Total AGUS long-term debt and
intercompany loans
1,820
1,870
AGMH
Junior Subordinated Debentures (1)
6.40%
2066
300
300
Total AGMH long-term debt
300
300
AGMH’s long-term debt purchased by AGUS (2)
(154)
(154)
U.S. Holding Company long-term debt
$
1,966 $
2,016
____________________
(1)
If the AGMH Junior Subordinated Debentures are outstanding after December 15, 2036, then the principal amount of
the outstanding debentures will bear interest at One-Month Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME) Term Secured
Overnight Finance Rate (SOFR) plus 2.33%.
(2)
Represents principal amount of Junior Subordinated Debentures issued by AGMH that has been purchased by AGUS.
Interest Paid on U.S. Holding Companies’ Long-Term Debt and Intercompany Loans
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
AGUS - long-term debt
$
76 $
79 $
68
AGUS - intercompany loans
10
10
10
Total AGUS
86
89
78
AGMH - long-term debt
19
19
19
AGMH’s long-term debt purchased by AGUS
(10)
(10)
(10)
Total interest paid
$
95 $
98 $
87
On August 21, 2023, AGUS issued $350 million of 6.125% Senior Notes due 2028. On September 25, 2023, AGUS
redeemed $330 million of 5% Senior Notes due 2024. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 11.
Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities.
104
U.S. Holding Companies
Expected Debt Service of Long-Term Debt
As of December 31, 2025
Year
AGUS
AGMH
Eliminations (1)
Total
(in millions)
2026
$
133 $
19 $
(68) $
84
2027
131
19
(66)
84
2028
493
19
(84)
428
2029
105
19
(61)
63
2030
53
19
(10)
62
2031-2050
1,249
384
(197)
1,436
2051-2066
712
607
(311)
1,008
Total
$
2,876 $
1,086 $
(797) $
3,165
____________________
(1)
Includes eliminations of intercompany loans payable and AGMH’s debt purchased by AGUS.
From time to time, AGL and its subsidiaries have entered into intercompany loan facilities. For example, on October
25, 2013, AGL, as borrower, and AGUS, as lender, entered into a revolving credit facility pursuant to which AGL may, from
time to time, borrow for general corporate purposes. Under the credit facility, AGUS committed to lend a principal amount not
exceeding $225 million in the aggregate. The commitment under the revolving credit facility terminates on October 25, 2033
(the loan commitment termination date). The unpaid principal amount of each loan will bear semi-annual interest at a fixed rate
equal to 100% of the then applicable interest rate as determined under Internal Revenue Code Section 1274(d). Accrued interest
on all loans will be paid on the last day of each June and December and at maturity. AGL must repay unpaid principal amounts
of the loans, if any, by the third anniversary of the loan commitment termination date. AGL has not drawn upon the credit
facility.
Intercompany Loans Payable
On October 1, 2019, AG made a 10-year, 3.5% interest rate intercompany loan to AGUS, in the amount of $250
million, to fund the acquisition of, and capital contributions to, BlueMountain Capital Management LLC and its associated
entities, which were subsequently contributed to Sound Point or sold. Interest is payable annually in arrears on each anniversary
of the note, and commenced on October 1, 2020. Interest accrues daily and is computed on a basis of a 360-day year from
October 1, 2019 until the date on which the principal amount is paid in full. AGUS will pay 20% of the original principal
amount of each note on the sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth anniversaries. The remaining 20% of the original principal amount
and all accrued and unpaid interest will be paid on the maturity date. AGUS has the right to prepay the principal amount of the
notes in whole or in part at any time, or from time to time, without payment of any premium or penalty. During 2025, AGUS
repaid $50 million in outstanding principal as well as accrued and unpaid interest. As of December 31, 2025, $200 million
remained outstanding.
Guarantor and U.S. Holding Companies’ Summarized Financial Information
AGL fully and unconditionally guarantees the payment of the principal of, and interest on, the $1,450 million
aggregate principal amount of notes issued by the U.S. Holding Companies, the $450 million aggregate principal amount of
junior subordinated debentures issued by the U.S. Holding Companies and the intercompany loans. The following tables
include summarized financial information for AGL and the U.S. Holding Companies, excluding their investments in
subsidiaries.
105
As of December 31, 2025
AGL
U.S. Holding
Companies
(in millions)
Assets, excluding investments in subsidiaries
Fixed-maturity securities (1)
$
12 $
14
Ownership interest in Sound Point
—
415
Other invested assets
—
187
Short-term investments and cash
45
66
Receivables from affiliates (2)
68
—
Other assets
2
26
Liabilities
Long-term debt
—
1,704
Loans payable to affiliates
—
220
Payable to affiliates (2)
13
10
Other liabilities
8
69
____________________
(1)
As of December 31, 2025, weighted average durations of AGL’s and the U.S. Holding Companies’ fixed-maturity
securities were 10.9 years and 1.5 years, respectively.
(2)
Primarily represents receivables and payables with non-guarantor subsidiaries.
Year Ended December 31, 2025
AGL
U.S. Holding
Companies
(in millions)
Revenues
$
2 $
9
Expenses
Interest expense
—
98
Other expenses
43
16
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of
investees
(41)
(105)
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees
—
62
Net income (loss) excluding investments in subsidiaries
(41)
(42)
The following table presents significant cash flow items for AGL and the U.S. Holding Companies (other than
investment income, operating expenses and taxes) related to distributions from subsidiaries and outflows for debt service,
dividends and other capital management activities.
106
AGL and U.S. Holding Companies
Selected Cash Flow Items
Year Ended December 31, 2025
AGL
U.S. Holding
Companies
(in millions)
Dividends received from U.S. Holding Companies
$
685 $
—
Dividends received from other subsidiaries
80
298
Distributions from equity method investees (1)
—
38
Interest paid on intercompany loans
—
(10)
Interest paid on long term debt
—
(85)
Investments in subsidiaries
(176)
(8)
Redemption of stock by insurance subsidiaries
—
213
Dividends paid to AGL
—
(685)
Repayment of intercompany loans
—
(50)
Dividends paid to AGL shareholders
(68)
—
Repurchases of common shares (2)
(500)
—
____________________
(1)
Includes distributions from Sound Point of $18 million and other alternative investments.
(2)
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 18. Shareholders’ Equity, for additional information
about share repurchases and authorizations.
Generally, dividends paid by a U.S. company to a Bermuda holding company are subject to a 30% withholding tax.
After AGL became tax resident in the U.K., it became subject to the tax rules applicable to companies resident in the U.K.,
including the benefits afforded by the U.K.’s tax treaties. The income tax treaty between the U.K. and the U.S. reduces or
eliminates the U.S. withholding tax on certain U.S. sourced investment income (to 5% or 0%), including dividends from U.S.
subsidiaries to U.K. resident persons entitled to the benefits of the treaty.
Insurance Subsidiaries
The Company has several financial guaranty insurance subsidiaries. AG is an insurance subsidiary domiciled in
Maryland. As of August 1, 2024, AG owns: (i) AGUK, an insurance subsidiary domiciled in the U.K; and (ii) AGE, an
insurance company domiciled in France. AGUK and AGE are collectively referred to as the European Insurance Subsidiaries.
AG Re is an insurance company domiciled in Bermuda that owns AGRO, an insurance company that is also domiciled in
Bermuda.
The Company conducts its life and annuity reinsurance business through Assured Life Re, an insurance company
domiciled in Bermuda which was acquired by the Company on January 21, 2026.
Sources and Uses of Funds
Liquidity of the insurance subsidiaries is primarily used to pay for:
•
operating expenses,
•
claims on the insured portfolio,
•
dividends or other distributions to parent,
•
reinsurance premiums,
•
expansion of the insurance business, and
•
capital investments in their own subsidiaries and in alternative investments.
Management believes that the insurance subsidiaries’ liquidity needs for the next twelve months can be met from
current cash, short-term investments and operating cash flow, including premium collections and coupon payments as well as
scheduled maturities and paydowns from their respective investment portfolios. The Company generally targets a balance of its
most liquid assets including cash and short-term securities, U.S. Treasuries, agency RMBS and pre-refunded municipal bonds
equal to 1.5 times its projected operating company cash flow needs over the next four quarters. As of December 31, 2025, the
107
Company intended to hold and had the ability to hold securities in an unrealized loss position until the date of anticipated
recovery of amortized cost.
Beyond the next twelve months, the ability of the operating subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends may be
influenced by a variety of factors, including market conditions, general economic conditions and, in the case of the Company’s
insurance subsidiaries, insurance regulations and rating agency capital requirements.
Financial Guaranty Policies
Insurance policies issued provide, in general, that payments of principal, interest and other amounts insured may not be
accelerated by the holder of the obligation. Amounts paid by the Company therefore are typically in accordance with the
obligation’s original payment schedule, unless the Company accelerates such payment schedule, at its sole option. Premiums
received on financial guaranty contracts are paid either upfront or in installments over the life of the insured obligations.
Payments made in settlement of the Company’s obligations arising from its insured portfolio may, and often do, vary
significantly from year to year, depending primarily on the frequency and severity of payment defaults and whether the
Company chooses to accelerate its payment obligations in order to mitigate future losses. For example, the Company made
substantial claim payments in 2022 and 2024 in connection with the resolution of certain defaulting Puerto Rico credits. The
Company is continuing its efforts to resolve the one remaining unresolved Puerto Rico insured exposure that is in payment
default, PREPA. The Company had $464 million in insured net par outstanding of PREPA obligations as of December 31,
2025. For more information, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, and Note 4. Expected Loss to be Paid
(Recovered).
The terms of the Company’s credit default swap (CDS) contracts generally are modified from standard CDS contract
forms approved by International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. such that the circumstances giving rise to the
Company’s obligation to make loss payments are similar to those for its financial guaranty insurance contracts. The
documentation for certain CDS was negotiated to require the Company to also pay if the obligor were to become bankrupt or if
the reference obligation were restructured. Furthermore, some CDS documentation requires the Company to make a payment
due to an event that is unrelated to the performance of the obligation referenced in the credit derivative. If events of default or
termination events specified in the credit derivative documentation were to occur, the Company may be required to make a cash
termination payment to its swap counterparty upon such termination. Any such payment would probably occur prior to the
maturity of the reference obligation and be in an amount larger than the amount due for that period on a “pay-as-you-go” basis.
The following table presents estimated probability weighted expected cash outflows under direct and assumed
financial guaranty contracts, whether accounted for as insurance or credit derivatives, including claim payments under contracts
in consolidated FG VIEs, as of December 31, 2025. This amount is not reduced for cessions under reinsurance contracts. See
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 5. Contracts Accounted for as Insurance.
Estimated Expected Claim Payments
(Undiscounted)
As of December 31, 2025
(in millions)
Less than 1 year
$
211
1-3 years
566
3-5 years
122
More than 5 years
1,879
Total
$
2,778
Ordinary Dividends From Insurance Subsidiaries to Holding Companies
The Company anticipates that, for the next twelve months, amounts paid by AGL’s direct and indirect insurance
subsidiaries as dividends or other distributions will be a major source of the holding companies’ liquidity. The insurance
subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends depends upon their financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, other
potential uses for such funds and compliance with rating agency requirements, and is also subject to restrictions contained in the
insurance laws and related regulations of their states of domicile. For more information, see Item 8. Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data, Note 14. Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements.
108
Dividend restrictions by insurance subsidiary are as follows:
•
Under Maryland’s insurance law, AG may, with prior notice to the Commissioner of its domiciliary regulator, the
MIA, pay an ordinary dividend in an amount that, together with all dividends and distributions paid in the prior 12
months, does not exceed the lesser of 10% of its policyholders’ surplus (as of the prior December 31) or 100% of its
adjusted net investment income during that period. “Adjusted net investment income” means the sum of (x) AG’s net
investment income during the 12-month period ending December 31 of the preceding year (excluding realized capital
gains and pro rata distributions of its own securities), and (y) AG’s net investment income (excluding realized capital
gains) from the three calendar years prior to the preceding calendar year that has not already been paid out as
dividends. The maximum amount available during 2026 for AG to distribute as ordinary dividends is approximately
$245 million of which approximately $29 million is available for distribution in the first quarter of 2026.
•
The Company expects the amount of dividends available for distribution by AG Re in 2026 to be approximately $213
million. Based on applicable law and regulations, in 2026 AG Re has the capacity to declare and pay dividends in an
aggregate amount up to 25% of the prior year statutory surplus (i.e., up to $292 million as of December 31, 2025);
provided that such payment cannot exceed AG Re’s unencumbered assets ($213 million as of December 31, 2025) or
its statutory surplus ($312 million as of December 31, 2025). Additionally, in 2026 AG Re can make capital
distributions in an aggregate amount up to $129 million without the prior approval of the Authority.
Ordinary Dividends
From Insurance Company Subsidiaries
to Holding Companies
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Dividends by AG Re to AGL
80
97
53
Dividends by AG to U.S. Holding Companies (1)
287
400
358
___________________
(1)
Prior to a reorganization of the Company’s U.S. corporate structure, AG had been directly owned by AGUS. As a
result of the reorganization, effective as of August 1, 2024, AG is directly owned by AGMH, a subsidiary of AGUS.
Stock Redemptions by Insurance Subsidiaries
In the third quarter of 2025, after receiving approval from the MIA, AG redeemed $250 million of its common stock
from AGMH in exchange for $213 million in cash and $37 million in alternative investments.
Assumed Reinsurance
Some of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries (Assuming Subsidiaries) assumed financial guaranty insurance from
legacy financial guarantors. The agreements under which the Assuming Subsidiaries assumed such business are generally
subject to termination at the option of the ceding company (i) if the Assuming Subsidiary fails to meet certain financial and
regulatory criteria; (ii) if the Assuming Subsidiary fails to maintain a specified minimum financial strength rating; or (iii) upon
certain changes of control of the Assuming Subsidiary. Upon termination due to one of the above events, the Assuming
Subsidiary typically would be required to return to the ceding company unearned premiums (net of ceding commissions) and
loss reserves, calculated on a U.S. statutory basis, attributable to the assumed exposure on insured obligations (plus in certain
cases, an additional required amount), after which the Assuming Subsidiary would be released from liability with respect to
such business. As of December 31, 2025, if each legacy financial guarantor ceding business to an Assuming Subsidiary had a
right to recapture such business, and chose to exercise such right, the aggregate amounts those subsidiaries could be required to
pay to all such ceding companies would be approximately $243 million. In addition, beneficiaries of financial guaranties issued
by the Company’s insurance subsidiaries may have the right to cancel the credit protection provided by them, which would
result in the loss of future premium earnings and the reversal of any fair value gains recorded by the Company.
Committed Capital Securities
AG is party to an arrangement that enables it to access, at its discretion, up to $400 million of capital, at any time, and
has the right to use such capital for any purpose, including to pay claims. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data, Note 9. Fair Value Measurement.
109
Federal Home Loan Bank Membership
In the fourth quarter of 2025, AG became a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLBNY),
thereby gaining access to collateralized FHLBNY borrowings as an additional source of liquidity. The Board has authorized a
maximum borrowing capacity of $300 million. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had not borrowed any funds or pledged
any collateral under the FHLBNY program.
Investment Portfolio
The Company’s principal objectives in managing its investment portfolio are to support the highest possible ratings for
each operating company, manage investment risk within the context of the underlying portfolio of insurance risk, maintain
sufficient liquidity to cover unexpected stress in the insurance portfolio and maximize after-tax net investment income. As of
December 31, 2025, the Company had $6,369 million of available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities, of which $5,640 million
were managed by three investment managers who are required to, in accordance with the Company’s investment guidelines,
maintain their portion of the Company’s investment portfolio with an overall credit quality rated at a minimum of A+/A1/A+ by
S&P/Moody’s/Fitch Ratings, Inc. In addition, $228 million of available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities were CLO equity
tranches managed by Sound Point.
Changes in interest rates affect the value of the Company’s fixed-maturity securities. As interest rates fall, the fair
value of fixed-maturity securities generally increases, and, as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed-maturity securities
generally decreases. The Company’s portfolio of fixed-maturity securities primarily consists of investment-grade, liquid
instruments. Other invested assets include other alternative investments, which are generally less liquid. For more information
about the investment portfolio and a detailed description of the Company’s valuation of investments, see Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7. Investments and Cash, and Note 9. Fair Value Measurement.
Investment Portfolio
Carrying Value
As of December 31,
2025
2024
(in millions)
Fixed-maturity securities, available-for-sale
$
6,369
$
6,369
Fixed-maturity securities, trading (1)
124
147
Short-term investments
903
1,221
Other invested assets (2)
1,091
926
Total
$
8,487
$
8,663
____________________
(1)
Includes primarily CVIs received as part of resolutions of Puerto Rico exposures in 2022, which are not rated.
(2)
Excludes investments in Sound Point funds that are consolidated. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data, Note 8. Variable Interest Entities.
The Company’s available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities had a duration of 4.9 years as of December 31, 2025 and
4.3 years as of December 31, 2024, respectively.
Available-for-Sale Fixed-Maturity Securities By Rating
The following table summarizes the ratings distributions of the Company’s available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities
as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. Ratings generally reflect the lower of Moody’s and S&P classifications,
except for (i) Loss Mitigation Securities rated BIG and (ii) CLO equity tranches, which are not rated. See Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7. Investments and Cash, for additional information.
110
Distribution of Available-for-Sale Fixed-Maturity Securities by Rating
As of December 31,
Rating
2025
2024
AAA
13.3 %
12.5 %
AA
34.6
35.0
A
26.1
23.6
BBB
17.4
16.3
BIG
4.7
8.1
Not rated
3.9
4.5
Total
100.0 %
100.0 %
Portfolio of Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
The Company’s fixed-maturity available-for-sale securities include issuances by a wide number of municipal
authorities across the U.S. and its territories. The following table presents the components of the Company’s $1,769 million
(fair value) of obligations of state and political subdivisions included in the Company’s available-for-sale fixed-maturity
securities investment portfolio as of December 31, 2025.
Fair Value of Available-for-Sale Fixed-Maturity Securities Investment Portfolio
of Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
As of December 31, 2025 (1)
State
General
Obligation
Revenue Bonds
Total Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
(in millions)
California
$
108 $
226 $
334 $
334
Texas
66
203
269
279
New York
29
148
177
179
Florida
1
96
97
101
Washington
24
53
77
81
Massachusetts
25
52
77
79
Illinois
20
50
70
72
Colorado
7
40
47
49
Pennsylvania
9
38
47
47
Georgia
10
31
41
43
All others
119
358
477
496
Total
$
418 $
1,295 $
1,713 $
1,760
____________________
(1)
Excludes $56 million as of December 31, 2025 of pre-refunded bonds, at fair value.
111
The revenue bond portfolio primarily consists of essential service revenue bonds issued by transportation authorities,
utilities and universities.
Revenue Bonds
Sources of Funds
As of December 31, 2025
Type
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
(in millions)
Transportation
$
386 $
378
Tax revenue
360
366
Education
215
212
Utilities
188
181
Healthcare
87
83
All others
88
75
Total
$
1,324 $
1,295
Other Investments
Other invested assets, which are generally less liquid than fixed-maturity securities, primarily consist of the ownership
interest in Sound Point and alternative investments across a variety of strategies. See “— Commitments” below.
Sound Point and Alternative Investments
As of December 31, 2025 (1)
As of December 31, 2024
Investments
CIVs
Consolidated
Investments
CIVs
Consolidated
(in millions)
Fixed-maturity securities, available-
for-sale
$
282 $
— $
282 $
319 $
— $
319
Fixed-maturity securities, trading
10
—
10
24
—
24
Other invested assets:
Ownership interest in Sound Point
415
—
415
418
—
418
CLOs
85
—
85
100
—
100
Private healthcare investing
187
—
187
153
—
153
Asset-based/specialty finance
184
(57)
127
142
(33)
109
Private minority stakes in alternative
asset manager
95
—
95
69
—
69
Commercial real estate finance
81
—
81
—
—
—
Other
101
—
101
77
—
77
Subtotal
$
1,440 $
(57) $
1,383 $
1,302 $
(33) $
1,269
Assets of CIVs, net of non-redeemable
NCI
$
— $
77 $
77 $
— $
43 $
43
____________________
(1)
The alternative investments, which do not include the Company’s ownership interest in Sound Point, had an inception-
to-date annualized internal rate of return of 13%.
112
Effect of Ownership Interest in Sound Point and Alternative Investments
on Consolidated Statements of Operations (1)
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Investments
CIVs
Consolidated
(in millions)
Net investment income (2)
$
46 $
— $
46
Net realized investment gains (losses)
(19)
—
(19)
Fair value gains (losses) on trading securities
2
—
2
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees:
Ownership interest in Sound Point
14
—
14
Alternative investments:
CLOs
1
—
1
Private healthcare investing
22
—
22
Asset-based/specialty finance
35
(23)
12
Private minority stakes in alternative asset manager
38
—
38
Commercial real estate finance
1
—
1
Other
14
—
14
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees
125
(23)
102
Subtotal
$
154 $
(23) $
131
Fair value gains (losses) on CIVs, net of NCI
$
— $
39 $
39
____________________
(1)
Foreign exchange gains on remeasurement of alternative investments were $1 million for 2025.
(2)
Includes CLO equity tranches distributed from a CLO fund in the fourth quarter of 2024.
Effect of Ownership Interest in Sound Point and Alternative Investments
on Consolidated Statements of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Investments
CIVs
Consolidated
(in millions)
Net investment income (1)
$
15 $
— $
15
Net realized investment gains (losses)
—
—
—
Fair value gains (losses) on trading securities
2
—
2
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees:
Ownership interest in Sound Point
6
—
6
Alternative investments:
CLOs
47
(33)
14
Private healthcare investing
11
—
11
Asset-based/specialty finance
24
(14)
10
Private minority stakes in alternative asset manager
21
—
21
Other
—
—
—
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees
109
(47)
62
Subtotal
$
126 $
(47) $
79
Fair value gains (losses) on CIVs, net of NCI
$
— $
53 $
53
____________________
(1)
Includes CLO equity tranches distributed from the CLO fund in the fourth quarter of 2024.
113
Effect of Ownership Interest in Sound Point and Alternative Investments
on Consolidated Statements of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Investments
CIVs
Consolidated
(in millions)
Net investment income
$
1 $
— $
1
Net realized investment gains (losses)
—
—
—
Fair value gains (losses) on trading securities
—
—
—
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees:
Ownership interest in Sound Point
5
—
5
Alternative investments:
CLOs
50
(46)
4
Private healthcare investing
19
(9)
10
Asset-based/specialty finance
5
(4)
1
Private minority stakes in alternative asset manager
2
—
2
Other
6
—
6
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees
87
(59)
28
Subtotal
$
88 $
(59) $
29
Fair value gains (losses) on CIVs, net of noncontrolling interests
$
— $
66 $
66
Commitments
The Company has agreed to invest an aggregate amount of $1.5 billion in alternative investments, which includes $1
billion in Sound Point managed investments, subject to certain conditions precedent. Unfunded commitments for alternative
investments as of December 31, 2025 were $490 million. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7.
Investments and Cash, for a description of the alternative investments agreement with Sound Point.
Restricted Assets
Based on fair value, fixed-maturity securities, short-term investments and cash that are either held in trust for the
benefit of third-party ceding insurers in accordance with statutory requirements, placed on deposit to fulfill state licensing
requirements, or otherwise pledged or restricted, totaled $77 million and $79 million as of December 31, 2025 and
December 31, 2024, respectively. In addition, the total collateral funded into a reinsurance trust or a similar account by certain
AGL subsidiaries or is otherwise restricted for the benefit of other AGL subsidiaries in accordance with statutory and regulatory
requirements had a fair value of $813 million and $1,135 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024,
respectively.
Lease Obligations
The Company has entered into several lease agreements for office space in Bermuda, New York, London, Paris, and
other locations with various lease terms. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 16. Leases, for a table
of minimum lease obligations.
FG VIEs and CIVs
The Company manages its liquidity needs by evaluating cash flows without the effect of consolidating FG VIEs and
CIVs; however, the Company’s consolidated financial statements include the effect of consolidating FG VIEs and CIVs. The
primary sources and uses of cash at Assured Guaranty’s FG VIEs and CIVs are as follows:
•
FG VIEs. The primary sources of cash in FG VIEs are the collection of principal and interest on the collateral
supporting the debt obligations, and the primary uses of cash are the payment of principal and interest due on the debt
obligations. The insurance subsidiaries are not primarily liable for the debt obligations issued by the VIEs they insure
and would only be required to make payments on those insured debt obligations in the event that the issuer of such
debt obligations defaults on any principal or interest due and only for the amount of the shortfall. AGL’s and its
114
insurance subsidiaries’ creditors do not have any rights with regard to the collateral supporting the debt issued by the
FG VIEs.
•
CIVs. The primary sources and uses of cash in the CIVs include using capital to make investments generating cash
income from investments, paying expenses and distributing cash flow to investors. The assets and liabilities of the
Company’s CIVs are held within separate legal entities. The assets of the CIVs are not available to creditors of the
Company, other than creditors of the applicable CIVs. In addition, creditors of the CIVs have no recourse against the
assets of the Company, other than the assets of such applicable CIVs. Liquidity available at the Company’s CIVs is not
available for corporate liquidity needs, except to the extent of the Company’s investment in the funds, subject to
redemption provisions.
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 8. Variable Interest Entities, for additional
information.
Consolidated Cash Flow Summary
The summarized consolidated statements of cash flows in the table below present the cash flow effect for the aggregate
of the Insurance and Asset Management segments and Corporate division, separately from the aggregate effect of consolidating
FG VIEs and CIVs. In the third quarter of 2023, as a result of the Sound Point Transaction and AHP Transaction, the Company
deconsolidated all CLOs and CLO warehouses and certain funds. Therefore, beginning July 1, 2023, the Company’s cash flow
statements no longer include all the operating, investing and financing cash flow activity of those deconsolidated CIVs. See
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 1. Business and Basis of Presentation, and Note 8. Variable Interest
Entities, for additional information.
Summarized Consolidated Cash Flows
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities, excluding FG
VIEs and CIVs operating cash flows
$
253 $
(168) $
(108)
FG VIEs and CIVs operating cash flows
6
215
569
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities
259
47
461
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities, excluding FG VIEs
and CIVs investing cash flows
602
797
365
FG VIEs and CIVs investing cash flows
39
(17)
(79)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities
641
780
286
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities, excluding FG
VIEs and CIVs financing cash flows
Dividends paid
(68)
(68)
(67)
Repurchases of common shares
(500)
(502)
(199)
Issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs
—
—
345
Redemption of debt
—
—
(330)
Other
(32)
(28)
(19)
FG VIEs and CIVs financing cash flows
(16)
(385)
(400)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities (1)
(616)
(983)
(670)
Effect of exchange rate changes
7
(2)
2
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
291
(158)
79
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period
128
286
207
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the period
$
419 $
128 $
286
____________________
(1)
Claims paid on consolidated FG VIEs are presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows as a component of
paydowns on FG VIEs’ liabilities in financing activities as opposed to operating activities.
115
Cash flows from operating activities were inflows of $259 million in 2025 and $47 million in 2024. The 2025 cash
flow from operations includes the receipt of $103 million in satisfaction of the judgment the Company was awarded and its
recoveries in connection with the resolution of the LBIE litigation. In addition, 2025 cash flows from operations were higher
than in 2024 due to a $114 million decrease in net claim payments.
Investing activities primarily consisted of net sales (purchases) of fixed-maturity securities and short-term investments
and paydowns on, and sales of, FG VIEs’ assets. The decrease in investing cash inflows compared with the prior year is
primarily due to the need for liquidity to fund higher claim payments in 2024. In addition, increased operating cash flows in
2025, due in part to the cash inflow related to the resolution of the LBIE litigation, reduced the need to liquidate investments.
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 4. Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered), for additional
information.
Financing activities primarily consist of (i) AGL share repurchases and dividends, and (ii) paydowns of FG VIEs’
liabilities. In 2024, FG VIEs’ financing cash flows were $375 million, which primarily related to the paydown of Puerto Rico
Trust liabilities.
From January 1, 2026 through February 25, 2026, the Company repurchased an additional 546 thousand common
shares. As of February 25, 2026, the Company was authorized to purchase $204 million of its common shares. For more
information about the Company’s share repurchases and authorizations, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data, Note 18. Shareholders’ Equity.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk of loss due to factors that affect the overall performance of the financial markets or movements
in market prices. The Company’s primary market risk exposures include interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk
and credit spread risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that financial instruments’ values will change due to changes in the level of
interest rates, in the spread between two rates, in the shape of the yield curve or in any other interest rate relationship. The
Company is primarily affected by market risk in the following areas.
•
New business production is sensitive to changes in interest rates and credit spreads.
•
Expected loss to be paid (recovered) is sensitive to changes in interest rates.
•
The fair value of the investment portfolio is primarily driven by changes in interest rates and also affected by
changes in credit spreads.
•
The investment portfolio contains non-U.S. dollar denominated securities whose value also fluctuates based on
changes in foreign exchange rates. Premiums receivable includes foreign denominated receivables whose values
fluctuate based on changes in foreign exchange rates.
•
The fair value of credit derivatives within the financial guaranty portfolio of insured obligations is sensitive to
changes in credit spreads of the underlying obligations and the Company’s own credit spreads.
•
The fair value of the assets and liabilities of consolidated FG VIEs may fluctuate based on changes in
prepayments, spreads, default rates, interest rates and house prices. The fair value of the FG VIEs’ liabilities also
fluctuates based on changes in the Company’s credit spread.
Sensitivity of New Business Production to Changes in Interest Rates and Credit Spreads
Fluctuations in interest rates and credit spreads affect the demand for the Company’s product. When interest rates are
lower or when the market is less risk averse, the spread between insured and uninsured obligations typically narrows and, as a
result, financial guaranty insurance typically provides lower cost savings to issuers than it would during periods of relatively
wider spreads. These lower cost savings generally lead to a corresponding decrease in demand and premiums obtainable for
financial guaranty insurance. In addition, increases in prevailing interest rate levels can lead to a decreased volume of capital
markets activity and, correspondingly, a decreased volume of insured transactions. See Item 7, Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Results of Operations — Insurance Segment — New Business
Production, for additional information.
116
Sensitivity of Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered) to Interest Rates
Changes in interest rates or future interest rate expectations can affect the Company's expected loss to be paid or
recovered. Higher interest rates can decrease the present value of future expected cash flows (whether recoveries or losses),
reduce excess spread recoveries in transactions with mismatches between collateral and liability interest rates and reduce the
value of fixed maturity bonds that may be part of the Company's recoveries. Lower interest rates would generally have the
opposite effect. The effect of changes in discount rates on expected losses to be paid were losses of $7 million in 2025, $4
million in 2024 and $3 million in 2023. As of December 31, 2025, the Company projects that the maximum potential excess
spread at risk in the U.S. RMBS transactions is approximately $1 million.
Sensitivity of Investment Portfolio to Interest Rate Risk
The Company is exposed to interest rate risk in its investment portfolio. As interest rates rise for an available-for-sale
investment portfolio, the fair value of fixed-maturity securities generally decreases; as interest rates fall for an available-for-sale
portfolio, the fair value of fixed-maturity securities generally increases. The Company’s policy is generally to hold assets in the
investment portfolio to maturity. Therefore, barring a default, interest rate movements do not result in realized gains or losses
unless securities are sold prior to maturity. The Company does not hedge interest rate risk; instead, interest rate fluctuation risk
is managed through the investment guidelines which limit duration and prohibit investment in historically high volatility
sectors.
Interest rate sensitivity in the investment portfolio can be estimated by projecting a hypothetical instantaneous increase
or decrease in interest rates. The following table presents the estimated pre-tax change in fair value of the Company’s fixed-
maturity securities and short-term investments from instantaneous parallel shifts in interest rates.
Increase (Decrease) in Fair Value (Pre-Tax)
of Fixed-Maturity Securities and Short-Term Investments
from Changes in Interest Rates (1)
As of December 31,
2025
2024
(in millions)
Decrease of 300 bps
$
1,006
$
875
Decrease of 200 bps
648
572
Decrease of 100 bps
321
281
Increase of 100 bps
(317)
(275)
Increase of 200 bps
(625)
(546)
Increase of 300 bps
(916)
(804)
____________________
(1)
Sensitivity analysis assumes a floor of zero for interest rates.
See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7. Investments and Cash, for additional information.
Sensitivity to Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
Foreign exchange risk is the risk that a financial instrument’s value will change due to a change in the foreign currency
exchange rates. The Company has foreign denominated securities in its investment portfolio as well as foreign denominated
premium receivables. The Company’s material exposure is to changes in U.S. dollar/pound sterling and U.S. dollar/euro
exchange rates. Securities denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollar were 12.1% and 8.9% of the fixed-maturity
securities and short-term investments as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Changes in fair value of available-for-
sale investments attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates are recorded in other comprehensive income. Approximately
68% and 69% of installment premiums as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, are denominated in
currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the pound sterling and euro. Changes in premiums receivable attributable to
changes in foreign exchange rates are reported in the consolidated statements of operations.
117
Increase (Decrease) in Carrying Value
of Fixed-Maturity Securities and Short-Term Investments and Premiums Receivable
from Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates
Fixed-Maturity Securities and Short-Term
Investments
Premium Receivable, net of Reinsurance and
Commissions Payable
As of December 31,
As of December 31,
2025
2024
2025
2024
(in millions)
Decrease of 30%
$
(237) $
(207) $
(320) $
(319)
Decrease of 20%
(158)
(138)
(213)
(213)
Decrease of 10%
(79)
(69)
(107)
(106)
Increase of 10%
79
69
107
106
Increase of 20%
158
138
213
213
Increase of 30%
237
207
320
319
See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7. Investments and Cash, and Note 5. Contracts
Accounted for as Insurance, for additional information.
Sensitivity of Credit Derivatives to Changes in Credit Spreads
Fair value gains and losses on credit derivatives are sensitive to changes in credit spreads of the underlying obligations
and the Company’s own credit spread. Market liquidity could also impact valuations of the underlying obligations. The
Company considers the impact of its own credit risk, together with credit spreads on the exposures that it insured through CDS
contracts, in determining their fair value.
The Company determines its own credit risk based on quoted CDS prices traded on AG at each balance sheet date. The
quoted price of five-year CDS contracts traded on AG as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 was 69 bps and 75 bps,
respectively.
The impact of changes in credit spreads will vary based upon the volume, tenor, interest rates and other market
conditions at the time these fair values are determined. In addition, since each transaction has unique collateral and structural
terms, the underlying change in fair value of each transaction may vary considerably. An overall narrowing of spreads generally
results in a fair value gain on credit derivatives for the Company, and an overall widening of spreads generally results in a fair
value loss for the Company.
The fair value of credit derivative contracts also reflects the change in the Company’s own credit cost, based on the
price to purchase credit protection on AG. Historically, the price of CDS traded on AG typically moved directionally the same
as general market spreads, although this is not always the case. In certain circumstances, due to the fact that spread movements
are not perfectly correlated, the narrowing or widening of the price of CDS traded on AG can have a more significant financial
statement impact than the changes in credit spread of risks it insures.
In the Company’s valuation model, the premium the Company captures is not permitted to go below the minimum rate
that the Company would currently charge to assume similar risks. This assumption can have the effect of mitigating the amount
of fair value gains that are recognized on certain CDS contracts. The minimum premium assumption had no effect on the fair
value of CDS contracts as of December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024. The percentage of transactions that price using the
minimum premium fluctuates due to changes in AG’s credit spreads. In general, when AG’s credit spreads narrow, the cost to
hedge AG’s name declines and more transactions price above previously established floor levels. Meanwhile, when AG’s credit
spreads widen, the cost to hedge AG’s name increases causing more transactions to price at established floor levels.
The following table summarizes the estimated change in fair value on the net balance of the Company’s credit
derivative positions assuming an immediate shift in the net spreads assumed by the Company. The net spread includes the
spread of the underlying collateral and the credit spreads on AG.
118
Effect of Changes in Credit Spread on Credit Derivatives
As of December 31, 2025
As of December 31, 2024
Credit Spreads
Estimated Net
Fair Value
(Pre-Tax)
Estimated Change
in Gain/(Loss)
(Pre-Tax)
Estimated Net
Fair Value
(Pre-Tax)
Estimated Change
in Gain/(Loss)
(Pre-Tax)
(in millions)
Increase of 25 bps
$
(72) $
(57) $
(92) $
(63)
Base Scenario
(15)
—
(29)
—
Decrease of 25 bps
(6)
9
(14)
15
All transactions priced at floor
(5)
10
(12)
17
See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 6. Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives, for
additional information.
Sensitivity of FG VIEs’ Assets and Liabilities to Market Risk
The fair value of the Company’s FG VIEs’ assets is generally sensitive to changes related to estimated prepayment
speeds; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes such as: historical collateral
performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); yields implied by
market prices for similar securities; and house price depreciation/appreciation rates based on macroeconomic forecasts.
Significant changes to some of these inputs could materially change the fair value of the FG VIEs’ assets and the implied
collateral losses or recoveries within the transaction. In general, the fair value of the FG VIEs’ assets is most sensitive to
changes in the projected collateral losses, where an increase in collateral losses or a decrease in recoveries typically leads to a
decrease in the fair value of FG VIEs’ assets, while a decrease in collateral losses or an increase in recoveries typically leads to
an increase in the fair value of FG VIEs’ assets. The third-party pricing provider utilizes an internal model to determine an
appropriate yield at which to discount the cash flows of the security, by factoring in collateral types, weighted average lives and
other structural attributes specific to the security being priced. The expected yield is further calibrated by utilizing algorithms
designed to aggregate market color, received by the independent third party, on comparable bonds.
The models that price the FG VIEs’ liabilities used, where appropriate, the same inputs used in determining fair value
of FG VIEs’ assets and, for those liabilities insured by the Company, the benefit from the Company's insurance policy
guaranteeing the timely payment of principal and interest, taking into account the Company’s own credit risk.
Significant changes to certain of the inputs described above could materially change the timing of expected losses
within the insured transaction which is a significant factor in determining the implied benefit from the Company’s insurance
policy guaranteeing the timely payment of principal and interest for the tranches of debt issued by the FG VIEs that is insured
by the Company. In general, extending the timing of expected loss payments by the Company into the future typically leads to a
decrease in the value of the Company’s insurance and a decrease in the fair value of the Company’s FG VIEs’ liabilities with
recourse, while a shortening of the timing of expected loss payments by the Company typically leads to an increase in the value
of the Company’s insurance and an increase in the fair value of the Company’s FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse.
See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 8. Variable Interest Entities, for additional
information.
119
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 238)
121
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024
123
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
124
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
125
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
126
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
127
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
130
1. Business and Basis of Presentation
130
2. Segment Information
133
3. Outstanding Exposure
139
4. Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered)
147
5. Contracts Accounted for as Insurance
156
6. Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives
165
7. Investments and Cash
167
8. Variable Interest Entities
175
9. Fair Value Measurement
180
10. Asset Management Fees
191
11. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities
192
12. Employee Benefit Plans
195
13. Income Taxes
198
14. Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements
203
15. Related Party Transactions
206
16. Leases
207
17. Contingencies
209
18. Shareholders’ Equity
209
19. Other Comprehensive Income
211
20. Earnings Per Share
213
21. Parent Company
215
120
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the
“Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive
income (loss), of shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025,
including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control -
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework
(2013) issued by the COSO.
Basis for Opinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,
included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our
responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control
over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with
the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in
all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the
consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of
internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal
control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions
and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
121
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated
financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to
accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging,
subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the
consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below,
providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Valuation of the Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense (LAE) Reserve and the Salvage and Subrogation Recoverable - Estimation
of the Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered) Related to Public Finance Obligations
As described in Notes 4 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the loss and LAE reserve and the salvage and
subrogation recoverable reported on the consolidated balance sheet relate only to direct and assumed reinsurance contracts that
are accounted for as insurance, substantially all of which are financial guaranty insurance contracts. As of December 31, 2025,
the loss and LAE reserve was $309 million and the salvage and subrogation recoverable was $449 million, for which a
significant portion of such amounts relate to public finance obligations. A loss and LAE reserve for a financial guaranty
insurance contract is recorded only to the extent, and for the amount, that expected loss to be paid plus contra-paid (total losses)
exceed the deferred premium revenue, on a contract by contract basis. The expected loss to be paid (recovered) is equal to the
present value of expected future cash outflows for loss and LAE payments, and net of inflows for expected salvage and
subrogation, using current risk-free rates. If a transaction is in a net recovery position, this results in the recording of a salvage
and subrogation recoverable. Expected cash outflows and inflows are probability weighted cash flows that reflect management's
assumptions about the likelihood of all possible outcomes based on all information available to management. The determination
of expected loss to be paid (recovered) is a subjective process involving numerous estimates, assumptions and judgments
relating to internal credit ratings, timing of cash flows, recovery rates, and probability weightings, as used in the respective cash
flow models used by management.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of the loss and
LAE reserve and the salvage and subrogation recoverable – estimation of the expected loss to be paid (recovered) related to
public finance obligations is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the
estimate of the loss and LAE reserve and the salvage and subrogation recoverable – estimation of the expected loss to be paid
(recovered) related to public finance obligations, (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing
procedures and evaluating management's significant assumptions related to internal credit ratings, timing of cash flows,
recovery rates, and probability weightings, and (iii) the audit effort included the involvement of professionals with specialized
skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating
to the valuation of the loss and LAE reserve and the salvage and subrogation recoverable – estimation of the expected loss to be
paid (recovered) related to public finance obligations. These procedures also included, among others, (i) testing management’s
process for developing the estimate of the loss and LAE reserve and the salvage and subrogation recoverable, (ii) evaluating the
appropriateness of the cash flow models used by management, (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data
used in the cash flow models, and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of the significant assumptions used by management related
to internal credit ratings, timing of cash flows, recovery rates, and probability weightings. Evaluating management’s
assumptions related to internal credit ratings, timing of cash flows, recovery rates, and probability weightings involved
evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable, as considered applicable to the individual public
finance obligation, considering (i) the current, past, or anticipated future performance of the obligor, and (ii) the consistency
with external market and industry data. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating the
reasonableness of the significant assumptions related to timing of cash flows, recovery rates, and probability weightings for
certain public finance obligations.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
February 27, 2026
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2003.
122
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(dollars in millions except share data)
As of December 31,
2025
2024
Assets
Investments:
Fixed-maturity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value, net of allowance for credit
loss of $54 and $60 (amortized cost of $6,572 and $6,827)
$
6,369
$
6,369
Fixed-maturity securities, trading, at fair value
124
147
Short-term investments, at fair value
903
1,221
Other invested assets (includes $3 and $4, at fair value)
1,091
926
Total investments
8,487
8,663
Cash
388
121
Premiums receivable, net of commissions payable, net of allowance for credit losses of
$3 and $–
1,572
1,551
Deferred acquisition costs
192
176
Salvage and subrogation recoverable
449
396
Financial guaranty variable interest entities’ assets (includes $172 and $147, at fair
value)
212
147
Assets of consolidated investment vehicles (includes $167 and $99, at fair value)
175
101
Other assets (includes $174 and $131, at fair value)
701
746
Total assets
$
12,176
$
11,901
Liabilities
Unearned premium reserve
$
3,625
$
3,719
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserve
309
268
Long-term debt
1,704
1,699
Financial guaranty variable interest entities’ liabilities (includes $197 and $164, at fair
value, $182 and $155 with recourse, $16 and $9 without recourse)
198
164
Other liabilities (includes $21 and $34 at fair value)
551
498
Total liabilities
6,387
6,348
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 3, 4, 7, 17)
Shareholders’ equity
Common shares ($0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized; 45,184,791 and
50,505,320 shares issued and outstanding)
—
1
Retained earnings
5,830
5,878
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax of $(39) and $(75)
(168)
(385)
Deferred equity compensation
1
1
Total shareholders’ equity attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd.
5,663
5,495
Non-redeemable noncontrolling interest (Note 8)
126
58
Total shareholders’ equity
5,789
5,553
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
12,176
$
11,901
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
123
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(dollars in millions except share data)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Revenues
Net earned premiums
$
380
$
403
$
344
Net investment income
359
340
365
Asset management fees
—
—
53
Net realized investment gains (losses)
(40)
9
(14)
Fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives
121
24
114
Fair value gains (losses) on committed capital securities
20
(10)
(35)
Fair value gains (losses) on financial guaranty variable interest entities
6
(11)
8
Fair value gains (losses) on consolidated investment vehicles
79
69
88
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement
96
(27)
53
Fair value gains (losses) on trading securities
13
52
74
Gain on sale of asset management subsidiaries
—
—
262
Other income (loss)
76
23
61
Total revenues
1,110
872
1,373
Expenses
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (benefit)
56
(26)
162
Interest expense
89
91
90
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs
22
20
13
Employee compensation and benefit expenses
209
202
251
Other operating expenses
174
159
217
Total expenses
550
446
733
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of
investees
560
426
640
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees
102
62
28
Income (loss) before income taxes
662
488
668
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Current
124
100
63
Deferred
(5)
(4)
(156)
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes
119
96
(93)
Net income (loss)
543
392
761
Less: Noncontrolling interest
40
16
22
Net income (loss) attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd.
$
503
$
376
$
739
Earnings per share:
Basic
$
10.39
$
7.01
$
12.54
Diluted
$
10.26
$
6.87
$
12.30
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
124
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Net income (loss)
$
543
$
392
$
761
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on:
Investments with no credit impairment, net of tax provision (benefit) of
$30, $(10) and $14
187
(33)
141
Investments with credit impairment, net of tax provision (benefit) of $6,
$1 and $1
27
5
6
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on investments
214
(28)
147
Change in instrument-specific credit risk on financial guaranty variable
interest entities’ liabilities with recourse, net of tax provision (benefit)
1
2
3
Other, net of tax provision (benefit)
2
—
6
Other comprehensive income (loss)
217
(26)
156
Comprehensive income (loss)
760
366
917
Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
40
16
22
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd.
$
720
$
350
$
895
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
125
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
(dollars in millions, except share data)
Common
Shares
Outstanding
Total Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Non-
redeemable
Noncontrolling
Interest
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
Common
Shares
Par Value
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Deferred
Equity
Compensation
Total
As of December 31, 2022
59,013,040
$
1
$ 5,577
$
(515) $
1
$ 5,064
$
228
$
5,292
Net income
—
—
739
—
—
739
22
761
Dividends ($1.12 per share)
—
—
(68)
—
—
(68)
—
(68)
Common shares repurchases
(3,215,893)
—
(199)
—
—
(199)
—
(199)
Share-based compensation
420,158
—
21
—
—
21
—
21
Reclassification to liabilities
—
—
—
—
—
—
(16)
(16)
Contributions
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
20
Distributions
—
—
—
—
—
—
(70)
(70)
Other comprehensive income
—
—
—
156
—
156
—
156
Deconsolidation of investment
vehicles
—
—
—
—
—
—
(132)
(132)
As of December 31, 2023
56,217,305
1
6,070
(359)
1
5,713
52
5,765
Net income
—
—
376
—
—
376
16
392
Dividends ($1.24 per share)
—
—
(68)
—
—
(68)
—
(68)
Common shares repurchases
(6,180,774)
—
(508)
—
—
(508)
—
(508)
Share-based compensation
468,789
—
8
—
—
8
—
8
Distributions
—
—
—
—
—
—
(10)
(10)
Other comprehensive loss
—
—
—
(26)
—
(26)
—
(26)
As of December 31, 2024
50,505,320
1
5,878
(385)
1
5,495
58
5,553
Net income
—
—
503
—
—
503
40
543
Dividends ($1.36 per share)
—
—
(69)
—
—
(69)
—
(69)
Consolidation
—
—
—
—
—
—
28
28
Common shares repurchases
(5,819,627)
(1)
(493)
—
—
(494)
—
(494)
Share-based compensation
499,098
—
11
—
—
11
—
11
Other comprehensive income
—
—
—
217
—
217
—
217
As of December 31, 2025
45,184,791
$
—
$ 5,830
$
(168) $
1
$ 5,663
$
126
$
5,789
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
126
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)
$
543 $
392 $
761
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows provided by operating activities:
Non-cash interest and operating expenses
66
66
58
Net amortization of premium (discount) on investments
(62)
(23)
(37)
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
(5)
(4)
(156)
Net realized investment losses (gains)
40
(9)
14
Equity in (earnings) losses of investees
(102)
(62)
(28)
Fair value losses (gains) on committed capital securities
(20)
10
35
Fair value losses (gains) on trading securities
(13)
(52)
(74)
Gain on sale of asset management subsidiaries
—
—
(262)
Change in premiums receivable, net of premiums and commissions payable
(18)
(80)
(157)
Change in unearned premium reserve, net
(96)
62
26
Change in loss and loss adjustment expense reserve and salvage and subrogation
recoverable, net
(10)
(202)
35
Change in current income taxes
63
(6)
72
Change in credit derivative assets and liabilities, net
(14)
(21)
(112)
Distributions from equity method investments
56
47
7
Other
(101)
(19)
(97)
Cash flows from consolidated investment vehicles:
Purchases of securities
—
(97)
(340)
Sales of securities
—
41
675
Maturities and paydowns of securities
—
—
60
Proceeds from (purchases of) money market funds
—
—
66
Other changes in consolidated investment vehicles
(68)
4
(85)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities
259
47
461
(continued)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
127
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Cash flows from investing activities:
Fixed-maturity securities, available for sale:
Purchases
(1,581)
(1,354)
(540)
Sales
624
649
862
Maturities and paydowns
1,274
853
746
Short-term investments with original maturities of over three months:
Purchases
(3)
(1)
(16)
Sales
—
—
4
Maturities and paydowns
—
5
36
Net sales (purchases) of short-term investments with original maturities of less than
three months
326
437
(872)
Sales of fixed-maturity securities, trading
8
233
—
Maturities and paydowns of fixed-maturity securities, trading
28
21
63
Purchases of and contributions to other invested assets
(160)
(119)
(198)
Sales of and return of capital from other invested assets
44
41
29
Paydowns on financial guaranty variable interest entities’ assets
20
23
175
Net proceeds from sale of assets and liabilities held for sale
49
—
—
Other
12
(8)
(3)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities
641
780
286
Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid
$
(68) $
(68) $
(67)
Repurchases of common shares
(500)
(502)
(199)
Net paydowns of financial guaranty variable interest entities’ liabilities
(16)
(375)
(149)
Issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs
—
—
345
Redemptions and purchases of debt, including make-whole payment
—
—
(330)
Payments related to tax withholding for share-based compensation
(34)
(30)
(20)
Other
2
2
1
Cash flows from consolidated investment vehicles:
Repayment of warehouse financing debt
—
—
(166)
Distributions to noncontrolling interest from consolidated investment vehicles
—
(10)
(80)
Other
—
—
(5)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
(616)
(983)
(670)
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
7
(2)
2
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
291
(158)
79
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period
128
286
207
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
$
419 $
128 $
286
(continued)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
128
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:
Receipt of fixed-maturity securities, available-for-sale
$
9 $
— $
1
Contributions from noncontrolling interest
—
—
20
Distributions to noncontrolling interest
—
—
27
Sale of asset management subsidiaries (See Note 1)
Assets acquired
—
—
437
Assets transferred
—
—
240
Liabilities transferred
—
—
66
As of December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash to the
consolidated balance sheets:
Cash
$
388 $
121 $
97
Restricted cash (included in other assets)
1
5
—
Cash and cash equivalents of financial guaranty variable interest entities (see Note 8)
22
—
154
Cash and cash equivalents of consolidated investment vehicles (see Note 8)
8
2
35
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of period
$
419 $
128 $
286
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
129
1.
Business and Basis of Presentation
Business
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (AGL and, together with its subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty or the Company) is a Bermuda-
based holding company that provides, through its wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, credit protection products to the United
States (U.S.) and non-U.S. public finance (including infrastructure) and structured finance markets. Assured Guaranty also
participates in the asset management business.
Insurance
Through its insurance subsidiaries, the Company applies its credit underwriting judgment, risk management skills and
capital markets experience primarily to offer financial guaranty insurance that protects holders of debt instruments and other
monetary obligations from defaults in scheduled payments. If an obligor defaults on a scheduled payment, including a
scheduled principal or interest payment (collectively, debt service), the Company is required under its unconditional and
irrevocable financial guaranty to pay the shortfall of the scheduled amount to the holder of the obligation, but generally cannot
be required by the holder to pay on an accelerated basis. The Company markets its financial guaranty insurance directly to
issuers and underwriters of public finance and structured finance securities as well as to investors in such obligations. The
Company guarantees obligations issued principally in the U.S. and the United Kingdom (U.K.), and also guarantees obligations
issued in other countries and regions, including Western Europe and Australia. The Company also provides specialty insurance
and reinsurance on transactions with risk profiles similar to those of its structured finance exposures written in financial
guaranty form. The Company’s principal insurance subsidiaries are:
•
Assured Guaranty Inc. (AG), domiciled in Maryland, and its insurance subsidiaries:
•
Assured Guaranty UK Limited (AGUK), domiciled in the U.K.;
•
Assured Guaranty (Europe) SA (AGE), domiciled in France;
•
Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. (AG Re), domiciled in Bermuda, and its insurance subsidiary:
•
Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (AGRO), domiciled in Bermuda.
Acquisition of Assured Life Reinsurance (formerly Warwick Life Reinsurance)
On January 21, 2026, the Company purchased all of the outstanding share capital in Warwick Company (UK) Limited,
which is the 100% indirect owner of Assured Life Reinsurance Ltd. (Assured Life Re, f/k/a Warwick Re Limited), for a
purchase price of $158 million, subject to certain post-closing adjustments (Assured Life Re Acquisition). Assured Life Re is a
Class E long-term (life) reinsurance company incorporated and registered in Bermuda and is rated BBB (Outlook Positive)
(1/28/26) by Fitch Ratings, Inc. Assured Life Re focuses on annuity reinsurance including U.K. bulk purchase annuity (pension
risk transfers) and U.S. multi-year guaranteed annuity transactions.
The Company funded the purchase price with available cash. In addition to the purchase price, the Company may
contribute additional capital to Assured Life Re depending on the amount of life and annuity liabilities assumed in future
reinsurance transactions. The Assured Life Re Acquisition represents the Company's first platform dedicated solely to the life
and annuity reinsurance business.
Held for Sale
The Company designated certain assets (including a commercially leased building) and related liabilities as held for
sale in the first quarter of 2023. These assets and liabilities were associated with a loss mitigation strategy for a troubled
exposure that had carrying values of $30 million (reported in “other assets”) and $4 million (reported in “other liabilities”),
respectively, as of September 30, 2025. In connection with the sale in October 2025 of the commercially leased building, the
Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $23 million, which was recorded in “other income” in the Insurance segment.
Asset Management
Until July 1, 2023, the Company served as an investment adviser to primarily collateralized loan obligations (CLOs)
and opportunity funds, through Assured Investment Management LLC (AssuredIM LLC) and its investment management
affiliates (together with AssuredIM LLC, AssuredIM). Beginning July 1, 2023, the Company participates in the asset
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
130
management business through its ownership interest in Sound Point Capital Management, LP (Sound Point, LP) and certain of
its investment management affiliates (together with Sound Point, LP, Sound Point), as described below.
On July 1, 2023, Assured Guaranty contributed to Sound Point, LP most of its asset management business, other than
that conducted by Assured Healthcare Partners LLC (AHP) (AssuredIM Contributed Business), as contemplated by the
transaction agreement entered into with Sound Point on April 5, 2023 (Transaction Agreement). Assured Guaranty received,
subject to certain potential post-closing adjustments, approximately 30% of the common interests in Sound Point, LP, and
certain other interests in Sound Point. The Company has committed capital to investments managed by Sound Point. See Note
7. Investments and Cash.
In July 2023, Assured Guaranty also sold all of its equity interests in AHP, which manages healthcare funds, to an
entity owned and controlled by the managing partner of AHP (AHP Transaction). In connection with the AHP Transaction, the
Company agreed to remain a strategic investor in certain AHP managed funds, retain its portion of carried interest in certain
AHP managed funds and receive other consideration.
Upon closing of the Sound Point Transaction and the AHP Transaction, the Company deconsolidated most of the
corresponding AssuredIM entities and reported an ownership interest in Sound Point that is accounted for under the equity
method. In connection with the Sound Point Transaction and AHP Transaction, the Company reevaluated its consolidation
conclusion for each consolidated investment vehicle (CIV) and deconsolidated all but three CIVs. See Note 8. Variable Interest
Entities. After the Sound Point Transaction and AHP Transaction, the Company continues to consolidate the general partner of
a fund that Sound Point now manages and reports any performance fees in “other income.”
The following table presents the calculation of the gain associated with the Sound Point Transaction and AHP
Transaction in 2023.
Gain on Sound Point Transaction and AHP Transaction
(in millions)
Fair value of ownership interest in Sound Point
$
425
Fair value of other consideration (1)
25
Total consideration
450
Less net asset carrying value of transferred AssuredIM subsidiaries (2)
188
Gain on sale of asset management subsidiaries (3)
$
262
____________________
(1)
Included $13 million of cash and a receivable reported in “other assets” of $12 million.
(2)
Included goodwill and intangible assets of $155 million.
(3)
Consisted of a $255 million gain on the Sound Point Transaction and a $7 million gain on the AHP Transaction, which
were both reported in the Corporate division (as described in Note 2. Segment Information).
The Company recognized expenses of $46 million during 2023 associated with the Sound Point Transaction and AHP
Transaction.
U.S. Holding Companies
AGL directly or indirectly owns several holding companies. Two of these holding companies, Assured Guaranty US
Holdings Inc. (AGUS) and Assured Guaranty Municipal Holdings Inc. (AGMH) (collectively, the U.S. Holding Companies),
have public debt outstanding.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
131
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America (GAAP). In management’s opinion, all material adjustments necessary for a fair statement of
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company, including its consolidated variable interest entities
(VIEs), are reflected in the periods presented and are of a normal, recurring nature. The preparation of financial statements in
conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Certain prior year
balances have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of AGL, its direct and indirect subsidiaries, and its
consolidated financial guaranty VIEs (FG VIEs) and CIVs. See Note 8. Variable Interest Entities. Intercompany accounts and
transactions between and among all consolidated entities have been eliminated. All amounts are reported in U.S. dollars, unless
otherwise specified.
Significant Accounting Policies
The Company revalues foreign currency denominated assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses into U.S. dollars using
the applicable exchange rates prescribed by GAAP. For subsidiaries where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar, gains and
losses generated by the remeasurement of foreign currency transactions are reported in the consolidated statements of
operations. For consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, amounts generated by translating foreign
currency financial statements to the Company’s U.S. dollar reporting currency are reported in the consolidated statements of
comprehensive income (loss).
Other accounting policies are included in the following notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Note Name
Note Number
Expected loss to be paid (recovered)
Note 4
Contracts accounted for as insurance
Note 5
Contracts accounted for as credit derivatives
Note 6
Investments and cash
Note 7
Variable interest entities
Note 8
Fair value measurement
Note 9
Asset management fees
Note 10
Long-term debt and credit facilities
Note 11
Employee benefit plans
Note 12
Income taxes
Note 13
Related parties
Note 15
Leases
Note 16
Contingencies
Note 17
Shareholders’ equity
Note 18
Earnings per share
Note 20
Recent Accounting Standards Adopted
In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU)
2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (ASU 2023-09). This ASU requires enhanced
annual disclosures regarding the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. The Company prospectively adopted this ASU
effective January 1, 2025 which affected certain of the Company’s income tax disclosures. See Note 13. Income Taxes.
In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-07, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) and Revenue from
Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Derivatives Scope Refinements and Scope Clarification for Share-Based Noncash
Consideration from a Customer in a Revenue Contract. This ASU refines the scope of Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC) 815 to clarify which contracts are subject to derivative accounting and provides clarification under ASC 606 for share-
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
132
based payments from a customer in a revenue contract. The Company elected to early adopt this ASU as of January 1, 2025,
with no effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
Recent Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense
Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40). The amendments in this ASU require disclosure about specific expense
categories, including employee compensation, depreciation and intangible asset amortization, in the notes to the financial
statements at interim and annual reporting periods. This ASU is effective in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026,
and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. Prospective application
is required, and retrospective application is permitted. The Company is evaluating when and how it will adopt this ASU and the
effect that the amendments in this ASU may have on its expense disclosures.
In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software
(Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software. This ASU updates the capitalization
guidance for internal-use software development costs by removing all references to software development project stages and
providing new guidance requiring an entity to start capitalizing when both of the following occur: (i) management has
authorized and committed to funding a software project; and (ii) it is probable that the project will be completed and the
software will be used to perform the function intended. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2027, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. This ASU allows entities to adopt the new
guidance prospectively, retrospectively or with a modified transition. The Company is evaluating when and how it will adopt
this ASU and the effect it may have on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-11, Interim Reporting (Topic 270): Narrow-Scope Improvements.
This ASU is intended to improve the navigability of guidance in ASC 270, Interim Reporting, and clarify when it applies. The
ASU also provides additional guidance on what disclosures should be provided in interim reporting periods. This ASU is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and permits
prospective or full retrospective adoption. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating when and how it will adopt
this ASU and the effect it may have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
2.
Segment Information
The Company reports its results of operations in two segments: Insurance and Asset Management. The Company
separately reports the results of its Corporate division and the effects of consolidating FG VIEs and CIVs. This presentation is
consistent with the manner in which the Chief Executive Officer and President, the chief operating decision maker (CODM),
reviews the business to assess performance and allocate resources. The CODM predominantly uses adjusted operating income
to allocate resources for each segment in the annual budget and forecasting process and to assess the performance for each
segment.
The Company analyzes the operating performance of each segment using “segment adjusted operating income (loss).”
Results for each segment and division include specifically identifiable expenses as well as intersegment expense allocations, as
applicable, based on time studies and other cost allocation methodologies based on headcount or other metrics. Segment
adjusted operating income is defined as “net income (loss) attributable to AGL,” adjusted for the following items, which
primarily affect the Insurance segment and Corporate division:
•
Elimination of realized gains (losses) on the Company’s investments, except for gains and losses on securities
classified as trading.
•
Elimination of non-credit impairment-related fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives that are recognized in net
income, which is the amount of unrealized fair value gains (losses) in excess of the present value of the expected
estimated economic credit losses.
•
Elimination of fair value gains (losses) on the Company’s committed capital securities (CCS) that are recognized in net
income.
•
Elimination of foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement of net premium receivables and loss and loss
adjustment expense (LAE) reserves that are recognized in net income.
•
The tax effects related to the above adjustments, which are determined by applying the statutory tax rate in each of the
jurisdictions that generate these adjustments.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
133
In addition to the adjustments listed above, segment adjusted operating income (loss) differs from GAAP in other
respects. The Insurance segment includes: (i) premiums and losses from the financial guaranty insurance policies issued by AG
that guarantee FG VIE debt; and (ii) the insurance subsidiaries’ share of earnings from all their investments in funds managed
by Sound Point and AHP funds (prior to July 1, 2023, AssuredIM) in “equity in earnings (losses) of investees.” Under GAAP,
(i) FG VIEs are consolidated by AG and the premiums and losses/recoveries associated with the financial guaranty policies in
respect of the FG VIEs’ debt are eliminated (the reconciliation tables below present the FG VIEs and related eliminations in
“other”); and (ii) certain investments in funds managed by Sound Point (prior to July 1, 2023, AssuredIM) and AHP funds are,
or were in prior periods, accounted for as CIVs (in the reconciliation tables below, the CIVs and related eliminations of the
Insurance segment’s “equity in earnings (losses) of investees” associated with the Company’s ownership interest in CIVs are
presented in “other”). Until July 1, 2023, under GAAP, reimbursable fund expenses were shown as a component of “asset
management fees” and included in total revenues, whereas in the Asset Management segment in the tables below these
expenses were netted in “segment expenses.”
The Company does not report assets by reportable segment as the CODM does not assess performance or allocate
resources based on assets.
The Insurance segment primarily consists of the adjusted operating income (loss) of the Company’s insurance
subsidiaries and AG Asset Strategies LLC (AGAS). See Note 7. Investments and Cash. The Asset Management segment
includes the results of the Company’s equity method ownership interest in Sound Point and other asset management-related
incentive fees.
Prior to July 1, 2023, the Asset Management segment consisted of the adjusted operating income (loss) of AssuredIM.
Since July 2023, the Company participates in the asset management business through its ownership interest in Sound Point as
described in Note 1. Business and Basis of Presentation. Beginning in the third quarter of 2023, the Asset Management segment
primarily includes the results of the Company’s equity method ownership interest in Sound Point.
The Corporate division primarily consists of: (i) interest expense and any losses on the extinguishment of the U.S.
Holding Companies’ debt; (ii) other corporate operating expenses of AGL and the U.S. Holding Companies; (iii) beginning in
the third quarter of 2024, equity in earnings from certain alternative investments that were transferred from AG to AGMH as
part of a stock redemption; (iv) beginning in the fourth quarter of 2025, a portion of the equity in earnings of AHP managed
funds that were transferred from AG to AGMH as a part of a stock redemption; and (v) gains and losses associated with certain
corporate development or other strategic initiatives. The Corporate division also included the gain, net of transaction expenses,
associated with the Sound Point Transaction and the AHP Transaction in 2023.
The Other category in the tables below primarily includes the effect of consolidating FG VIEs, CIVs and intersegment
eliminations and, prior to July 1, 2023, the reclassification of reimbursable fund expenses. See Note 8. Variable Interest
Entities.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
134
The following table presents information for the Company’s operating segments. Intersegment revenues include
transactions between and among the segments, the Corporate division and the Other category.
Segment Information
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023 (4)
Insurance (1)
Asset
Management
Insurance
Asset
Management
Insurance
Asset
Management
(in millions)
Third-party revenues
$
861 $
24 $
811 $
8 $
845 $
49
Intersegment revenues
9
5
10
2
10
27
Segment revenues
870
29
821
10
855
76
Segment loss and LAE (benefit)
(8)
—
(18)
—
161
—
Segment employee compensation and
benefit expenses
182
—
170
—
154
59
Segment amortization of deferred
acquisition costs (DAC)
22
—
20
—
13
—
Other segment items (2)
125
17
117
6
107
19
Segment expenses
321
17
289
6
435
78
Segment equity in earnings (losses) of
investees
63
14
102
2
82
5
Less: Segment provision (benefit) for
income taxes
104
6
109
1
(119)
—
Segment adjusted operating income (loss)
$
508 $
20 $
525 $
5 $
621 $
3
Selected components of segment adjusted
operating income:
Net investment income
$
358 $
— $
339 $
— $
370 $
—
Non-cash compensation and operating
expenses (3)
65
—
60
—
38
8
_____________________
(1)
2025 results include the gain recognized in connection with the Lehman Brothers International (Europe) (in
administration) (LBIE) litigation, which represents the full satisfaction of the judgment the Company was awarded and
its claims for attorneys’ fees, expenses and interest. See Note 6. Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives, for
additional information.
(2)
Other segment items for the Insurance segment include professional services expenses, maintenance, depreciation
expense, lease expense, investment management expenses and certain overhead expenses; and for the Asset
Management segment include expenses associated with incentive fees.
(3)
Amounts consist of depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation (see Note 12. Employee Benefit Plans)
and the write-off of long-lived intangible assets related to Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp. (AGM) licenses in 2024.
(4)
In 2023, the Corporate division had revenues of $275 million primarily consisting of a gain on the Sound Point and
AHP transactions. Expenses for the Corporate division consisted of $99 million of interest expense, $38 million of
employee compensation and benefit expenses and $79 million of other expenses.
The tables below present a reconciliation of significant components of segment information to the comparable
consolidated amounts.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
135
Reconciliation of Segment Information to Consolidated Information
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Less:
Net Income
(Loss)
Attributable to
AGL
Revenues
Expenses
Equity in
Earnings
(Losses) of
Investees
Provision
(Benefit) for
Income Taxes
Noncontrolling
Interest (NCI)
(in millions)
Segments:
Insurance
$
870 $
321 $
63 $
104 $
— $
508
Asset Management
29
17
14
6
—
20
Total segments
899
338
77
110
—
528
Corporate division
14
157
48
(6)
—
(89)
Other
63
(8)
(23)
2
40
6
Subtotal
976
487
102
106
40
445
Reconciling items:
Realized gains (losses) on
investments
(40)
—
—
—
—
(40)
Non-credit impairment-related
unrealized fair value gains (losses) on
credit derivatives
69
63
—
—
—
6
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
20
—
—
—
—
20
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on
remeasurement of premiums
receivable and loss and LAE reserves
85
—
—
—
—
85
Tax effect
—
—
—
13
—
(13)
Consolidated
$
1,110 $
550 $
102 $
119 $
40 $
503
Reconciliation of Segment Information to Consolidated Information
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Less:
Net Income
(Loss)
Attributable to
AGL
Revenues
Expenses
Equity in
Earnings
(Losses) of
Investees
Provision
(Benefit) for
Income Taxes
NCI
(in millions)
Segments:
Insurance
$
821 $
289 $
102 $
109 $
— $
525
Asset Management
10
6
2
1
—
5
Total segments
831
295
104
110
—
530
Corporate division
17
169
5
(12)
—
(135)
Other
38
(17)
(47)
(2)
16
(6)
Subtotal
886
447
62
96
16
389
Reconciling items:
Realized gains (losses) on investments
9
—
—
—
—
9
Non-credit impairment-related
unrealized fair value gains (losses) on
credit derivatives
13
(1)
—
—
—
14
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
(10)
—
—
—
—
(10)
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on
remeasurement of premiums receivable
and loss and LAE reserves
(26)
—
—
—
—
(26)
Tax effect
—
—
—
—
—
—
Consolidated
$
872 $
446 $
62 $
96 $
16 $
376
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
136
Reconciliation of Segment Information to Consolidated Information
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Less:
Net Income
(Loss)
Attributable to
AGL
Revenues
Expenses
Equity in
Earnings
(Losses) of
Investees
Provision
(Benefit) for
Income Taxes
(1)
NCI
(in millions)
Segments:
Insurance
$
855 $
435 $
82 $
(119) $
— $
621
Asset Management
76
78
5
—
—
3
Total segments
931
513
87
(119)
—
624
Corporate division
275
216
—
14
—
45
Other
61
6
(59)
(5)
22
(21)
Subtotal
1,267
735
28
(110)
22
648
Reconciling items:
Realized gains (losses) on investments
(14)
—
—
—
—
(14)
Non-credit impairment-related
unrealized fair value gains (losses) on
credit derivatives
104
(2)
—
—
—
106
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
(35)
—
—
—
—
(35)
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on
remeasurement of premiums receivable
and loss and LAE reserves
51
—
—
—
—
51
Tax effect
—
—
—
17
—
(17)
Consolidated
$
1,373 $
733 $
28 $
(93) $
22 $
739
_____________________
(1)
Includes $189 million of tax benefit related to a Bermuda tax law change, which is included in the Insurance segment.
See Note 13. Income Taxes.
Supplemental Information
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Net Earned
Premiums
Net Investment
Income
Loss and LAE
(Benefit)
Amortization of
DAC
Other
Expenses(1)
(in millions)
Segments:
Insurance
$
383 $
358 $
(8) $
22 $
307
Asset Management
—
—
—
—
17
Total segments
383
358
(8)
22
324
Corporate division
—
13
—
—
59
Other
(3)
(12)
1
—
—
Subtotal
380
359
(7)
22
383
Reconciling items:
Credit derivative impairment (recoveries) (2)
—
—
63
—
—
Consolidated
$
380 $
359 $
56 $
22 $
383
_____________________
(1)
Consists of “employee compensation and benefit expenses” and “other operating expenses.”
(2)
Credit derivative impairment (recoveries) are included in “fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives” in the
Company’s consolidated statements of operations and in loss and LAE (benefit) on a segment basis.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
137
Supplemental Information
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Net Earned
Premiums
Net Investment
Income
Loss and LAE
(Benefit)
Amortization of
DAC
Other
Expenses(1)
(in millions)
Segments:
Insurance
$
406 $
339 $
(18) $
20 $
287
Asset Management
—
—
—
—
6
Total segments
406
339
(18)
20
293
Corporate division
—
14
—
—
68
Other
(3)
(13)
(7)
—
—
Subtotal
403
340
(25)
20
361
Reconciling items:
Credit derivative impairment (recoveries) (2)
—
—
(1)
—
—
Consolidated
$
403 $
340 $
(26) $
20 $
361
_____________________
(1)
Consists of “employee compensation and benefit expenses” and “other operating expenses.”
(2)
Credit derivative impairment (recoveries) are included in “fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives” in the
Company’s consolidated statements of operations and in loss and LAE (benefit) on a segment basis.
Supplemental Information
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Net Earned
Premiums
Net Investment
Income
Loss and LAE
(Benefit)
Amortization of
DAC
Other
Expenses(1)
(in millions)
Segments:
Insurance
$
347 $
370 $
161 $
13 $
261
Asset Management
—
—
—
—
77
Total segments
347
370
161
13
338
Corporate division
—
8
—
—
117
Other
(3)
(13)
3
—
13
Subtotal
344
365
164
13
468
Reconciling items:
Credit derivative impairment (recoveries) (2)
—
—
(2)
—
—
Consolidated
$
344 $
365 $
162 $
13 $
468
_____________________
(1)
Consists of “employee compensation and benefit expenses” and “other operating expenses.”
(2)
Credit derivative impairment (recoveries) are included in “fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives” in the
Company’s consolidated statements of operations and in loss and LAE (benefit) on a segment basis.
The table below summarizes revenues for the operating segments, the Corporate division and the Other category by
country of domicile for each period indicated, based on the country of domicile of the Company’s subsidiaries that generated
the revenues.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
138
Segment, Corporate Division and Other
Revenues by Country of Domicile
Year Ended December 31,
Country of Domicile
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
U.S.
$
749
$
685
$
1,064
Bermuda
177
168
166
U.K.
48
32
36
Other
2
1
1
Total
$
976
$
886
$
1,267
3.
Outstanding Exposure
The Company sells credit protection primarily in financial guaranty insurance form. The Company may also sell credit
protection in other forms of insurance or by issuing policies that guarantee payment obligations under credit default swaps
(CDS). The Company’s guaranties of CDS are generally structured such that the circumstances giving rise to the Company’s
obligation to make loss payments are similar to those for its financial guaranty insurance contracts.
The Company seeks to limit its exposure to losses by underwriting obligations that it views to be investment grade at
inception, although on occasion it may underwrite new issuances that it views to be below-investment-grade (BIG), typically as
part of its loss mitigation strategy for existing troubled exposures. The Company also seeks to acquire portfolios of insurance
from financial guarantors that are no longer writing new business by acquiring such companies, providing reinsurance on or
novating a portfolio of insurance; in such instances, the Company evaluates the risk characteristics of the target portfolio, which
may include some BIG exposures, as a whole in the context of the proposed transaction. The Company diversifies its insured
portfolio across sector and geography and, in the structured finance portfolio, generally requires subordination or collateral to
protect it from loss. Reinsurance may be used in order to reduce net exposure to certain insured transactions.
Public finance obligations insured by the Company primarily consist of general obligation bonds supported by the
taxing powers of U.S. state or municipal governmental authorities, as well as tax-supported bonds, revenue bonds and other
obligations supported by covenants from state or municipal governmental authorities or other municipal obligors to impose and
collect fees and charges for public services or specific infrastructure projects. The Company includes within public finance
obligations those obligations backed by the cash flow from leases or other revenues from projects serving substantial public
purposes, including utilities, toll roads, healthcare facilities and government office buildings as well as obligations issued by
U.S. and non-U.S. sovereign and sub-sovereign issuers and governmental authorities.
Structured finance obligations insured by the Company are generally issued by special purpose entities, including
VIEs, and backed by pools of assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value or other specialized financial
obligations. Some of these VIEs are consolidated as described in Note 8. Variable Interest Entities. Unless otherwise specified,
the outstanding par and debt service amounts presented in this note include outstanding exposures on these VIEs whether or not
they are consolidated.
The Company also provides specialty insurance and reinsurance and other types of financial guaranties that are
consistent with its risk profile and benefit from its underwriting experience.
Significant Risk Management Activities
The Portfolio Risk Management Committee, which includes members of senior management and senior risk and
surveillance officers, is responsible for enterprise risk management for the Company’s insurance business and focuses on
measuring and managing credit, market and liquidity risk for the Company’s insurance business. This committee establishes
company-wide credit policy for the Company’s direct and assumed insurance business. It implements specific underwriting
procedures and limits and allocates underwriting capacity among the Company’s insurance subsidiaries. All insurance
transactions in new asset classes or new jurisdictions, or otherwise outside the Company’s Board of Directors (the Board or
AGL’s Board)-approved risk appetite statement or its risk limits, must be approved by this committee.
The risk management committees of the insurance subsidiaries conduct in-depth reviews of the insured portfolios of
the relevant subsidiaries, focusing on varying portions of the portfolio at each meeting. These committees review and may
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
139
revise internal ratings assigned to the insured transactions and review sector reports, monthly product line surveillance reports
and compliance reports.
All transactions in the insured portfolio are assigned internal credit ratings by the relevant underwriting committee at
inception, and such credit ratings are updated by the respective risk management committee based on changes in transaction
credit quality. As part of the surveillance process, the Company monitors trends and changes in transaction credit quality, and
recommends such remedial actions as may be necessary or appropriate. The Company also develops strategies to enforce its
contractual rights and remedies and to mitigate its losses, engage in negotiation discussions with transaction participants and,
when necessary, manage the Company’s litigation proceedings.
Surveillance Categories
The Company segregates its insured portfolio into investment grade and BIG surveillance categories to facilitate the
appropriate allocation of resources to monitoring and loss mitigation efforts and to aid in establishing the appropriate cycle for
periodic review of each exposure. BIG exposures include all exposures with internal credit ratings below BBB-.
The Company’s internal credit ratings are based on internal assessments of the likelihood of default and loss severity
in the event of default. Internal credit ratings are expressed on a ratings scale similar to that used by the rating agencies and
generally reflect an approach similar to that employed by the rating agencies, except that the Company’s internal credit ratings
focus on future performance rather than lifetime performance.
The Company monitors its insured portfolio and refreshes its internal credit ratings on individual exposures in
quarterly, semi-annual or annual cycles based on the Company’s view of the exposure’s credit quality, future loss potential,
volatility and sector. More extensive monitoring and intervention are employed for all BIG surveillance categories, with
internal credit ratings reviewed quarterly. Exposures identified as BIG are subjected to further review to determine (i) the
probability of a future loss, (ii) the calculation of the expected future loss to be paid, and (iii) whether the Company has paid a
claim for which it expects to be reimbursed within one year (liquidity claim) or a claim for which it does not expect to be
reimbursed within one year.
Ratings on exposures in sectors identified as under the most stress or with the most potential volatility are also
reviewed every quarter, although the Company may also review a rating in response to developments impacting a credit when a
ratings review is not scheduled. For assumed exposures, the Company may use the ceding company’s credit ratings of
transactions where it is impractical for it to assign its own rating.
The Company assigns each BIG exposure to one of the three BIG surveillance categories below, which generally
represent the following:
•
BIG 1: Below-investment-grade exposures for which there are possible future losses, on a present value basis, and
the aggregate probability weighting of scenarios with future losses is less than 50%, regardless of whether the
Company has or has not paid a liquidity claim.
•
BIG 2: Below-investment-grade exposures for which there are possible future losses, on a present value basis, and
the aggregate probability weighting of scenarios with future losses is 50% or more, but for which no claims (other
than liquidity claims) have yet been paid.
•
BIG 3: Below-investment-grade exposures for which future losses are expected, on a present value basis, and the
aggregate probability weighting of scenarios with future losses is 50% or more, and for which claims, other than
liquidity claims, have been paid.
For purposes of classifying BIG exposures into one of the three BIG categories, the Company calculates the present
value of projected claim payments and recoveries using the pre-tax book yield of the investment portfolio as the applicable
discount rate.
As discussed in Note 4. Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered), for financial statement measurement purposes, the
Company uses risk-free rates (as determined each quarter) for discounting, rather than the pre-tax book yield of the investment
portfolio, to calculate the expected losses to be paid. Expected losses to be paid (recovered) are based on probability weighted
scenarios and serve as the basis for the loss reserves reported in accordance with GAAP.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
140
Financial Guaranty Exposure
The Company measures its financial guaranty exposure in terms of: (i) gross and net par outstanding; and (ii) gross
and net debt service.
The Company typically guarantees the payment of debt service when due. Since most of these payments are due in the
future, the Company generally uses gross and net par outstanding as a proxy for its financial guaranty exposure. Gross par
outstanding generally represents the principal amount of the insured obligation at a point in time. Net par outstanding equals
gross par outstanding net of any reinsurance. The Company includes in its par outstanding calculation the impact of any
consumer price index inflator to the reporting date as well as, in the case of accreting (zero-coupon) obligations, accretion to the
reporting date. Non-U.S. dollar denominated par outstanding is translated at the spot rate at the end of the reporting period.
The Company has, from time to time, purchased securities that it has insured, and for which it had expected losses to
be paid, in order to mitigate the economic effect of insured losses (Loss Mitigation Securities). Amounts attributable to Loss
Mitigation Securities are excluded from par and debt service outstanding, and are instead reported as Loss Mitigation Securities
in the investment portfolio. The Company manages such securities as investments and not insurance exposure. As of
December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company excluded net par outstanding of $0.8 billion and $1.2 billion,
respectively, attributable to Loss Mitigation Securities.
Gross debt service outstanding represents the sum of all estimated future debt service payments on the insured
obligations, on an undiscounted basis. Net debt service outstanding equals gross debt service outstanding net of any
reinsurance. Future debt service payments include the estimated impact of any consumer price index inflator after the reporting
date, as well as, in the case of accreting (zero-coupon) obligations, accretion after the reporting date.
The Company calculates its debt service outstanding as follows:
•
for insured obligations that are not supported by homogeneous pools of assets (which category includes most of the
Company’s public finance transactions), as the total estimated contractual future debt service due through maturity,
regardless of whether the obligations may be called and regardless of whether, in the case of obligations where
principal payments are due when an underlying asset makes a principal payment, the Company believes the obligations
will be repaid prior to contractual maturity; and
•
for insured obligations that are supported by homogeneous pools of assets that are contractually permitted to prepay
principal (which category includes, for example, residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS)), as the total
estimated expected future debt service due on insured obligations through their respective expected terms, which
reflects the Company’s expectations as to whether the obligations may be called and, in the case of obligations where
principal payments are due when an underlying asset makes a principal payment, when the Company expects principal
payments to be made prior to contractual maturity.
The calculation of debt service requires the use of estimates, which the Company updates periodically, including
estimates and assumptions for the expected remaining term of insured obligations supported by homogeneous pools of assets,
updated interest rates for floating and variable rate insured obligations, behavior of consumer price indices for obligations with
consumer price index inflators, foreign exchange rates and other assumptions based on the characteristics of each insured
obligation. Debt service is a measure of the estimated maximum potential exposure to insured obligations before considering
the Company’s various legal rights to the underlying collateral and other remedies available to it under its financial guaranty
contract.
Actual debt service may differ from estimated debt service due to refundings, terminations, negotiated restructurings,
prepayments, changes in interest rates on variable rate insured obligations, consumer price index behavior differing from that
projected, changes in foreign exchange rates on non-U.S. dollar denominated insured obligations and other factors.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
141
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
Debt Service and Par Outstanding
As of December 31, 2025
As of December 31, 2024
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
(in billions)
Debt Service
Public finance
$
428.5
$
428.4
$
403.8
$
403.7
Structured finance
12.9
12.4
12.7
12.3
Total financial guaranty
$
441.4
$
440.8
$
416.5
$
416.0
Par Outstanding
Public finance
$
265.6
$
265.6
$
250.4
$
250.4
Structured finance
12.0
11.5
11.6
11.2
Total financial guaranty
$
277.6
$
277.1
$
262.0
$
261.6
The Company and Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (FGIC) had been parties to a novation agreement, dated as
of February 8, 2024 (Novation Agreement) pursuant to which certain FGIC policies insuring approximately $353 million of
public finance (including infrastructure) gross par and approximately $50 million of structured finance gross par as of
December 31, 2023 could in the future have been novated to the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Novation Agreement. The Company terminated the Novation Agreement effective October 6, 2025.
Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating
As of December 31, 2025
Public Finance
U.S.
Public Finance
Non-U.S.
Structured Finance
U.S.
Structured Finance
Non-U.S.
Total
Rating
Category
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
(dollars in billions)
AAA
$
—
— % $
1.8
3.5 % $
0.5
5.8 % $
0.5
12.6 % $
2.8
1.0 %
AA
18.2
8.5
1.5
2.9
5.2
66.4
0.1
3.5
25.0
9.0
A
122.8
57.1
13.5
26.7
0.7
8.9
3.0
83.7
140.0
50.5
BBB
70.5
32.8
29.4
58.1
0.6
8.2
—
0.2
100.5
36.3
BIG
3.5
1.6
4.4
8.8
0.9
10.7
—
—
8.8
3.2
Total net par
outstanding
$
215.0
100.0 % $
50.6
100.0 % $
7.9
100.0 % $
3.6
100.0 % $
277.1
100.0 %
Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating
As of December 31, 2024
Public Finance
U.S.
Public Finance
Non-U.S.
Structured Finance
U.S.
Structured Finance
Non-U.S.
Total
Rating
Category
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
(dollars in billions)
AAA
$
—
— % $
2.1
4.2 % $
0.5
6.1 % $
0.5
17.3 % $
3.1
1.2 %
AA
17.7
8.8
2.9
5.8
5.4
63.7
—
2.1
26.0
9.9
A
111.5
55.5
13.0
26.5
1.0
11.3
2.1
77.7
127.6
48.8
BBB
69.1
34.3
24.8
50.5
0.7
8.3
0.1
2.9
94.7
36.2
BIG
2.9
1.4
6.4
13.0
0.9
10.6
—
—
10.2
3.9
Total net par
outstanding
$
201.2
100.0 % $
49.2
100.0 % $
8.5
100.0 % $
2.7
100.0 % $
261.6
100.0 %
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
142
The following tables present net par outstanding by sector for the financial guaranty portfolio.
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
Net Par Outstanding by Sector
Public finance:
U.S. public finance:
General obligation
$
82.3 $
78.2
Tax backed
36.1
33.3
Municipal utilities
31.4
30.0
Transportation
23.5
27.0
Healthcare
16.8
14.0
Infrastructure finance
15.1
9.9
Higher education
8.4
7.3
Renewable energy
0.2
0.2
Other public finance
1.2
1.3
Total U.S. public finance
215.0
201.2
Non-U.S. public finance:
Regulated utilities
23.5
22.3
Infrastructure finance
16.0
15.0
Sovereign and sub-sovereign
8.3
9.2
Renewable energy
1.7
1.6
Pooled infrastructure
1.1
1.1
Total non-U.S. public finance
50.6
49.2
Total public finance
265.6
250.4
Structured finance:
U.S. structured finance:
Insurance reserve financings and securitizations
4.4
4.5
RMBS
1.4
1.5
Pooled corporate obligations
0.6
0.6
Financial products
0.4
0.5
Fund finance facilities
0.1
0.2
Other structured finance
1.0
1.2
Total U.S. structured finance
7.9
8.5
Non-U.S. structured finance:
Fund finance facilities
1.6
1.4
Pooled corporate obligations
0.5
0.5
RMBS
0.2
0.2
Other structured finance
1.3
0.6
Total non-U.S. structured finance
3.6
2.7
Total structured finance
11.5
11.2
Total net par outstanding
$
277.1 $
261.6
As of December 31,
Sector
2025
2024
(in billions)
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
143
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
Expected Amortization of Net Par Outstanding
As of December 31, 2025
Public Finance
Structured Finance
Total
(in billions)
0 to 5 years
$
56.1
$
6.7
$
62.8
5 to 10 years
57.3
2.9
60.2
10 to 15 years
48.4
1.2
49.6
15 to 20 years
35.1
0.2
35.3
Over 20 years
68.7
0.5
69.2
Total net par outstanding
$
265.6
$
11.5
$
277.1
Actual amortization may differ from expected maturities due to prepayments and terminations, and because interest
rates, consumer price indices, foreign exchange rates and expected terms may be different than management had estimated. The
expected maturities of structured finance obligations are, in general, shorter than their contractual maturities.
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
Components of BIG Net Par Outstanding
As of December 31, 2025
BIG Net Par Outstanding
BIG 1
BIG 2
BIG 3
Total BIG
(in billions)
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
$
2.48 $
0.42 $
0.58 $
3.48
Non-U.S. public finance
1.09
3.35
—
4.44
Public finance
3.57
3.77
0.58
7.92
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
0.17
0.03
0.57
0.77
Other structured finance
—
0.01
0.06
0.07
Structured finance
0.17
0.04
0.63
0.84
Total
$
3.74 $
3.81 $
1.21 $
8.76
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
Components of BIG Net Par Outstanding
As of December 31, 2024
BIG Net Par Outstanding
BIG 1
BIG 2
BIG 3
Total BIG
(in billions)
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
$
2.12 $
0.14 $
0.62 $
2.88
Non-U.S. public finance
5.88
0.52
—
6.40
Public finance
8.00
0.66
0.62
9.28
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
0.10
0.03
0.69
0.82
Other structured finance
—
0.02
0.06
0.08
Structured finance
0.10
0.05
0.75
0.90
Total
$
8.10 $
0.71 $
1.37 $
10.18
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
144
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
BIG Net Par Outstanding and Number of Risks
As of December 31, 2025
Net Par Outstanding
Number of Risks (2)
Description
Financial
Guaranty
Insurance (1)
Credit
Derivatives
Total
Financial
Guaranty
Insurance (1)
Credit
Derivatives
Total
(dollars in billions)
BIG 1
$
3.71 $
0.03 $
3.74
87
3
90
BIG 2
3.81
—
3.81
13
1
14
BIG 3
1.21
—
1.21
95
3
98
Total BIG
$
8.73 $
0.03 $
8.76
195
7
202
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
BIG Net Par Outstanding and Number of Risks
As of December 31, 2024
Net Par Outstanding
Number of Risks (2)
Description
Financial
Guaranty
Insurance (1)
Credit
Derivatives
Total
Financial
Guaranty
Insurance (1)
Credit
Derivatives
Total
(dollars in billions)
BIG 1
$
8.07 $
0.03 $
8.10
98
3
101
BIG 2
0.71
—
0.71
12
1
13
BIG 3
1.37
—
1.37
97
3
100
Total BIG
$
10.15 $
0.03 $
10.18
207
7
214
_____________________
(1)
Includes FG VIEs.
(2)
A risk represents the aggregate of the financial guaranty policies that share the same revenue source for purposes of
making debt service payments.
When the Company insures an obligation, it assigns the obligation to one or more geographic location based on its
view of the geographic location of the risk. The Company seeks to maintain a diversified portfolio of insured obligations
designed to spread its risk across a number of geographic areas.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
145
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
Geographic Distribution of Net Par Outstanding
As of December 31, 2025
Number of Risks
Net Par Outstanding
Percent of Total Net
Par Outstanding
(dollars in billions)
U.S.:
U.S. public finance:
California
1,194
$
36.6
13.2 %
Texas
1,220
28.3
10.2
New York
846
21.0
7.6
Pennsylvania
538
18.8
6.8
Illinois
495
13.1
4.7
Florida
219
13.0
4.7
New Jersey
231
7.8
2.8
Louisiana
146
5.4
2.0
Michigan
237
5.0
1.8
Colorado
189
4.8
1.7
Other
2,142
61.2
22.1
Total U.S. public finance
7,457
215.0
77.6
U.S. structured finance (multiple states)
308
7.9
2.8
Total U.S.
7,765
222.9
80.4
Non-U.S.:
United Kingdom
259
42.3
15.3
Australia
7
1.9
0.7
France
6
1.8
0.7
Spain
10
1.8
0.6
Canada
4
1.2
0.4
Other
50
5.2
1.9
Total non-U.S.
336
54.2
19.6
Total
8,101
$
277.1
100.0 %
Specialty Business
The Company also guarantees specialty business with risk profiles similar to those of its structured finance exposures
written in financial guaranty form.
Specialty Business
As of December 31, 2025
As of December 31, 2024
Gross Exposure
Net Exposure
Gross Exposure
Net Exposure
(in billions)
Diversified real estate (1)
$
2.0 $
2.0 $
2.0 $
2.0
Insurance reserve financings and securitizations
1.5
1.2
1.4
1.1
Pooled corporate obligations
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
Aircraft residual value insurance (RVI)
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.1
____________________
(1)
An excess-of-loss guaranty of a minimum amount of billed rent on a diversified portfolio of real estate properties with
an internal rating of AAA that matures in 2044. This guaranty is accounted for in accordance with ASC 460,
Guarantees.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
146
All exposures in the table above are rated investment-grade, except for aircraft RVI gross and net exposure of $5
million as of both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
Commitments
In addition to the exposure disclosed above, the Company had outstanding commitments to provide financial
guaranties of $0.3 billion of public finance gross par and $2.1 billion of structured finance gross par as of December 31, 2025.
These commitments are contingent on the satisfaction of specified conditions and may expire unused or be cancelled at the
request of the respective counterparty. Therefore, the total commitment amount does not necessarily reflect actual future
guaranteed amounts.
4.
Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered)
Accounting Policy
Net expected loss to be paid (recovered) is equal to the present value of expected future cash outflows for loss and
LAE payments, net of: (i) inflows for expected salvage, subrogation and other recoveries; (ii) excess spread on underlying
collateral, as applicable; and (iii) amounts ceded to reinsurers. Cash flows are discounted at current risk-free rates. The
Company updates the discount rates each quarter and reflects the effect of such changes in economic loss development.
Expected cash outflows and inflows are probability weighted cash flows that reflect management’s assumptions about
the likelihood of all possible outcomes based on all information available to the Company. Those assumptions consider the
relevant facts and circumstances and are consistent with the information tracked and monitored through the Company’s
surveillance and risk management functions. Expected loss to be paid (recovered) is important in that it represents the present
value of amounts that the Company expects to pay or recover in future periods.
The Company removes any expected loss to be paid (recovered) associated with Loss Mitigation Securities. For Loss
Mitigation Securities, the difference between the purchase price of the insured obligation and the fair value excluding the value
of the Company’s insurance (on the date of acquisition) is treated as a paid loss. See Note 7. Investments and Cash, and Note 9.
Fair Value Measurement.
Similarly, in cases where issuers of insured obligations elected (or where an issuer and the Company negotiated) to
deliver the underlying collateral, insured obligation or a new security to the Company, expected loss to be paid (recovered) is
adjusted accordingly and the asset received is prospectively recorded based on the applicable GAAP guidance for that
instrument.
Economic loss development (benefit) represents the change in net expected loss to be paid (recovered) attributable to
the effects of changes in the economic performance of insured transactions, changes in assumptions based on observed market
trends, changes in discount rates, accretion of discount and the economic effects of loss mitigation efforts.
In order to effectively evaluate and manage the economics and liquidity of the entire insured portfolio, management
assigns ratings and calculates expected loss to be paid (recovered), on a contract-by-contract basis, in the same manner for all
its exposures regardless of form or differing accounting models. The exposure reported in Note 3. Outstanding Exposure,
includes policies accounted for under various accounting models depending on the characteristics of the contract and the
Company’s control rights. The three primary models are: (i) insurance, as described in Note 5. Contracts Accounted for as
Insurance; (ii) derivatives, as described in Note 6. Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives, and Note 9. Fair Value
Measurement; and (iii) FG VIE consolidation, as described in Note 8. Variable Interest Entities. The Company has paid and
may pay future claims and/or recover past claims on policies which fall under each of these accounting models. This note
provides information regarding expected loss to be paid (recovered), regardless of the accounting method.
Loss Estimation Process
The financial guaranties issued by the Company insure the credit performance of the guaranteed obligations over an
extended period of time, in some cases over 30 years, and in most circumstances the Company has no right to cancel such
financial guaranties. As a result, the Company’s estimate of ultimate loss on a policy is subject to significant uncertainty over
the life of the insured transaction. Credit performance can be affected by, among other things, economic, fiscal and financial
conditions and political developments over the life of most contracts. The Company guarantees payment of interest and
principal when those amounts are scheduled to be paid and cannot be required to pay on an accelerated basis, although in
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
147
certain circumstances it may elect to do so. When obligors default on their obligations, the Company is only required to pay the
shortfall between the debt service due in any given period and the amount paid by the obligors.
The Company does not use traditional actuarial approaches to determine its estimates of expected losses. The
determination of expected loss to be paid (recovered) is an inherently subjective process involving numerous estimates,
assumptions and judgments by management, using both internal and external data sources with regard to frequency and severity
of loss, economic projections, governmental actions, legal developments, negotiations, recovery rates, delinquency and
prepayment rates, timing of cash flows and other factors that affect credit performance. These estimates, assumptions and
judgments, and the factors on which they are based, may change materially over a reporting period, and have a material effect
on the Company’s financial statements. Each quarter, the Company may revise its scenarios and update its assumptions,
including the probability weightings of its scenarios, based on public as well as nonpublic information obtained through its
surveillance and loss mitigation activities.
Changes over a reporting period in the Company’s loss estimates for public finance obligations supported by specified
revenue streams, such as revenue bonds issued by toll road authorities, municipal and regulated utilities, airport authorities or
healthcare systems, generally will be influenced by factors impacting their revenue levels, such as changes in demand; changing
demographics; and other economic and regulatory factors, especially if the obligations do not benefit from financial support
from other tax revenues or governmental authorities. Changes over a reporting period in the Company’s loss estimates for its
tax-supported and general obligation public finance transactions generally will be influenced by factors impacting the public
issuer’s ability and willingness to pay, such as changes in the economy and population of the relevant area; changes in the
issuer’s ability or willingness to raise taxes, decrease spending or receive federal assistance; new legislation; rating agency
actions that affect the issuer’s ability to refinance maturing obligations or issue new debt at a reasonable cost; changes in the
priority and amount of pensions and other obligations owed to workers; developments in restructuring or settlement
negotiations; and other political and economic factors. Changes in loss estimates may also be affected by the Company’s loss
mitigation efforts and other variables.
Changes in the Company’s loss estimates for structured finance transactions can be influenced by the performance of
the assets supporting those transactions, by macroeconomic factors and by specific actions taken to mitigate losses. For
example, changes over a reporting period in the Company’s loss estimates for its RMBS transactions may be influenced by
factors such as the level, timing and severity of loan defaults experienced, changes in housing prices, discount rates,
prepayments and the results of the Company’s loss mitigation activities. In recent years, expected losses to be paid (recovered)
for U.S. RMBS have also been affected by changes in the amount of recoveries on first lien deferred principal balances and
second lien charged-off loans.
Actual losses will ultimately depend on future events, transaction performance or other factors that are difficult to
predict. As a result, the Company’s current projections of certain losses may be subject to considerable uncertainty and may not
reflect the Company’s ultimate claims paid.
In some instances, the terms of the Company’s policy or the terms of certain workout orders and resolutions give the
Company the option to pay principal losses that have been recognized in the transaction but which it is not yet required to pay,
thereby reducing the amount of guaranteed interest due in the future. The Company has sometimes exercised this option, which
results in an acceleration of cash outflows but reduces overall losses paid.
The Company’s reserve committees estimate expected loss to be paid (recovered) by reviewing analyses that consider
various scenarios with corresponding probabilities assigned to them. Depending upon the characteristics of the risk, the
Company’s view of the potential size of any loss and the information available to the Company, that analysis may be based
upon individually developed cash flow models, internal credit rating assessments, sector-driven loss severity assumptions and/
or judgmental assessments. In the case of its assumed business, the Company may conduct its own analysis or use loss
estimates provided by ceding insurers. Each quarter, the Company’s reserve committees review and refresh their loss projection
assumptions, scenarios and the probabilities they assign to those scenarios based on developments during the period and their
view of future performance.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
148
Net Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered) and Net Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
by Accounting Model
Net Expected Loss to be Paid
(Recovered)
Net Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
As of December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Accounting Model
2025
2024
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Insurance (see Note 5)
$
88 $
90 $
59 $
(1) $
174
FG VIEs (see Note 8)
13
16
(5)
(1)
(11)
Credit derivatives (see Note 6)
—
—
(63)
(1)
1
Total
$
101 $
106 $
(9) $
(3) $
164
The following tables present a roll forward of net expected loss to be paid (recovered) for all contracts, which are
accounted for under one of the following accounting models: insurance, derivative or FG VIE. The Company used risk-free
rates for U.S. and non-U.S. currencies that ranged from 1.93% to 5.35% with a weighted average of 3.92% as of December 31,
2025 and 1.98% to 5.22% with a weighted average of 4.38% as of December 31, 2024.
Net Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered)
Roll Forward
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Net expected loss to be paid (recovered), beginning of period
$
106
$
505
$
522
Economic loss development (benefit) due to:
Accretion of discount
7
16
20
Changes in discount rates
7
4
3
Changes in timing and assumptions
(23)
(23)
141
Total economic loss development (benefit) (1)
(9)
(3)
164
Net (paid) recovered losses (1) (2)
4
(396)
(181)
Net expected loss to be paid (recovered), end of period
$
101
$
106
$
505
____________________
(1)
2025 amounts include recoveries recognized in connection with the resolution of the LBIE litigation. See Note 6.
Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives, for additional information.
(2)
Net (paid) recovered losses includes (i) securities received as recoveries in 2023 in connection with the satisfaction of
insurance obligations in the Puerto Rico Trusts, and (ii) claims paid in 2024 and 2023 to extinguish certain insured
Puerto Rico exposures.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
149
Net Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered)
Roll Forward by Sector
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Sector
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2024
Net
Economic Loss
Development
(Benefit)
Net
(Paid)
Recovered
Losses (1)
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2025
(in millions)
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
$
18 $
64 $
(113) $
(31)
Non-U.S. public finance
98
33
(5)
126
Public finance
116
97
(118)
95
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
(43)
(43)
32
(54)
Other structured finance (2)
33
(63)
90
60
Structured finance
(10)
(106)
122
6
Total
$
106 $
(9) $
4 $
101
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Sector
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2023
Net
Economic Loss
Development
(Benefit)
Net
(Paid)
Recovered
Losses (1)
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2024
(in millions)
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
$
398 $
(9) $
(371) $
18
Non-U.S. public finance
20
81
(3)
98
Public finance
418
72
(374)
116
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
43
(75)
(11)
(43)
Other structured finance
44
—
(11)
33
Structured finance
87
(75)
(22)
(10)
Total
$
505 $
(3) $
(396) $
106
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
150
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Sector
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2022
Net
Economic Loss
Development
(Benefit)
Net
(Paid)
Recovered
Losses (1)
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2023
(in millions)
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
$
403 $
201 $
(206) $
398
Non-U.S. public finance
9
11
—
20
Public finance
412
212
(206)
418
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
66
(56)
33
43
Other structured finance
44
8
(8)
44
Structured finance
110
(48)
25
87
Total
$
522 $
164 $
(181) $
505
____________________
(1)
Amounts are net of ceded paid losses, whether or not such amounts have been settled with reinsurers. Ceded paid
losses are typically settled 45 days after the end of the reporting period. Such amounts are recorded as reinsurance
recoverable on paid losses in “other assets.”
(2)
2025 amounts include recoveries recognized in connection with the resolution of the LBIE litigation. See Note 6.
Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives, for additional information. Includes cash proceeds for recoveries
related to amounts previously paid.
The tables above include (i) net LAE paid (recovered) of $(47) million, $30 million and $25 million for the years
ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively; and (ii) net expected LAE to be paid of $8 million as of December 31,
2025 and $11 million as of December 31, 2024.
Public Finance
The largest components of the public finance net expected losses to be paid (recovered) relate to certain insured
healthcare and U.K. regulated utility exposures, as well as Puerto Rico Electric Power Authority (PREPA). The total net
expected loss to be paid for public finance exposures is net of expected recoveries of $311 million and $265 million as of
December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, for certain claims and LAE that have already been paid. In 2025, the
economic loss development for public finance transactions was primarily attributable to PREPA, certain U.K. student
accommodation exposures, certain healthcare exposures and certain U.K. regulated utility exposures.
Thames Water
As of December 31, 2025, the Company had £1.8 billion (or $2.4 billion) of net par outstanding of Thames Water
Utilities Finance PLC (Thames), a BIG rated U.K. regulated utility. The Company, as part of the Thames senior Class A
creditor group, continues to engage the Water Services Regulation Authority (the governmental body responsible for the
economic regulation of the privatized water and sewage industry in England and Wales, or Ofwat), His Majesty’s Treasury and
other members of the U.K. Government in restructuring negotiations, and is taking other actions to work out this insured credit.
The first scheduled principal payment that comes due under the Company’s Thames exposure is in 2037. The Company is
actively working to mitigate losses and reduce risk. Although uncertainty remains, the Thames creditors and Ofwat are engaged
in discussions regarding a comprehensive settlement to restructure and recapitalize Thames.
European Renewable Energy and U.K. Student Accommodation Transactions
As of December 31, 2025, the Company had insured net par of €773 million (or $908 million) related to BIG European
renewable energy transactions that are experiencing operational strain, and £292 million (or $393 million) in BIG U.K. student
accommodation transactions that are experiencing weak occupancy rates and financial strain.
U.K. Healthcare
The Company has guaranteed project financings involving National Health Service (NHS) Trusts. As of December 31,
2025, the Company had £413 million (or $557 million) of BIG net par outstanding related to NHS Trusts. Proceeds from the
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
151
financings funded new and refurbished hospital buildings and facilities in the service area of the particular NHS Trust. Certain
of the bond issuers are involved in negotiations (including in some cases triggered by contract disputes) with the relevant NHS
Trusts regarding various matters including the condition of the hospital facilities and service standards. The Company takes into
account in its internal ratings the nature and severity of any disputes.
U.S. Healthcare
Certain BIG healthcare exposures are experiencing rising labor costs due to competition for labor and shortages in
certain markets. Additionally, inflation has increased the cost of medical supplies, medical equipment and pharmacy products,
while U.S. hospitals with large Medicaid and Medicare payor mixes have not seen reimbursement levels keep pace with rising
costs and may be further impacted by recent cuts to Medicaid funding that will go into effect in 2026 and 2027. The combined
revenue and expense challenges have led to cash flow and liquidity stress in certain transactions.
Puerto Rico
All of the Company’s exposure to the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico (Puerto Rico or the Commonwealth) and its
various authorities and public corporations is rated BIG. The Company’s Puerto Rico net par and net debt service outstanding
as of December 31, 2025 were $553 million and $643 million, respectively, compared with net par and net debt service
outstanding as of December 31, 2024 of $637 million and $756 million, respectively.
Defaulting Puerto Rico Exposure
As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s only unresolved outstanding insured Puerto Rico exposure subject to a
payment default was PREPA. As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s PREPA net par and debt service outstanding were
$464 million and $537 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, the Company’s PREPA net par and debt service
outstanding were $532 million and $629 million, respectively. The PREPA bonds are secured by a lien on the net revenues of
the electric system. The default of PREPA’s obligations has been the subject of restructuring negotiations, mediation and
litigation since 2014.
Puerto Rico Litigation
Currently, there are numerous legal actions relating to defaults by PREPA on debt service payments and related
matters and the Company is a party to a number of them. The Company has taken legal action, and may take additional legal
action in the future, to enforce its rights with respect to the remaining Puerto Rico obligations it still insures. In addition, the
Commonwealth, the Financial Oversight and Management Board (FOMB) established under the Puerto Rico Oversight,
Management, and Economic Stability Act (PROMESA) and others have taken legal action naming the Company as a party.
Certain legal actions involving the Company and relating to defaults by the Commonwealth and its authorities and
public corporations were resolved in 2022. The remaining proceedings relate to PREPA’s default, including two recently active
proceedings and a number of proceedings that remain stayed pending the U.S. District Court for the District of Puerto Rico’s
(Federal District Court of Puerto Rico) determination on a plan of adjustment and disclosure statement, as described below.
PREPA – Recently Active Proceedings
Lien Challenge Adversary Proceeding and Appeal. On March 22, 2023, the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico held
that the PREPA bondholders had perfected liens only in revenues that had been deposited in the sinking fund established under
the PREPA trust agreement and related funds over which the bond trustee had control but did not have a lien on future revenues
until deposited in those funds. The Federal District Court of Puerto Rico also held, however, that PREPA bondholders do have
recourse under the PREPA trust agreement in the form of an unsecured net revenue claim. At that time, the Federal District
Court of Puerto Rico declined to value the unsecured net revenue claim or the method for its determination. The ultimate value
of the claim, according to the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico, should be determined through a claim estimation
proceeding.
On June 26, 2023, the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico issued an opinion and order estimating the unsecured net
revenue claim to be $2.4 billion as of July 3, 2017. Subject to their appeal of the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico’s ruling
on the scope of lien, PREPA bondholders had sought an unsecured net revenue claim of approximately $8.5 billion.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
152
On November 28, 2023, the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico finally adjudicated all claims and counterclaims in
the PREPA lien challenge adversary proceeding.
On November 30, 2023, the Company filed a notice of appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the First Circuit
(First Circuit) for portions of the March 22, 2023 decision, including the lien scope ruling and the need for a claim estimation
proceeding, as well as the June 26, 2023 claim estimation ruling. On June 12, 2024, the First Circuit held that bondholders have
a claim against PREPA for the full principal amount of the bonds, plus matured interest, that there was no need for a claim
estimation proceeding because the PREPA bonds specify the amount that PREPA legally owes bondholders, and that the claim
is secured by PREPA’s net revenues, including future net revenues.
The FOMB asked the First Circuit to reconsider its determination that bondholders’ security interest in future net
revenues is perfected twice, once on June 26, 2024, and again on November 27, 2024. In both instances, the First Circuit upheld
its determination, with the most recent decision published on December 31, 2024.
Bondholders’ Administrative Expense Claim. In light of the decision by the First Circuit described above in Lien
Challenge Adversary Proceeding and Appeal, in March 2025, the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico ordered the parties to
propose an agreed proposal or competing proposals for a litigation schedule for resolving certain key issues related to PREPA
bondholders’ claims, including determining whether the bondholders’ perfected lien described above includes collateral used
for PREPA’s administrative expenses, prior to a further plan confirmation hearing. If the bondholders succeed in establishing
that their perfected lien includes collateral used for PREPA’s administrative expenses, PREPA would be required under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code to pay such claims in full in cash prior to exiting bankruptcy. On March 13, 2025, the parties submitted
competing proposals. At an Omnibus Hearing held on March 19, 2025, the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico indicated that
it would allow the bondholders, including the Company, to litigate an administrative expense claim based on PREPA’s post-
petition use of the bondholders’ collateral and that the parties could revisit the possibility of litigating other key issues at a later
time. On November 24, 2025, the parties submitted to the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico a joint status report for the
administrative expense claim. On December 9, 2025, the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico ordered a schedule to finalize the
scope of discovery production for the administrative expense claim but deferred setting a schedule for expert discovery and
evidentiary proceedings; a briefing on outstanding issues related to the discovery production was completed on February 6,
2026.
Financial Oversight and Management Board for Puerto Rico
In August 2025, the FOMB announced that the U.S. administration terminated six of its seven board members. On
September 18, 2025, three of the terminated board members sued the U.S. administration for reinstatement, alleging that they
had been unlawfully terminated without cause and that their offices are a form of property protected by due process. On
October 3, 2025, the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico granted the plaintiffs’ request for a preliminary injunction. On
December 2, 2025, the U.S. administration filed a notice of appeal of the preliminary injunction to the First Circuit.
Subsequently, the U.S. administration requested a stay pending the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision in Trump v. Cook, a case
involving related questions of the powers of the U.S. President to terminate a member of the Federal Reserve Board of
Governors; the requested stay was unopposed and granted on December 30, 2025. Oral arguments in the Trump v. Cook case
were heard on January 21, 2026, with a decision expected to follow by the end of the U.S. Supreme Court’s current term in late
June or early July 2026.
Mediation and PREPA Litigation Stay
On July 10, 2024, the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico ordered the FOMB and bondholders to resume mediation
and instituted a 60-day stay of all PREPA litigation, subsequently extending mediation and the litigation stay several times.
Following the Omnibus Hearing held on March 19, 2025, the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico partially lifted the PREPA
litigation stay and indicated that the PREPA litigation stay otherwise remains in place for the time being. The Federal District
Court of Puerto Rico most recently extended the term of mediation through April 30, 2026.
Plan of Adjustment, Disclosure Statement and Related Stayed Proceedings
The FOMB filed an initial plan of adjustment and disclosure statement for PREPA with the Federal District Court of
Puerto Rico on December 16, 2022. On November 17, 2023, the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico approved a supplemental
disclosure statement (Supplemental Disclosure Statement) relating to the PREPA plan of adjustment filed by the FOMB (as
amended or modified from time to time). On February 16, 2024, the FOMB filed with the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico
the Modified Fourth Amended Title III Plan of Adjustment (Fourth FOMB PREPA Plan). The Supplemental Disclosure
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
153
Statement and the Fourth FOMB PREPA Plan are based on the PREPA fiscal plan certified by the FOMB on June 23, 2023.
The confirmation hearing for the Fourth FOMB PREPA Plan occurred in March 2024. At the end of the hearing, the Federal
District Court of Puerto Rico stated that it was taking the confirmation of the Fourth FOMB PREPA Plan under advisement. As
directed by the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico, the FOMB filed on March 28, 2025 its Fifth Amended Title III Plan of
Adjustment and related Disclosure Statement for informational purposes of the parties.
The following proceedings involving the Company and relating to the default by PREPA remain stayed in the Federal
District Court of Puerto Rico pending its determination on a plan of adjustment and disclosure statement:
•
The Company’s motion to compel the FOMB to certify the PREPA restructuring support agreement executed in
May 2019 (PREPA RSA) for implementation under Title VI of PROMESA.
•
The Company’s motion to dismiss PREPA’s Title III Bankruptcy proceeding or, in the alternative, to lift the
PROMESA automatic stay to allow for the appointment of a receiver.
•
Adversary complaint by certain fuel line lenders of PREPA against the Company, among other parties, including
various PREPA bondholders and bond insurers, seeking, among other things, declarations that there is no valid
lien securing the PREPA bonds unless and until such lenders are paid in full, as well as orders subordinating the
PREPA bondholders’ lien and claims to such lenders’ claims, and declaring the PREPA RSA null and void.
•
The Company’s motion to intervene in a lawsuit by the retirement system for PREPA employees against, among
others, the FOMB, PREPA, the Commonwealth and the trustee for PREPA bondholders seeking, among other
things, declarations that there is no valid lien securing the PREPA bonds other than on amounts in the sinking
funds, and order subordinating the PREPA bondholders’ lien and claim to the PREPA employees’ claims.
Non-Defaulting Puerto Rico Exposure
As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had $76 million and $92 million, respectively, of
remaining non-defaulting Puerto Rico net par outstanding related primarily to the Puerto Rico Municipal Finance Agency
(MFA). The MFA exposures are secured by a lien on local tax revenues and remain current on debt service payments.
U.S. RMBS Loss Projections
The Company projects losses (and recoveries) on its insured U.S. RMBS on a transaction-by-transaction basis by
projecting the future cash flow of the underlying collateral pool of mortgages over time. The Company then uses individual
models for each transaction to project the Company’s future claims and claim reimbursements based upon these collateral
cashflow projections, the payment priorities among the transaction liabilities, and assumptions about future market conditions.
The resulting projected claim payments or reimbursements are then discounted using risk-free rates. The Company runs several
sets of assumptions regarding mortgage collateral performance, or scenarios, which are probability weighted.
Each period the Company reviews the assumptions it uses to make RMBS loss and recovery projections based upon
the performance of its insured transactions as well as the residential property market, interest rate environment and economy in
general. To the extent it observes changes, it makes a judgment as to whether those changes are normal fluctuations or part of a
more prolonged trend.
The loss and recovery projections for insured RMBS are affected by a variety of assumptions including: (i) the rate at
which borrowers from a particular delinquency category (number of monthly payments behind) eventually default (which is
referred to as the “liquidation rate”), (ii) projections of how many of the currently performing loans will default and when they
will default, (iii) loss severity, which is the amount of loss the transaction experiences on a defaulted loan after the application
of net proceeds from the disposal of the underlying property, and (iv) recovery assumptions to reflect observed trends in
recoveries of principal balances of modified loans that had been previously written off.
In recent years, the two primary drivers of changes in expected loss have been the projected and actual recoveries on
previously written off or deferred loan balances, and changes in discount rates.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
154
Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered) and Net Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
U.S. RMBS
Net Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered)
Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
As of December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2025
2024
2023
(dollars in millions)
First lien U.S. RMBS
$
90
$
91
$
(3) $
(27) $
(7)
Second lien U.S. RMBS
(144)
(134)
(40)
(48)
(49)
Total U.S. RMBS economic loss
development (benefit)
$
(54)
$
(43)
$
(43) $
(75) $
(56)
Impact of changes in discount rates
$
(1) $
(6) $
(2)
Range of discount rates
3.45 % - 4.97%
4.11 % - 4.89%
Weighted average discount rate
3.84%
4.41%
First lien U.S. RMBS weighted
average future recovery for deferred
principal balances
50%
50%
Second lien U.S. RMBS weighted
average future recoveries on
charged-off loans
60%
50%
First Lien U.S. RMBS Loss Projections: Alt-A, Prime, Option ARM and Subprime
The majority of projected insured losses in first lien U.S. RMBS transactions stem from future insurance claim
payments related to structures that are currently undercollateralized (outstanding insured bonds that did not have their principal
balance reduced by collateral losses, but will experience a shortfall at the transaction’s final maturity). Most of any future
collateral losses are expected to come from non-performing mortgage loans (those that are or have recently been two or more
payments behind, have been modified, are in foreclosure or have been foreclosed upon). Collateral losses are projected to be
offset by recoveries on deferred principal balances (where information about the amount of deferred balances is disclosed by
the trustee of the transaction).
The Company establishes its scenarios by assuming various levels of recoveries on known deferred balances and
increasing and decreasing the periods and levels of stress on the remaining collateral. In the Company’s most stressful scenario
where 20% of deferred principal balances are assumed to be recovered, loss severities experience stress for nine years and the
initial ramp-down of the conditional default rates (CDR) was assumed to occur over 16 months, expected loss to be paid would
increase from current projections by approximately $33 million for all first lien U.S. RMBS transactions. In the Company’s
least stressful scenario where 80% of deferred principal balances are assumed to be recovered, the CDR plateau was six months
shorter (30 months, effectively assuming that liquidation rates would improve) and the CDR recovery was more pronounced
(including an initial ramp-down of the CDR over eight months), expected loss to be paid would decrease from current
projections by approximately $32 million for all first lien U.S. RMBS transactions.
Certain transactions benefit from excess spread (the amount by which the interest paid by the borrowers on the
underlying loan exceeds the amount of interest owed on the insured obligations) when they are supported by large portions of
fixed rate assets (either originally fixed or modified to be fixed) but have insured floating rate debt linked to the Secured
Overnight Finance Rate (SOFR). An increase in projected SOFR decreases excess spread, while lower SOFR projections can
result in higher excess spread. Due to the current level of SOFR, there are few transactions with substantial excess spread. If
projected future interest rates were to fall below the weighted average coupon of the underlying mortgages, excess spread
projections may increase.
Second Lien U.S. RMBS Loss Projections
Second lien U.S. RMBS transactions include both home equity lines of credit (HELOC) and closed-end second lien
mortgages. The Company believes the most important driver of its projected second lien U.S. RMBS claims and
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
155
reimbursements is dependent on the amount and timing of future recoveries from previously charged-off loans and changes in
discount rates.
In the Company’s most stressful scenario, assuming 40% recoveries on charged-off loans would decrease the expected
recovery by approximately $48 million for HELOC transactions. On the other hand, in the Company’s least stressful scenario,
assuming 80% recoveries on charged-off loans, would increase the expected recovery by approximately $48 million for
HELOC transactions.
When a second lien loan defaults, there is generally a low recovery. The Company assumes that it will generally
recover 2% of future defaulting collateral at the time of charge-off. Additional amounts of post charge-off recoveries are
projected to come in evenly over the next five years in instances where the Company is able to obtain information on the lien
status. The Company evaluates its assumptions regularly based on actual recoveries of charged-off loans observed from period
to period and reasonable expectations of future recoveries. During 2025, due to observed trends and high levels of home equity,
the Company updated its assumptions of such recoveries to reflect a base scenario and a weighted average recovery of 60%, up
from 50%, which resulted in an economic benefit of $26 million.
Recovery Litigation and Dispute Resolution
In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are involved in litigation or
other dispute resolution with third parties to recover insurance losses paid or return benefits received in prior periods or prevent
or reduce losses in the future. For example, the Company has asserted claims in a number of legal proceedings in connection
with its exposure to Puerto Rico. See above for a discussion of the Company’s exposure to Puerto Rico and related recovery
litigation being pursued by the Company. The impact, if any, of these and other proceedings on the amount of recoveries the
Company ultimately receives and losses it pays in the future is uncertain, and the impact of any one or more of these
proceedings during any quarter or year could be material to the Company’s financial statements.
5.
Contracts Accounted for as Insurance
The portfolio of outstanding exposures discussed in Note 3. Outstanding Exposure, and Note 4. Expected Loss to be
Paid (Recovered), includes contracts that are accounted for as insurance contracts, derivatives and consolidated FG VIEs.
Amounts presented in this note relate only to contracts accounted for as insurance, unless otherwise specified. See Note 6.
Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives, for amounts related to CDS and Note 8. Variable Interest Entities, for amounts
related to consolidated FG VIEs.
Premiums
Accounting Policy
Financial guaranty contracts that meet the scope exception under derivative accounting guidance are subject to
industry specific accounting guidance for financial guaranty insurance.
Premiums receivable represent the present value of contractual or expected future premium collections, discounted
using risk-free rates. Unearned premium reserve represents deferred premium revenue less claim payments made (net of
recoveries received) that have not yet been recognized in the consolidated statements of operations (i.e., contra-paid). The
following discussion relates to the deferred premium revenue component of the unearned premium reserve, while the contra-
paid is discussed below under “Losses and Recoveries.”
The amount of deferred premium revenue at contract inception is determined as follows:
•
For premiums received upfront on financial guaranty insurance contracts that were originally underwritten by the
Company, deferred premium revenue is equal to the amount of cash received. Upfront premiums typically relate to
public finance transactions.
•
For premiums received in installments on financial guaranty insurance contracts that were originally underwritten by
the Company, deferred premium revenue is calculated as the present value (discounted at risk free rates) of either: (i)
contractual premiums due; or (ii) in cases where the underlying collateral is composed of homogeneous pools of
assets, the expected premiums to be collected over the life of the contract. To be considered a homogeneous pool of
assets, prepayments must be contractually allowable, the amount of prepayments must be probable, and the timing and
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
156
amount of prepayments must be reasonably estimable. Installment premiums typically relate to structured finance (e.g.,
securitized debt) transactions, where the insurance premium rate is determined at the inception of the contract but the
insured par is subject to prepayment throughout the life of the transaction, and infrastructure transactions.
•
For financial guaranty insurance contracts acquired in a business combination, deferred premium revenue is equal to
the fair value of the Company’s stand-ready obligation portion of the insurance contract, at the date of acquisition,
based on what a hypothetical similarly rated financial guaranty insurer would have charged for the contract at that date
(not the discounted future cash flows under the insurance contract). The amount of deferred premium revenue may
differ significantly from cash collections primarily due to fair value adjustments recorded in connection with a
business combination.
When the Company adjusts prepayment assumptions for expected premium collections for obligations backed by
homogeneous pools of contractually prepayable assets, an adjustment is recorded to the deferred premium revenue, with a
corresponding adjustment to premiums receivable. Premiums receivable are discounted at the risk-free rate at inception and
such discount rate is updated only when changes to prepayment assumptions are made that change the expected date of final
maturity. Accretion of the discount on premiums receivable is reported in “net earned premiums.”
The Company recognizes deferred premium revenue as earned premium over the contractual period or expected period
of the contract in proportion to the amount of insurance protection provided. As premium revenue is recognized, a
corresponding decrease to the deferred premium revenue is recorded. The amount of insurance protection provided is a function
of the insured par amount outstanding. Accordingly, the proportionate share of premium revenue recognized in a given
reporting period is a constant rate calculated based on the relationship between the insured par amounts outstanding in the
reporting period compared with the sum of each of the insured par amounts outstanding for all periods. When an insured
financial obligation is retired before its maturity, (i) the financial guaranty insurance contract is extinguished; (ii) any
nonrefundable deferred premium revenue related to that contract is accelerated and recognized as premium revenue; and (iii)
any unamortized acquisition costs are expensed. The Company assesses the need for an allowance for credit loss on premiums
receivable each reporting period.
For assumed reinsurance contracts, net earned premiums reported in the consolidated statements of operations are
calculated based upon data received from ceding companies; however, some ceding companies report premium data between 30
and 90 days after the end of the reporting period. The Company estimates net earned premiums for the lag period. Differences
between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined. When
installment premiums are related to assumed reinsurance contracts, the Company assesses the credit quality and available
liquidity of the ceding companies and the impact of any potential regulatory constraints to determine the collectability of such
amounts.
Ceded unearned premium reserve is recorded as an asset. Direct, assumed and ceded earned premiums are presented
together as net earned premiums in the consolidated statements of operations. Any premiums related to FG VIEs are eliminated
in consolidation.
Insurance Contracts’ Premium Information
Net Earned Premiums
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Financial guaranty insurance:
Scheduled net earned premiums
$
308
$
293
$
285
Accelerations from refundings and terminations
30
71
29
Accretion of discount on net premiums receivable
37
31
26
Financial guaranty insurance net earned premiums
375
395
340
Specialty net earned premiums
5
8
4
Net earned premiums
$
380
$
403
$
344
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
157
Gross Premium Receivable,
Net of Commissions Payable on Assumed Business and Allowance for Credit Losses
Roll Forward
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Beginning of year
$
1,551
$
1,468
$
1,298
Less: Specialty insurance premium receivable
1
1
1
Financial guaranty insurance premiums receivable
1,550
1,467
1,297
New business and supplemental premiums, net of commissions
298
467
353
Gross premiums received, net of commissions
(342)
(354)
(261)
Adjustments:
Changes in the expected term and debt service assumptions
(48)
(32)
1
Accretion of discount, net of commissions on Assumed Business
33
26
26
Foreign exchange gain (loss) on remeasurement
82
(24)
51
Change in allowance for credit losses
(3)
—
—
Financial guaranty insurance premium receivable
1,570
1,550
1,467
Specialty insurance premium receivable
2
1
1
December 31,
$
1,572
$
1,551
$
1,468
Approximately 68% and 69% of gross premiums receivable, net of commissions payable as of December 31, 2025 and
December 31, 2024, respectively, are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the pound sterling and
euro.
The timing and cumulative amount of actual collections and net earned premiums may differ from those of expected
collections and of expected net earned premiums in the table below due to factors such as foreign exchange rate fluctuations,
counterparty collectability issues, accelerations, commutations, restructurings, changes in the consumer price indices, changes
in expected lives, new business and changes in ratings of the insured obligations and/or the Company’s insurance subsidiaries.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
158
Financial Guaranty Insurance
Expected Future Premium Collections and Earnings
As of December 31, 2025
Future Net Premiums to be Earned (2)
Future Premiums
to be Collected (1)
Earnings of Deferred
Premium Revenue
Accretion of
Discount
Total
(in millions)
2026 (January 1 - March 31)
$
72 $
77 $
10 $
87
2026 (April 1 - June 30)
51
76
9
85
2026 (July 1 - September 30)
39
75
9
84
2026 (October 1 - December 31)
30
73
9
82
Subtotal 2026
192
301
37
338
2027
137
279
35
314
2028
130
264
33
297
2029
116
245
31
276
2030
100
225
29
254
2031-2035
417
888
124
1,012
2036-2040
329
579
89
668
2041-2045
249
384
58
442
2046-2050
187
247
32
279
2051-2055
105
119
13
132
After 2055
101
84
10
94
Total
$
2,063 $
3,615 $
491 $
4,106
____________________
(1)
Net of assumed commissions payable.
(2)
Net of reinsurance.
Selected Information for Financial Guaranty Insurance Policies with Premiums Paid in Installments
As of December 31,
2025
2024
(dollars in millions)
Premiums receivable, net of commissions payable
$
1,570
$
1,550
Deferred premium revenue
$
1,831
$
1,901
Weighted-average risk-free rate used to discount premiums
2.7 %
2.5 %
Weighted-average period of premiums receivable (in years)
11.7
12.3
Policy Acquisition Costs
Accounting Policy
DAC reported on the consolidated balance sheets represent the unamortized portion of (i) policy acquisition costs that
are directly related and essential to the successful acquisition of an insurance contract and (ii) ceding commission income and
expense. Deferred policy acquisition costs include the cost of underwriting personnel attributable to successful underwriting
efforts. The Company conducts time studies, which requires the use of judgment, to estimate the amount of costs to be deferred.
DAC is generally amortized in proportion to net earned premiums. Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
includes the accretion of discount on ceding commission receivable and payable. When an insured obligation is retired early,
the remaining related DAC is expensed at that time.
Costs incurred for soliciting potential customers, market research, training, administration, unsuccessful acquisition
efforts and product development as well as overhead costs are expensed as incurred.
Expected losses and LAE, investment income and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business
are considered in determining the recoverability of DAC.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
159
Policy Acquisition Costs
Roll Forward of DAC
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Beginning of year
$
176
$
161
$
147
Costs deferred during the period
38
35
27
Costs amortized during the period
(22)
(20)
(13)
December 31,
$
192
$
176
$
161
Losses and Recoveries
Accounting Policies
Loss and LAE Reserve
Loss and LAE reserve reported on the consolidated balance sheets relates only to direct and assumed reinsurance
contracts that are accounted for as insurance, substantially all of which are financial guaranty insurance contracts. The portion
of any contract’s reserve that is ceded to a reinsurer is reported as reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and reported in
“other assets.” Any loss and LAE reserve related to FG VIEs are eliminated upon consolidation. Any expected losses to be paid
(recovered) on credit derivatives are reflected in the fair value of credit derivatives.
Under financial guaranty insurance accounting, the sum of unearned premium reserve and loss and LAE reserve
represents the Company’s stand-ready obligation. A loss and LAE reserve for a financial guaranty insurance contract is
recorded only to the extent and for the amount that expected loss to be paid plus contra-paid (total losses) exceed the deferred
premium revenue, on a contract-by-contract basis. As a result, the Company has expected loss to be paid that has not yet been
expensed. Such amounts will be recognized in future periods as deferred premium revenue amortizes into income.
When a claim or LAE payment is made on a contract, the Company first reduces any recorded loss and LAE reserve.
To the extent there is insufficient loss and LAE reserve on a contract, then such claim payment is recorded as contra-paid,
which reduces the unearned premium reserve. The contra-paid is recognized in “loss and loss adjustment expenses (benefit)” in
the consolidated statements of operations when and for the amount that total losses exceed the remaining deferred premium
revenue on the insurance contract. “Loss and loss adjustment expenses (benefit)” in the consolidated statements of operations is
presented net of cessions to reinsurers.
Salvage and Subrogation Recoverable
Expected loss to be paid is reduced when a claim payment (or estimated future claim payment) entitles the Company to
cash flows associated with salvage and subrogation rights from the underlying collateral of, or other recoveries relating to, an
insured exposure. Such reduction in expected loss to be paid can result in one of the following: (i) a reduction in the
corresponding loss and LAE reserve with a benefit to the consolidated statements of operations; (ii) no effect on the
consolidated balance sheets or statements of operations if total loss is not in excess of deferred premium revenue; or (iii) the
recording of a salvage asset with a benefit to the consolidated statements of operations if the transaction is in a net recovery
position at the reporting date. The ceded component of salvage and subrogation recoverable is reported in “other liabilities.”
Expected Loss to be Expensed
Expected loss to be expensed represents past or expected future financial guaranty insurance net claim payments that
have not yet been expensed. Such amounts will be expensed in future periods as deferred premium revenue amortizes into
income. Expected loss to be expensed is the Company’s projection of incurred losses that will be recognized in future periods,
excluding accretion of discount.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
160
Insurance Contracts’ Losses Reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements
Loss and LAE reserve and salvage and subrogation recoverable are discounted at risk-free rates for financial guaranty
insurance obligations that ranged from 1.93% to 5.35% with a weighted average of 3.93% as of December 31, 2025 and 1.98%
to 5.22% with a weighted average of 4.38% as of December 31, 2024.
The following table provides information on net reserve (salvage), which includes loss and LAE reserve and salvage
and subrogation recoverable, both net of reinsurance.
Net Reserve (Salvage) by Sector
As of December 31,
Sector
2025
2024
(in millions)
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
$
(66) $
(14)
Non-U.S. public finance
18
5
Public finance
(48)
(9)
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
(150)
(151)
Other structured finance
59
33
Structured finance
(91)
(118)
Total
$
(139) $
(127)
The table below provides a reconciliation of net expected loss to be paid (recovered) for financial guaranty insurance
contracts to net expected loss to be expensed. Expected loss to be paid (recovered) for financial guaranty insurance contracts
differs from expected loss to be expensed due to: (i) the contra-paid, which represents the claim payments made and recoveries
received that have not yet been recognized in the statements of operations; (ii) salvage and subrogation recoverable for
transactions that are in a net recovery position where the Company has not yet received recoveries on claims previously paid
(and therefore recognized in income but not yet received); and (iii) loss reserves that have already been established (and
therefore expensed but not yet paid).
Reconciliation of Net Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered) to Net Expected Loss to be Expensed
Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts
As of December 31,
2025
(in millions)
Net expected loss to be paid (recovered) - financial guaranty insurance
$
87
Contra-paid, net
22
Salvage and subrogation recoverable, net
447
Loss and LAE reserve - financial guaranty insurance contracts, net of reinsurance
(307)
Net expected loss to be expensed (present value)
$
249
The following table provides a schedule of the expected timing of financial guaranty net expected losses to be
expensed. The amount and timing of actual loss and LAE may differ from the estimates shown below due to factors such as
accelerations, commutations, changes in expected lives, changes in foreign exchange rates and updates to loss estimates. This
table excludes amounts related to FG VIEs, which are eliminated in consolidation.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
161
Net Expected Loss to be Expensed
Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts
As of December 31,
2025
(in millions)
2026 (January 1 - March 31)
$
4
2026 (April 1 - June 30)
4
2026 (July 1 - September 30)
3
2026 (October 1 - December 31)
3
Subtotal 2026
14
2027
18
2028
18
2029
18
2030
17
2031-2035
69
2036-2040
28
2041-2045
22
2046-2050
26
2051-2055
16
After 2055
3
Net expected loss to be expensed (present value)
249
Future expected accretion
38
Total expected future loss and LAE
$
287
The following table presents the loss and LAE (benefit) reported in the consolidated statements of operations by sector
for insurance contracts.
Loss and LAE (Benefit) by Sector
Year Ended December 31,
Sector
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
$
62
$
12
$
192
Non-U.S. public finance
20
4
—
Public finance
82
16
192
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
(26)
(43)
(34)
Other structured finance
—
1
4
Structured finance
(26)
(42)
(30)
Loss and LAE (benefit)
$
56
$
(26) $
162
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
162
The following tables provide information on financial guaranty insurance contracts categorized as BIG.
Financial Guaranty Insurance
BIG Transaction Loss Summary
As of December 31, 2025
Gross
Net Total BIG
BIG 1
BIG 2
BIG 3
Total BIG
(dollars in billions)
Number of risks (1)
87
13
95
195
195
Remaining weighted-average period (in years)
14.0
24.1
5.4
18.7
18.7
Outstanding exposure:
Par
$
3.73 $
3.81 $
1.21 $
8.75 $
8.73
Interest
2.52
4.84
0.32
7.68
7.68
Total (2)
$
6.25 $
8.65 $
1.53 $
16.43 $
16.41
Gross
Net Total BIG
BIG 1
BIG 2
BIG 3
Total BIG
(in millions)
Expected cash outflows (inflows)
$
172 $
1,141 $
1,242 $
2,555 $
2,547
Potential recoveries (3)
(445)
(877)
(1,110)
(2,432)
(2,422)
Subtotal
(273)
264
132
123
125
Discount
47
(77)
(8)
(38)
(38)
Expected losses to be paid (recovered)
$
(226) $
187 $
124 $
85 $
87
Deferred premium revenue
$
164 $
162 $
103 $
429 $
429
Reserves (salvage)
$
(255) $
71 $
43 $
(141) $
(140)
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
163
Financial Guaranty Insurance
BIG Transaction Loss Summary
As of December 31, 2024
Number of risks (1)
98
12
97
207
207
Remaining weighted average period (in years)
18.6
8.8
6.1
16.6
16.6
Outstanding exposure:
Par
$
8.08 $
0.70 $
1.38 $
10.16 $
10.15
Interest
7.55
0.37
0.42
8.34
8.33
Total (2)
$
15.63 $
1.07 $
1.80 $
18.50 $
18.48
Gross
Net Total BIG
BIG 1
BIG 2
BIG 3
Total BIG
(in millions)
Expected cash outflows (inflows)
$
4,016 $
342 $
1,307 $
5,665 $
5,656
Potential recoveries (3)
(4,201)
(293)
(1,132)
(5,626)
(5,616)
Subtotal
(185)
49
175
39
40
Discount
43
29
(23)
49
49
Expected losses to be paid (recovered)
$
(142) $
78 $
152 $
88 $
89
Deferred premium revenue
$
333 $
49 $
116 $
498 $
498
Reserves (salvage)
$
(226) $
35 $
62 $
(129) $
(128)
Gross
Net Total BIG
BIG 1
BIG 2
BIG 3
Total BIG
(dollars in billions)
__________________
(1)
A risk represents the aggregate of the financial guaranty policies that share the same revenue source for purposes of
making debt service payments.
(2)
Includes amounts related to FG VIEs.
(3)
Represents expected inflows from future payments by obligors pursuant to restructuring agreements, settlements,
excess spread on any underlying collateral and other estimated recoveries. Potential recoveries also include recoveries
on certain investment grade credits, related mainly to exposures that were previously BIG and for which claims have
been paid in the past.
Reinsurance
The Company cedes portions of its gross insured financial guaranty exposure (Ceded Financial Guaranty Business) to
third-party insurers. This Ceded Financial Guaranty Business represents $599 million, or approximately 0.1%, of the
Company’s total gross insured debt service of $441.4 billion, as of December 31, 2025. The Company also cedes $379 million
of its $4.6 billion in gross insured specialty business exposure.
The following table presents the components of premiums and losses reported in the consolidated statements of
operations attributable to the Assumed and Ceded Businesses (both financial guaranty and specialty insurance).
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
164
Components of Premiums Written, Premiums Earned and Loss and LAE (Benefit)
Premiums Written:
Direct
$
251 $
436 $
307
Assumed
5
4
50
Ceded
(6)
(6)
(16)
Net
$
250 $
434 $
341
Premiums Earned:
Direct
$
356 $
378 $
319
Assumed
28
32
28
Ceded
(4)
(7)
(3)
Net
$
380 $
403 $
344
Loss and LAE (benefit):
Direct (1)
$
46 $
(30) $
157
Assumed
11
3
8
Ceded
(1)
1
(3)
Net
$
56 $
(26) $
162
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
____________________
(1)
See Note 4. Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered), for additional information on the economic loss development
(benefit).
6.
Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives
The Company’s credit derivatives primarily consist of insured CDS contracts. The Company does not enter into CDS
contracts with the intent to trade these contracts and may not unilaterally terminate a CDS contract absent an event or default or
termination event that entitles the Company to terminate the contract. The Company and its counterparties have negotiated the
termination of certain contracts from time to time. Transactions are generally terminated for an amount that approximates the
present value of future premiums or a negotiated amount, rather than fair value.
The terms of the Company’s CDS contracts differ from more standardized credit derivative contracts sold by
companies outside the financial guaranty industry. The non-standard terms generally include the absence of collateral support
agreements or immediate settlement provisions, and the Company’s insured exposure benefits from relatively high attachment
points or other protections.
The Company’s credit derivatives are generally governed by International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.
documentation and have certain characteristics that differ from financial guaranty insurance contracts. For example, the
Company’s control rights with respect to a reference obligation under a CDS may be more limited than when the Company
issues a financial guaranty insurance contract. In addition, there are more circumstances under which the Company may be
obligated to make payments. Similar to a financial guaranty insurance contract, the Company would be obligated to pay if the
obligor failed to make a scheduled payment of principal or interest in full. In certain credit derivative transactions, the Company
also specifically agreed to pay if the obligor were to become bankrupt or if the reference obligation were restructured.
Furthermore, in certain credit derivative transactions, the Company may be required to make a payment due to an event that is
unrelated to the performance of the obligation referenced in the credit derivative. If events of default or termination events
specified in the credit derivative documentation were to occur, the non-defaulting or the non-affected party, which may be
either the Company or the counterparty, depending upon the circumstances, may decide to terminate a credit derivative prior to
maturity. In that case, the Company may be required to make a termination payment to its swap counterparty upon such
termination. Absent such an event of default or termination event, the Company may not unilaterally terminate a credit
derivative contract; however, the Company on occasion has mutually agreed to terminate certain CDS with related
counterparties.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
165
Accounting Policy
The Company’s credit derivatives qualify as derivatives under GAAP and require fair value measurement, with
changes in fair value reported in “fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives” in the consolidated statements of operations.
The fair value of credit derivatives is determined on a contract-by-contract basis and presented as either credit derivative assets
reported in “other assets” or credit derivative liabilities reported in “other liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheets. See
Note 9. Fair Value Measurement, for a discussion on the fair value methodology for credit derivatives.
Credit Derivatives Net Par Outstanding and Fair Value
The components of the Company’s credit derivative net par outstanding by sector are presented in the table below. The
estimated remaining weighted average life of credit derivatives was 8.6 years and 8.4 years as of December 31, 2025 and
December 31, 2024, respectively.
Credit Derivatives (1)
Net Par Outstanding
Net Fair Value Asset (Liability)
Sector
As of December 31,
2025
As of December 31,
2024
As of December 31,
2025
As of December 31,
2024
(in billions)
(in millions)
U.S. public finance
$
1.0 $
1.0
$
(2) $
(12)
Non-U.S. public finance
1.6
2.0
(12)
(15)
U.S. structured finance
0.2
0.2
(1)
(2)
Non-U.S. structured finance
1.0
1.0
—
—
Total
$
3.8 $
4.2
$
(15) $
(29)
____________________
(1)
See Note 4. Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered), for expected loss to be paid on credit derivatives.
Fair Value Gains (Losses) on Credit Derivatives
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Realized gains (losses) and other settlements
$
108
$
3
$
2
Net unrealized gains (losses)
13
21
112
Fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives
$
121
$
24
$
114
On November 28, 2011, LBIE sued AG Financial Products Inc. (AGFP), a subsidiary of AGL which, in the past, had
provided credit protection to counterparties under CDS. Following defaults by LBIE under transaction documents governing
CDS between LBIE and AGFP, AGFP terminated the CDS in compliance with the transaction documents and properly
calculated that LBIE owed AGFP approximately $25 million in connection with the termination, whereas LBIE asserted in its
complaint filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York (the Court) that AGFP owed LBIE a termination payment of
approximately $1.4 billion. Following a bench trial, on March 8, 2023, the Court rendered its decision and found in favor of
AGFP. Following the exhaustion of LBIE’s appeals, the Company recognized a realized gain on credit derivatives in the first
quarter of 2025 of $103 million, which represents the full satisfaction of the judgment it was awarded and its claims for
attorneys’ fees, expenses and interest in connection with this litigation.
The impact of changes in credit spreads will vary based upon the volume, tenor, interest rates and other market
conditions at the time these fair values are determined. In addition, since each transaction has unique collateral and structural
terms, the change in fair value of each transaction may vary considerably. The fair value of credit derivative contracts generally
also reflects the Company’s own credit cost based on the price to purchase credit protection on AG. The Company determines
its own credit risk primarily based on quoted CDS prices traded on AG at each balance sheet date.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
166
CDS Spread on AG (in basis points)
As of December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Five-year CDS spread
69
75
66
One-year CDS spread
23
25
23
Fair Value of Credit Derivative Assets (Liabilities) and Effect of AG Credit Spread
As of December 31,
2025
2024
(in millions)
Fair value of credit derivatives before effect of AG credit spread
$
(40) $
(64)
Plus: Effect of AG credit spread
25
35
Net fair value of credit derivatives
$
(15) $
(29)
The fair value of CDS contracts as of December 31, 2025, before considering the benefit applicable to AG’s credit
spread, is a direct result of the relatively wider credit spreads under current market conditions, sometimes related to
downgrades, compared with those at the time of underwriting for certain underlying credits with longer tenor.
7.
Investments and Cash
Accounting Policy
All fixed-maturity securities are reported on a trade date-basis, measured at fair value and classified as either trading or
available-for-sale. Changes in the fair value of trading fixed-maturity securities are reported as a component of net income,
while unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities are reported in “accumulated other
comprehensive income” (AOCI). Loss Mitigation Securities, which are a component of available-for-sale fixed-maturity
securities, are accounted for based on their underlying investment type, excluding the effects of the Company’s insurance.
Short-term investments, which are investments with a maturity of less than one year at the time of purchase, are carried
at fair value and include amounts deposited in certain money market funds.
Other invested assets primarily consist of equity method investments; the Sound Point investment being the most
significant. The Company reports its interest in the earnings of equity method investments in “equity in earnings (losses) of
investees” in the consolidated statements of operations. Most equity method investments are reported on a one-quarter lag. At
the time of acquisition, the difference between the Company’s cost of an equity method investment (fair value) and the
Company’s proportionate share of the carrying value of the investee’s net assets is referred to as the basis difference. The basis
difference includes amounts attributed to finite-lived intangible assets, which is amortized over the assets’ remaining useful
lives, and is reported in “equity in earnings (losses) of investees.”
The Company classifies distributions received from equity method investments using the cumulative earnings
approach in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Under the cumulative earnings approach, distributions received up to the
amount of cumulative equity in earnings recognized are treated as returns on investment within operating cash flows, and those
in excess of that amount are treated as returns of investment within investing cash flows.
Sound Point managed funds in which the Company invests and where the Company has been deemed to be the
primary beneficiary, are not reported in “investments” on the consolidated balance sheets, but rather in “assets of consolidated
investment vehicles” and “other liabilities,” with the portion not owned by the Company presented as “non-redeemable
noncontrolling interest.” See Note 8. Variable Interest Entities, for further information regarding CIVs.
Cash consists of cash on hand and demand deposits. See Note 8. Variable Interest Entities, for the cash and cash
equivalents of consolidated VIEs.
Net investment income primarily includes the income earned on fixed-maturity securities and short-term investments,
including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. For mortgage-backed securities and any other securities for
which there is prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated quarterly and revised as necessary. For securities other
than purchased credit deteriorated (PCD) securities, any necessary adjustments due to changes in effective yields and expected
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
167
maturities are recognized in net investment income using the retrospective method. PCD securities are defined as financial
assets that, as of the date of acquisition, have experienced a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since
origination.
Realized gains and losses on sales of available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities and credit losses are reported in the
consolidated statements of operations. Net realized investment gains (losses) include sales of investments, which are determined
using the specific identification method, reductions to amortized cost of available-for-sale investments that have been written
down due to the Company’s intent to sell them or it being more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell them,
and the change in allowance for credit losses on the investment portfolio (including accretion) as discussed below.
For all fixed-maturity securities that were originally purchased with credit deterioration, accrued interest is not
separately presented but rather is a component of the amortized cost of the instrument. For all other available-for-sale securities,
a separate amount for accrued interest is reported in “other assets.”
Credit Losses
For an available-for-sale fixed-maturity security that has experienced a decline in fair value below its amortized cost
due to credit related factors, an allowance is established for the difference between the estimated recoverable value and
amortized cost with a corresponding charge to “net realized investment gains (losses)” in the consolidated statements of
operations. The estimated recoverable value is the present value of cash flows expected to be collected. The allowance for credit
losses is limited to the difference between amortized cost and fair value. Any difference between the security’s fair value and its
amortized cost that is not associated with credit related factors is presented as a component of AOCI.
When estimating future cash flows for fixed-maturity securities, management considers the historical performance of
underlying assets and available market information as well as bond-specific considerations. In addition, the process of
estimating future cash flows includes, but is not limited to, the following critical inputs which vary by security type:
•
the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost;
•
credit ratings;
•
any adverse conditions specifically related to the security, industry, and/or geographic area;
•
changes in the financial condition of the issuer, or underlying loan obligors;
•
general economic and political factors;
•
remaining payment terms of the security;
•
prepayment speeds;
•
expected defaults; and
•
the value of any embedded credit enhancements.
The assessment of whether a credit loss exists is performed each reporting period.
The allowance for credit losses and the corresponding charge to net realized investment gains (losses) may be reversed
if conditions change. However, the allowance for credit losses is never reduced below zero. When the Company determines that
all or a portion of a fixed-maturity security is uncollectible, the uncollectible amortized cost amount is written off with a
corresponding reduction to the allowance for credit losses. If cash flows that were previously written off are collected, the
recovery is recognized in “net realized investment gains (losses).”
An allowance for credit losses is established upon initial recognition for available-for-sale PCD securities. On the date
of acquisition, the amortized cost of a PCD security is equal to its purchase price plus the allowance for credit losses, with no
credit loss expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. After the date of acquisition, deterioration (or
improvement) in credit will result in an increase (or decrease) to the allowance and an offsetting credit loss expense (or benefit).
To measure this, the Company performs a discounted cash flow analysis. For PCD securities that are also beneficial interests,
favorable or adverse changes in expected cash flows are recognized as a change in the allowance for credit losses. Changes in
expected cash flows that are not captured through the allowance are reflected as a prospective adjustment to the security’s yield
within “net investment income” in the consolidated statements of operations.
The Company has elected to not measure credit losses on its accrued interest receivable and instead write off accrued
interest when it is six months past due or on the date it is deemed uncollectible, if earlier. All write-offs of accrued interest are
recorded as a reduction to “net investment income” in the consolidated statements of operations.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
168
For impaired securities that (i) the Company intends to sell, or (ii) it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be
required to sell before recovering its amortized cost, the amortized cost is written down to fair value with a corresponding
charge to net realized investment gains (losses). No allowance is established in these situations and any previously recorded
allowance is reversed. The new cost basis is not adjusted for subsequent increases in estimated fair value.
The Company monitors its equity method investments for indicators of other-than-temporary declines in fair value on
an ongoing basis. If such a decline occurs, an impairment charge is recorded, measured as the difference between the carrying
value and the estimated fair value.
Investment Portfolio
The largest component of the investment portfolio is fixed-maturity securities, the majority of which are investment
grade and managed by outside managers. The Company has established investment guidelines for these investment managers
regarding credit quality, exposure to a particular sector and exposure to a particular obligor within a sector. Portions of the
Company’s alternative investments portfolio are managed by Sound Point. In accordance with the terms of a letter agreement
(Letter Agreement), effective July 1, 2023, AG (i) engaged Sound Point as its sole alternative credit manager, and (ii)
transitioned to Sound Point the management of certain existing alternative investments and related commitments. The Letter
Agreement also provides that AG, including through its investment subsidiary AGAS, would, subject to the terms and
conditions of the Letter Agreement, make new investments in funds, other vehicles and separately managed accounts managed
by Sound Point which, when aggregated with the alternative investments and commitments transitioned from the Company and
any reinvestments (collectively, Sound Point Investments), and investments made by other Assured Guaranty affiliates, will
total $1 billion. AG has made substantial investments with Sound Point across a variety of their strategies in order to seek to
enhance its investment returns and anticipates continuing to invest with Sound Point pursuant to the terms of the Letter
Agreement. The Letter Agreement contemplates a long-term investment partnership between Sound Point and Assured
Guaranty, whereby AG has agreed to reinvest all returns of capital from Sound Point Investments until July 1, 2038. Similarly,
under the Letter Agreement AG agreed to reinvest all gains and dividends from Sound Point Investments through July 1, 2025,
and reinvest half of all such gains and dividends thereafter until July 1, 2033. On July 1, 2028, AG may choose to reduce the
amounts invested or required to be reinvested in certain Sound Point Investments under the Letter Agreement, subject to
adjustment of Assured Guaranty’s ownership interest in Sound Point. To the extent not required to be reinvested by the Letter
Agreement, all proceeds from Sound Point Investments received in accordance with their operative investment documents can
be distributed to AG.
Investment Portfolio
Carrying Value
As of December 31,
2025
2024
(in millions)
Fixed-maturity securities, available-for-sale
$
6,369
$
6,369
Fixed-maturity securities, trading
124
147
Short-term investments
903
1,221
Other invested assets:
Equity method investments:
Ownership interest in Sound Point
415
418
Funds and other investments
664
496
Other
12
12
Total (1)
$
8,487
$
8,663
____________________
(1)
In the investment portfolio, the aggregate carrying value of Sound Point managed investments was $628 million and
$569 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, excluding the Company’s ownership
interest in Sound Point and certain investments in funds that are accounted for as CIVs.
As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, 8.6% and 12.6%, respectively, of available-for-sale fixed-maturity
securities were either rated BIG or not rated, primarily consisting of CLO equity tranches, liquidity bonds issued by a U.K.
regulated utility and Loss Mitigation Securities. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the carrying value of CLO
equity tranches was $228 million and $277 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, the carrying value of liquidity
bonds issued by a U.K. regulated utility was $168 million. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the carrying
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
169
value of Loss Mitigation Securities was $140 million and $479 million, respectively. In July 2025, the Company’s largest BIG
exposure in the investment portfolio, which was obtained as a part of a loss mitigation strategy, with an aggregate carrying
value of $408 million as of June 30, 2025 reached its final resolution after many years of negotiation and was paid down after
liquidation of the trust assets. The Company received $459 million in connection with this resolution, including principal,
accrued interest and other expected recoveries. This resolution did not have a significant effect on the consolidated statements
of operations. Fixed-maturity securities classified as trading securities primarily include contingent value instruments (CVIs),
and are not rated.
The investment portfolio includes $1.0 billion in alternative investments primarily consisting of (i) $228 million of
CLO equity securities classified as available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities and (ii) $676 million of investments across
various asset classes that are reported in “other invested assets”. In addition, as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024,
$57 million and $33 million, respectively, of the Company’s total alternative investments was invested in a Sound Point
managed fund which was reported in “assets of consolidated investment vehicles,” “other liabilities” and “non-redeemable
noncontrolling interest.” See Note 8. Variable Interest Entities. The Company’s alternative investment commitments as of
December 31, 2025 include $490 million in unfunded commitments which together with its $1.0 billion in funded commitments
total $1.5 billion. Alternative investment commitments of $1.5 billion include a $1 billion commitment to invest in Sound Point
managed alternative investments, subject to certain conditions precedent. Capital allocated to alternative investments was
committed to several funds pursuing various strategies, including private healthcare investing, asset-based/specialty finance,
CLOs and commercial real estate finance.
Accrued investment income was $70 million and $64 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024,
respectively. In 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company did not write off any accrued investment income.
Available-for-Sale Fixed-Maturity Securities by Security Type
As of December 31, 2025
Security Type
Percent
of
Total (1)
Amortized
Cost
Allowance
for Credit
Losses
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair
Value
(dollars in millions)
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
28 % $
1,816 $
(13) $
37 $
(71) $
1,769
U.S. government and agencies
1
55
—
1
(4)
52
Corporate securities (2)
46
2,998
(6)
75
(115)
2,952
Mortgage-backed securities (3):
RMBS
10
678
(26)
10
(47)
615
Commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS)
3
197
—
2
(1)
198
Asset-backed securities:
CLOs
7
499
(9)
4
(38)
456
Other (4)
3
206
—
3
—
209
Non-U.S. government securities
2
123
—
3
(8)
118
Total available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities
100 % $
6,572 $
(54) $
135 $
(284) $
6,369
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
170
Available-for-Sale Fixed-Maturity Securities by Security Type
As of December 31, 2024
Security Type
Percent
of
Total (1)
Amortized
Cost
Allowance
for Credit
Losses
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair
Value
(dollars in millions)
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
30 % $
2,032 $
(14) $
25 $
(103) $
1,940
U.S. government and agencies
1
72
—
1
(6)
67
Corporate securities (2)
38
2,586
(7)
9
(206)
2,382
Mortgage-backed securities (3):
RMBS
9
657
(21)
2
(71)
567
CMBS
3
189
—
—
(3)
186
Asset-backed securities:
CLOs
9
615
(1)
6
(9)
611
Other (4)
9
593
(17)
1
(30)
547
Non-U.S. government securities
1
83
—
—
(14)
69
Total available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities
100 % $
6,827 $
(60) $
44 $
(442) $
6,369
____________________
(1)
Percentages are based on amortized cost.
(2)
Corporate securities include securities issued by taxable universities and hospitals.
(3)
U.S. government-agency obligations represented 75% and 68% of mortgage-backed securities as of December 31,
2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, based on fair value.
(4)
This category includes an investment in an affiliated entity with amortized cost of $53 million and $41 million, and a
fair value of $54 million and $42 million, as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.
Gross Unrealized Loss by Length of Time
for Available-for-Sale Fixed-Maturity Securities for Which a Credit Loss was Not Recorded
As of December 31, 2025
Less than 12 months
12 months or more
Total
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
(dollars in millions)
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions
$
79 $
(1) $
837 $
(70) $
916 $
(71)
U.S. government and agencies
14
—
5
(4)
19
(4)
Corporate securities
122
(1)
732
(87)
854
(88)
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS
11
—
114
(6)
125
(6)
CMBS
41
—
57
(1)
98
(1)
Asset-backed securities:
CLOs
189
(9)
44
(5)
233
(14)
Other
31
—
19
—
50
—
Non-U.S. government securities
2
—
19
(8)
21
(8)
Total
$
489 $
(11) $
1,827 $
(181) $
2,316 $
(192)
Number of securities (1)
167
855
1,014
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
171
Gross Unrealized Loss by Length of Time
for Available-for-Sale Fixed-Maturity Securities for Which a Credit Loss was Not Recorded
As of December 31, 2024
Less than 12 months
12 months or more
Total
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
(dollars in millions)
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions
$
624 $
(7) $
964 $
(96) $
1,588 $
(103)
U.S. government and agencies
5
—
28
(6)
33
(6)
Corporate securities
762
(20)
1,046
(150)
1,808
(170)
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS
255
(4)
123
(10)
378
(14)
CMBS
83
—
103
(3)
186
(3)
Asset-backed securities:
CLOs
151
(5)
107
(1)
258
(6)
Other
60
(1)
16
—
76
(1)
Non-U.S. government securities
35
(3)
30
(11)
65
(14)
Total
$
1,975 $
(40) $
2,417 $
(277) $
4,392 $
(317)
Number of securities (1)
569
1,065
1,591
___________________
(1)
The number of securities does not add across because lots consisting of the same securities have been purchased at
different times and appear in both categories above (i.e., less than 12 months and 12 months or more). If a security
appears in both categories, it is counted only once in the total column.
The Company considered the credit quality, cash flows, interest rate movements, ability to hold a security to recovery
and intent to sell a security in determining whether a security had a credit loss. The Company has determined that the
unrealized losses recorded as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 were primarily related to higher interest rates
rather than credit quality. As of December 31, 2025, the Company did not intend to and was not required to sell investments
in an unrealized loss position prior to the expected recovery in value. As of December 31, 2025, of the securities in an
unrealized loss position for which an allowance for credit loss was not recorded, 253 securities had unrealized losses in excess
of 10% of their carrying value, whereas as of December 31, 2024, 438 securities had unrealized losses in excess of 10% of
their carrying value. The total unrealized loss for these securities was $147 million and $223 million as of December 31, 2025
and December 31, 2024, respectively.
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities by contractual maturity as
of December 31, 2025 are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may
have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
Distribution of Available-for-Sale Fixed-Maturity Securities by Contractual Maturity
As of December 31, 2025
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
(in millions)
Due within one year
$
202
$
206
Due after one year through five years
1,465
1,482
Due after five years through 10 years
2,074
2,049
Due after 10 years
1,956
1,819
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS
678
615
CMBS
197
198
Total
$
6,572
$
6,369
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
172
Based on fair value, fixed-maturity securities, short-term investments and cash that are either held in trust for the
benefit of third-party ceding insurers in accordance with statutory requirements, placed on deposit to fulfill state licensing
requirements, or otherwise pledged or restricted, totaled $77 million and $79 million as of December 31, 2025 and
December 31, 2024, respectively. In addition, the total collateral funded into a reinsurance trust or a similar account by certain
AGL subsidiaries or is otherwise restricted for the benefit of other AGL subsidiaries in accordance with statutory and regulatory
requirements had a fair value of $813 million and $1,135 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024,
respectively.
No material investments of the Company were non-income producing during the twelve-month period ending
December 31, 2025. The fair value of investments that were non-income producing during twelve-month period ending
December 31, 2024 was $42 million.
Income from Investments
The components of income derived from the investment portfolio are presented in the following tables.
Income from Investments (1)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Investment income:
Fixed-maturity securities, available-for-sale (2)
$
310
$
261
$
294
Short-term investments
51
83
73
Other invested assets
3
1
3
Investment income
364
345
370
Investment expenses
(5)
(5)
(5)
Net investment income
$
359
$
340
$
365
Fair value gains (losses) on trading securities (3)
$
13
$
52
$
74
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees
Ownership interest in Sound Point (4)
$
14
$
6
$
5
Funds and other investments (5)
88
56
23
Equity in earnings (losses) of investees
$
102
$
62
$
28
____________________
(1)
Foreign exchange gains on remeasurement of certain investments were $5 million for 2025 and $1 million for 2023.
(2)
Amounts include $24 million, $28 million and $55 million of investment income on Loss Mitigation Securities for
2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The increase in investment income from available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities
in 2025 is primarily due to investment income on CLO equity tranches in the available-for-sale portfolio. Certain CLO
equity tranche investments were reclassified to the available-for-sale fixed-maturity portfolio in the fourth quarter of
2024, with interest income now reported in net investment income, and changes in fair value reported in other
comprehensive income (OCI). The Company had previously held the CLO equity tranches in a Sound Point managed
fund with changes in net asset value (NAV) reported in “equity in earnings (losses) of investees.”
(3)
Fair value gains on trading securities pertaining to securities still held as of December 31, 2025 were $5 million for
2025. Fair value gains on trading securities pertaining to securities still held as of December 31, 2024 were $15 million
for 2024. Fair value gains on trading securities pertaining to securities still held as of December 31, 2023 were $31
million for 2023.
(4)
Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2023, equity in earnings (losses) of investees includes the Company’s share of the
earnings of Sound Point, which is reported on a one-quarter lag.
(5)
Includes Sound Point and AHP funds and, prior to July 1, 2023, AssuredIM funds.
A majority of the trading securities are Puerto Rico CVIs. In 2022, as a result of the resolution of certain defaulting
Puerto Rico exposures, the Company received Puerto Rico CVIs, along with other consideration. The CVIs are intended to
provide creditors with additional recoveries tied to the outperformance of the Puerto Rico 5.5% sales and use tax receipts
against May 2020 certified fiscal plan projections, subject to annual and lifetime caps. The fair value of remaining CVIs as of
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
173
December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 was $114 million and $123 million, respectively. The Company may sell in the
future any CVIs it continues to hold.
Equity in Earnings (Losses) of Investees
As of December 31, 2025, the carrying value of the Company’s ownership interest in Sound Point was $415 million,
and includes a basis difference related principally to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets of $245 million, and finite-
lived intangible assets of $25 million which had an average estimated term of 4.6 years.
The table below presents summarized financial information for equity method investments that meet, in aggregate, the
requirements for reporting summarized disclosures.
Aggregate Equity Method Investments’
Summarized Balance Sheet Data
As of December, 31
2025
2024
(in millions)
Investments
$
3,326
$
2,324
Assets of consolidated funds and CLOs
3,982
1,611
Other assets
751
754
Total assets
$
8,059
$
4,689
Liabilities of consolidated funds and CLOs
$
3,866
$
1,494
Other liabilities
1,054
526
Total liabilities
$
4,920
$
2,020
Equity attributable to investees
$
3,087
$
2,629
NCI
52
40
Total equity
$
3,139
$
2,669
Aggregate Equity Method Investments’
Summarized Statement of Operations Data
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Fee income
$
197 $
196 $
57
Net gains (losses) on investments and investment income
678
400
129
Income of consolidated funds and CLOs
151
138
37
Other income
35
48
39
Total revenues
$
1,061 $
782 $
262
Expenses of consolidated funds and CLOs
$
115 $
93 $
25
Other expenses
368
279
108
Total expenses
$
483 $
372 $
133
Net income (loss)
$
578 $
410 $
129
Net income (loss) attributable to investees
$
578 $
400 $
127
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
174
Realized Investment Gains (Losses)
The table below presents the components of net realized investment gains (losses).
Net Realized Investment Gains (Losses)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Gross realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities (1)
$
5
$
3
$
21
Gross realized losses on sales of available-for-sale securities
(14)
(12)
(19)
Net foreign currency gains (losses)
—
(2)
(1)
Change in the allowance for credit losses and intent to sell
(29)
18
(14)
Other net realized gains (losses)
(2)
2
(1)
Net realized investment gains (losses)
$
(40) $
9
$
(14)
____________________
(1)
Amounts in 2023 related primarily to sales of bonds received as part of the resolution of defaulting Puerto Rico
exposures in 2022.
The following table presents the roll forward of the allowance for the credit losses on available-for-sale fixed-maturity
securities.
Roll Forward of Allowance for Credit Losses
for Available-for-Sale Fixed-Maturity Securities
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Balance, beginning of period
$
60 $
77 $
65
Additions for securities for which credit losses were not previously
recognized
13
4
—
Additions (reductions) for securities for which credit losses were previously
recognized
15
(21)
12
Write-offs charged against the allowance
(34)
—
—
Balance, end of period
$
54 $
60 $
77
Credit losses for 2025 were primarily associated with CLO equity tranches and Loss Mitigation Securities. The change
in allowance for credit losses for 2024 and 2023 were primarily related to Loss Mitigation Securities. The Company did not
purchase any securities with credit deterioration during the periods presented.
8.
Variable Interest Entities
Accounting Policy
The types of entities that the Company assesses for consolidation principally include: (i) financial guaranty variable
interest entities, which include entities whose debt obligations the Company insures in its financial guaranty business, and (ii)
investment vehicles in which the Company has a variable interest and which Sound Point manages, including Sound Point
funds, CLOs that are collateralized financing entities and CLO warehouses.
For each of these types of entities, the Company first determines whether the entity is a VIE or a voting interest entity
(VOE) which involves assessing, among other conditions, (i) whether the equity investment at risk is sufficient to cover the
entity’s expected losses and (ii) whether the holders of the equity investment at risk (as a group) have substantive voting rights.
The Company reassesses whether an entity is a VIE upon the occurrence of certain significant events.
If the entity being evaluated for consolidation is not initially determined to be a VIE (or if a significant event occurs
later that causes an entity to no longer qualify as a VIE), then the entity is a VOE. Consolidation is generally required when the
Company, directly or indirectly, has a controlling financial interest in a VOE.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
175
For entities determined to be a VIE and in which the Company has a variable interest, the Company assesses whether it
is the primary beneficiary of the VIE at the time it becomes involved with the entity and performs this assessment quarterly. In
determining whether it is the primary beneficiary, the Company considers all facts and circumstances, including an evaluation
of economic interests in the VIE held directly and indirectly through related parties. The Company is the primary beneficiary of
a VIE when it has both: (i) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic
performance; and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses (or the right to receive benefits) from the entity that could potentially be
significant to the VIE.
If the Company concludes that it is the primary beneficiary of the VIE, the VIE is consolidated in the Company’s
consolidated financial statements. If, as part of its continual reassessment of the primary beneficiary determination, the
Company concludes that it is no longer the primary beneficiary of a VIE, the Company deconsolidates the VIE and recognizes
the impact of that change in the consolidated financial statements.
FG VIEs
For FG VIEs, the Company elected the fair value option (FVO) for all assets and liabilities, except for one VIE
consolidated as of December 31, 2025. Upon consolidation, the assets and liabilities of this VIE were recorded pursuant to the
guidance in ASC 805, Business Combinations, which specifies that the VIE’s assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value
except for a contract asset which is recognized and measured pursuant to ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.
Upon initial adoption of the accounting guidance for VIEs in 2010, the Company elected to fair value its FG VIEs’ assets and
liabilities as the carrying amount transition method was not practical. To allow for consistency in the accounting for the assets
and liabilities of its consolidated RMBS FG VIEs, the Company has elected the FVO for FG VIEs consolidated after the initial
adoption.
The change in fair value of FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities where the FVO was elected is reported in “fair value gains
(losses) on FG VIEs” in the consolidated statements of operations, except for the change in fair value attributable to change in
instrument-specific credit risk (ISCR) on FG VIEs’ liabilities for which the FVO was elected, which is reported in “other
comprehensive income” Interest income and interest expense are derived from the trustee reports and also included in “fair
value gains (losses) on FG VIEs.”
For those FG VIE liabilities with recourse to the Company, the portion of the inception-to-date change in fair value,
attributable to ISCR, is calculated by holding all current period assumptions constant for each security and isolating the effect
of the change in AG’s CDS spread from the most recent date of consolidation to the current period. In general, if AG’s CDS
spread tightens, more value will be assigned to AG’s credit; however, if AG’s CDS spread widens, less value is assigned to
AG’s credit.
The Company has limited contractual rights to obtain the financial records of its consolidated FG VIEs. The FG VIEs
do not typically prepare separate GAAP financial statements and, in these instances, the Company compiles the FG VIE GAAP
financial information based on trustee reports prepared by and received from third parties. Such trustee reports are not available
to the Company in time for quarterly reporting and therefore FG VIEs are reported on a one-quarter lag. As a result of the lag,
cash and short-term investments do not reflect any cash outflows (due to claim payments made by the Company) to the holders
of the FG VIEs’ debt until the subsequent reporting period.
The cash flows generated by the FG VIEs’ assets, except for interest income, are classified as cash flows from
investing activities. Paydowns of FG VIEs’ liabilities are supported by the cash flows generated by FG VIEs’ assets and, for
liabilities with recourse, possibly claim payments made by the Company under their financial guaranty insurance
contracts. Paydowns of FG VIEs’ liabilities both with and without recourse are classified as cash flows used in financing
activities. Interest income, interest expense and other expenses of the FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities are classified as operating
cash flows. Claim payments made by the Company under the financial guaranty contracts issued to the FG VIEs are eliminated
upon consolidation. Therefore, such claim payments are treated as paydowns of the FG VIEs’ liabilities and as a financing
activity as opposed to an operating activity.
The Company’s exposure provided through its financial guaranties with respect to debt obligations of FG VIEs is
included within par and debt service outstanding in Note 3. Outstanding Exposure.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
176
CIVs
CIVs consist of certain Sound Point funds for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. The consolidated funds
are investment companies for accounting purposes and, therefore, account for their underlying investments at fair value.
Changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities of CIVs, interest income and interest expense are reported in “fair value gains
(losses) on consolidated investment vehicles” in the consolidated statements of operations. All CIVs are reported on a one-
quarter lag.
Upon consolidation of a Sound Point fund, the Company records NCI for the portion of the fund owned by any third-
party investors and employees.
Investment transactions in the consolidated Sound Point funds are recorded on a trade/contract date basis. Money
market investments held by these consolidated funds are classified as cash equivalents and carried at cost, consistent with those
funds’ separately issued financial statements. Therefore, the Company has included these amounts in the total amount of cash
and cash equivalents on the consolidated statements of cash flows. Cash flows of the CIVs attributable to such entities’
investment purchases and dispositions, as well as operating expenses of the investment vehicles, are presented as cash flows
from operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Borrowings under credit facilities, debt issuances and
repayments and capital cash flows to and from investors are presented as financing activities, consistent with investment
company guidelines.
FG VIEs
The Company provides financial guaranties with respect to debt obligations of special purpose entities, including
VIEs, but does not act as the servicer or collateral manager for any guaranteed VIE obligations. The transaction structure
generally provides certain financial protections to the Company that can take several forms, the most common of which are
overcollateralization, first loss protection (or subordination) and excess spread. In the case of overcollateralization (i.e., the
principal amount of the securitized assets exceeds the principal amount of the structured finance obligations), the transaction
structure allows defaults of the securitized assets before a default is experienced on the structured finance obligation guaranteed
by the Company. In the case of first loss, the Company’s financial guaranty insurance policy only covers a senior layer of losses
experienced by multiple obligations issued by the VIEs. The first loss exposure with respect to the assets is either retained by
the seller or sold off in the form of equity or mezzanine debt to other investors. In the case of excess spread, the financial assets
contributed to VIEs generate interest income that is in excess of the interest payments on the debt issued by the VIE. Such
excess spread is typically distributed through the transaction’s cash flow waterfall and may be used to create additional credit
enhancement, applied to redeem debt issued by the VIE (thereby, creating additional overcollateralization), or distributed to
equity or other investors in the transaction.
The Company is not primarily liable for the debt obligations issued by the VIEs it insures and would only be required
to make payments on insured debt obligations in the event that the issuer defaults on any principal or interest due and only for
the amount of the shortfall. The Company’s creditors do not have any rights with regard to the collateral supporting the insured
debt issued by the VIEs. Proceeds from sales, maturities, prepayments and interest from the underlying collateral in the VIEs
may only be used to pay debt service on the respective VIEs’ liabilities.
As part of the terms of its financial guaranty contracts insuring the debt obligations of a VIE, the Company obtains
certain protective rights that give it additional controls over the VIE. These protective rights are triggered by the occurrence of
certain events, such as failure to be in compliance with a covenant due to poor deal performance or a deterioration in a
servicer’s or collateral manager’s financial condition. Typically, at deal inception, the Company is not deemed to control the
VIEs whose debt it insures; however, once a trigger event occurs, the Company’s control of the VIE typically increases.
With respect to the debt obligations of VIEs that it insures, the Company continuously evaluates its power to direct the
activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the circumstances where it is obligated to absorb
VIE losses or is entitled to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Under GAAP, the Company is
typically deemed to be the control party for a VIE when its protective rights give it the power to both terminate and replace the
transaction’s servicer or collateral manager, which are characteristics specific to the Company’s financial guaranty contracts. If
the protective rights that could make the Company the control party have not been triggered, then the VIE is not consolidated. If
the Company is deemed to no longer have those protective rights, the VIE is deconsolidated.
If the Company consolidates a VIE whose debt it insures as a result of its consolidation analysis, the Company refers
to such consolidated VIE as an FG VIE. The FG VIEs’ liabilities that are insured by the Company are considered to be with
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
177
recourse, because the Company guarantees the payment of principal and interest regardless of the performance of the related FG
VIEs’ assets. The FG VIEs’ liabilities that are not insured by the Company are considered to be without recourse, because the
payment of principal and interest of these liabilities is wholly dependent on the performance of the FG VIEs’ assets.
Number of Consolidated FG VIEs
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Beginning of year
23
48
70
Consolidated
1
—
—
Deconsolidated (1)
—
(25)
(22)
December 31
24
23
48
____________________
(1)
Includes deconsolidation of 24 FG VIEs in 2024 and 21 FG VIEs in 2023 related to trusts established as a result of the
Company’s resolution of defaulting Puerto Rico exposures in 2022.
Components of FG VIE Assets and Liabilities
Net fair value gains and losses on FG VIEs are expected to reverse to zero by the maturity of the FG VIEs’ debt,
except for net premiums received and net claims paid by the Company under its financial guaranty insurance contracts. The
Company’s estimate of expected loss to be paid (recovered) for FG VIEs is included in Note 4. Expected Loss to be Paid
(Recovered).
The table below shows the carrying value of FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities, segregated by type of collateral.
Consolidated FG VIEs by Type of Collateral
FG VIEs’ assets:
U.S. RMBS (3)
$
142
$
147
Other (includes $30 at fair value in 2025) (1) (2)
70
—
Total FG VIEs’ assets
$
212
$
147
FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse:
U.S. RMBS (3)
$
147
$
155
Other, at fair value (2)
35
—
Total FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse
$
182
$
155
FG VIEs’ liabilities without recourse:
U.S. RMBS (3)
$
9
$
9
Other (includes $6 at fair value in 2025) (2)
7
—
Total FG VIEs’ liabilities without recourse
$
16
$
9
As of December 31,
2025
2024
(in millions)
____________________
(1)
Includes a contract asset related to a services agreement of approximately $40 million as of December 31, 2025
accounted for in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, as well as debt and equity
investments, and cash and cash equivalents.
(2)
Other amounts represent the assets and liabilities of an FG VIE that was consolidated during 2025.
(3)
U.S. RMBS assets and liabilities are measured at fair value under the FVO.
The change in the ISCR of the FG VIEs’ assets for which the Company elected the FVO (FG VIEs’ assets at FVO)
held as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 that was reported in the consolidated statements of operations was a gain of $7
million in 2025, loss of $5 million in 2024 and gain of $3 million in 2023. The ISCR amount is determined by using expected
cash flows at the most recent date of consolidation, discounted at the effective yield, less current expected cash flows
discounted at that same original effective yield.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
178
Selected Information for FG VIEs’ Assets and Liabilities
Measured under the FVO
As of December 31,
2025
2024
(in millions)
Excess of unpaid principal over fair value of:
FG VIEs’ assets
$
252 $
264
FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse
31
38
FG VIEs’ liabilities without recourse
15
16
Unpaid principal balance for FG VIEs’ assets that were 90 days or more past due
20
27
Unpaid principal for FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse (1)
178
193
____________________
(1)
FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse will mature at various dates ranging from 2026 through 2038.
CIVs
CIVs consist of certain Sound Point funds for which the Company is the primary beneficiary or has a controlling
interest. The Company consolidates investment vehicles that are VIEs when it is deemed to be the primary beneficiary based on
its power to direct the most significant activities of each VIE and its level of economic interest in the entities.
As a result of the Sound Point Transaction and AHP Transaction, the Company deconsolidated CIV assets of
$4.7 billion and CIV liabilities of $4.4 billion in 2023, and recognized a loss on deconsolidation of $16 million, which was
reported in “fair value gains (losses) on consolidated investment vehicles.” In addition, at the time of deconsolidation in 2023,
NCI decreased by $132 million.
The assets and liabilities of the Company’s CIVs are held within separate legal entities. The assets of the CIVs are not
available to creditors of the Company, other than creditors of the applicable CIVs. In addition, creditors of the CIVs have no
recourse against the assets of the Company, other than the assets of such applicable CIVs. Liquidity available at the Company’s
CIVs is not available for corporate liquidity needs, except to the extent of the Company’s investment in the funds, subject to
redemption provisions.
In 2024, two CIVs distributed substantially all of their invested assets of approximately $280 million. After the
distribution, the Company classifies the distributed investments as either available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities, trading
securities, equity method investments or other invested assets.
As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company consolidated one active CIV with assets of
$175 million and $101 million, respectively, consisting primarily of investments with Sound Point affiliated entities.
NCI in FG VIEs and CIVs
NCI represents the portion of the consolidated FG VIEs and funds not owned by the Company and includes ownership
interests of third parties and former employees. The NCI is non-redeemable and presented on the statement of shareholders’
equity.
Non-Consolidated VIEs
As described in Note 3. Outstanding Exposure, the Company monitors all policies in the insured portfolio. Of the
approximately 16 thousand policies monitored as of December 31, 2025, approximately 14 thousand policies are not within the
scope of ASC 810, Consolidation, because these financial guaranties relate to the debt obligations of governmental
organizations or financing entities established by a governmental organization. The majority of the remaining policies involve
transactions where the Company is not deemed to currently have control over the FG VIEs’ most significant activities. As of
December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company identified 53 and 50 policies, respectively, that contain provisions and experienced
events that may trigger consolidation.
The Company holds variable interests in investment vehicles which are not consolidated, as the Company is not the
primary beneficiary. As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s maximum exposure to losses relating to these VIEs was $865
million, which is limited to the carrying value of the investment vehicles.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
179
9.
Fair Value Measurement
Accounting Policy
The Company carries a significant portion of its assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that
would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date (i.e., exit or transfer price). The price represents the price available in the principal market for the asset or
liability. If there is no principal market, then the price is based on a hypothetical market that maximizes the value received for
an asset or minimizes the amount paid for a liability (i.e., the most advantageous market).
Fair value is based on quoted market prices, where available. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is
based on either (i) internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, market-based or independently sourced market
parameters (including, but not limited to, yield curves, interest rates and debt prices) or (ii) discounted cash flows, using a third
party’s proprietary pricing models. In addition to market information, when applicable, the models also incorporate transaction
details, such as the instrument’s maturity, and contractual features that reduce the Company’s credit exposure (e.g., collateral
rights).
Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments
include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Company’s creditworthiness and constraints on liquidity. As markets
and products develop and the pricing transparency for certain products changes, the Company may refine its methodologies and
assumptions. During 2025, no changes were made to the Company’s valuation models that had (or are expected to have) a
material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations or consolidated
statements of comprehensive income.
The Company’s valuation methods produce fair values that may not be indicative of net realizable value or future fair
values. The use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine fair value of certain financial instruments could result
in a materially different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.
The categorization within the fair value hierarchy is determined based on whether the inputs to valuation techniques
used to measure fair value are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent
sources, while unobservable inputs reflect Company estimates of market assumptions. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes
model inputs into three broad levels, with Level 1 being the highest and Level 3 the lowest. The categorization, of an asset or
liability, within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of significant input to its valuation.
Level 1—Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. The Company generally defines an active market
as a market in which trading occurs at significant volumes. Active markets generally are more liquid and have a lower bid-ask
spread than an inactive market.
Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in
markets that are not active; and observable inputs other than quoted prices, such as interest rates or yield curves and other inputs
derived from, or corroborated by, observable market inputs.
Level 3—Model derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are
unobservable. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are (i) determined using pricing models,
discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and (ii) at least one significant model assumption or input is
unobservable. Level 3 financial instruments include those for which the determination of fair value requires significant
management judgment or estimation.
There were transfers of securities into Level 3 in the investment portfolio and CIVs, due to changes in observability of
pricing inputs, and in CIVs, in connection with the distribution of assets from a CIV during 2024. There were no other transfers
from or into Level 3 during the periods presented.
Carried at Fair Value
Fixed-Maturity Securities
The fair value of fixed-maturity securities is generally based on prices received from third-party pricing services or
alternative pricing sources that provide reasonable levels of price transparency. The pricing services prepare estimates of fair
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
180
value using their pricing models, which take into account: benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer
spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers, reference data, industry and economic events and sector
groupings. Additional valuation factors that can be taken into account are nominal spreads and liquidity adjustments. The
pricing services evaluate each asset class based on relevant market and credit information, perceived market movements and
sector news.
In many cases, benchmark yields have proven to be more reliable indicators of the market for a security, as compared
to reported trades for infrequently traded securities and distressed transactions. The extent of the use of each input is dependent
on the asset class and the market conditions. The valuation of fixed-maturity securities is more subjective when markets are less
liquid due to the lack of market-based inputs.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company used models to price 148 securities. All Level 3 securities were priced with
the assistance of independent third parties. The pricing is based on a discounted cash flow approach using the third party’s
proprietary pricing models. The models use inputs such as projected prepayment speeds; severity assumptions; recovery lag
assumptions; estimated default rates (determined based on an analysis of collateral attributes, historical collateral performance,
borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); home price appreciation/depreciation
rates based on macroeconomic forecasts; and recent trading activity. The yield used to discount the projected cash flows is
determined by reviewing various attributes of the security including collateral type, weighted average life, sensitivity to losses,
vintage and convexity, in conjunction with market data on comparable securities. Significant changes to any of these inputs
could have materially changed the expected timing of cash flows within these securities, which could have significantly
affected the fair value of the securities.
Short-Term Investments
Short-term investments that are traded in active markets are classified as Level 1 as their value is based on quoted
market prices. Securities such as discount notes are classified as Level 2 because these securities are typically not actively
traded. Due to their approaching maturity, the cost of discount notes approximates fair value.
Other Assets
Committed Capital Securities
The fair value of CCS, which is reported in “other assets” in the consolidated balance sheets, represents the difference
between the present value of the remaining expected put option premium payments under the put agreements and the estimated
present value of the amounts that the Company would hypothetically have to pay as of the reporting date for a comparable
security (see Note 11. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities). The change in fair value of the CCS is reported in “fair value
gains (losses) on committed capital securities” in the consolidated statements of operations. The estimated current cost of the
Company’s CCS as of the reporting date is based on several factors, including AG’s CDS spreads, the Company’s publicly
traded debt and an estimation of the securities’ remaining term. The CCS are classified as Level 3.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans
The Company classified assets included in the Company’s various supplemental executive retirement plans as either
Level 1 or Level 2. The fair value of these assets is based on the observable published daily values of the underlying mutual
funds included in the plans (Level 1) or based upon the NAV of the funds if a published daily value is not available (Level 2).
The NAVs are based on observable information. The change in fair value of these assets is reported in “other operating
expenses” in the consolidated statements of operations.
Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives
There is no established market where financial guaranty insured credit derivatives are actively traded; therefore,
management has determined that the exit market for the Company’s credit derivatives is a hypothetical one based on its entry
market. Due to the lack of quoted prices and other observable inputs for its instruments or for similar instruments, the Company
determines the fair value of its credit derivative contracts primarily through internally developed, proprietary models that use
both observable and unobservable market data inputs, and such contracts are therefore classified as Level 3 in the fair value
hierarchy. There are multiple unobservable inputs deemed significant to the valuation model, most importantly the Company’s
estimate of the value of the non-standard terms and conditions of its credit derivative contracts and how the Company’s own
credit spread affects the pricing of its transactions.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
181
The fair value of the Company’s credit derivative contracts generally represents the difference between the present
value of remaining premiums the Company expects to receive and the estimated present value of premiums that a financial
guarantor of comparable credit-worthiness would hypothetically charge at the reporting date for the same protection. The fair
value of the Company’s credit derivatives depends on a number of factors, including notional amount of the contract, expected
term, credit spreads, changes in interest rates, the credit ratings of referenced entities, the Company’s own credit risk and
remaining contractual cash flows. The expected remaining contractual premium cash flows are the most readily observable
inputs since they are based on the credit derivatives’ contractual terms. Credit spreads capture the effect of recovery rates and
performance of underlying assets of these contracts, among other factors. A credit derivative liability on protection sold is the
result of contractual cash inflows on in-force transactions that are lower than what a hypothetical financial guarantor could
receive if it sold protection on the same risk as of the reporting date. Consistent with previous years, market conditions as of
December 31, 2025 were such that market prices of the Company’s CDS contracts were not available.
Assumptions and Inputs
The main inputs and assumptions to the measurement of fair value for CDS contracts are the gross spread, the
allocation of gross spread among the bank profit, net spread and hedge cost and the weighted average life (which is based on
debt service schedules).
The primary sources of information used to determine gross spread and the fair value for CDS contracts include actual
collateral credit spreads (if up-to-date and reliable market-based spreads are available), transactions priced or closed during a
specific quarter within a specific asset class and specific rating and information provided by the counterparty of the credit
derivative. Credit spreads may also be interpolated based upon market indices adjusted to reflect the non-standard terms of the
Company’s CDS contracts or extrapolated based upon transactions of similar asset classes, similar ratings and similar time to
maturity.
The Company’s own credit risk is factored into the determination of the current premium. Such credit risk is based on
the quoted market price for credit protection bought on the Company as reflected by quoted market prices on CDS contracts
referencing AG. The Company obtains the quoted price of CDS contracts traded on AG from market data sources published by
third parties. The amount of premium a financial guaranty insurance market participant can demand (current premium) is
inversely related to the cost of credit protection on the insurance company as measured by market credit spreads assuming all
other assumptions remain constant. This is because the buyers of credit protection typically hedge a portion of their risk to the
financial guarantor because the contractual terms of the Company’s contracts typically do not require the posting of collateral
by the guarantor. The extent of the hedge depends on the types of instruments insured and current market conditions.
In the Company’s valuation model, the current premium is not permitted to go below the minimum rate that the
Company would charge to assume similar risks in the reporting period. This assumption can have the effect of limiting the
amount of unrealized gains that are recognized on certain CDS contracts. The minimum premium had no effect on the fair value
of CDS contracts as of December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.
FG VIEs’ Assets and Liabilities
FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities for which the Company elected the FVO are carried at fair value and classified as Level
3. The fair value of the residential mortgage loans in the FG VIEs’ assets is generally sensitive to changes in estimated
prepayment speeds; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes such as: historical
collateral performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); yields
implied by market prices for similar securities; and, as applicable, house price depreciation/appreciation rates based on
macroeconomic forecasts. Significant changes to some of these inputs could have materially changed the fair value of the FG
VIEs’ assets and the implied collateral losses within these transactions. In general, the fair value of the FG VIEs’ assets is most
sensitive to changes in the projected collateral losses, where an increase in collateral losses typically leads to a potential
decrease in the fair value of FG VIEs’ assets, while a decrease in collateral losses typically leads to an increase in the fair value
of FG VIEs’ assets.
The prices of these assets and liabilities of the FG VIEs are generally determined with the assistance of an independent
third party and based on a discounted cash flow approach. The third party pricing service utilizes an internal model to determine
an appropriate yield at which to discount the cash flows of the security by factoring in collateral types, weighted average lives
and other structural attributes specific to the security being priced. The expected yield is further calibrated by utilizing
algorithms designed to aggregate market color, received by the independent third party, on comparable bonds.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
182
The models used to price the FG VIEs’ liabilities generally apply the same inputs used in determining fair value of FG
VIEs’ assets. For those liabilities insured by the Company, the benefit of the Company’s insurance policy guaranteeing the
timely payment of debt service is also taken into account.
The timing of expected losses within an insured transaction is a significant factor in determining the implied benefit of
the Company’s insurance policy, which guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest for the insured tranches of debt
issued by the FG VIEs. In general, a longer time period until the Company’s expected loss payments typically leads to a
decrease in the value of the Company’s insurance and a decrease in the fair value of the Company’s FG VIEs’ liabilities with
recourse, while a shorter time period until the Company’s expected loss payments typically could lead to an increase in the
value of the Company’s insurance and an increase in the fair value of the Company’s FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse.
Assets and Liabilities of CIVs
Investments held by CIVs which are quoted on a national securities exchange are valued at their last reported sale price
on the date of determination. Investments held by CIVs which are traded over-the-counter reflect third-party data and generally
reflect the average of dealer offer and bid prices. The valuation methodology may include, but is not limited to: (i) performing
price comparisons with similar investments; (ii) obtaining valuation-related information from issuers; (iii) calculating the
present value of future cash flows; (iv) assessing other data related to the investment that may be an indication of value; (v)
obtaining information provided by third parties; and/or (vi) evaluating information provided by the investment manager. Inputs
may include dealer price quotations, yield curves, credit curves, forward/CDS/index spreads, prepayments rates, strike and
expiry dates, volatility statistics and other factors.
Significant changes to any of the inputs described above could have a material effect on the fair value of the CIVs’
assets and liabilities.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
183
Amounts recorded at fair value in the Company’s financial statements are presented in the tables below.
Fair Value Hierarchy of Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value
As of December 31, 2025
Assets:
Fixed-maturity securities, available-for-sale:
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
$
— $
1,759 $
10 $
1,769
U.S. government and agencies
—
52
—
52
Corporate securities
—
2,784
168
2,952
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS
—
471
144
615
CMBS
—
198
—
198
Asset-backed securities
—
154
511
665
Non-U.S. government securities
—
118
—
118
Total fixed-maturity securities, available-for-sale
—
5,536
833
6,369
Fixed-maturity securities, trading
—
120
4
124
Short-term investments
898
5
—
903
Other invested assets (1)
—
—
3
3
FG VIEs’ assets
15
7
150
172
Assets of CIVs, equity securities
—
—
167
167
Other assets
81
65
28
174
Total assets carried at fair value
$
994 $
5,733 $
1,185 $
7,912
Liabilities:
FG VIEs’ liabilities (2)
$
— $
— $
197 $
197
Other liabilities
—
—
21
21
Total liabilities carried at fair value
$
— $
— $
218 $
218
Fair Value Hierarchy
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
(in millions)
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
184
Fair Value Hierarchy of Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value
As of December 31, 2024
Assets:
Fixed-maturity securities, available-for-sale:
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
$
— $
1,930 $
10 $
1,940
U.S. government and agencies
—
67
—
67
Corporate securities
—
2,382
—
2,382
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS
—
422
145
567
CMBS
—
186
—
186
Asset-backed securities
—
127
1,031
1,158
Non-U.S. government securities
—
69
—
69
Total fixed-maturity securities, available-for-sale
—
5,183
1,186
6,369
Fixed-maturity securities, trading
—
142
5
147
Short-term investments
1,218
3
—
1,221
Other invested assets (1)
—
—
4
4
FG VIEs’ assets
—
—
147
147
Assets of CIVs, equity securities
—
—
99
99
Other assets
65
59
7
131
Total assets carried at fair value
$
1,283 $
5,387 $
1,448 $
8,118
Liabilities:
FG VIEs’ liabilities (2)
$
— $
— $
164 $
164
Other liabilities
—
—
34
34
Total liabilities carried at fair value
$
— $
— $
198 $
198
Fair Value Hierarchy
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
(in millions)
____________________
(1)
Other invested assets include Level 3 mortgage loans that are recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis.
(2)
FG VIEs’ liabilities include those with and without recourse, some of which are measured at fair value on a
nonrecurring basis as December 31, 2025. See Note 8. Variable Interest Entities.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
185
Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
The tables below present a roll forward of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments carried at fair value on a
recurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
Roll Forward of Level 3 Assets (Liabilities) at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Fixed-Maturity Securities, Available-for-Sale
Obligations
of State and
Political
Subdivisions
Corporate
RMBS
Asset-
Backed
Securities
Fixed-
Maturity
Securities,
Trading
FG VIEs’
Assets
Assets of
CIVs,
Equity
Securities
Other
(7)
(in millions)
Fair value as of
December 31, 2024
$
10
$
—
$ 145
$ 1,031
$
5
$
147
$
99
$
5
Total pre-tax realized
and unrealized gains
(losses) recorded in:
Net income (loss)
2 (1)
2 (1)
8 (1)
28 (1)
1 (10)
15 (2)
68 (4)
19 (3)
Other
comprehensive
income (loss)
—
19
15
(2)
—
—
—
—
Purchases
—
147
—
90
—
—
—
—
Sales
—
—
—
(12)
—
—
—
—
Settlements
(2)
—
(24)
(624)
(2)
(20)
—
—
Consolidations
—
—
—
—
—
8
—
—
Fair value as of
December 31, 2025
$
10
$
168
$ 144
$
511
$
4
$
150
$
167
$
24
Change in unrealized
gains (losses) related
to financial
instruments held as
of December 31,
2025 included in:
Earnings
$
—
$
12 (2) $
68 (4) $
19 (3)
OCI
$
—
$
19
$
14
$
(30)
$
—
Roll Forward of Level 3 Assets (Liabilities) at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Credit Derivative
Liability, net (5)
FG VIEs’
Liabilities (8)
(in millions)
Fair value as of December 31, 2024
$
(29)
$
(164)
Total pre-tax realized and unrealized gains (losses) recorded in:
Net income (loss)
121 (6)
(9) (2)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
—
1
Settlements
(107)
16
Fair value as of December 31, 2025
$
(15)
$
(156)
Change in unrealized gains (losses) related to financial instruments held as of
December 31, 2025 included in:
Earnings
$
13 (6) $
(9) (2)
OCI
$
1
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
186
Roll Forward of Level 3 Assets (Liabilities) at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Fixed-Maturity Securities, Available-for-
Sale
Assets of CIVs
Obligations
of State and
Political
Subdivisions
RMBS
Asset-
Backed
Securities
Fixed-
Maturity
Securities,
Trading
FG VIEs’
Assets
Equity
Securities
Structured
Products
Other
(7)
(in millions)
Fair value as of
December 31, 2023
$
6
$ 154
$
803
$
—
$
174
$
80
$
189
$
14
Total pre-tax realized
and unrealized gains
(losses) recorded in:
Net income (loss)
—
14 (1)
48 (1)
—
(3) (2)
29 (4)
(16) (4)
(10) (3)
Other
comprehensive
income (loss)
4
2
1
—
(1)
—
—
1
Purchases
—
—
63
—
—
—
102
—
Sales
—
—
—
—
—
(10)
(28)
—
Settlements
—
(25)
(149)
(3)
(23)
—
—
—
Reclassifications (9)
—
—
245
8
—
—
(253)
—
Deconsolidations
—
—
—
—
—
(1)
(2)
—
Transfers into Level
3
—
—
20
—
—
3
10
—
Transfers out of
Level 3
—
—
—
—
—
(2)
(2)
—
Fair value as of
December 31, 2024
$
10
$ 145
$ 1,031
$
5
$
147
$
99
$
—
$
5
Change in unrealized
gains (losses) related
to financial
instruments held as
of December 31,
2024 included in:
Earnings
$
—
$
(7) (2) $
29 (4) $
—
$ (10) (3)
OCI
$
4
$
2
$
(2)
$
(1)
$
1
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
187
Roll Forward of Level 3 Assets (Liabilities) at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Credit Derivative
Liability, net (5)
FG VIEs’
Liabilities (8)
(in millions)
Fair value as of December 31, 2023
$
(50)
$
(554)
Total pre-tax realized and unrealized gains (losses) recorded in:
Net income (loss)
24 (6)
12 (2)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
—
3
Issuances
(2)
—
Settlements
(1)
375
Fair value as of December 31, 2024
$
(29)
$
(164)
Change in unrealized gains (losses) related to financial instruments held as of
December 31, 2024 included in:
Earnings
$
13 (6) $
3 (2)
OCI
$
3
__________________
(1)
Included in “net realized investment gains (losses)” and “net investment income.”
(2)
Reported in “fair value gains (losses) on financial guaranty variable interest entities.”
(3)
Reported in “fair value gains (losses) on committed capital securities,” “net investment income” and “other income
(loss).”
(4)
Reported in “fair value gains (losses) on consolidated investment vehicles.”
(5)
Represents the net position of credit derivatives. Credit derivative assets (reported in “other assets”) and credit
derivative liabilities (reported in “other liabilities”) are shown as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance
sheets.
(6)
Reported in “fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives.”
(7)
Includes CCS and other invested assets.
(8)
Includes FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse and FG VIEs’ liabilities without recourse.
(9)
Represents securities transferred from one of the CIVs to the investment portfolio due to the distribution of assets of
that CIV. See Note 8. Variable Interest Entities.
(10)
Reported in “fair value gains (losses) on trading securities.”
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
188
Level 3 Fair Value Disclosures
Quantitative Information About Level 3 Fair Value Inputs
As of December 31, 2025
Investments (2):
Fixed-maturity securities, available-for-
sale (1):
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions
$
10
Yield
5.2 % - 15.0%
6.6%
Corporate
168
Yield
5.0 % - 8.0%
5.2%
RMBS
144
Conditional prepayment
rate (CPR)
0.0 % - 21.3%
4.1%
CDR
1.2 % - 18.6%
5.6%
Loss severity
50.0 % - 125.0%
79.2%
Yield
7.0 % - 9.9%
8.3%
Asset-backed securities:
CLOs
456
Discount margin
1.0 % - 2.9%
1.7%
Yield
11.0 % - 26.5%
19.0%
Others
55
Yield
9.1%
Fixed-maturity securities, trading (1)
4
Yield
0.1 % - 8.8%
4.4%
FG VIEs’ assets (1)
150
CPR
0.2 % - 27.5%
5.3%
CDR
1.2 % - 41.0%
10.5%
Loss severity
45.0 % - 100.0%
83.6%
Yield
6.0 % - 9.8%
8.7%
Assets of CIVs - equity securities (3)
167
Discount rate
23.3%
Market multiple-price to book
1.00x
Market multiple-price to earnings
5.75x
Terminal growth rate
4.0%
Exit multiple-price to book
1.00x
Exit multiple-price to earnings
5.50x
Other assets (1)
22
Implied Yield
6.4 % - 6.9%
6.6%
Term (years)
10 years
Credit derivative liabilities, net (1)
(15) Hedge cost (in basis points)( bps)
11.5 -
27.4
15.1
Bank profit (in bps)
66.0 - 261.9
124.7
Internal credit rating
AAA - CCC
A
Discount rates of future expected
premium cash flows
3.3 % - 4.5%
4.3%
FG VIEs’ liabilities (1)
(197)
CPR
0.2 % - 27.5%
5.3%
CDR
1.2 % - 41.0%
10.5%
Loss severity
45.0 % - 100.0%
83.6%
Yield
5.0 % - 9.8%
6.5%
Financial Instrument Description
Fair Value
Assets
(Liabilities)
(in millions)
Significant Unobservable
Inputs
Range
Weighted
Average (4)
____________________
(1)
Discounted cash flows are used as the primary valuation technique.
(2)
This amount excludes several investments reported in “other invested assets” with a fair value of $3 million.
(3)
The primary valuation technique uses the income and/or market approach.
(4)
Weighted average is calculated as a percentage of current par outstanding for all categories except for assets of CIVs
and “fixed-maturity securities trading,” for which it is calculated as a percentage of fair value.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
189
Quantitative Information About Level 3 Fair Value Inputs
As of December 31, 2024
Investments (2):
Fixed-maturity securities, available-
for-sale (1):
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions
$
10
Yield
5.5 % - 22.0%
7.5%
RMBS
145
CPR
1.8 % - 17.0%
2.8%
CDR
1.8 % - 18.7%
5.4%
Loss severity
50.0 % - 125.0%
79.9%
Yield
7.7 % - 10.8%
9.1%
Asset-backed securities:
CLOs
611
Discount margin
0.8 % - 2.9%
1.9%
Yield
12.5 % - 22.5%
17.9%
Others
420
Yield
6.4 % - 9.1%
6.7%
Fixed-maturity securities, trading (1)
5
Yield
19.8 % - 169.5%
163.8%
FG VIEs’ assets (1)
147
CPR
2.2 % - 25.0%
5.7%
CDR
1.3 % - 41.0%
10.7%
Loss severity
45.0 % - 100.0%
83.2%
Yield
6.8 % - 10.8%
9.3%
Assets of CIVs - equity securities (3)
99
Discount rate
24.3%
Market multiple-price to book
1.05x
Market multiple-price to
earnings
5.25x
Terminal growth rate
4.0%
Exit multiple-price to book
1.05x
Exit multiple-price to earnings
5.50x
Other assets (1)
2
Implied Yield
6.5 % - 7.0%
6.8%
Term (years)
10 years
Credit derivative liabilities, net (1)
(29)
Hedge cost (in bps)
12.8 - 30.1
16.8
Bank profit (in bps)
73.2 - 275.9
139.3
Internal floor (in bps)
10.0 - 85.5
29.7
Internal credit rating
AAA - CCC
A
Discount rates of future
expected premium cash flows
3.9 % - 4.4%
4.3%
FG VIEs’ liabilities (1)
(164)
CPR
2.2 % - 25.0%
5.7%
CDR
1.3 % - 41.0%
10.7%
Loss severity
45.0 % - 100.0%
83.2%
Yield
5.5 % - 10.8%
7.0%
Financial Instrument Description
Fair Value
Assets
(Liabilities)
(in millions)
Significant Unobservable
Inputs
Range
Weighted
Average (4)
____________________
(1)
Discounted cash flows are used as the primary valuation technique.
(2)
This amount excludes several investments reported in “other invested assets” with a fair value of $4 million.
(3)
The primary valuation technique uses the income and/or market approach.
(4)
Weighted average is calculated as a percentage of current par outstanding for all categories except for assets of CIVs,
for which it is calculated as a percentage of fair value.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
190
Not Carried at Fair Value
Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts
Fair value is based on management’s estimate of the consideration that would be paid to, or received from, a similarly
rated financial guaranty insurance company to acquire the Company’s in-force book of financial guaranty insurance business. It
is based upon the ratio of current trends in premium pricing to risk-based expected loss for investment grade portions of the
portfolio and stressed loss pricing for BIG transactions. The Company classified the fair value of financial guaranty insurance
contracts as Level 3.
Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt issued by the U.S. Holding Companies is valued by broker-dealers using independent third-party
pricing sources and standard market conventions and classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. The market conventions
utilize market quotations, market transactions for the Company’s comparable instruments, and to a lesser extent, similar
instruments in the broader insurance industry.
The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments not carried at fair value are
presented in the following table.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value
As of December 31, 2025
As of December 31, 2024
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
(in millions)
Assets (liabilities):
Other assets (including other invested assets)
$
90 $
91 $
115 $
116
Financial guaranty insurance contracts (1)
(1,906)
(1,485)
(2,029)
(1,136)
Long-term debt
(1,704)
(1,610)
(1,699)
(1,579)
Other liabilities
(18)
(18)
(16)
(16)
____________________
(1)
Carrying amount includes the assets and liabilities related to financial guaranty insurance contract premiums, losses
and salvage and subrogation and other recoverables net of reinsurance.
10.
Asset Management Fees
Accounting Policy
All management, CLO and performance fees earned by the Company are accounted for as contracts with customers.
The Company recognizes revenue when the contractual performance criteria are met and only to the extent that it is probable
that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized would not occur when the uncertainty associated
with the variable consideration is resolved. Performance fee contractual provisions are evaluated on an individual basis to
determine the timing of revenue recognition.
Asset Management Fees
Prior to the Sound Point Transaction and AHP Transaction, the Company received management fees, as well as
performance fees, incentive allocations or carried interest (collectively referred to as performance fees) in exchange for
AssuredIM providing investment advisory services to manage investment funds and CLOs. After the Sound Point Transaction
and AHP Transaction, the Company continues to consolidate the general partner of a fund that Sound Point now manages and
reports any performance fees in “other income.”
Asset management fees associated with the AssuredIM consolidated business for the first half of 2023, prior to the
Sound Point Transaction and AHP Transaction, were $53 million, consisting of management fees of $21 million, performance
fees of $18 million and reimbursable fund expenses of $14 million.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
191
After the consummation of the Sound Point Transaction, one AssuredIM general partnership was still consolidated in
the Company’s financial statements, which had $29 million of revenues and $17 million of expenses in 2025, $10 million of
revenues and $6 million of expenses in 2024, and $5 million of revenues and $3 million of expenses in 2023.
11.
Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities
Accounting Policy
Long-term debt is recorded at principal amounts net of any: (i) unamortized original issue discount or premium; (ii)
unamortized acquisition date fair value adjustments for AGMH debt; and (iii) debt issuance costs which are accreted into
interest expense over the contractual term of the applicable debt. When long-term debt is redeemed, the difference between the
cash paid to redeem the debt and the carrying value of the debt is reported as a “loss on extinguishment of debt” in the
consolidated statements of operations.
CCS are carried at fair value with changes in fair value reported in the consolidated statements of operations. See Note
9. Fair Value Measurement – Other Assets – Committed Capital Securities, for a discussion of the fair value measurement of
the CCS.
Long-Term Debt
The Company’s long-term debt outstanding consists of debt issued by the U.S. Holding Companies. All of the U.S.
Holding Companies’ long-term debt is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by AGL; AGL’s guarantee of the junior
subordinated debentures is on a junior subordinated basis.
Principal and Carrying Amounts of Debt
The principal and carrying values of the Company’s debt are presented in the table below.
Principal and Carrying Amounts of Long-Term Debt
As of December 31, 2025
As of December 31, 2024
Principal
Carrying
Value
Principal
Carrying
Value
(in millions)
AGUS 6.125% Senior Notes
$
350 $
347 $
350 $
346
AGUS 3.15% Senior Notes
500
497
500
496
AGUS 7% Senior Notes
200
198
200
198
AGUS 3.6% Senior Notes
400
396
400
396
AGUS Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated
Debentures
150
150
150
150
AGMH Junior Subordinated Debentures (1)
146
116
146
113
Total
$
1,746 $
1,704 $
1,746 $
1,699
____________________
(1)
Carrying amounts are different than principal amounts primarily due to fair value adjustments at the date of the
AGMH acquisition, which are accreted into interest expense over the remaining terms of these obligations. Net of
AGMH’s long-term debt purchased by AGUS.
Debt Issued by AGUS
6.125% Senior Notes. On August 21, 2023, AGUS issued $350 million of 6.125% Senior Notes due 2028 (6.125%
Senior Notes) for net proceeds of $345 million. The net proceeds from the issuance were used for the redemption on September
25, 2023, of $330 million of AGUS’ debt maturing in 2024. AGUS may redeem all or part of the 6.125% Senior Notes at any
time or from time to time prior to August 15, 2028 (the date that is one month prior to the maturity of the 6.125% Senior
Notes), at its option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of: (i) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled
payments of principal and interest on the 6.125% Senior Notes being redeemed (excluding interest accrued to the redemption
date) from the redemption date to August 15, 2028 discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a
360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 30 bps; and (ii) 100% of
the principal amount of the 6.125% Senior Notes being redeemed; plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 6.125%
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
192
Senior Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date. AGUS may redeem all or part of the 6.125% Senior Notes
at any time or from time to time on and after August 15, 2028, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal
amount of the 6.125% Senior Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the 6.125% Senior Notes to be
redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date. The 6.125% Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of AGUS and rank
equal in right of payment with all of AGUS’ other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness outstanding. The 6.125% Senior
Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by AGL and ranks equal in right of payment with all
of AGL’s other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness outstanding.
3.15% Senior Notes. On May 26, 2021, AGUS issued $500 million of 3.150% Senior Notes due 2031 (3.15% Senior
Notes) for net proceeds of $494 million. The net proceeds from the issuance were used for the partial redemption of AGMH’s
debt, with the balance being used for general corporate purposes, including share repurchases. AGUS may redeem all or part of
the 3.15% Senior Notes at any time or from time to time prior to March 15, 2031 (the date that is three months prior to the
maturity of the 3.15% Senior Notes), at its option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of: (i) 100% of the principal
amount of the 3.15% Senior Notes being redeemed; or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments
of principal and interest on the Notes being redeemed (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) from the redemption
date to March 15, 2031 discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of
twelve 30-day months) at a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 25 bps; plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest
on the 3.15% Senior Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date. AGUS may redeem all or part of the 3.15%
Senior Notes at any time or from time to time on and after March 15, 2031, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of
the principal amount of the 3.15% Senior Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the 3.15% Senior Notes to
be redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date. The 3.15% Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a
senior unsecured basis by AGL. The 3.15% Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of AGUS and rank equal in right of
payment with all of AGUS’ other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness outstanding. The guarantee is a senior unsecured
obligation of AGL and ranks equal in right of payment with all of AGL’s other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness
outstanding.
7% Senior Notes. On May 18, 2004, AGUS issued $200 million of 7% Senior Notes due 2034 (7% Senior Notes) for
net proceeds of $197 million. Although the coupon on the Senior Notes is 7%, the effective rate is approximately 6.4%, taking
into account the effect of a cash flow hedge executed by the Company in March 2004. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in
part, at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, the make-whole
redemption price.
3.6% Senior Notes. On August 20, 2021, AGUS issued $400 million of 3.6% Senior Notes due 2051 (3.6% Senior
Notes) for net proceeds of $395 million. AGUS may redeem all or part of the 3.6% Senior Notes at any time or from time to
time prior to March 15, 2051 (the date that is six months prior to the maturity of the 3.6% Senior Notes), at its option, at a
redemption price equal to the greater of: (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 3.6% Senior Notes being redeemed; or (ii) the
sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes being redeemed
(excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) from the redemption date to March 15, 2051 discounted to the date of
redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at a discount rate equal to the
Treasury Rate plus 30 bps; plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 3.6% Senior Notes to be redeemed to, but
excluding, the redemption date. AGUS may redeem all or part of the 3.6% Senior Notes at any time or from time to time on and
after March 15, 2051, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 3.6% Senior Notes being
redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the 3.6% Senior Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date.
The 3.6% Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by AGL. The 3.6% Senior Notes
are senior unsecured obligations of AGUS and rank equal in right of payment with all of AGUS other unsecured and
unsubordinated indebtedness outstanding. The guarantee is a senior unsecured obligation of AGL and ranks equal in right of
payment with all of AGL’s other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness outstanding.
Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures (AGUS Debentures). On December 20, 2006, AGUS issued $150
million of AGUS Debentures due 2066. The AGUS Debentures pay a floating rate of interest, reset quarterly, at a rate equal to
three month Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME) Term SOFR plus a margin equal to 2.64%. AGUS may select at one or more
times to defer payment of interest for one or more consecutive periods for up to ten years. Any unpaid interest bears interest at
the then applicable rate. AGUS may not defer interest past the maturity date. The AGUS Debentures are redeemable, in whole
or in part, at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
193
Debt Issued by AGMH
Junior Subordinated Debentures (AGMH Debentures). On November 22, 2006, AGMH issued $300 million face
amount of AGMH Debentures with a scheduled maturity date of December 15, 2036 and a final repayment date of December
15, 2066. The final repayment date of December 15, 2066 may be automatically extended up to four times in five-year
increments provided certain conditions are met. The AGMH Debentures are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to
December 15, 2036 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, the make-
whole redemption price. Interest on the AGMH Debentures will accrue from November 22, 2006 to December 15, 2036 at the
annual rate of 6.4%. If any amount of the AGMH Debentures remains outstanding after December 15, 2036, then the principal
amount of the outstanding AGMH Debentures will bear interest at a floating interest rate equal to one-month CME Term SOFR
plus 2.33% until repaid. AGMH may elect at one or more times to defer payment of interest on the AGMH Debentures for one
or more consecutive interest periods that do not exceed ten years. In connection with the completion of this offering, AGMH
entered into a replacement capital covenant for the benefit of persons that buy, hold or sell a specified series of AGMH long-
term indebtedness ranking senior to the AGMH Debentures. Under the covenant, the AGMH Debentures will not be repaid,
redeemed, repurchased or defeased by AGMH or any of its subsidiaries on or before the date that is 20 years prior to the final
repayment date, except to the extent that AGMH has received proceeds from the sale of replacement capital securities. The
proceeds from this offering were used to pay a dividend to the shareholders of AGMH. Over the past several years AGUS
purchased and, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, holds $154 million in principal of the AGMH Debentures.
Debt Maturity and Interest Expense
Scheduled principal payments of the Company’s debt are as follows:
Debt Maturity Schedule (1)
As of December 31, 2025
Year
Principal
(in millions)
2028
$
350
2031
500
2034
200
2051
400
2066
296
Total
$
1,746
____________________
(1)
Includes eliminations of AGMH’s debt purchased by AGUS.
The Company’s interest expense was $89 million, $91 million and $90 million for the years ended December 31,
2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company’s interest paid was $85 million, $88 million and $77 million for the years
ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Committed Capital Securities
AG has entered into put agreements with eight separate custodial trusts allowing it to issue an aggregate of $400
million of non-cumulative redeemable perpetual preferred securities to the trusts in exchange for cash.
The arrangement entails eight custodial trusts (Woodbourne Capital Trust I, II, III and IV and Sutton Capital Trust I,
II, III and IV), each of which issued $50 million face amount of CCS and invested the proceeds of that issuance in eligible
assets that would enable the trust to have the cash necessary to respond to AG’s exercise of a put option.
The put option consists of a right that AG has, pursuant to separate put agreements that AG entered into with each of
the trusts, to issue to each trust $50 million of non-cumulative redeemable perpetual preferred stock, in exchange for an
equivalent amount of cash (i.e., an aggregate of $400 million). When AG exercises its put option, the relevant trust(s) must
liquidate the portfolio of high-quality, liquid assets that it currently maintains and use the liquidation proceeds to purchase AG
preferred stock. The put agreements have no scheduled termination date or maturity, but may be terminated upon the
occurrence of certain specified events. None of the events that would give rise to a termination of the put agreements have
occurred.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
194
Federal Home Loan Bank Membership
In the fourth quarter of 2025, AG became a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLBNY),
thereby gaining access to collateralized FHLBNY borrowings as an additional source of liquidity. The Board has authorized a
maximum borrowing capacity of $300 million. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had not borrowed any funds or pledged
any collateral under the FHLBNY program.
12.
Employee Benefit Plans
Accounting Policy
Share-based compensation expense is based on the grant date fair value using the grant date closing price or the Monte
Carlo or Black-Scholes-Merton (Black-Scholes) pricing models. The Company amortizes the fair value of share-based awards
on a straight-line basis over the applicable service periods of the awards.
The fair value of each award under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan is estimated at the
beginning of the offering period using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and is expensed over the period which the
employee participates in the plan and pays for the shares.
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Long-Term Incentive Plan
The Company maintains the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2024 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Incentive Plan), which is the
successor plan to the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Prior Plan). The number of AGL common
shares that may be delivered under the Incentive Plan include (i) 1,750,000 shares; plus (ii) any shares that were granted under
the Prior Plan that are forfeited, expire or are cancelled without delivery of shares or which result in the forfeiture of the shares
back to the Company to the extent that such shares would have been added back to the reserve under the terms of the Prior Plan.
As of December 31, 2025, 1,417,452 common shares were available to grant under the Incentive Plan. In the event of certain
transactions affecting AGL’s common shares, the number or type of shares subject to the Incentive Plan, the number and type
of shares subject to outstanding awards under the Incentive Plan, and the exercise price of awards under the Incentive Plan, may
be adjusted.
The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of full value awards, which may be granted in return for a participant's
previously performed services, or in return for the participant surrendering other compensation that may be due, or may be
contingent on the achievement of performance or other objectives during a specified period. The grant of full value awards are
subject to a risk of forfeiture or other restrictions that will lapse upon the achievement of one or more goals relating to
completion of service by the participant or achievement of performance or other objectives. In addition to full value awards, the
Incentive Plan also provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and stock appreciation rights.
The Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of AGL’s Board, except as otherwise determined
by the Board. The Board may amend or terminate the Incentive Plan. The Company issues new shares to settle share-based
awards.
Restricted Share Units
Restricted share units are valued based on the closing price of the underlying shares at the date of grant. These
restricted share units generally vest pro rata over a four-year period or all at once after a three-year period. The shares are
delivered on the vesting date.
Restricted Share Unit Activity
Nonvested Share Units
Number of
Share Units
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value Per Share
Nonvested as of December 31, 2024
780,481 $
64.03
Granted
275,767
91.53
Vested
(374,824)
56.84
Forfeited
(5,830)
69.15
Nonvested as of December 31, 2025
675,594 $
79.17
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
195
As of December 31, 2025, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding non-vested restricted share
units was $19 million, which the Company expects to recognize over the weighted average remaining service period of 2.1
years. The total value of restricted share units vested during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was based on
grant date fair value and was $21 million, $16 million and $18 million, respectively. The weighted average grant-date fair value
per share of restricted share units granted during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $91.53, $84.59 and
$61.26, respectively.
Performance-Based Restricted Share Units
Each performance-based restricted share unit represents a contingent right to receive up to a certain number of the
Company’s common shares. Awards tied to core adjusted book value (ABV) per share represent the right to receive up to two
shares at the end of a three-year performance period, depending on the growth in core ABV per share over the three-year
performance period. Performance-based restricted share units tied to total shareholder return (TSR) relative to the TSR of the
55th percentile of the Russell Midcap Index - Financials (Index) represent the right to receive up to 2.5 shares at the end of a
three-year performance period. The shares related to awards tied to core ABV per share are delivered on the vesting date and
the shares related to awards tied to relative TSR are generally delivered on the fourth anniversary of the grant date.
Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Activity
Performance-Based Restricted Share Units
Number of
Performance-Based
Share Units
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value Per Share
Nonvested as of December 31, 2024
752,066 $
72.39
Granted (1)
347,884
102.12
Vested (2)
(442,950)
58.94
Forfeited
—
—
Nonvested as of December 31, 2025 (3)
657,000 $
91.61
____________________
(1)
Includes 73,867 ABV performance-based restricted share units and 83,987 TSR performance-based restricted share
units that were granted prior to 2025 at a weighted average grant date fair value of $56.69 and $83.97, respectively, but
met performance hurdles and vested during 2025. The weighted average grant date fair value per share excludes these
shares.
(2)
Excludes 157,854 TSR performance-based restricted share units that vested during 2025 but were not delivered.
(3)
Excludes 63,004 performance-based restricted share units that have met performance hurdles and vest in February
2026. Includes 157,854 TSR performance-based restricted share units that vested during 2025 but will be delivered in
2026.
As of December 31, 2025, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding non-vested performance-
based share units was $24 million, which the Company expects to recognize over the weighted average remaining service
period of 1.8 years. The total value of performance-based restricted share units vested during the years ended December 31,
2025, 2024 and 2023 was based on grant date fair value and was $26 million, $17 million and $11 million, respectively.
For the 2025, 2024 and 2023 awards, the grant-date fair value of the performance-based restricted share units tied to
relative TSR was calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation in order to determine the total return of the Company’s shares
relative to the total return of financial companies in the Index. The inputs to the simulation include the beginning share price
and historical share price volatility of each company in the Index as well as the historical correlation coefficient between the
share price of each company in the Index and the Index itself. In addition, the simulation also uses the risk-free rate and a
discount for liquidity. Because the simulation is calculating the total rate of return for each company in the Index, the
simulation assumes that all dividends for all companies are reinvested. As a result, all dividends within the simulation are set to
zero regardless of any actual dividends paid by any of the companies in the Index, so actual dividend data are not used as
inputs.
The following are significant assumptions used in determining the fair value of the performance-based restricted share
units tied to relative TSR.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
196
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Expected term
3.00 years
3.00 years
3.00 years
Expected volatility
19.62 % – 94.21%
20.72 % – 87.00%
29.22 % – 110.25%
Dividend yield
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
Risk-free-rates
4.25%
4.38%
4.38%
Grant-date fair value per share
$112.58
$104.27
$80.80
For the 2025, 2024 and 2023 awards, the grant-date fair value of the performance-based restricted share units tied to
core ABV was based on the grant date closing price. The weighted average grant-date fair values per share of all performance-
based awards in 2025, 2024 and 2023 were $102.12, $94.56 and $71.34, respectively.
Restricted Share Awards
Restricted share awards are valued based on the closing price of the underlying shares at the date of grant. The
Company awards restricted share awards to non-executive directors, and vest after one year. The shares are delivered on the
vesting date.
Restricted Share Award Activity
Nonvested Shares
Number of
Shares
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value Per Share
Nonvested as of December 31, 2024
21,413 $
77.54
Granted
22,002
90.18
Vested
(21,413)
77.54
Forfeited
—
—
Nonvested as of December 31, 2025
22,002 $
90.18
As of December 31, 2025, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding non-vested restricted share
awards was $0.7 million, which the Company expects to recognize over the weighted average remaining service period of 0.3
years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $1.7 million, $2.0
million and $2.2 million, respectively. The weighted average grant-date fair values per share of shares granted during the years
ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $90.18, $77.54 and $52.26, respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company established the AGL Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) in accordance with Internal Revenue Code
of 1986 (the Code) Section 423, and participation is available to all eligible employees. Maximum annual purchases by
participants are limited to the number of whole shares that can be purchased with an amount equal to 10% of the participant's
compensation or, if less, shares having a value of $25,000. Participants may purchase shares at a purchase price equal to 85% of
the lesser of the fair market value of the stock on the first day or the last day of the subscription period. The Company has
reserved for issuance and purchase 1,200,000 AGL common shares under the ESPP. As of December 31, 2025, 303,536
common shares were available for grant under the ESPP. The Company issues new shares to settle share-based awards.
The fair value of each award under the ESPP is estimated using the following assumptions: (i) the expected dividend
yield is based on the current expected annual dividend and share price on the grant date; (ii) the expected volatility is estimated
at the date of grant based on the historical share price volatility, calculated on a daily basis; (iii) the risk-free rate for periods
within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant; and (iv) the
expected life is based on the term of the offering period.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
197
AGL Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(dollars in millions)
Proceeds from purchase of shares by employees
$
2.3
$
2.2
$
2.2
Number of shares issued by the Company
30,954
33,348
47,204
Share-Based Compensation Expense
The following table presents share-based compensation costs and the amount of such costs that are deferred as policy
acquisition costs, pre-tax. Amortization of previously deferred share compensation costs is not shown in the table below.
Share-Based Compensation Expense Summary
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Share-based compensation expense
$
41
$
34
$
36
Share-based compensation capitalized as DAC
3
2
3
Income tax benefit
7
5
5
Defined Contribution Plan
The Company maintains a savings incentive plan, which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code for U.S.
employees. Eligible participants may contribute a percentage of their eligible compensation subject to U.S. Internal Revenue
Service (IRS) limitations. The Company’s matching contribution is an amount equal to 100% of each participant’s
contributions up to 7% of such participant’s eligible compensation, subject to IRS limitations. Certain eligible participants may
also contribute a percentage of eligible compensation over the IRS limitations to a nonqualified supplemental executive
retirement plan. The Company's matching contribution in the nonqualified plan is an amount equal to 100% of each
participant’s contributions up to 6% of participant’s eligible compensation above the IRS limitations for the qualified plan. The
Company also makes core contributions of 7% of the participant’s eligible compensation to the qualified plan, subject to IRS
limitations, regardless of whether the employee otherwise contributes to the plan, and a core contribution of 6% of the
participant’s eligible compensation above the IRS limitations for the qualified plan to the nonqualified plan for eligible
employees. Employees become fully vested in Company contributions to the qualified and nonqualified plans after one year of
service, as defined in the plan (or upon reaching age 65 for the nonqualified plan, if earlier). Plan eligibility is immediate upon
hire. The Company also maintains similar non-qualified plans for non-U.S. employees. The Company recognized defined
contribution plan expenses of $17 million, $18 million and $16 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023,
respectively.
Payable to Sound Point and AHP
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $3 million in compensation payable to former employees of AssuredIM
in accordance with the Sound Point Transaction and the AHP Transaction.
13.
Income Taxes
AGL is a tax resident in the U.K. although it remains a Bermuda-based company and its administrative and head office
functions are carried on in Bermuda.
In July of 2023, the U.K. government passed legislation to implement the Organization for Economic Co-Operation
and Development’s (OECD) Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) Pillar Two income inclusion rule. This includes a
multinational top-up tax which applies to large multinational corporations for accounting periods beginning on or after
December 31, 2023. This applies to AGL and its subsidiaries, requiring a minimum effective rate of 15% in all jurisdictions in
which they operate.
Under Bermuda law, there was no Bermuda income, corporate or profits tax or withholding tax, capital gains tax or
capital transfer tax payable by AGL or the Bermuda Subsidiaries (collectively, AG Re, AGRO and Cedar Personnel Ltd.) in
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
198
2024 and 2023. AGL’s U.S., U.K. and French subsidiaries are subject to income taxes imposed by U.S., U.K. and French
authorities, respectively, and file applicable tax returns. In addition, AGRO, a Bermuda domiciled company, has elected under
Section 953(d) of the IRS to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation.
On December 27, 2023, the Government of Bermuda enacted a corporate income tax at the rate of 15% which applies
to the Bermuda Subsidiaries for accounting periods starting on or after January 1, 2025. The enactment of the corporate income
tax regime required the Company to recognize Bermuda deferred taxes for the first time in the fourth quarter of 2023. An
economic transition adjustment (ETA) equal to the difference between the fair market value and the carrying value of assets and
liabilities of each of the Company’s Bermuda insurance subsidiaries as of September 30, 2023 resulted in the establishment of a
deferred tax asset and corresponding benefit of $189 million reported in the fourth quarter of 2023 consolidated statements of
operations. On December 11, 2025, the Government of Bermuda amended the Corporate Income Tax Act of 2023 (the CIT
Act) and in particular the computation of the ETA. The Company recognized a deferred tax benefit of $34 million related to
these changes. The Company began utilizing the ETA deferred tax asset in 2025 and expects to continue to realize it over
approximately 10 to 15 years, consistent with the expected reversal pattern of the underlying components. As of December 31,
2025, the remaining ETA deferred tax asset was $207 million.
AGUS files a consolidated federal income tax return with all of its U.S. subsidiaries. Assured Guaranty Overseas US
Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries, AGRO and AG Intermediary Inc., file their own consolidated federal income tax return.
Accounting Policy
The provision for income taxes consists of an amount for taxes currently payable and an amount for deferred taxes.
Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases
of assets and liabilities, using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
Non-interest-bearing tax and loss bonds are purchased to prepay the tax benefit that results from deducting
contingency reserves as provided under Code Section 832(e). The Company records the purchase of tax and loss bonds in
deferred taxes.
The Company recognizes tax benefits only if a tax position is “more likely than not” to prevail.
The Company elected to account for tax associated with Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI) as a current-
period expense when incurred.
Deferred and current tax assets and liabilities are reported in “other assets” or ”other liabilities” on the consolidated
balance sheets.
Tax Assets (Liabilities)
Deferred and Current Tax Assets (Liabilities)
As of December 31,
2025
2024
(in millions)
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)
$
246 $
262
Current tax assets
2
10
Current tax liabilities
(68)
(13)
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
199
Components of Net Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities)
As of December 31,
2025
2024
(in millions)
Deferred tax assets:
Loss and LAE reserve
$
31
$
2
Net unrealized investment losses
25
54
Intangible assets
134
149
Value of in-force business
73
45
Net operating loss (NOL)
38
31
Depreciation
49
47
Deferred compensation
39
38
FG VIEs
2
49
Other
30
23
Total deferred tax assets
421
438
Deferred tax liabilities:
Investments
69
127
Unrealized gains on credit derivatives, net
33
14
Unearned premium reserves, net
33
5
Other
40
30
Total deferred tax liabilities
175
176
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
$
246
$
262
As part of the acquisition of CIFG Holding Inc., the Company acquired $189 million of NOL. The NOL has been
limited under the Code Section 382 due to a change in control as a result of the acquisition. As of December 31, 2025, AG, a
U.S. subsidiary, had gross deferred tax assets of approximately $19 million for federal NOL carryforwards which will begin to
expire in 2033. In addition, as of December 31, 2025, the Company had gross deferred tax assets for certain non-U.S. NOL
carryforwards of approximately $19 million, which do not expire.
Valuation Allowance
During 2023, the Company recorded a return to provision adjustment, which included the utilization of $3 million in
foreign tax credits (FTC), thereby reducing the Company’s FTC to $2 million. As of December 31, 2023, the Company
believed that the weight of the positive evidence outweighed the negative evidence regarding the realization of the Company’s
FTC, resulting in the release of the corresponding $2 million valuation allowance and bringing it to zero.
The Company came to the conclusion that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be fully realized
after weighing all positive and negative evidence available as required under GAAP. The positive evidence that was considered
included the cumulative income the Company has earned over the last three years, and the significant unearned premium
income to be included in taxable income. The positive evidence outweighs any negative evidence that exists. As such, the
Company believes that no valuation allowance is necessary in connection with the remaining deferred tax assets. The Company
will continue to analyze the need for a valuation allowance on a quarterly basis.
Changes in market conditions, including rising interest rates, resulted in the recording of deferred tax assets related to
net unrealized tax capital losses that remained as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. When assessing recoverability
of these deferred tax assets, the Company considers the ability and intent to hold the underlying securities to recovery in value,
if necessary, as well as other factors as noted above. As of December 31, 2025, based on all available evidence, including
capital loss carryback capacity, the Company concluded that the deferred tax assets related to the unrealized tax capital losses
on the available-for-sale securities portfolios are, more likely than not, expected to be realized.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
200
Provision for Income Taxes
The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows:
Current and Deferred Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Current provision (benefit) for income taxes:
U.K.
$
34
$
13
$
—
Foreign:
U.S. federal
78
70
76
U.S. state and local
9
17
(13)
Other
3
—
—
Total current
124
100
63
Deferred provision (benefit) for income taxes:
U.K.
(2)
(3)
4
Foreign:
U.S. federal
19
3
31
Other
(22)
(4)
(191)
Total deferred
(5)
(4)
(156)
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes
$
119
$
96
$
(93)
The Company’s overall effective tax rate fluctuates based on the distribution of income across jurisdictions. The
effective tax rates reflect the proportion of income recognized by each of the Company’s operating subsidiaries, with:
•
U.S. subsidiaries taxed at the U.S. marginal corporate income tax rate of 21%;
•
French subsidiary taxed at the French marginal corporate tax rate of 25%;
•
Bermuda Subsidiaries taxed at the Bermuda marginal corporate tax rate of 15%, starting January 1, 2025, and 0% for
2024 and 2023, unless subject to U.S. tax by election, and
•
U.K. subsidiaries taxed at the U.K. marginal corporate tax rate of 25% for periods starting April 1, 2023 and 19% for
periods ending on or before March 31, 2023. Effective January 1, 2024, the U.K. adopted a global minimum tax rate of
15% under the OECD’s BEPS Pillar Two rules.
Controlled foreign corporations (CFCs) apply the local marginal corporate tax rate. In addition, the Tax Cuts and Jobs
Act of 2017 created a new requirement that a portion of the GILTI earned by CFCs must be included currently in the gross
income of the CFCs’ U.S. shareholder.
The following tables present pre-tax income and revenue by jurisdiction.
Pre-tax Income (Loss) by Tax Jurisdiction
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
U.K.
$
(10) $
(33) $
(25)
Foreign:
U.S.
570
445
622
Bermuda
111
90
79
France
(8)
(14)
(8)
Other
(1)
—
—
Total
$
662
$
488
$
668
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
201
Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation
As described in Note 1. Business and Basis of Presentation, Recent Accounting Standards Adopted, the Company has
elected to prospectively adopt the guidance in ASU 2023-09. The following table is a reconciliation of the U.K. national
statutory tax rate to the Company’s effective rate for the year ended December 31, 2025 in accordance with ASU 2023-09:
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Amount
(in millions)
%
U.K. national statutory tax rate
$
165
25.0 %
Foreign tax effects
U.S.
Statutory tax rate difference between U.S. and U.K.
(23)
(3.5)
NCI
(8)
(1.3)
Other
(3)
(0.5)
Bermuda
Statutory tax rate difference between Bermuda and U.K.
(11)
(1.7)
Effects of Bermuda tax law change
(35)
(5.3)
Effect of cross-border tax laws
Global minimum tax
33
5.0
Other adjustments
1
0.2
Effective tax rate
$
119
17.9 %
During the year ended December 31, 2025, amendments to the CIT Act, as described above, removed the recognition
of deferred tax liabilities for purposes relevant to the Pillar Two framework resulted in AG Re and AGRO having a
jurisdictional effective tax rate below 15%. As a result, the Company became subject to the OECD Pillar Two global minimum
tax and recorded a top-up tax of $33 million within income tax expense for the year.
A reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes and the expected tax provision at statutory
rates in taxable jurisdictions for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023 in accordance with the guidance prior to the
adoption of ASU 2023-09 is presented below.
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
(dollars in millions)
Expected tax provision (benefit)
$
82
$
122
Tax-exempt interest
(10)
(15)
Return to provision adjustment
(1)
(6)
NCI
(3)
(5)
State taxes, net of federal benefit
13
(10)
Foreign taxes
5
11
Stock based compensation
1
2
Bermuda ETA
(1)
(189)
Global minimum tax
13
—
Other
(3)
(3)
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes
$
96
$
(93)
Effective tax rate
19.7 %
(13.9) %
The expected tax provision (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023 is calculated as the sum of pre-
tax income in each jurisdiction multiplied by the statutory tax rate of the jurisdiction by which it will be taxed. Where there is a
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
202
pre-tax loss in one jurisdiction and pre-tax income in another, the total combined expected tax rate may be higher or lower than
any of the individual statutory rates.
Income Tax Payments
The following table presents income taxes paid, net of refunds received, by jurisdiction pursuant to the disclosure
requirements of ASU 2023-09 for the year ended December 31, 2025. In applying this guidance, the Company’s policy is to
include only cash payments made directly to taxing authorities in its income tax payment disclosures and, accordingly, does not
consider purchases of non interest bearing U.S. Mortgage Guaranty Tax and Loss Bonds to be prepaid income taxes.
Income Taxes Paid, Net of Refunds Received, by Jurisdiction
Year Ended December 31,
2025
(in millions)
U.K.
$
—
Foreign:
U.S. - federal
49
Other
2
Total
$
51
The company paid $90 million and $4 million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Audits
During 2025, the IRS closed the audit of AGUS’s 2018 and 2019 tax years with no impact to previously accrued taxes
and opened an audit of AGUS 2021 tax year. As of December 31, 2025, AGUS had open tax years with the IRS for 2021
forward. As of December 31, 2025, Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. had open tax years with the IRS for 2022
forward and is not currently under audit. In December 2023, His Majesty’s Revenue & Customs (HMRC) issued an inquiry into
the Company’s 2021 U.K. tax returns. In October 2025, HMRC issued an inquiry into the Company’s 2022 and 2023 U.K. tax
returns along with issuing inquires into AGUK, Assured Guaranty (UK) Services Limited and Assured Guaranty Finance
Overseas Ltd.’s 2023 U.K. tax returns. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had open tax years with HMRC for 2021
forward; AGUK, Assured Guaranty (UK) Services Limited and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. had open tax years
with HMRC for 2023 forward; and the Company’s other U.K. subsidiaries had open tax year with HMRC for 2024 forward.
The Company’s French subsidiary is not currently under examination and has open tax years of 2021 forward.
Uncertain Tax Positions
During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, there were no unrecognized tax benefits. There were no
accruals for the payment of interest and penalties related to income taxes as of each of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
14.
Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements
The following table summarizes the policyholder’s surplus and net income amounts reported to local regulatory bodies
in the U.S. and Bermuda for insurance subsidiaries within the group. The discussion that follows describes the basis of
accounting and differences to GAAP.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
203
Insurance Regulatory Amounts Reported
U.S. and Bermuda
Policyholders’ Surplus
Net Income (Loss)
As of December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
AG (U.S. domiciled) (1)
$
3,249 $
3,524
$
238 $
355 $
289
Bermuda statutory companies:
AG Re
1,170
1,087
125
98
95
AGRO
496
452
31
22
16
____________________
(1)
Policyholders’ surplus is net of contingency reserves of $1,511 million and $1,392 million as of December 31, 2025
and December 31, 2024, respectively.
Basis of Regulatory Financial Reporting
United States
AG’s ability to pay dividends depends, among other things, upon its financial condition, results of operations, cash
requirements, compliance with rating agency requirements and is also subject to restrictions contained in the insurance laws and
related regulations of its state of domicile and other states. Financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting
practices prescribed or permitted by local insurance regulatory authorities differ in certain respects from GAAP.
AG prepares statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the
National Association of Insurance Commissioners and the Maryland Insurance Administration (MIA). Prescribed statutory
accounting practices (SAP) are set forth in the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Accounting Practices and
Procedures Manual. AG has no permitted accounting practices on a statutory basis.
GAAP differs in certain significant respects from AG’s SAP. The principal differences are listed below.
•
Upfront premiums are earned upon expiration of risk and installment premiums are earned on a pro-rata basis over
the installment period, rather than in proportion to the amount of insurance protection provided under GAAP. The
timing of premium accelerations may also differ between SAP and GAAP. Under GAAP, premiums are
accelerated only upon the legal defeasance of an insured obligation, whereas statutory premiums may be
accelerated earlier if an insured obligation is economically defeased prior to legal defeasance.
•
Acquisition costs are charged to expense as incurred rather than expensed over the period that the related
premiums are earned under GAAP. Ceding commission income is earned immediately except for amounts in
excess of acquisition costs, which are deferred, rather than fully deferred under GAAP.
•
A contingency reserve is established according to applicable insurance laws, whereas no such reserve is required
under GAAP.
•
Certain assets designated as “non-admitted assets” are charged directly to statutory surplus, rather than reflected as
assets under GAAP.
•
Investments in subsidiaries are carried on the balance sheet on the equity basis, to the extent admissible, rather
than consolidated with the parent under GAAP.
•
The amount of admitted deferred tax assets are subject to an adjusted surplus threshold and subject to a limitation
calculated in accordance with SAP. Under GAAP, there is no non-admitted asset determination, rather a valuation
allowance is recorded to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
•
Insured credit derivatives are accounted for as insurance contracts rather than accounted for as derivative contracts
that are measured at fair value under GAAP.
•
Bonds are reported at either amortized cost or the lower of amortized cost or fair value, rather than classified as
available-for-sale or trading securities and carried at fair value under GAAP.
•
The impairment model for fixed-maturity securities classified as available-for-sale under GAAP differs from the
statutory impairment model. Under SAP, fixed-maturity securities that have been determined to be other-than-
temporarily impaired are written down to fair value or the present value of cash flows. Under GAAP, an
allowance for credit losses is established, and can be reversed for subsequent increases in expected cash flows.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
204
•
Insured obligations of VIEs, where the Company is deemed the primary beneficiary, are accounted for as
insurance contracts. Under GAAP, such VIEs are consolidated and any transactions with the Company are
eliminated.
•
Acquisitions are accounted for as either statutory purchases or statutory mergers, rather than under the purchase
method under GAAP.
•
Losses are discounted at pre-tax book yields and recorded when there is a significant credit deterioration on
specific insured obligations and the obligations are in default or a default is probable. Under GAAP, expected
losses are discounted at the risk-free rate at the end of each reporting period and are recorded only to the extent
they exceed deferred premium revenue.
•
The present value of contractual or expected installment premiums and commissions are not recorded on the
balance sheet as they are under GAAP.
•
The put options in CCS are not accounted for as derivatives as they are under GAAP.
•
Non-U.S. dollar denominated unearned premiums reserve is remeasured at current exchange rates rather than
carried at historical rates under GAAP.
Bermuda
AG Re, a Bermuda regulated Class 3B insurer, and AGRO, a Bermuda regulated Class 3A and Class C insurer,
prepare their statutory financial statements in conformity with the accounting principles set forth in the Insurance Act 1978,
amendments thereto and related regulations. As of December 31, 2016, the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the Authority)
requires insurers to prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with the particular accounting principles adopted by the
insurer (which, in the case of AG Re and AGRO, are GAAP), subject to certain adjustments. The adjustments relate to certain
assets designated as “non-admitted assets” which are charged directly to statutory surplus rather than reflected as assets as they
are under GAAP.
United Kingdom
AGUK prepares its Solvency and Financial Condition Report based on Solvency UK Regulations. As of December 31,
2025, AGUK’s eligible own funds were an estimated £461 million (or $622 million). As of December 31, 2024, AGUK’s
eligible own funds were an estimated £439 million (or $549 million).
France
AGE prepares its Solvency and Financial Condition Report and other required regulatory financial reports based on
Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution (ACPR) regulations and Solvency II. As of December 31, 2025, AGE’s
eligible own funds were an estimated €43 million (or $51 million). As of December 31, 2024, AGE’s eligible own funds were
an estimated €35 million (or $36 million).
Dividend Restrictions and Capital Requirements
United States
Under Maryland’s insurance law, AG may, with prior notice to the Commissioner of its domiciliary regulator, the
MIA, pay an ordinary dividend in an amount that, together with all dividends and distributions paid in the prior 12 months, does
not exceed the lesser of 10% of its policyholders’ surplus (as of the prior December 31) or 100% of its adjusted net investment
income during that period. “Adjusted net investment income” means the sum of (x) AG’s net investment income during the 12-
month period ending December 31 of the preceding year (excluding realized capital gains and pro rata distributions of its own
securities), and (y) AG’s net investment income (excluding realized capital gains) from the three calendar years prior to the
preceding calendar year that has not already been paid out as dividends. The maximum amount available during 2026 for AG to
distribute as ordinary dividends is approximately $245 million of which approximately $29 million is available for distribution
in the first quarter of 2026.
Bermuda
For AG Re, any distribution (including repurchase of shares) of any share capital, contributed surplus or other
statutory capital that would reduce its total statutory capital by 15% or more of its total statutory capital as set out in its previous
year’s financial statements requires the prior approval of the Authority. Separately, dividends are paid out of an insurer’s
statutory surplus and cannot exceed that surplus. Furthermore, annual dividends cannot exceed 25% of total statutory capital
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
205
and surplus as set out in its previous year’s financial statements (being $292 million), without AG Re certifying to the Authority
that it will continue to meet required margins. Based on the foregoing limitations, in 2026 AG Re has the capacity to: (i) make
capital distributions in an aggregate amount up to $129 million without the prior approval of the Authority; and (ii) declare and
pay dividends in an aggregate amount up to approximately $292 million as of December 31, 2025. Such dividend capacity is
further limited by: (i) the actual amount of AG Re’s unencumbered assets, which amount changes from time to time due in part
to collateral posting requirements and which was approximately $213 million as of December 31, 2025; and (ii) the amount of
statutory surplus, which as of December 31, 2025 was $312 million.
For AGRO, a subsidiary of AG Re, annual dividends cannot exceed $124 million, without AGRO certifying to the
Authority that it will continue to meet required margins. The Insurance Act also prohibits AGRO, as a Class C licensed insurer
writing long-term (life) business, from declaring or paying any dividends to any person other than a policyholder unless its
approved actuary certifies that the proposed amount of the dividend would not exceed the excess of funds available to satisfy its
long-term (life) business obligations. Subject to such actuarial certification and based on the foregoing limitations, in 2026
AGRO has the capacity to: (i) make capital distributions in an aggregate amount up to $21 million without the prior approval of
the Authority; and (ii) declare and pay dividends in an aggregate amount up to approximately $124 million as of December 31,
2025. Such dividend capacity is further limited by: (i) the actual amount of AGRO’s unencumbered assets, which amount
changes from time to time due in part to collateral posting requirements and which was approximately $435 million as of
December 31, 2025; and (ii) the amount of statutory surplus, which as of December 31, 2025 was $359 million.
United Kingdom
U.K. company law prohibits AGUK from declaring a dividend to its shareholders unless it has “profits available for
distribution.” The determination of whether a company has profits available for distribution is based on its accumulated realized
profits less its accumulated realized losses. While the U.K. insurance regulatory laws impose no statutory restrictions on a
general insurer’s ability to declare a dividend, the Prudential Regulation Authority’s capital requirements may in practice act as
a restriction on dividends for AGUK. AGUK made cash distributions in 2024 and 2023.
France
French company law prohibits AGE from declaring a dividend to its shareholders unless it has “profits and/or reserves
available for distribution.” The determination of whether a company has profits available for distribution is based on its
accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. While French law imposes no statutory restrictions on an
insurer’s ability to declare a dividend, the ACPR’s capital requirements may, in practice, act as a restriction on dividends for
AGE.
Dividend Restrictions and Capital Requirements
Distributions from Insurance Subsidiaries
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Dividends paid by AG Re to AGL
$
80
$
97
$
53
Distributions from AGUK to its parent
—
128
127
Dividends paid by AG to U.S. holding companies (1)
287
400
358
Stock redemptions by insurance subsidiaries
250
400
200
___________________
(1)
Effective as of August 1, 2024, AGM merged with and into AG, with AG as the surviving company. Prior to the
merger, AG had been directly owned by AGUS. As a result of the merger, AG is directly owned by AGMH, a
subsidiary of AGUS.
15.
Related Party Transactions
Accounting Policy
The Company follows ASC 850, Related Party Transactions, for the identification and disclosure of related party
transactions. Pursuant to ASC 850, related parties include: (i) the Company’s affiliates; (ii) entities for which investments in
their equity securities would be required, absent the election of the FVO, to be accounted for by the equity method; (iii) trusts
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
206
for the benefit of employees, such as pension and profit sharing trusts that are managed by or under the trusteeship of the
Company’s management; (iv) the Company’s principal owners; (v) the Company’s management; (vi) other parties with which
the Company may deal if one party controls or can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the other to
an extent that one of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests; and (vii) other
parties that can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the transacting parties or that have an ownership
interest in one of the transacting parties and can significantly influence the other to an extent that one or more of the transacting
parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests.
Related party amounts and transactions disclosed in this note include transactions with “related parties” as defined in
ASC 850.
Related Party Transactions
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, each of Wellington Management
Company, LLP (together with its affiliates, Wellington) and BlackRock Financial Management Inc. (together with its affiliates,
BlackRock) directly or indirectly owned more than 5% of the Company’s common shares. Wellington is one of the Company’s
investment managers. BlackRock also provides investment reporting software to the Company.
The investment management fees and reporting software expense incurred from transactions with Wellington and
BlackRock were $1.8 million in both 2025 and 2024 and $1.9 million in 2023. The Company reported payables to Wellington
and BlackRock in connection with these fees and transactions of less than $1 million as of both December 31, 2025 and
December 31, 2024.
Mr. Antonio Ursano, Jr. is a director on AGL’s Board and is also the managing partner and founder of Insurance
Advisory Partners LLC (IAP), an insurance advisory firm that provides merger, acquisition, capital raising, and other advisory
services to the insurance industry. In 2024, prior to Mr. Ursano’s nomination and election to AGL’s Board, IAP began
providing strategic and financial advice to the Company in connection with its efforts to diversify earnings through life
reinsurance business opportunities. Under the engagement letter for such advice, the Company agreed to pay IAP as
compensation for its services a quarterly retainer of $25 thousand for the duration of the agreement and, upon closing a life
reinsurance transaction, a mutually agreed success fee. In addition, the Company agreed to reimburse IAP for all reasonable,
documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement, not to exceed $5 thousand in any one month
without the prior written consent of the Company. Over the course of 2025 and following the Company’s January 2026
acquisition of Warwick Company (UK) Limited, the Company paid IAP an aggregate of $1.9 million, consisting of a success
fee, quarterly retainer payments and reimbursement of expenses. The Company has terminated its engagement of IAP.
Throughout the notes to these consolidated financial statements, the Company describes several affiliated balances and
transactions.
In Note 1. Business and Basis of Presentation, and Note 7. Investments and Cash, the Company includes a discussion
of, and amounts related to, its various equity method investments, including an equity method ownership interest in Sound
Point and several Sound Point managed funds. Certain of the Sound Point (and prior to July 1, 2023, AssuredIM) managed
funds in which the Company invests are reported as CIVs as described in Note 8. Variable Interest Entities.
Prior to the Sound Point Transaction and AHP Transaction, the Company owned and consolidated AssuredIM and
earned management and performance fees for its investment advisory and management services in respect of AssuredIM Funds.
Amounts earned in respect of such services are presented in Note 10. Asset Management Fees, along with the related
receivables and payables.
Amounts contributed to employee retirement and savings plans, and amounts payable to Sound Point and AHP, are
disclosed in Note 12. Employee Benefit Plans.
16.
Leases
The Company is party to various non-cancelable lease agreements, all of which are operating leases as of
December 31, 2025. The majority of the Company’s leases relate to office space dedicated to the Company’s operations in
various locations (primarily Hamilton, Bermuda, New York City, London, and Paris) with expiration dates ranging from 2026
to 2032. The Company subleases certain properties that are not used in its operations.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
207
Accounting Policy
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. For operating leases with an original term of more
than 12 months where the Company is the lessee, the Company recognizes a right-of-use (ROU) asset in “other assets” and a
lease liability in “other liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets. An ROU asset represents the Company’s right to use an
underlying asset for the lease term, and a lease liability represents the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising
from the lease. At the inception of a lease, the total fixed payments under a lease agreement are discounted utilizing an
incremental borrowing rate that represents the Company’s collateralized borrowing rate. The rate is determined based on the
lease term as of the lease commencement date. Some of the Company’s leases include renewal options, which are not included
in the lease terms unless the Company is reasonably certain it will exercise the option.
The Company elected the practical expedient to account for all lease components and their associated non-lease
components (i.e., common area maintenance, real estate taxes, building insurance, etc.) as a single lease component and include
all fixed payments in the measurement of ROU assets and lease liabilities. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-
line basis over the lease term. Costs related to variable lease and non-lease components for the Company’s leases are expensed
in the period incurred. Sublease income is earned on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.
The Company assesses ROU assets for impairment when certain events occur or when there are changes in
circumstances including potential alternative uses. If circumstances require an ROU asset to be tested for possible impairment
and the carrying value of the ROU asset is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to
the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Any impairment is reported in “other operating expenses” in the
consolidated statements of operations.
Lease Assets and Liabilities
ROU Assets and Lease Liabilities
As of December 31,
2025
2024
(dollars in millions)
ROU assets
$
54
$
60
Lease liabilities
$
75
$
84
Weighted average discount rate
2.70 %
2.65 %
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)
6.2
7.1
Lease Expense and Other Information
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
Operating lease costs (1)
$
11 $
14 $
20
Variable and short-term lease costs
3
2
2
Sublease income
(1)
(3)
(7)
Total lease costs
$
13 $
13 $
15
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities
Operating cash outflows for operating leases
$
14 $
16 $
24
____________________
(1)
Includes an ROU asset impairment of $2 million in 2024 and $3 million in 2023.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
208
Future Minimum Rental Payments
Operating Leases
As of December 31,
2025
Year
(in millions)
2026
$
13
2027
13
2028
13
2029
13
2030
12
Thereafter
17
Total lease payments
81
Less: Imputed interest
6
Total lease liabilities
$
75
17.
Contingencies
Legal Proceedings
Lawsuits arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. It is the opinion of the Company’s management,
based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of litigation against the Company, individually or in the
aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, although an adverse resolution of
litigation against the Company in a fiscal quarter or year could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of
operations or liquidity in that particular quarter or year.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of AGL’s insurance subsidiaries are involved
in litigation with third parties to recover insurance losses paid in prior periods or prevent or reduce losses in the future. For
example, the Company is involved in a number of legal actions in the Federal District Court of Puerto Rico to enforce or defend
its rights with respect to the obligations of PREPA it insures. There are two recently active proceedings related to PREPA,
while there are a number of other unresolved proceedings related to PREPA that remain stayed pending the Federal District
Court of Puerto Rico’s determination on a plan of adjustment and disclosure statement. See Note 4. Expected Loss to be Paid
(Recovered), Loss Estimation Process, Public Finance, Puerto Rico, for a description of such actions. The impact, if any, of
these and other proceedings on the amount of recoveries the Company receives and losses it pays in the future is uncertain, and
the impact of any one or more of these proceedings during any quarter or year could be material to the Company’s results of
operations in that particular quarter or year.
The Company also receives subpoenas and interrogatories from regulators from time to time.
Accounting Policy
The Company establishes accruals for litigation and regulatory matters to the extent it is probable that a loss has been
incurred and the amount of that loss can be reasonably estimated. Additionally, it discloses such amounts if material to the
financial position of the Company. For litigation and regulatory matters where a loss may be reasonably possible but not
probable, or is probable but not reasonably estimable, no accrual is established, but the matter would be disclosed if material.
The Company reviews relevant information with respect to its litigation and regulatory matters on a quarterly basis and updates
its accruals, disclosures and estimates of reasonably possible loss based on such reviews.
18.
Shareholders’ Equity
Accounting Policy
The Company records share repurchases as a reduction to “common shares” and “additional paid-in capital.” Once
additional paid-in capital has been exhausted, share repurchases are recorded as a reduction to common shares and retained
earnings.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
209
Share Issuances
AGL has authorized share capital of $5 million divided into 500,000,000 shares with a par value $0.01 per share.
Except as described below, AGL’s common shares have no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional
common shares, no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange and no sinking fund rights. In the event of liquidation,
dissolution or winding-up, the holders of AGL’s common shares are entitled to share equally, in proportion to the number of
common shares held by such holder, in AGL’s assets, if any remain after the payment of all AGL’s debts and liabilities and the
liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares. Under certain circumstances, AGL has the right to purchase all or a
portion of the shares held by a shareholder at fair market value. All of the common shares are fully paid and non-assessable.
Holders of AGL’s common shares are entitled to receive dividends as lawfully may be declared from time to time by the Board.
In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are
entitled to vote with respect to their fully paid shares at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the common
shares (and other of AGL’s shares) of a shareholder are treated as “controlled shares” (as determined pursuant to section 958 of
the Code) of any U.S. Person and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by AGL’s issued and
outstanding shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares owned by such U.S. Person shall be limited, in the
aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5% of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares, under a formula
specified in AGL’s Bye-Laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until there is no U.S. Person whose controlled shares
constitute 9.5% or more of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares and who generally would be required to
recognize income with respect to AGL under the Code if AGL were a CFC as defined in the Code and if the ownership
threshold under the Code were 9.5% (as defined in AGL’s Bye-Laws as a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder).
Subject to AGL’s Bye-Laws and Bermuda law, AGL’s Board has the power to issue any of AGL’s unissued shares as
it determines, including the issuance of any shares or class of shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights.
Under AGL’s Bye-Laws and subject to Bermuda law, if AGL’s Board determines that any ownership of AGL's shares
may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company, any of the Company’s subsidiaries or any of
AGL’s shareholders or indirect holders of shares or its affiliates (other than such as AGL’s Board considers de minimis), the
Company has the option, but not the obligation, to require such shareholder to sell to AGL, or to a third party to whom AGL
assigns the repurchase right, the minimum number of common shares necessary to avoid or cure any such adverse
consequences at a price determined in the discretion of the Board to represent the shares’ fair market value (as defined in
AGL’s Bye-Laws). In addition, AGL’s Board may determine that shares held carry different voting rights when it deems it
appropriate to do so to: (i) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder; and (ii) avoid adverse tax, legal or regulatory
consequences to AGL or any of its subsidiaries or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its affiliates. “Controlled shares”
includes, among other things, all shares of AGL that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively
(within the meaning of Section 958 of the Code). Further, these provisions do not apply in the event one shareholder owns
greater than 75% of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares.
Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while
other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of
reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct
share ownership. AGL’s Bye-Laws provide that it will use its best efforts to notify shareholders of their voting interests prior to
any vote to be taken by them.
Share Repurchases
On August 6, 2025 and November 5, 2025, the Board authorized the repurchase of an additional $300 million and
$100 million, respectively, of the Company’s common shares. As of February 25, 2026, the remaining amount the Company
was authorized to purchase was $204 million of its common shares. The Company expects to repurchase shares from time to
time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing, form and amount of the share repurchases under the
program are at the discretion of management and will depend on a variety of factors, including funds available at the parent
company, other potential uses for such funds, market conditions, the Company’s capital position, legal requirements and other
factors. The repurchase program may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board at any time. It does not have an
expiration date.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
210
Share Repurchases
Year
Number of
Shares
Repurchased
Total
Payments(1)
(in millions)
Average Price
Paid Per Share
2023
3,215,893
$
199
$
61.95
2024
6,180,774
502
81.28
2025
5,819,627
500
85.92
2026 (through February 25, 2026 on a settlement date basis)
546,132
47
86.66
____________________
(1)
Excludes commissions.
In November 2025, the IRS issued final rules on the stock repurchase excise tax from the Inflation Reduction Act of
2022 removing or scaling back several provisions from the 2024 proposal. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of 2025, the
Company reversed its accrued excise tax balance of $9 million, which included $6 million relating to 2024.
Deferred Compensation
Certain executives of the Company elected to invest a portion of their AG US Group Services Inc. supplemental
executive retirement plan (AGS SERP) accounts in the employer stock fund in the AGS SERP. Each unit in the employer stock
fund represents the right to receive one AGL common share upon a distribution from the AGS SERP. Each unit equals the
number of AGL common shares which could have been purchased with the value of the account deemed invested in the
employer stock fund as of the date of such election. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were 62,760 units and 68,535
units, respectively, in the AGS SERP.
Dividends
Any determination to pay dividends is at the discretion of the Board, and depends upon the Company’s results of
operations, cash flows from operating activities, its financial position, capital requirements, general business conditions, legal,
tax, regulatory, rating agency and contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends, other potential uses for such funds and
any other factors the Board deems relevant. For more information concerning regulatory constraints that affect the Company’s
ability to pay dividends, see Note 14. Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements.
On February 20, 2026, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $0.38 per common share compared with $0.34
per common share paid in 2025, an increase of 12%.
19.
Other Comprehensive Income
The following tables present the changes in each component of AOCI and the effect of reclassifications out of AOCI
into the respective lines in the consolidated statements of operations.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
211
Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Net Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on Investments with:
ISCR on
FG VIEs’
Liabilities
with Recourse
Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
Cash
Flow
Hedge
Total
AOCI
No Credit
Impairment
Credit
Impairment
(in millions)
Balance, December 31, 2024
$
(235) $
(99) $
(18) $
(37) $
4 $ (385)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before
reclassifications
178
4
(1)
2
—
183
Less: Amounts reclassified from AOCI to:
Net realized investment gains (losses)
(9)
(28)
—
—
—
(37)
Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs
—
—
(3)
—
—
(3)
Total before tax
(9)
(28)
(3)
—
—
(40)
Tax (provision) benefit
—
5
1
—
—
6
Total amount reclassified from AOCI, net of tax
(9)
(23)
(2)
—
—
(34)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
187
27
1
2
—
217
Balance, December 31, 2025
$
(48) $
(72) $
(17) $
(35) $
4 $ (168)
Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Net Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on Investments with:
ISCR on
FG VIEs’
Liabilities
with Recourse
Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
Cash
Flow
Hedge
Total
AOCI
No Credit
Impairment
Credit
Impairment
(in millions)
Balance, December 31, 2023
$
(202) $
(104) $
(20) $
(38) $
5 $ (359)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before
reclassifications
(43)
20
—
1
—
(22)
Less: Amounts reclassified from AOCI to:
Net realized investment gains (losses)
(10)
18
—
—
—
8
Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs
—
—
(3)
—
—
(3)
Interest expense
—
—
—
—
1
1
Total before tax
(10)
18
(3)
—
1
6
Tax (provision) benefit
—
(3)
1
—
—
(2)
Total amount reclassified from AOCI, net of tax
(10)
15
(2)
—
1
4
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(33)
5
2
1
(1)
(26)
Balance, December 31, 2024
$
(235) $
(99) $
(18) $
(37) $
4 $ (385)
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
212
Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Net Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on Investments with:
ISCR on
FG VIEs’
Liabilities
with Recourse
Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
Cash
Flow
Hedge
Total
AOCI
No Credit
Impairment
Credit
Impairment
(in millions)
Balance, December 31, 2022
$
(343) $
(110) $
(23) $
(45) $
6 $ (515)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before
reclassifications
139
(5)
—
2
—
136
Less: Amounts reclassified from AOCI to:
Net realized investment gains (losses)
(1)
(13)
—
—
—
(14)
Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs
—
—
(3)
—
—
(3)
Fair value gains (losses) on CIVs
—
—
—
(6)
—
(6)
Interest expense
—
—
—
—
1
1
Total before tax
(1)
(13)
(3)
(6)
1
(22)
Tax (provision) benefit
(1)
2
—
1
—
2
Total amount reclassified from AOCI, net of tax
(2)
(11)
(3)
(5)
1
(20)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
141
6
3
7
(1)
156
Balance, December 31, 2023
$
(202) $
(104) $
(20) $
(38) $
5 $ (359)
20.
Earnings Per Share
Accounting Policy
The Company computes earnings per share (EPS) using the two-class method, which is an earnings allocation formula
that determines EPS for: (i) each class of common shares (the Company has a single class of common shares); and (ii)
participating securities according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings.
Awards and share units under the AGS SERP with non-forfeitable dividends are considered participating securities.
Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders of Assured Guaranty by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS adjusts basic EPS for the effects of
restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock options and other potentially dilutive financial instruments (dilutive securities) only
in the periods in which such effect is dilutive. The effect of the dilutive securities is reflected in diluted EPS by application of
the more dilutive of: (1) the treasury stock method; or (2) the two-class method assuming nonvested shares are not converted
into common shares.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
213
Computation of Earnings Per Share
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Basic EPS:
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL
$
503
$
376
$
739
Less: Distributed and undistributed income (loss) available to nonvested
shareholders
4
3
6
Distributed and undistributed income (loss) available to common
shareholders of AGL and subsidiaries, basic
$
499
$
373
733
Basic shares
48.1
53.3
58.4
Basic EPS
$
10.39
$
7.01
$
12.54
Diluted EPS:
Distributed and undistributed income (loss) available to common
shareholders of AGL and subsidiaries, basic
$
499
$
373
$
733
Plus: Re-allocation of undistributed income (loss) available to nonvested
shareholders of AGL and subsidiaries
—
—
—
Distributed and undistributed income (loss) available to common
shareholders of AGL and subsidiaries, diluted
$
499
$
373
$
733
Basic shares
48.1
53.3
58.4
Dilutive securities:
Restricted stock awards
0.6
1.0
1.2
Diluted shares
48.7
54.3
59.6
Diluted EPS
$
10.26
$
6.87
$
12.30
Potentially dilutive securities excluded from computation of EPS because of
antidilutive effect
0.1
0.1
0.1
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
214
21.
Parent Company
The following tables present the condensed financial statements of Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)
Condensed Balance Sheets
(in millions)
Assets
Investments
$
57
$
66
Investments in subsidiaries
5,557
5,237
Dividends receivable from subsidiaries
—
150
Other assets (1)
70
69
Total assets
$
5,684
$
5,522
Liabilities
Other liabilities (1)
$
21
$
27
Total liabilities
$
21
$
27
Total shareholders’ equity attributable to AGL
$
5,663
$
5,495
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
5,684
$
5,522
As of December 31,
2025
2024
____________________
(1)
Mainly consists of due from and due to affiliates.
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)
Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Revenues
Net investment income
$
2
$
2
$
1
Net realized investment gains (losses)
—
—
(1)
Total revenues
2
2
—
Expenses
Other expenses (1)
43
42
45
Total expenses
43
42
45
Income (loss) before equity in earnings of subsidiaries
(41)
(40)
(45)
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
544
416
784
Net income attributable to AGL
503
376
739
Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to AGL
217
(26)
156
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to AGL
$
720
$
350
$
895
____________________
(1)
Includes expense allocations from subsidiaries.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
215
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income attributable to AGL
$
503 $
376 $
739
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows provided by
operating activities:
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
(544)
(416)
(784)
Net realized investment losses (gains)
—
—
1
Cash dividends from subsidiaries
765
637
306
Other
42
28
36
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities
766
625
298
Cash flows from investing activities:
Fixed-maturity securities, available for sale:
Sales
3
—
—
Maturities and paydowns
—
3
—
Short-term investments with maturities of over three months:
Sales
—
—
4
Net sales (purchases) of short-term investments with original maturities of
less than three months
7
(29)
(18)
Investment in subsidiaries
(176)
—
—
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities
(166)
(26)
(14)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid
(68)
(68)
(67)
Repurchases of common shares
(500)
(502)
(199)
Payments related to tax withholding for share-based compensation
(34)
(30)
(20)
Other
2
2
2
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
(600)
(598)
(284)
Increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash
—
1
—
Cash and restricted cash at beginning of period
1
—
—
Cash and restricted cash at end of period
$
1 $
1 $
—
As of December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Reconciliation of cash and restricted cash to the balance sheets:
Cash
$
— $
— $
—
Restricted cash (included in other assets)
1
1
—
Cash and restricted cash at the end of period
$
1 $
1 $
—
Basis of Presentation
These condensed financial statements of AGL should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto. AGL is a Bermuda-based holding company that provides, through its wholly-owned
operating subsidiaries, credit protection products to the U.S. and non-U.S. public finance (including infrastructure) and
structured finance markets. Assured Guaranty also participates in the asset management business. See Note 1. Business and
Basis of Presentation.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
216
Guaranties of Obligations of Affiliates
AGL fully and unconditionally guarantees all of the U.S. Holding Companies’ debt. See Note 11. Long-Term Debt
and Credit Facilities.
Credit Facility with Affiliate
On October 25, 2013, AGL, as borrower, and AGUS, as lender, entered into a revolving credit facility pursuant to
which AGL may, from time to time, borrow for general corporate purposes. Under the credit facility, AGUS committed to lend
a principal amount not exceeding $225 million in the aggregate. In October 2023, the commitment was extended until October
25, 2033 (the loan commitment termination date). The unpaid principal amount of each loan will bear interest at a fixed rate
equal to 100% of the then applicable interest rate as determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, and interest on all loans
will be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days. Accrued interest on all
loans will be paid on the last day of each June and December, and at maturity. AGL must repay the then unpaid principal
amounts of the loans by the third anniversary of the loan commitment termination date. No amounts are currently outstanding
under the credit facility.
Income Taxes
AGL is not subject to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes under current Bermuda law. In November 2013,
AGL became tax resident in the U.K. although it remains a Bermuda-based company and its administrative and head office
functions continue to be carried on in Bermuda. In July of 2023, the U.K. government passed legislation to implement the
OECD BEPS Pillar Two income inclusion rule, which includes a multinational top-up tax which will apply to large
multinational corporations for accounting periods beginning on or after December 31, 2023. Beginning in 2025, this applies to
AGL, requiring a minimum effective rate of 15% in all jurisdictions in which it operates. See Note 13. Income Taxes.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Assured Guaranty’s management, with the participation of AGL’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial
Officer (CFO), has evaluated the effectiveness of AGL’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), as of
December 31, 2025. The controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the
Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management,
including AGL’s CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Based on this
evaluation, AGL’s CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, AGL’s disclosure controls and procedures are
effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, information required to be disclosed by AGL (including its consolidated subsidiaries)
in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s quarter
ended December 31, 2025, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The management of AGL is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process
designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s CEO and CFO to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
217
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with GAAP.
Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management of the Company has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2025 using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO) in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2025 based on criteria in the 2013
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 has been audited
by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their “Report of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
Insider Trading Arrangements
During the fourth quarter of 2025, none of the Company’s directors or officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the
Exchange Act) adopted, terminated or modified a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement (as
such terms are defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act).
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
218
PART III
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information pertaining to this item is incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the 2026 Annual
General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year
covered by this Form 10-K.
Information about the executive officers of AGL is set forth at the end of Part I of this Form 10-K and is hereby
incorporated by reference.
Code of Ethics
The Company has adopted a Global Code of Ethics, which sets forth standards by which all employees, officers and
directors of the Company must abide as they work for the Company. The Global Code of Ethics is available at
www.assuredguaranty.com/governance. The Company intends to disclose on its internet site any amendments to, or waivers
from, its Global Code of Ethics that are required to be publicly disclosed pursuant to the rules of the SEC or the NYSE.
Insider Trading Policy
The Company has established an insider trading policy that sets out guidelines for its officers, directors and employees
with respect to transactions in the Company’s securities that it believes is reasonably designed to promote compliance with
insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and NYSE listing standards. The policy details the circumstances under which such
individuals may, after obtaining consent, buy and sell such securities. The policy also sets out the circumstances under which
such individuals are authorized to enter into, amend or terminate equity trading plans established according to Section 10b5-1
of the Exchange Act with an independent broker-dealer. An equity trading plan is a written document that preestablishes the
amounts, prices and dates (or formula for determining the amounts, prices and dates) of future purchases or sales of the
Company’s securities, including sales of shares acquired under the Company’s equity plans. Under a Rule 10b5-1 trading
arrangement, a broker-dealer executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the officer, director or employee when
entering into the plan, without further direction from such person. The Company’s officers, directors and employees may buy or
sell the Company’s securities outside of a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement only when they are not in possession of material
nonpublic information.
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
This item is incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the 2026 Annual General Meeting of
Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this Form
10-K.
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
This item is incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the 2026 Annual General Meeting of
Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this Form
10-K.
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
This item is incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the 2026 Annual General Meeting of
Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this Form
10-K.
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
This item is incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the 2026 Annual General Meeting of
Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this Form
10-K.
219
PART IV
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)
Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits
1.
Financial Statements
The following financial statements of Assured Guaranty Ltd. have been included in, Part II, Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, hereof:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
121
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024
123
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
124
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and
2023
125
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
126
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
127
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
130
2.
Financial Statement Schedules
The financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in
the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
3.
Exhibits*
2.1 Transaction Agreement, dated April 5, 2023, between Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., Assured Investment
Management LLC, Assured Investment Management GP Holdings LLC, Sound Point Capital Management L.P.
and Sound Point GP Parent, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1. to Form 8-K filed on April 5, 2023)
2.2 Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated January 21, 2026, among Assured Guaranty UK Holdings Ltd, Long
Duration Financing Sub LLC, Blue Owl GP Stakes V (B) LP, Axonic Capital LLC and Axonic Funding
(Cayman) LP (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 21, 2026)+
2.3 Warranty Deed, dated January 21, 2026, by and between Assured Guaranty UK Holdings Ltd and Warwick
Company (UK) Limited (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Form 8-K filed on January 21, 2026)+
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum of Association of the Registrant, as amended by Certificate of
Incorporation on Change of Name dated March 30, 2004 and Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase
of Capital dated April 21, 2004 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2009)
3.2 First Amended and Restated Bye-laws of the Registrant, as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to
Form 8-K filed on May 10, 2011)
4.1 Specimen Common Share Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form S-1 (#333-111491))
4.2 Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum of Association of the Registrant, as amended by Certificate of
Incorporation on Change of Name dated March 30, 2004 and Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase
of Capital dated April 21, 2004 (See Exhibit 3.1)
4.3 Bye-laws of the Registrant (See Exhibit 3.2)
4.4 Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2004, among the Company, Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings Inc. and The Bank of
New York, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
2004)
4.5 Indenture, dated as of December 1, 2006, entered into among Assured Guaranty Ltd., Assured Guaranty U.S.
Holdings Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed
on December 20, 2006)
4.6 First Supplemental Subordinated Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2006, entered into among Assured
Guaranty Ltd., Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2006)
Description of Document
220
4.7 Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of December 20, 2006, between Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings Inc.
and Assured Guaranty Ltd., in favor of and for the benefit of each Covered Debtholder (as defined therein)
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2006)
4.8 Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of November 22, 2006, by Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Form 8-K filed on
November 28, 2006)
4.9 Amended and Restated Trust Indenture dated as of February 24, 1999 between Financial Security Assurance
Holdings Ltd. and the Senior Debt Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Financial Security
Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Registration Statement to Form S-3 (#333-74165))
4.10 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 26, 2009, between Assured Guaranty Ltd., Financial Security
Assurance Holdings Ltd. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed on September 1, 2009)
4.11 Indenture, dated as of November 22, 2006, between Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. and The Bank of
New York, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s
Form 8-K filed on November 28, 2006)
4.12 Form of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. Junior Subordinated Debenture, Series 2006-1
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Form 8-K filed on
November 28, 2006)
4.13 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 26, 2009, between Assured Guaranty Ltd., Financial Security
Assurance Holdings Ltd. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K filed on September 1, 2009)
4.14 Form of Officer’s Certificate related to 3.150% Senior Notes due 2031, containing Form of 3.150% Senior Notes
due 2031 as Exhibit A (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 26, 2021)
4.15 Form of Officer’s Certificate related to 3.600% Senior Notes due 2051, containing Form of 3.600% Senior Notes
due 2051 as Exhibit A (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed on August 17, 2021)
4.16 Form of Officer’s Certificate related to 6.125% Senior Notes due 2028, containing Form of 6.125% Senior Notes
due 2028 as Exhibit A (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed on August 21, 2023)
4.17 Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024)
10.1 Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. in favor of Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., effective as of January 1,
2024 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023)
10.2 Put Agreement between Assured Guaranty Corp. and Woodbourne Capital Trust [I][II][III][IV] (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005)
10.3 Custodial Trust Expense Reimbursement Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended March 31, 2005)
10.4 Assured Guaranty Corp. Articles Supplementary Classifying and Designating Series of Preferred Stock as
Series A Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C Perpetual Preferred Stock,
Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2005)
10.5 Purchase Agreement among Dexia Holdings Inc., Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and the Company dated as of
November 14, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2008)
10.6 Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 2009 among FSA Asset
Management LLC, Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and Dexia Bank Belgium S.A. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
10.7 First Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of September 20, 2010 among
FSA Asset Management LLC, Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and Dexia Bank Belgium S.A. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.11 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013)
10.8 Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 16, 2012 among
FSA Asset Management LLC, Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and Dexia Bank Belgium S.A. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013)
10.9 Assignment Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, as amended, dated as of
December 12, 2013 between Belfius Bank SA/NV and Dexia Crédit Local S.A. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013)
10.10 ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Cross Border) dated as of June 30, 2009 among Dexia SA, Dexia
Crédit Local S.A. and FSA Asset Management LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.1 to Form 8-K
filed on July 8, 2009)
10.11 Schedule to the 1992 Master Agreement, Guaranteed Put Contract, dated as of June 30, 2009 among Dexia
Crédit Local S.A., Dexia SA and FSA Asset Management LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.2 to
Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
Description of Document
221
10.12 Put Option Confirmation, Guaranteed Put Contract, dated June 30, 2009 to FSA Asset Management LLC from
Dexia SA and Dexia Crédit Local S.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.3 to Form 8-K filed on July 8,
2009)
10.13 ISDA Credit Support Annex (New York Law) to the Schedule to the ISDA Master Agreement, Guaranteed Put
Contract, dated as of June 30, 2009 between Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and Dexia SA and FSA Asset
Management LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.4 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
10.14 ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Cross Border) dated as of June 30, 2009 among Dexia SA, Dexia
Crédit Local S.A. and FSA Asset Management LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 to Form 8-K
filed on July 8, 2009)
10.15 Schedule to the 1992 Master Agreement, Non-Guaranteed Put Contract, dated as of June 30, 2009 among Dexia
Crédit Local S.A., Dexia SA and FSA Asset Management LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.2 to
Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
10.16 Put Option Confirmation, Non-Guaranteed Put Contract, dated June 30, 2009 to FSA Asset Management LLC
from Dexia SA and Dexia Crédit Local S.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.3 to Form 8-K filed on
July 8, 2009)
10.17 ISDA Credit Support Annex (New York Law) to the Schedule to the ISDA Master Agreement, Non-Guaranteed
Put Contract, dated as of June 30, 2009 between Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and Dexia SA and FSA Asset
Management LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.4 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
10.18 First Demand Guarantee Relating to the “Financial Products” Portfolio of FSA Asset Management LLC issued
by the Belgian State and the French State and executed as of June 30, 2009 (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
10.19 Guaranty, dated as of June 30, 2009, made jointly and severally by Dexia SA and Dexia Crédit Local S.A., in
favor of Financial Security Assurance Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 8-K filed on
July 8, 2009)
10.20 Indemnification Agreement (GIC Business) dated as of June 30, 2009 by and among Financial Security
Assurance Inc., Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and Dexia SA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 8-K
filed on July 8, 2009)
10.21 Pledge and Administration Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2009, among Dexia SA, Dexia Crédit Local S.A.,
Dexia Bank Belgium SA, Dexia FP Holdings Inc., Financial Security Assurance Inc., FSA Asset
Management LLC, FSA Portfolio Asset Limited, FSA Capital Markets Services LLC, FSA Capital Markets
Services (Caymans) Ltd., FSA Capital Management Services LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, National Association (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
10.22 Separation Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2009, among Dexia Crédit Local S.A., Financial Security
Assurance Inc., Financial Security Assurance International, Ltd., FSA Global Funding Limited and Premier
International Funding Co. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
10.23 Funding Guaranty, dated as of July 1, 2009, made by Dexia Crédit Local S.A. in favor of Financial Security
Assurance Inc. and Financial Security Assurance International, Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10
to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
10.24 Reimbursement Guaranty, dated as of July 1, 2009, made by Dexia Crédit Local S.A. in favor of Financial
Security Assurance Inc. and Financial Security Assurance International, Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.11 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
10.25 Indemnification Agreement (FSA Global Business), dated as of July 1, 2009, by and between Financial Security
Assurance Inc., Assured Guaranty Ltd. and Dexia Crédit Local S.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13
to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
10.26 Pledge and Administration Annex Amendment Agreement dated as of July 1, 2009 among Dexia SA, Dexia
Crédit Local S.A., Dexia Bank Belgium SA, Dexia FP Holdings Inc., Financial Security Assurance Inc., FSA
Asset Management LLC, FSA Portfolio Asset Limited, FSA Capital Markets Services LLC, FSA Capital
Markets Services (Caymans) Ltd., FSA Capital Management Services LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon
Trust Company, National Association (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Form 8-K filed on July 8,
2009)
10.27 Put Confirmation Annex Amendment Agreement dated as of July 1, 2009 among Dexia SA and Dexia Crédit
Local S.A. and FSA Asset Management LLC and Financial Security Assurance Inc. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.15 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
10.28 Pledge and Intercreditor Agreement, among Dexia Crédit Local, Dexia Bank Belgium S.A., Financial Security
Assurance Inc. and FSA Asset Management LLC, dated November 13, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,
2008)
10.29 Amended and Restated Pledge and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2009, between Dexia
Crédit Local, Dexia Bank Belgium S.A., Financial Security Assurance Inc., FSA Asset Management LLC, FSA
Capital Markets Services LLC and FSA Capital Management Services LLC (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.19 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)
Description of Document
222
10.30 Put Option Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2003 by and between FSA and Sutton Capital Trust I (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2003)
10.31 Put Option Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2003 by and between FSA and Sutton Capital Trust II (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2003)
10.32 Put Option Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2003 by and between FSA and Sutton Capital Trust III (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2003)
10.33 Put Option Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2003 by and between FSA and Sutton Capital Trust IV (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2003)
10.34 Contribution Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2006, between Dexia S.A. and Financial Security Assurance
Holdings Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.’s
Form 8-K filed on November 28, 2006)
10.35 Agreement and Amendment between Dexia Holdings Inc., Dexia Credit Local S.A. and the Company dated as of
June 9, 2009 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2009)
10.36 Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2014, between Assured Guaranty Corp. and Radian
Guaranty Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014)
10.37 Summary of Annual Compensation*
10.38 Director Compensation Summary (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2024)*
10.39 Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of May 7, 2009 and as
amended through the Fourth Amendment (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2016)*
10.40 Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2024 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2024)*
10.41 Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended through the Fourth Amendment
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2023)*
10.42 Assured Guaranty Ltd. Executive Severance Plan (amended and restated effective February 21, 2022)
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021)*
10.43 Form of Acknowledgement Letter for Participants in Assured Guaranty Ltd. Executive Severance Plan and
Executive Officer Recoupment Policy (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2021)*
10.44 Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its executive officers and directors (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2022)*
10.45 AG US Group Services Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated Effective
January 1, 2020 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.60 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2019)*
10.46 Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. 1989 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (amended and
restated as of December 17, 2004) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Financial Security Assurance
Holdings Ltd.'s Form 8-K filed on December 17, 2004)*
10.47 Amendment to the Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. 1989 Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009)*
10.48 Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. 2004 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended on
February 14, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s
Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2008)*
10.49 Share Purchase Agreement relating to the sale and purchase of MBIA UK Insurance Limited, dated September
29, 2016, between MBIA UK (Holdings) Limited and Assured Guaranty Corp. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2016)
10.50 Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2019, among BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC,
BlueMountain GP Holdings, LLC, BlueMountain CLO Management, LLC, Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.,
Assured Guaranty Ltd., Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. and the sellers named therein (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2019)*
10.51 2022 Form of Executive TSR Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Assured Guaranty
Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended March 31, 2022)*
10.52 2022 Form of Executive ABV Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Assured Guaranty
Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended March 31, 2022)*
Description of Document
223
10.53 2022 Form of Executive Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2022)*
10.54 2022 Form of Executive Non-Equity Incentive Award Agreement under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-
Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
2022)*
10.55 2023 Form of Executive TSR Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Assured Guaranty
Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.78 to Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2023)*
10.56 2023 Form of Executive ABV Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Assured Guaranty
Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended March 31, 2023)*
10.57 2023 Form of Executive Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2023)*
10.58 2023 Form of Executive Non-Equity Incentive Award under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2023)*
10.59 Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Outside Directors under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term
Incentive Plan, as in effect for awards commencing in 2003 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2023)*
10.60 Separation Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2023, between the Company and David A. Buzen (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2023)*
10.61 Amended and Restated Separation Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2024, between the Company and David
A. Buzen (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023)*
10.62 2024 Form of Executive TSR Performance Based Restricted Share Unit Agreement under the Assured Guaranty
Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended March 31, 2024)*
10.63 2024 Form of Executive ABV Performance Based Restricted Share Unit Agreement under the Assured Guaranty
Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended March 31, 2024)*
10.64 2024 Form of Executive Restricted Share Unit Agreement under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2024)*
10.65 2024 Form of Executive Non-Equity Incentive Award Agreement under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-
Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
2024)*
10.66 Form of Restricted Share Agreement for Non-Executive Directors under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2024 Long-
Term Incentive, as in effect for awards commencing in 2024 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2024)*
10.67 Form of Executive Grant Award Eligibility Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2024)*
10.68 Assured Guaranty Ltd. Perquisite Policy, established February 9, 2012, and amended and restated on February
19, 2025 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.72 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024)*
10.69 2025 Form of Executive TSR Performance Based Restricted Share Unit Agreement under the Assured Guaranty
Ltd. 2024 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.73 to Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2024)*
10.70 2025 Form of Executive ABV Performance Based Restricted Share Unit Agreement under the Assured Guaranty
Ltd. 2024 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.74 to Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2024)*
10.71 2025 Form of Executive Restricted Share Unit Agreement under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2024 Long-Term
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.75 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2024)*
10.72 2025 Form of Executive Non-Equity Incentive Award Agreement under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2024 Long-
Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.76 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2024)*
10.73 2025 Form of Special Award Five-Year Restricted Share Unit Agreement under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2024
Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.77 to Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2024)*
10.74 Form of Restricted Share Agreement for Non-Executive Directors under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2024 Long-
Term Incentive Plan, as in effect for awards commencing in 2025 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
Form 10-K for the quarter ended March 31, 2025)*
19.1 Global Restrictions on Trading Policy
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Description of Document
224
22.0 Subsidiary Guarantors and Issuers of Guaranteed Securities
23.1 Accountants Consent
31.1 Certification of CEO Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13A-14 and 15D-14, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2 Certification of CFO Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13A-14 and 15D-14, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1 Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002
32.2 Certification of CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002
97.1 Amended and Restated Assured Guaranty Ltd. Executive Recoupment Policy (as amended and restated on
October 31, 2023) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2023)*
101.1 The following financial information from Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2025 formatted in inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025
and 2024; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023;
(iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023;
(iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023;
(v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023; and
(vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
104.1 The Cover Page Interactive Data File from Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2025 formatted, in Inline XBRL (the cover page XBRL tags are embedded in the Inline
XBRL document and included in Exhibit 101).
Description of Document
*
Management contract or compensatory plan
+ Certain schedules and portions of exhibits have been omitted from this filing pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) and Item
601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted information will be furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission upon request. In addition, certain personally identifiable information has been omitted from this exhibit
pursuant to Item 601(a)(6) of Regulation S-K.
ITEM 16.
FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
225
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
By:
/s/ Dominic J. Frederico
Name: Dominic J. Frederico
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 27, 2026
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ Francisco L. Borges
Chairman of the Board; Director
February 27, 2026
Francisco L. Borges
/s/ Dominic J. Frederico
President and Chief Executive Officer;
Director
February 27, 2026
Dominic J. Frederico
/s/ Benjamin G. Rosenblum
Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer)
February 27, 2026
Benjamin G. Rosenblum
/s/ Laura Bieling
Chief Accounting Officer (Principal
Accounting Officer)
February 27, 2026
Laura Bieling
/s/ Mark C. Batten
Director
February 27, 2026
Mark C. Batten
/s/ Bonnie L. Howard
Director
February 27, 2026
Bonnie L. Howard
/s/ Thomas W. Jones
Director
February 27, 2026
Thomas W. Jones
Director
February 27, 2026
Alan J. Kreczko
/s/ Yukiko Omura
Director
February 27, 2026
Yukiko Omura
/s/ Lorin P.T. Radtke
Director
February 27, 2026
Lorin P.T. Radtke
/s/ Courtney C. Shea
Director
February 27, 2026
Courtney C. Shea
/s/ Antonio Ursano, Jr.
Director
February 27, 2026
Antonio Ursano, Jr.
Name
Position
Date
226
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Forward-Looking Statements
Forward-looking statements are being made in this Annual Report that reflect the current views of Assured Guaranty with respect to future events and financial performance. They are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions
of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and relate to future operating or financial performance. Such
statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in these statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those about Assured Guaranty’s
financial guaranty value proposition; the market perception, demand and growth potential for its financial guaranty insurance, including U.S. municipal secondary market business and institutional demand; the benefits of
Assured Guaranty’s financial guaranty to bond issuers and investors; Assured Guaranty’s positioning for future growth and leadership through its value proposition, financial strength, disciplined risk management, and strategic
vision, execution and business diversification; the benefits of Assured Guaranty’s business strategies, including through expansion of its geographic markets, new business opportunities, and new platforms and workflows; the
performance of insured credits; the benefits of Assured Guaranty’s diversified revenue strategy; risks related to the expansion into annuity reinsurance and the launching of Assured Life Reinsurance Ltd. (Assured Life Re); the
business focus of Assured Life Re and availability of future assumed reinsurance opportunities; potential synergies between Assured Guaranty’s annuity reinsurance business with its financial guaranty business and investment
activities; the possibility that investments made by Assured Guaranty for its investment portfolio do not result in the benefits anticipated or subject Assured Guaranty to negative consequences; the contributions of
Assured Guaranty’s financial guaranty, asset management and annuity reinsurance businesses to its future earnings; the adequacy of its capital and its ability to manage such capital; and Assured Guaranty’s future share
repurchase activity; and other risks and uncertainties that have not been identified at this time, management’s response to these factors, and other risk factors identified in Assured Guaranty’s filings with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, which are available on its website. Do not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which are made only as of the date of the statement or, if a date is not specified, as of February 27, 2026
with respect to statements contained in the Annual Report on Form 10-K, and otherwise March 18, 2026. Assured Guaranty does not undertake to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of
new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
Annual Report Design by Curran & Connors, Inc. / www.curran-connors.com
France
Assured Guaranty (Europe) SA
71 rue du Faubourg Saint-Honoré
75008, Paris, France
Phone: +33 1 78 96 90 20
Singapore
Assured Guaranty UK Limited
Singapore Representative Office
10 Collyer Quay, Raffles Place
Ocean Financial Centre, Level 22
Singapore 049315
Phone: +65 6232 2191
Stock Exchange Listing
Assured Guaranty Ltd. is listed on the New
York Stock Exchange under the symbol AGO.
Investor Inquiries
Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, proxy statement,
quarterly earnings releases and other investor
information may be obtained at no cost by
contacting our Investor Relations Department.
Links to our SEC filings, press releases, product
descriptions and other information may be
found on our website at AssuredGuaranty.com.
Our Global Code of Ethics; Corporate
Governance Guidelines; Bye-Laws; Board
Committee Charters; Climate Risk Management
Statement; and other information relating to
corporate governance are also available on our
website at AssuredGuaranty.com/governance.
Our Investor Relations Department can be
contacted at:
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Investor Relations Department
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM 08
Bermuda
Phone: +1 441 279 5705
E-mail: ir@agltd.com
Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
300 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Transfer Agent of
Shareholder Records
Shareholder correspondence should
be mailed to:
Regular mail:
Computershare
PO Box 43078
Providence, RI 02940-3078
Overnight/certified/registered delivery:
Computershare
150 Royall Street, Suite 101
Canton, MA 02021
Shareholder website
www.computershare.com/investor
In the U.S.
Phone: 1 866 214 2267
Outside the U.S.
Phone: +1 201 680 6578
For hearing impaired in the U.S.
Phone: 1 800 231 5469
For hearing impaired outside the U.S.
Phone: +1 201 680 6610
Corporate Headquarters
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM 08
Bermuda
Phone: +1 441 279 5700
Other Locations
Australia
AG Services Australia Pty Limited
Suite 2204, Level 21, 8 Chifley Square
Sydney NSW 2000
Australia
Phone: +61 2 9037 7703
Bermuda
Assured Guaranty Re Ltd.
Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd.
Assured Life Reinsurance Ltd.
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM 08
Phone: +1 441 279 5700
United States
Assured Guaranty Inc.
1633 Broadway
New York, NY 10019
Phone: +1 212 974 0100
150 California Street
Suite 500
San Francisco, CA 94111
Phone: +1 415 995 8000
United Kingdom
Assured Guaranty UK Limited
11th Floor, 6 Bevis Marks
London, EC3A 7BA
Phone: +44 20 7562 1900
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Corporate Information
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CORPORATE INFORMATION
FORM 10-K
CEO LETTER
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM 08, Bermuda
+1 441 279 5700
AssuredGuaranty.com